0903 Learning Ios

iOS
#ios
Table of Contents
About 1
Chapter 1: Getting started with iOS 2
Remarks 2
Notes 2
Related Stack Overflow tags 2
Versions 2
Examples 3
Creating a default Single View Application 3
Hello World 11
Starting a new project 11
Adding a label 14
Adding Code 15
Running the app in the simulator 16
Going on 17
Xcode Interface 17
Navigator Area 19
The Editors 19
Resources and Elements in Utilities Area 22
Manage Tasks with the Workspace Toolbar 25
Create your first program in Swift 3 26
Create your first program 26
Chapter 2: 3D Touch 32
Examples 32
3D Touch with Swift 32
3 D Touch Objective-C Example 33
Chapter 3: Accessibility 35
Introduction 35
Examples 35
Make a View Accessible 35

Accessibility Frame 35
Screen Change 35
Layout Change 36
Announcement 36
Ordering Elements 36
Accessibility Container 36
Modal View 37
Hiding Elements 37
Chapter 4: ADDING A SWIFT BRIDGING HEADER 39
Examples 39
How to create a Swift Bridging Header Manually 39
Xcode create automatically 39
Chapter 5: AFNetworking 41
Examples 41
Dispatching completion block on a custom thread 41
Chapter 6: AirDrop 42
Examples 42
AirDrop 42
Chapter 7: AirPrint tutorial in iOS 43
Examples 43
AirPrint printing Banner Text 43
Chapter 8: Alamofire 45
Syntax 45
Parameters 45
Examples 45
Making a Request 45
Automatic Validation 45
Response Handling 45
Manual Validation 46
Response Handler 46
Chained Response Handlers 46
Chapter 9: App Submission Process 47

Introduction 47
Examples 47
Setup provisioning profiles 47
Archive the code 47
Export IPA file 48
Upload IPA file using Application Loader 50
Chapter 10: App Transport Security (ATS) 52
Parameters 52
Remarks 53
Examples 53
Endpoints require SSL 53
Load all HTTP content 54
Selectively load HTTP content 54
Chapter 11: App wide operations 56
Examples 56
Get the top most UIViewController 56
Intercept System Events 56
Chapter 12: AppDelegate 57
Introduction 57
Examples 57
All States of Application through AppDelegate methods 57
AppDelegate Roles: 58
Opening a URL-Specified Resource 58
Handling Local and Remote Notifications 58
Chapter 13: Application rating/review request 61
Introduction 61
Examples 61
Rate/Review iOS Application 61
Chapter 14: ARC (Automatic Reference Counting) 62
Examples 62
Enable/Disable ARC on a file 62
Chapter 15: attributedText in UILabel 64

Introduction 64
Examples 64
HTML text in UILabel 64
Set different property to text in single UILabel 64
Chapter 16: Auto Layout 66
Introduction 66
Syntax 66
Examples 66
UILabel & Parentview size According to Text in UILabel 66
Visual Format Language Basics: Constraints in Code! 73
NSLayoutConstraint: Contraints in code! 75
Proportional Layout 76
Mixed usage of Auto Layout with non-Auto Layout 77
Resolve UILabel Priority Conflict 78
How to animate with Auto Layout 81
Setting constraints programmatically 83
Pinning 83
Width and Height 83
Center in container 84
How to use Auto Layout 85
Center Constraints 85
UILabel Intrinsic Size 88
Space Views Evenly 99
Chapter 17: AVPlayer and AVPlayerViewController 102
Remarks 102
Examples 102
Playing Media Using AVPlayerViewController 102
Objective-C 102
Swift 102
Playing Media using AVPlayer and AVPlayerLayer 102
Objective C 102
Swift 103
AVPlayer Example 103
Chapter 18: AVSpeechSynthesizer 104
Syntax 104
Parameters 104
Examples 104
Creating a basic text to speech 104
Chapter 19: AWS SDK 105
Examples 105
Upload an image or a video to S3 using AWS SDK 105
Chapter 20: Background Modes 108
Introduction 108
Examples 108
Turning on the Background Modes capability 108
Background Fetch 109
Swift 109
Objective-C 110
Swift 110
Testing background fetch 110
Background Audio 111
Chapter 21: Background Modes and Events 112
Examples 112
Play Audio in Background 112
Chapter 22: Basic text file I/O 114
Examples 114
Read and write from Documents folder 114
Chapter 23: Block 116
Syntax 116
Examples 116
UIView Animations 116
Modify captured variable 116

Custom completion block for Custom Methods 117
Chapter 24: CAAnimation 118
Remarks 118
Examples 118
Animate a view from one position to another. 118
Objective-C 118
Swift 118
Animate View - Toss 118
OBJECTIVE-C 118
SWIFT 119
Revolve View 119
Shake View 119
Push View Animation 120
Objective C 120
Swift 120
Chapter 25: Cache online images 121
Introduction 121
Examples 121
AlamofireImage 121
Chapter 26: CAGradientLayer 122
Syntax 122
Parameters 122
Remarks 122
Examples 122
Animating a color change in CAGradientLayer. 122
Creating a CAGradientLayer 124
Creating a CGGradientLayer with multiple colors. 125
Creating a horizontal CAGradientLayer. 126
Creating a horizontal CAGradientLayer with multiple colors. 127
Chapter 27: CALayer 129
Examples 129
Shadows 129
Rounded corners 129
Creating particles with CAEmitterLayer 130
Emitter View with custom image 130
How to add a UIImage to a CALayer 131
Modifying the appearance 132
Related 135
Notes 135
Adding Transforms to a CALayer (translate, rotate, scale) 135
Basics 135
Setup 136
Translate 137
Scale 138
Rotate 138
Multiple transforms 139
A Note about Anchor Point and Position 140
See also 141
Disable Animations 141
Creating a CALayer 141
Chapter 28: Carthage iOS Setup 143
Examples 143
Carthage Installation Mac 143
Chapter 29: CAShapeLayer 144
Syntax 144
Remarks 144
Examples 144
Basic CAShapeLayer Operation 144
Draw Rectangle 148
Draw Circle 149
CAShapeLayer Animation 149
Chapter 30: Categories 151

Remarks 151
Examples 151
Create a Category 151
Chapter 31: CGContext Reference 154
Remarks 154
Examples 154
Draw line 154
Draw Text 154
Chapter 32: Chain Blocks in a Queue (with MKBlockQueue) 156
Introduction 156
Examples 156
Example Code 156
Chapter 33: Change Status Bar Color 158
Examples 158
Changing the status bar style for the entire application 158
SWIFT: 158
Step 1: 158
Step 2: 158
OBJECTIVE-C: 159
For non-UINavigationBar status bars 159
For UINavigationBar status bars 159
For ViewController containment 160
If you cannot change ViewController's code 161
Chapter 34: Checking for Network Connectivity 162
Remarks 162
Caveats 162
Examples 162
Creating a Reachability listener 162
Add observer to network changes 162
Alert when network becomes unavailable 163
Alert when connection becomes a WIFI or cellular network 163
Verify if is connected to network 163

Chapter 35: Checking iOS version 165
Examples 165
iOS 8 and later 165
Compare versions 165
Objective-C 165
Swift 2.0 and later 165
Device iOS Version 166
Objective-C 166
Swift 166
Swift 3 166
Chapter 36: CLLocation 167
Examples 167
Get User Location Using CLLocationManager 167
Distance Filter using 168
Chapter 37: CloudKit 170
Remarks 170
Supported Types 170
Examples 170
Registering app for use with CloudKit 170
Using CloudKit Dashboard 171
Record Types 171
Saving data to CloudKit 171
Making a record key 171
Swift 171
Making the record 172
Swift 172
Objective-C 172
Note 172
Accessing the container 172
Swift 172
Saving the records to CloudKit database 172

Swift 172
Chapter 38: Codable 174
Introduction 174
Examples 174
Use of Codable with JSONEncoder and JSONDecoder in Swift 4 174
Chapter 39: Code signing 176
Examples 176
Provisioning Profiles 176
Provisioning Profile Types 176
Development 176
Distribution 176
Chapter 40: Concurrency 177
Introduction 177
Syntax 177
Parameters 177
Remarks 177
Examples 178
Executing on the main thread 178
Running code concurrently -- Running code while running other code 178
Dispatch group - waiting for other threads completed. 178
Chapter 41: Configure Beacons with CoreBluetooth 180
Introduction 180
Remarks 180
Some important points 180
Scan for SERVICE UUID 180
How to discover SERVICE UUID without documentation 180
Convert data to UInt16 and contrary 181
Examples 181
Showing names of all Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) 181
Connect and read major value 182
Write major value 184

Chapter 42: Contacts Framework 186
Remarks 186
Useful Links 186
Examples 186
Authorizing Contact Access 186
Importing the framework 186
Swift 186
Objective-C 186
Checking accessibility 186
Swift 186
Objective-C 186
Requesting Permission 187
Swift 187
Accessing Contacts 187
Applying a filter 187
Swift 187
Objective-C 187
Specifying keys to fetch 187
Swift 188
Fetching contacts 188
Swift 188
Accessing contact details 188
Swift 188
Adding a Contact 188
Swift 188
Chapter 43: Content Hugging/Content Compression in Autolayout 190
Remarks 190
Examples 190
Definition: Intrinsic Content Size 190
Chapter 44: Convert HTML to NSAttributed string and vice verse 192
Examples 192
Objective C code to convert HTML string to NSAttributedString and Vice Versa 192
Chapter 45: Convert NSAttributedString to UIImage 193
Examples 193
NSAttributedString to UIImage Conversion 193
Chapter 46: Core Data 194
Introduction 194
Examples 194
Operations on core data 194
Chapter 47: Core Graphics 195
Examples 195
Creating a Core Graphics Context 195
Core Graphics context 195
Making a context 195
Swift 195
Objective-C 195
Presenting the Drawn Canvas to User 196
Swift 196
Objective-C 196
Chapter 48: Core Location 197
Syntax 197
Remarks 197
Simulate a Location at Runtime 197
Examples 198
Link CoreLocation Framework 198
Request Permission to Use Location Services 199
Getting Location Service Permission While App is in Use 199
Getting Location Service Permission Always 200
Add own custom location using GPX file 202
Location Services in the Background 203
Chapter 49: Core Motion 205
Examples 205
Accessing Barometer to get relative altitude 205
Chapter 50: Core SpotLight in iOS 206
Examples 206
Core-Spotlight 206
Chapter 51: CoreImage Filters 216
Examples 216
Core Image Filter Example 216
Chapter 52: Create .ipa File to upload on appstore with Applicationloader 222
Examples 222
create .ipa file to upload app to appstore with Application Loader 222
Chapter 53: Create a Custom framework in iOS 228
Examples 228
Create Framework in Swift 228
Chapter 54: Create a video from images 229
Introduction 229
Examples 229
Create Video from UIImages 229
Chapter 55: Creating an App ID 232
Examples 232
Creating In-App Purchase Products 232
Creating a Sandbox User 234
Chapter 56: CTCallCenter 235
Examples 235
Intercepting calls from your app even from the background 235
CallKit - ios 10 236
Chapter 57: Custom fonts 238
Examples 238
Applying custom fonts to controls within a Storyboard 238
Notes (Caveats) 238
Gotchas (deux) 239
Result 239
Samples 239
Handling Custom Fonts 239
Custom Font Workaround 240
Custom Fonts with Storyboard 241
UIKit+IBExtensions.h 241
UIKit+IBExtensions.m 241
Embedding custom fonts 243
Chapter 58: Custom Keyboard 245
Examples 245
Custom KeyBoard Example 245
Chapter 59: Custom methods of selection of UITableViewCells 253
Introduction 253
Examples 253
Distinction between single and double selection on row. 253
Chapter 60: Custom methods of selection of UITableViewCells 254
Examples 254
Distinction between single and double selection on row. 254
Chapter 61: Custom UITextField 255
Introduction 255
Examples 255
Custom UITextField for Filtering Input Text 255
Custom UITextField to Disallow All Actions like Copy, Paste, etc 256
Chapter 62: Custom UIViews from XIB files 257
Remarks 257
Examples 257
How to make custom reusable UIView using XIB 257
Wiring elements 258
Chapter 63: Cut a UIImage into a circle 280
Examples 280
Cut a image into a circle - Objective C 280
SWIFT 3 Example 281

Chapter 64: CydiaSubstrate tweak 283
Introduction 283
Remarks 283
Installing Theos 283
Examples 283
Create new tweak using Theos 283
Use nic to create a new project 283
Override iOS screenshots saving method 284
Chapter 65: Debugging Crashes 285
Examples 285
Finding information about a crash 285
The red arrow 286
The debugger console 286
The stack trace 286
Debugging SIGABRT and EXC_BAD_INSTRUCTION crashes 287
Debugging EXC_BAD_ACCESS 287
Chapter 66: Deep Linking in iOS 290
Remarks 290
Examples 290
Opening an app based on its URL scheme 290
Adding a URL scheme to your own app 290
Step One: Register a URL scheme in Info.plist: 290
Step Two: Handle the URL in the UIApplicationDelegate 291
Step Three: Perform a task depending on the URL. 292
Setting up deeplink for your app 292
Chapter 67: DispatchGroup 295
Introduction 295
Examples 295
Introduction 295
Chapter 68: Dynamic Type 299

Remarks 299
Examples 299
Get the Current Content Size 299
Swift 299
Objective-C 299
Text Size Change Notification 299
Swift 299
Objective-C 299
Matching Dynamic Type Font Size in WKWebView 300
Swift 300
Handling Preferred Text Size Change Without Notifications on iOS 10 301
Swift 301
Chapter 69: Dynamically updating a UIStackView 302
Examples 302
Connect the UISwitch to an action we can animate switching between a horizontal or vertica 302
Chapter 70: EventKit 304
Examples 304
Swift 304
Objective-C 304
Making an EKEventStore 304
Swift 304
Objective-C 304
Note 304
Checking Availability 304
Swift 305
Objective-C 305
Swift 305
Accessing different types of calendars 305

Accessing the array of calendars 305
Swift 306
Iterating through calendars 306
Swift 306
Accessing the calendar title and color 306
Swift 306
Objective-C 306
Adding an event 306
Creating the event object 306
Swift 306
Objective-C 306
Setting related calendar, title and dates 306
Swift 307
Adding event to calendar 307
Swift 307
Objective-C 307
Chapter 71: Extension for rich Push Notification - iOS 10. 308
Introduction 308
Examples 308
Notification Content Extension 308
Implementation 308
Chapter 72: Face Detection Using CoreImage/OpenCV 311
Examples 311
Face and Feature Detection 311
Chapter 73: FacebookSDK 314
Examples 314
FacebookSDK Integration 314
Creating your own custom "Sign In With Facebook" button 316
Fetching the facebook user data 317
Chapter 74: Fastlane 319
Examples 319
fastlane tools 319
Install fastlane 319
iOS Tools 319
iOS TestFlight Tools 319
Android Tools 319
Chapter 75: FCM Messaging in Swift 321
Remarks 321
Examples 321
Initialize FCM in Swift 321
Chapter 76: FileHandle 323
Introduction 323
Examples 323
Read file from document directory in chunks 323
Chapter 77: GameCenter Leaderboards 325
Examples 325
GameCenter Leaderboards 325
Chapter 78: GameplayKit 328
Examples 328
Generating random numbers 328
Generation 328
Swift 328
Objective-C 328
Swift 328
Objective-C 328
Note 328
Generating a number from 0 to n 329
Swift 329
Objective-C 329
Generating a number from m to n 329
Swift 329
Objective-C outdated 329

Swift 330
Objective-C outdated 330
GKEntity and GKComponent 330
GKEntity 330
GKComponent 331
GKComponentSystem 331
Chapter 79: GCD (Grand Central Dispatch) 333
Introduction 333
Examples 333
Create a dispatch queue 333
Dispatch Group 333
Dispatch Semaphore 334
Serial vs Concurrent Dispatch Queues 335
Getting the Main Queue 336
Chapter 80: Graph (Coreplot) 338
Examples 338
Making graphs with CorePlot 338
Chapter 81: Guideline to choose best iOS Architecture Patterns 341
Introduction 341
Examples 341
MVC pattern 341
MVP Patterns 341
MVVM Pattern 342
VIPER Pattern 343
Chapter 82: Handle Multiple Environment using Macro 346
Examples 346
Handle multiple environment using multiple target and macro 346
Chapter 83: Handling URL Schemes 357
Syntax 357
Parameters 357
Remarks 357
Examples 358
Using built-in URL scheme to open Mail app 358
Swift: 358
Objective-C: 358
Apple URL Schemes 358
Chapter 84: Healthkit 361
Examples 361
HealthKit 361
Chapter 85: iBeacon 364
Parameters 364
Remarks 364
Examples 364
iBeacon Basic Operation 364
Scanning specific Beacons 365
Ranging iBeacons 365
Chapter 86: IBOutlets 366
Remarks 366
Examples 366
Using an IBOutlet in a UI Element 366
Chapter 87: In-App Purchase 368
Examples 368
Most basic steps for purchasing/subscribing a user to an IAP 368
Single IAP in Swift 2 368
Set Up in iTunesConnect 371
Chapter 88: Initialization idioms 373
Examples 373
Set to tuples to avoid code repetition 373
Initialize with positional constants 373
Initialize attributes in didSet 373
Group outlets in a custom NSObject 374
Initialize with then 374
Factory method with block 375

Chapter 89: iOS - Implementation of XMPP with Robbie Hanson framework 376
Examples 376
iOS XMPP Robbie Hanson Example with Openfire 376
SRXMPPDemo 376
Download the example and all the classes here - https://github.com/SahebRoy92/SRXMPPDemo 376
Steps to follow 376
Chapter 90: iOS 10 Speech Recognition API 380
Examples 380
Speech to text: Recognize speech from a bundle contained audio recording 380
Chapter 91: iOS Google Places API 382
Examples 382
Getting Nearby Places from Current Location 382
Chapter 92: iOS TTS 384
Introduction 384
Examples 384
Text To Speech 384
Objective C 384
Swift 384
Helpful methods 384
Chapter 93: Key Value Coding-Key Value Observation 386
Remarks 386
Examples 386
Use of context for KVO Observation 386
Observing a property of a NSObject subclass 387
Chapter 94: Keychain 388
Syntax 388
Remarks 388
Examples 388
Removing a Password from the Keychain 388
Swift 389
Swift 389
Adding a Password to the Keychain 389
Swift 389
Swift 389
Swift 389
Swift 390
Swift 390
Swift 390
Finding a Password in the Keychain 390
Swift 391
Swift 391
Swift 391
Swift 391
Updating a Password in the Keychain 391
Swift 392
Swift 392
Swift 392
Swift 392
Keychain Add, Update, Remove and Find operations using one file. 392
Keychain Access Control (TouchID with password fallback) 395
Swift 395
Swift 395
Swift 396
Swift 396
Swift 396
Chapter 95: Load images async 397
Examples 397
Easiest way 397
Check that the cell is still visible after download 397
Chapter 96: Localization 399
Introduction 399
Examples 399
Localization in iOS 399
Chapter 97: Make selective UIView corners rounded 400
Examples 400
Objective C code to make selected corner of a UiView rounded 400
Chapter 98: Managing the Keyboard 401
Examples 401
Moving view up or down when keyboard is present 401
Note: This only works for the built-in keyboard provided by iOS 401
SWIFT: 401
OBJECTIVE-C: 401
Create a custom in-app keyboard 402
Create the .xib keyboard layout file 403
Create the .swift UIView subclass keyboard file 403
Set up the View Controller 405
Common error 407
Notes 407
Managing the Keyboard Using a Singleton + Delegate 407
Dismiss a keyboard with tap on view 410
Scrolling a UIScrollView/UITableView When Displaying the Keyboard 411
Chapter 99: MKDistanceFormatter 413
Examples 413
String from distance 413
Distance units 413
Unit style 413
Chapter 100: MKMapView 415
Examples 415
Scroll to coordinate and zoom-level 415
Working With Annotation 416
Add MKMapView 417
Change map-type 417

.standard 417
Swift 2 418
Swift 3 418
Objective-C 418
.satellite 419
Swift 2 419
Swift 3 419
Objective-C 420
.satelliteFlyover 420
Swift 2 421
Swift 3 421
Objective-C 421
.hybrid 421
Swift 2 421
Swift 3 421
Objective-C 421
.hybridFlyover 422
Swift 2 422
Swift 3 422
Objective-C 423
OpenStreetMap Tile-Overlay 423
Show UserLocation and UserTracking example 425
Objective-C 425
Swift 425
Objective-C 426
Swift 426
Set Zoom/Region for Map 426
Local search implementation using MKLocalSearch 426
Simulate a custom location 426
Adding Pin/Point Annotation on map 426
Adjust the map view's visible rect in order to display all annotations 426
Chapter 101: ModelPresentationStyles 427
Introduction 427
Remarks 427
Examples 427
Exploring ModalPresentationStyle using Interface Builder 427
Chapter 102: MPMediaPickerDelegate 438
Remarks 438
Examples 438
Load music with MPMediaPickerControllerDelegate and play it with AVAudioPlayer 438
Chapter 103: MPVolumeView 440
Introduction 440
Remarks 440
Examples 440
Adding a MPVolumeView 440
Chapter 104: Multicast Delegates 441
Introduction 441
Examples 441
Multicast delegates for any controls 441
Chapter 105: MVP Architecture 446
Introduction 446
Remarks 446
Examples 447
Dog.swift 447
DoggyView.swift 447
DoggyService.swift 447
DoggyPresenter.swift 448
DoggyListViewController.swift 449
Chapter 106: MVVM 451
Examples 451
MVVM Without Reactive Programming 451
Chapter 107: MyLayout 455

Introduction 455
Examples 455
A Simple Demo to use MyLayout 455
Chapter 108: Navigation Bar 457
Examples 457
Customize default navigation bar appearance. 457
SWIFT Example 457
Chapter 109: NSArray 458
Introduction 458
Remarks 458
Examples 458
Convert Array into json string 458
Chapter 110: NSAttributedString 459
Remarks 459
Examples 459
Removing all attributes 459
Creating a string that has custom kerning (letter spacing) 459
Create a string with strikethrough text 460
Appending Attributed Strings and bold text in Swift 460
Change the color of a word or string 460
Chapter 111: NSBundle 462
Examples 462
Getting the Main Bundle 462
Getting Bundle by Path 462
Chapter 112: NSData 464
Remarks 464
Useful Resources 464
Examples 464
Creating NSData objects 464
Using a file 464
Swift 464
Objective-C 464
Using a String object 464
Swift 464
Objective-C 464
Converting NSData to other types 465
To String 465
Swift 465
Objective-C 465
To Array 465
Swift 465
Objective-C 465
To Bytes Array 465
Swift 465
Objective-C 465
Converting NSData to HEX string 465
Swift 466
Objective-C 466
Chapter 113: NSDate 467
Syntax 467
Remarks 467
Examples 468
Get Current Date 468
Swift 468
Swift 3 469
Objective-C 469
Get NSDate Object N seconds from current date 469
Swift 469
Swift 3 469
Objective-C 469
Date Comparison 470
Swift 470
Objective-C 470
Swift 470
Objective-C 470
Swift 470
Objective-C 471
Swift 3 471
Get Unix Epoch time 472
Swift 472
Objective-C 472
Convert NSDate that is composed from hour and minute (only) to a full NSDate 472
Objective-C 473
NSDateFormatter 473
1. Create an NSDateFormatter object 473
Swift 473
Swift 3 473
Objective-C 473
2. Set the date format in which you want your string 473
Swift 474
Objective-C 474
3. Get the formatted string 474
Swift 474
Swift 3 474
Objective-C 474
Note 474
Useful extension for converting date to string. 474
UTC Time offset from NSDate with TimeZone 475
Get time cycle type (12-hour or 24-hour) 475
Checking whether the current date contains the symbol for AM or PM 475
Objective-C 475
Requesting the time cycle type from NSDateFormatter 475
Objective-C 475
Reference 476
Get NSDate from JSON Date format "/Date(1268123281843)/" 476
Objective-C 476
Get Historic Time from NSDate (eg: 5s ago, 2m ago, 3h ago) 476
Objective-C 476
Chapter 114: NSHTTPCookieStorage 478
Examples 478
Store and read the cookies from NSUserDefault 478
Chapter 115: NSInvocation 480
Examples 480
NSInvocation Objective-C 480
Chapter 116: NSNotificationCenter 482
Introduction 482
Parameters 482
Remarks 482
Examples 482
Adding/Removing an Observer with a Block 483
Add and remove observer for name 483
Adding an Observer 483
Naming Convention 483
Swift 2.3 483
Swift 3 484
Objective-C 484
Removing Observers 484
Swift 2.3 484
Swift 3 484
Objective-C 485
Posting a Notification 485
Swift 485
Objective-C 485
Posting a Notification with Data 485

Swift 485
Objective-C 485
Observing a Notification 485
Swift 485
Objective-C 486
Chapter 117: NSPredicate 487
Syntax 487
Examples 487
Form validation using NSPredicate 487
Creating an NSPredicate Using predicateWithBlock 489
Objective-C 489
Swift 489
Creating an NSPredicate Using predicateWithFormat 489
Objective-C 489
Swift 489
Creating an NSPredicate with Substitution Variables 490
Objective-C 490
Swift 490
Using NSPredicate to Filter an Array 490
Objective-C 490
Swift 490
NSPredicate with ÀND`, ÒR` and `NOT` condition 491
Objective-c 491
AND - Condition 491
OR - Condition 491
NOT - Condition 491
Chapter 118: NSTimer 492
Parameters 492
Remarks 492
Examples 492
Creating a Timer 492

Manually firing a timer 493
Invalidating a timer 493
Timer frequency options 493
Repeated Timer event 493
Non-repeated delayed Timer event 494
Passing of data using Timer 495
Chapter 119: NSURL 496
Examples 496
How to get last string component from NSURL String. 496
How to get last string component from URL (NSURL) in Swift 496
Chapter 120: NSURLConnection 497
Examples 497
Delegate methods 497
Synchronous Request 497
Asynchronous request 498
Chapter 121: NSURLSession 499
Remarks 499
Examples 500
Objective-C Create a Session And Data Task 500
Setting up background configuration 500
Simple GET request 501
Sending a POST Request with arguments using NSURLSession in Objective-C 502
Chapter 122: NSUserActivity 507
Introduction 507
Remarks 507
Activity Types 507
Becoming / Resigning the Current Activity 507
Search Indexing 507
Examples 507
Creating a NSUserActivity 507
Chapter 123: NSUserDefaults 509

Syntax 509
Remarks 509
Examples 509
Use Managers to Save and Read Data 509
Swift 509
Objective-C 510
Note 510
Clearing NSUserDefaults 511
Swift 511
Objective-C 511
Saving Values 511
Swift 511
Objective-C 511
Setting values 511
Swift < 3 511
Swift 3 512
Objective-C 512
Swift < 3 512
Swift 3 512
Objective-C 512
Custom objects 512
Swift 512
Objective-C 513
Getting Default Values 513
Swift 513
Objective-C 513
Swift 514
Objective-C 514
UserDefaults uses in Swift 3 514
Chapter 124: Objective-C Associated Objects 516
Introduction 516
Syntax 516
Parameters 516
Remarks 516
Examples 516
Basic Associated Object Example 516
Chapter 125: OpenGL 518
Introduction 518
Examples 518
Example Project 518
Chapter 126: Passing Data between View Controllers 519
Examples 519
Using Segues (passing data forward) 519
Using the Delegate Pattern (passing data back) 520
Swift 521
Objective-C 522
Swift 522
Objective-C 523
Passing data backwards using unwind to segue 523
Using callback closure(block) passing data back 524
Passing data using closures (passing data back) 526
By assigning property (Passing data forward) 526
Chapter 127: Passing Data between View Controllers (with MessageBox-Concept) 528
Introduction 528
Examples 528
Simple Example Usage 528
Chapter 128: PDF Creation in iOS 529
Examples 529
Create PDF 529
Show PDF 530
Multiple page PDF 531
Create PDF from any Microsoft Document loaded in UIWebview 531
Chapter 129: plist iOS 533

Introduction 533
Examples 533
Example: 533
Save and edit/delete data from Plist 538
Chapter 130: Profile with Instruments 540
Introduction 540
Examples 540
Time Profiler 540
Chapter 131: Push Notifications 553
Syntax 553
Parameters 553
Examples 553
Registering device for Push Notifications 553
Swift 553
Objective-C 554
Swift 555
Objective-C 556
Swift 556
Objective-C 556
Swift 557
Objective-C 557
Note 557
Testing push notifications 557
Generating a .pem certificate from your .cer file, to pass on to the server developer 559
Setting the application icon badge number 559
Unregistering From Push Notifications 560
Objective-C 560
Swift 560
Registering App ID for use with Push Notifications 560
Things you need 560
Enabling the APNs access for App ID in Apple Developer Center 560
Enabling the APNs access in Xcode 562
Checking if your app is already registered for Push Notification 562
Swift 562
Registering for (Non Interactive) Push Notification 563
Handling Push Notification 563
Chapter 132: QR Code Scanner 566
Introduction 566
Examples 566
UIViewController scanning for QR and displaying video input 566
Scanning QR code with AVFoudation framework 567
Step 1 567
Step 2 567
Step 3 568
Chapter 133: Realm 570
Remarks 570
Examples 570
RLMObject Base Model Class with Primary Key - Objective-C 570
Chapter 134: Resizing UIImage 571
Parameters 571
Examples 571
Resize any image by size & quality 571
Chapter 135: Rich Notifications 572
Introduction 572
Examples 572
Creating a simple UNNotificationContentExtension 572
Chapter 136: Runtime in Objective-C 581
Examples 581
Using Associated Objects 581
Chapter 137: Safari Services 583
Examples 583
Implement SFSafariViewControllerDelegate 583

Add Items to Safari Reading List 583
Open a URL with SafariViewController 584
Chapter 138: Security 585
Introduction 585
Examples 585
Transport Security using SSL 585
Securing Data in iTunes Backups 586
Chapter 139: Segues 588
Examples 588
An Overview 588
Preparing your view controller before a triggering a Segue 588
PrepareForSegue: 588
Parameters 588
Example in Swift 589
Deciding if an invoked Segue should be performed. 589
ShouldPerformSegueWithIdentifier: 589
Parameters 589
Using Segues to navigate backwards in the navigation stack 589
Trigger Segue Programmatically 590
PerformSegueWithIdentifier: 590
Parameters 590
Chapter 140: Set View Background 591
Examples 591
Set View background 591
Fill background Image of a UIView 591
Creating a gradient background view 591
Set View backround with image 592
Chapter 141: Simulating Location Using GPX files iOS 593
Examples 593
Your .gpx file: MPS_HQ.gpx 593

To set this location: 593
Chapter 142: Simulator 595
Introduction 595
Remarks 595
Different Types of Simulators 595
Getting Help 595
Examples 596
Launching Simulator 596
3D / Force Touch simulation 596
Change Device Model 596
Navigating Simulator 596
Home button 596
Lock 596
Rotation 596
Chapter 143: Simulator Builds 597
Introduction 597
Examples 597
Installing the build manually on simulator 597
Chapter 144: SiriKit 598
Remarks 598
Different types of Siri requests 598
Examples 598
Adding Siri Extension to App 598
Adding capability 598
Adding the extension 598
According to Apple: 598
Note 599
Note 599
Chapter 145: Size Classes and Adaptivity 601
Remarks 601
Examples 601
Trait Collections 601
Updating Auto Layout with Trait Collection Changes 601
Supporting iOS Multitasking on iPad 602
Chapter 146: Size Classes and Adaptivity 604
Remarks 604
Examples 604
Size Classes and Adaptivity through Storyboard 604
Chapter 147: SLComposeViewController 609
Examples 609
SLComposeViewController for Twitter, facebook, SinaWelbo and TencentWelbo 609
Chapter 148: Snapshot of UIView 611
Examples 611
Getting the Snapshot 611
Snapshot with subview with other markup and text 611
Chapter 149: SqlCipher integration 613
Introduction 613
Remarks 613
Examples 615
Integration of code: 615
Chapter 150: StoreKit 617
Examples 617
Get localized product information from the App Store 617
Chapter 151: Storyboard 618
Introduction 618
Examples 618
Initialize 618
Fetch Initial ViewController 618
Fetch ViewController 618
Chapter 152: Swift and Objective-C interoperability 619
Examples 619
Using Objective-C Classes in Swift 619

Step 1: Add Objective-C Implementation -- .m 619
Step 2: Add Bridging Header 619
Step 3: Add Objective-C Header -- .h 621
Step 4: Build your Objective-C Class 621
Step 5: Add Class to Bridging-Header 621
Step 6: Use your Object 621
Using Swift Classes in Objective-C 621
Step 1: Create New Swift Class 621
Step 2: Import Swift Files to ObjC Class 622
Step 3: Use your class 622
Note: 622
Chapter 153: Swift: Changing the rootViewController in AppDelegate to present main or logi 623
Introduction 623
Remarks 623
Approaches: 623
Examples 624
Option 1: Swap the Root View Controller (Good) 624
Option 2: Present Alternative Flow Modally (Better) 624
Chapter 154: SWRevealViewController 626
Remarks 626
Examples 626
Setting up a basic app with SWRevealViewController 626
Chapter 155: UI Testing 631
Syntax 631
Examples 631
Adding Test Files to Xcode Project 631
When creating the project 631
After creating the project 631
Accessibility Identifier 631
When Accessibility enabled in Utilities 632
When Accessibility disabled in Utilities 632
Setting up in UITest file 633

UIView, UIImageView, UIScrollView 633
UILabel 634
UIStackView 634
UITableView 634
UITableViewCell 634
UITableViewCell elements 634
UICollectionView 634
UIButton, UIBarButtonItem 634
UITextField 634
UITextView 635
UISwitch 635
Alerts 635
Disable animations during UI Testing 635
Lunch and Terminate application while executing 635
Lunch application for testing 635
Terminating application 635
Rotate devices 635
Chapter 156: UIActivityViewController 637
Parameters 637
Examples 637
Initializing the Activity View Controller 637
Objective-C 637
Swift 637
Chapter 157: UIAlertController 638
Remarks 638
Examples 638
AlertViews with UIAlertController 638
Adding Text Field in UIAlertController like a prompt Box 640
Swift 640
Objective-C 640
Action Sheets with UIAlertController 641

Simple Action Sheet with two buttons 641
Swift 641
Objective-C 641
Swift 641
Objective-C 641
Swift 642
Objective-C 642
Swift 642
Objective-C 642
Action Sheet with destructive button 642
Swift 643
Objective-C 643
Temporary toast-like pop up 643
Swift 643
Highlighting an action button 644
Displaying and handling alerts 645
One Button 645
Swift 646
Two Buttons 646
Swift 647
Three Buttons 647
Swift 648
Handling Button Taps 649
Swift 649
Notes 649
Chapter 158: UIAppearance 650
Examples 650
Set appearance of all instances of the class 650
Appearance for class when contained in container class 651
Chapter 159: UIBarButtonItem 653
Parameters 653
Remarks 653
Examples 653
Creating a UIBarButtonItem in the Interface Builder 653
Add a Navigation Controller to your Storyboard 653
Add a Bar Button Item 654
Set the Attributes 655
Add an IB Action 656
Notes 656
Bar Button Item Original Image with no Tint Color 656
Creating a UIBarButtonItem 656
Chapter 160: UIBezierPath 658
Examples 658
How to apply corner radius to rectangles drawn by UIBezierPath 658
How to create a simple shapes using UIBezierPath 660
UIBezierPath + AutoLayout 662
How to apply shadows to UIBezierPath 663
Designing and drawing a Bezier Path 664
How to draw a Bézier path in a custom view 664
Design shape outline 664
Divide the path into segments 665
Build the path programmatically 666
Draw the path 668
Further study 670
Notes 671
pie view & column view with UIBezierPath 671
Chapter 161: UIButton 674
Introduction 674
Remarks 674
Button Types 674
Examples 675
Attaching a Method to a Button 675

Creating a UIButton 675
Set title 676
Set title color 676
Horizontally aligning contents 677
Getting the title label 677
Disabling a UIButton 678
Adding an action to an UIButton via Code (programmatically) 678
Setting Font 679
Get UIButton's size strictly based on its text and font 679
Set Image 679
Swift 679
Objective C 679
Multiple Control States 679
Swift 680
Objective C 680
Chapter 162: UICollectionView 681
Examples 681
UICollectionViewDelegate setup and item selection 681
Performing batch updates 682
Create a UICollectionView 683
UICollectionView - Datasource 683
Basic Swift example of a Collection View 684
Create a new project 684
Add the code 684
Setup the storyboard 686
Hook up the outlets 687
Finished 688
Making Improvements 688
Further study 689
Create a Collection View Programmatically 689
Swift - UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout 690

Manage Multiple Collection view with DataSource and Flowlayout 690
Chapter 163: UIColor 693
Examples 693
Undocumented Methods 693
styleString 693
_systemDestructiveTintColor() 693
Color with Alpha component 694
Swift 694
Swift 3 694
Objective-C 694
Make user defined attributes apply the CGColor datatype 694
The new user defined attribute (borderUIColor) will be recognized and applied without prob 695
Creating a UIColor 695
Creating a UIColor from hexadecimal number or string 697
Adjusted Brightness of Color from UIColor 699
UIColor from an image pattern 700
Lighter and Darker Shade of a given UIColor 701
Chapter 164: UIControl - Event Handling with Blocks 703
Examples 703
Introduction 703
Chapter 165: UIDatePicker 707
Remarks 707
Examples 707
Create a Date Picker 707
Swift 707
Objective-C 707
Setting Minimum-Maximum Date 707
Minimum date 707
Maximum date 707
Modes 707
Setting minute interval 708
Count Down Duration 708

Chapter 166: UIDevice 709
Parameters 709
Remarks 709
Examples 709
Get iOS device model name 709
Getting Battery Status and Battery Level 711
Identifying the Device and Operating 711
Getting the Device Orientation 712
Getting the Device Battery State 713
Using the Proximity Sensor 714
Chapter 167: UIFeedbackGenerator 715
Introduction 715
Examples 715
Trigger Impact Haptic 715
Swift 715
Objective-C 716
Chapter 168: UIFont 717
Introduction 717
Examples 717
Declaring and initializing UIFont 717
Changing the font of a label 717
Chapter 169: UIGestureRecognizer 718
Examples 718
UITapGestureRecognizer (Double Tap) 718
Notes 718
UILongPressGestureRecognizer 718
Notes 719
UISwipeGestureRecognizer 719
Notes 720
UIPinchGestureRecognizer 720
Notes 720
UIRotationGestureRecognizer 721
Notes 721
Adding a Gesture recognizer in the Interface Builder 721
Notes 723
UIPanGestureRecognizer 723
UITapGestureRecognizer 724
Chapter 170: UIImage 726
Remarks 726
Examples 726
Apply UIColor to UIImage 726
Change UIImage Color 726
Take a Snapshot of a UIView 727
Gradient Image with Colors 727
Gradient Background Layer for Bounds 728
Convert UIImage to/from base64 encoding 728
Creating UIImage 728
With local image 728
Swift 728
Objective-C 729
Note 729
With NSData 729
Swift 729
With UIColor 729
Swift 729
Objective-C 729
With file content 730
Objective-C 730
Creating and Initializing Image Objects with file contents 730
Resizable image with caps 731
Comparing Images 731
Swift 731
Objective-C 732
Create UIImage with UIColor 732
Swift 732
Swift 3 732
Objective-C: 733
Chapter 171: UIImagePickerController 734
Introduction 734
Examples 734
Generic usage of UIImagePickerController 734
Chapter 172: UIImageView 736
Examples 736
Create a UIImageView 736
Assigning an image to a UIImageView 736
Animating a UIImageView 737
Making an image into a circle or rounded 737
Objective-C 738
Swift 738
How the Mode property affects an image 739
Scale to Fill 739
Aspect Fit 740
Aspect Fill 740
Redraw 741
Center 741
Top 741
Bottom 742
Left 742
Right 743
Top Left 743
Top Right 744
Bottom Left 744

Bottom Right 744
Notes 745
Change color of an image 745
UIImage masked with Label 746
Objective-C 746
Swift 3 746
Chapter 173: UIKit Dynamics 747
Introduction 747
Remarks 747
Swift 747
Objective-C 747
Examples 748
The Falling Square 748
Flick View Based on Gesture Velocity 749
Swift 749
Objective-C 751
"Sticky Corners" Effect Using UIFieldBehaviors 753
Swift 753
Objective-C 755
UIDynamicBehavior Driven Custom Transition 758
Swift 758
Objective-C 759
Swift 759
Objective-C 760
Swift 761
Objective-C 765
Shade Transition with Real-World Physics Using UIDynamicBehaviors 769
Swift 770
Objective-C 771
Swift 772
Objective-C 773
Swift 773
Objective-C 777
Map Dynamic Animation Position Changes to Bounds 782
Swift 783
Objective-C 783
Swift 783
Objective-C 784
Swift 785
Objective-C 786
Chapter 174: UIKit Dynamics with UICollectionView 788
Introduction 788
Examples 788
Creating a Custom Dragging Behavior with UIDynamicAnimator 788
Swift 789
Objective-C 790
Swift 791
Objective-C 792
Swift 792
Objective-C 794
Swift 795
Objective-C 797
Chapter 175: UILabel 800
Introduction 800
Syntax 800
Remarks 800
Examples 800
Highlighted and Highlighted Text Color 800
Get UILabel's size strictly based on its text and font 801
Dynamic label frame from unknown text length 801
Objective-C 801
Swift 802
Clickable Label 802
Swift 803
Objective-C 803
Setting "userInteractionEnabled" in storyboard's attributes inspector 803
Auto-size label to fit text 803
Pin the left and top edges 803
Notes 804
Label Attributed Text 805
Justify Text 812
Variable height using constraints 813
Swift 813
Swift 813
Add shadows to text 813
Calculate Content Bounds (for i.e. dynamic cell heights) 814
LineBreakMode 816
Using code 816
Swift 816
Swift 3 816
Objective-C 816
Using storyboard 817
Constants 817
Size to fit 817
Background Color 820
Text Color 820
Applying text color to a portion of the text 821
Text alignment 821
Create a UILabel 822
With a Frame 822
Swift 822
Objective-C 822
With Auto Layout 822

Swift 822
Objective-C 823
With Objective-c + Visual Format Language (VFL) 823
With Interface Builder 823
Linking Between Interface Builder and View Controller 824
Swift 824
Objective-C 825
Set Font 825
Swift 825
Objective-C 825
Change the default font's size 825
Swift 825
Swift 3 825
Objective-C 825
Use a specific font weight 825
Swift 825
Swift3 826
Objective-C 826
Swift 826
Swift3 826
Objective-C 826
Use a Dynamic Type text style. 826
Swift 826
Swift 3 826
Objective-C 826
Use a different font altogether 826
Swift 827
Objective-C 827
Override font size 827
Swift 827
Swift 3 827
Objective-C 827
Use Custom Font Swift 827
Number of Lines 827
Setting the value programmatically 827
Swift 828
Objective-C 828
Note 828
Swift 828
Objective-C 828
Note 828
Note 828
Setting the value in the Interface Builder 828
Changing Text in an Existing Label 829
Setting the text with String literals 829
Setting the text with a variable 829
Chapter 176: UILabel text underlining 831
Examples 831
Underlining a text in a UILabel using Objective C 831
Underlining a text in UILabel using Swift 831
Chapter 177: UILocalNotification 832
Introduction 832
Remarks 832
Examples 832
Scheduling a local notification 832
Registering for local notifications 833
Responding to received local notification 834
Notification Sound 834
Presenting a local notification immediately 835
Managing local notifications using UUID 835
Track a notification 835
Cancel a notification 836

Register and Schedule Local Notification in Swift 3.0 (iOS 10) 836
what's new in UILocalNotification with iOS10 837
Chapter 178: UINavigationController 841
Remarks 841
Examples 841
Embed a view controller in a navigation controller programmatically 841
Pushing a view controller onto the navigation stack 841
Popping in a Navigation Controller 841
To previous view controller 841
To root view controller 842
Creating a NavigationController 842
Purpose 843
Chapter 179: UIPageViewController 844
Introduction 844
Syntax 844
Remarks 844
Examples 844
Create a horizontal paging UIPageViewController programatically 844
A simple way to create horizontal page view controllers ( infinite pages ) 846
Chapter 180: UIPheonix - easy, flexible, dynamic & highly scalable UI framework 850
Introduction 850
Remarks 850
Examples 850
Example UI Components 850
Example Usage 851
Chapter 181: UIPickerView 853
Examples 853
Basic example 853
Swift 853
Objective-C 853
Changing pickerView Background Color and text color 854

Chapter 182: UIRefreshControl TableView 855
Introduction 855
Examples 855
Objective-C Example 855
Set up refreshControl on tableView: 856
Chapter 183: UIScrollView 857
Examples 857
Create a UIScrollView 857
Scroll View Content Size 857
Scrolling content with Auto Layout enabled 857
Key concepts 858
Start a new project 858
Storyboard 858
Finished 861
Further Study 861
ScrollView with AutoLayout 861
Enable/Disable Scrolling 867
Zoom In/Out UIImageView 867
Now create UIImageView instance 868
Detecting when UIScrollView finished scrolling with delegate methods 868
Objective C: 868
Swift: 869
Restrict scrolling direction 869
Chapter 184: UIScrollView AutoLayout 870
Examples 870
UIScrollView dynamic content size through Storyboard 870
ScrollableController 872
Chapter 185: UIScrollView with StackView child 877
Examples 877
A complex StackView inside Scrollview Example 877
Preventing ambiguous layout 878

Scrolling to content inside nested StackViews 879
Chapter 186: UISearchController 880
Syntax 880
Parameters 880
Remarks 881
Examples 881
Search Bar in Navigation Bar Title 881
Search Bar in Table View Header 884
Implementation 885
UISerachController in Objective-C 886
Chapter 187: UISegmentedControl 887
Introduction 887
Examples 887
Creating UISegmentedControl via code 887
Chapter 188: UISlider 888
Examples 888
UISlider 888
Adding a custom thumb image 888
SWIFT Example 888
Chapter 189: UISplitViewController 890
Remarks 890
Examples 890
Master and Detail View interaction using Delegates in Objective C 890
Chapter 190: UISplitViewController 899
Remarks 899
Examples 899
Interacting Between Master and Detail View using Delegates in Objective C 899
Chapter 191: UIStackView 903
Examples 903
Create a horizontal stack view programmatically 903
Create a vertical stack view programmatically 903
Center Buttons with UIStackview 904

Chapter 192: UIStoryboard 912
Introduction 912
Examples 912
Getting an instance of UIStoryboard programmatically 912
SWIFT: 912
OBJECTIVE-C: 912
Open another storyboard 912
Chapter 193: UISwitch 914
Syntax 914
Remarks 914
1. UISwitch Reference : Apple Documentation 914
2. Another Reference given by : Enoch Huang 914
Examples 914
Set On / Off 914
Set Background Color 915
Set Tint Color 915
Set Image for On/Off state 915
Chapter 194: UITabBarController 917
Examples 917
Create an instance 917
Changing Tab Bar Item Title and Icon 917
Objective-C: 918
Swift: 918
Navigation Controller with TabBar 918
Tab Bar color customizing 919
UITabBarController with custom color selection 920
Choosing image for tab bar and set the tab title here 921
Selection another tab 921
Create Tab Bar controller programmatically without Storyboard 922
Chapter 195: UITableView 924
Introduction 924
Syntax 924
Remarks 926
Examples 926
Delegate and Datasource 926
UITableViewDataSource 926
UITableViewDelegate 929
Custom Cells 932
Creating Your Custom Cell 933
Creating a UITableView 935
Add a UITableView to your Storyboard 936
Populating Your Table with Data 936
Creating a simple data source 937
Setting up your data source in your View Controller 937
Connecting the table view's data source to your view controller 938
Handling row selections 938
The Final Solution 939
Swift 939
Objective-C 940
Self-Sizing Cells 941
Swipe to Delete Rows 942
Add the Code 942
Storyboard 944
Finished 944
Notes 944
Further reading 944
Expanding & Collapsing UITableViewCells 944
Separator Lines 947
Editing the width of Separator Lines 947
Changing the Separator Lines for specific cells 947
Remove all Separator Lines 947

Hide excess Separator Lines 948
Chapter 196: UITableViewCell 950
Introduction 950
Examples 950
Xib file of UITableViewCell 950
Chapter 197: UITableViewController 952
Introduction 952
Examples 952
TableView with dynamic properties with tableviewCellStyle basic. 952
TableView with Custom Cell 953
Chapter 198: UITextField 955
Introduction 955
Syntax 955
Examples 955
Getting and Setting the Cursor Position 956
Useful information 956
Get cursor position 956
Set cursor position 956
Related 957
Notes 957
Related 958
Hide blinking caret 958
Swift 2.3 < 958
Swift 3 958
Objective-C 958
Change placeholder color and font 958
Create a UITextField 959
Swift 959
Objective-C 959
Dismiss Keyboard 959
Swift 959
Objective-C 962
Set Alignment 962
Swift 962
Objective-C 962
Initialize text field 962
Swift 962
Objective-C 963
Interface Builder 963
Input accessory view (toolbar) 963
Swift 963
Objective-C 963
Autocapitalization 964
Swift 964
Objective-C 964
KeyboardType 964
Dismiss keyboard when user pushes the return button 965
Moving scroll when UITextView becomes first responder 965
Get Keyboard Focus and Hide Keyboard 967
Swift 968
Objective-C 968
Swift 968
Objective-C 968
Replace keyboard with UIPickerView 968
Chapter 199: UITextField Delegate 973
Examples 973
UITextField - Restrict textfield to certain characters 973
Actions when a user has started/ended interacting with a textfield 974
Find Next Tag & Manage Keyboard 975
Chapter 200: UITextView 976
Examples 976
Change text 976
Set attributed text 976

Change text alignment 976
UITextViewDelegate methods 976
Change font 977
Change text color 977
Check to see if empty or nil 977
Auto Detect Links, Addresses, Dates, and more 978
Enabling auto-detection 978
Clickable data 978
UITextView with HTML text 978
Remove extra paddings to fit to a precisely measured text. 979
Getting and Setting the Cursor Postition 979
Useful information 979
Get cursor position 979
Set cursor position 980
Related 980
Notes 981
Related 981
Chapter 201: UIView 982
Syntax 982
Remarks 982
Examples 982
Animating a UIView 982
Create a UIView 983
Make the view rounded 983
Programmatically 983
Storyboard Configuration 984
Swift Extension 985
Taking a snapshot 985
Using IBInspectable and IBDesignable 985
Utilizing Intrinsic Content Size 988
Create UIView using Autolayout 991

Programmatically manage UIView insertion and deletion into and from another UIView 993
UIView extension for size and frame attributes 994
Shake a View 996
Chapter 202: UIViewController 997
Examples 997
Set the view programmatically 997
Create an instance 997
Subclassing 997
Instantiate from a Storyboard 999
Access the container view controller 1000
Adding/removing a child view controller 1001
Chapter 203: UIWebView 1002
Remarks 1002
Examples 1002
Load JavaScript 1002
Load Document files like .pdf, .txt, .doc etc. 1003
Load HTML string 1003
Make links That inside UIWebview clickable 1004
Load local HTML file in webView 1005
Determining content size 1005
Stop Loading Web Content 1005
Reload Current Web Content 1006
Create a UIWebView instance 1006
Making a URL request 1006
Chapter 204: Universal Links 1007
Remarks 1007
Examples 1007
Setup Server 1007
Supporting Multiple Domains 1008
Signing the App-Site-Association File 1008
Setup iOS Application (Enabling Universal Links) 1009
Objective-C 1012
Swift : 1013
iOS Application Code 1013
Chapter 205: Using Image Aseets 1014
Introduction 1014
Examples 1014
App Icon using Image Assets 1014
LaunchImage using Image Assets 1017
Notes: 1017
Chapter 206: UUID (Universally Unique Identifier) 1019
Remarks 1019
Examples 1019
Generating UUID 1019
Random UUID 1019
Swift 1019
Objective-C 1019
Identifier for vendor 1019
Swift 1019
Objective-C 1020
Apple's IFA vs. IFV (Apple Identifier for Advertisers vs. Identifier for Vendors) 1020
Create UUID String for iOS devices 1020
Swift 3.0 1020
Chapter 207: WCSessionDelegate 1022
Introduction 1022
Examples 1022
Watch kit controller (WKInterfaceController) 1022
Chapter 208: WKWebView 1023
Introduction 1023
Examples 1023
Creating a Simple WebBrowser 1023
Adding custom user script loaded from app bundle 1029
Send messages from JavaScript and Handle them on the native side 1029
Chapter 209: Xcode Build & Archive From Command Line 1031
Syntax 1031
Parameters 1031
Remarks 1031
Examples 1031
Build & Archive 1031
Chapter 210: XCTest framework - Unit Testing 1033
Examples 1033
Writing a test class 1033
Adding Test Files to Xcode Project 1033
When creating the project 1033
After creating the project 1033
Swift 1034
Objective-C 1034
Adding Storyboard and View Controller as instances to test file 1035
Defining the View Controller 1035
Swift 1035
Introducing the Storyboard and initializing the View Controller 1035
Swift 1035
Objective-C 1036
Adding test methods 1036
Test Methods 1036
Swift 1036
Objective-C 1036
Swift 1036
Objective-C 1037
Note 1037
Start Testing 1037
Testing a specific method 1037
Testing all methods 1037
See the testing result 1037

Running all tests 1038
Import a module that it can be tested 1038
Trigger view loading and appearance 1038
View loading 1038
View appearance 1038
Credits 1040
About
You can share this PDF with anyone you feel could benefit from it, downloaded the latest version
from: ios
It is an unofficial and free iOS ebook created for educational purposes. All the content is extracted
from Stack Overflow Documentation, which is written by many hardworking individuals at Stack
Overflow. It is neither affiliated with Stack Overflow nor official iOS.
The content is released under Creative Commons BY-SA, and the list of contributors to each
chapter are provided in the credits section at the end of this book. Images may be copyright of
their respective owners unless otherwise specified. All trademarks and registered trademarks are
the property of their respective company owners.
Use the content presented in this book at your own risk; it is not guaranteed to be correct nor
accurate, please send your feedback and corrections to [email protected]
http://www.riptutorial.com/ 1
Chapter 1: Getting started with iOS
Remarks
Notes
1- You do not need an Apple Developer Account to start developing iOS Apps. The
documentation and tools are free to download with your Apple ID. You can also sign
and install apps on your personal devices using that same Apple ID. If you want to
distribute or sell apps on the App Store, you need to enroll the Apple Developer
Program starting at 99 USD (This is the price at the time of writing and may change).
This will also add code-level support incidents and beta testing for your apps via
TestFlight.
2- Creating an Apple ID without a credit card requires a short process. If you don't mind
associating a payment method as part of the sign up, go to https://appleid.apple.com/
• Start Developing iOS Apps (Swift)

• Xcode Help (including Getting Started)
• Downloads (including Xcode if you do not want to go through the AppStore)
Related Stack Overflow tags

• xcode Apple's IDE (Integrated Development Environment) for developing iOS and macOS
Apps
• swift-language One of the main languages you can use to develop in iOS.
• objective-c-language One of the main languages you can use to develop in iOS.
• cocoa An Apple API for developing in iOS and macOS.
• sprite-kit For 2D animated graphics.
• core-data To store and retrieve relational data.
Versions
Version Release Date
iPhone OS 2 2008-07-11
iPhone OS 3 2009-06-17
iOS 4 2010-06-08
iOS 5 2011-10-12
Version Release Date
iOS 6 2012-09-19
iOS 7 2013-09-18
iOS 8 2014-09-17
iOS 8.1 2014-10-20
iOS 8.2 2015-03-09
iOS 8.3 2015-04-08
iOS 8.4 2015-06-30
iOS 9 2015-09-16
iOS 9.1 2015-10-22
iOS 9.2 2015-12-08
iOS 9.3 2016-03-21
iOS 10.0.1 2016-09-13
iOS 10.1 2016-10-24
iOS 10.2 2016-12-12
iOS 10.2.1 2017-01-23
iOS 10.3 2017-03-27
iOS 10.3.3 2017-07-19
Examples
Creating a default Single View Application
To develop an application for iOS, you should start with an application called Xcode. There are
other alternative tools you can use, but Xcode is Apple's official tool. Note, however, that it only
runs on macOS. The latest official version is Xcode 8.3.3 with Xcode 9 (currently in beta) due to
be released later this year.
1. Boot up your Mac and install Xcode from the App Store if it's not already installed.
(If you prefer not to use the App Store or have problems, you can also download Xcode from
the Apple Developer website, but make sure that you select the latest release version and
not a beta version.)
2. Open Xcode. The following window will open:
The window presents you with the following options:
• Getting started with a playground: This was introduced with the Swift language and
Xcode 6. It's an interactive area which can be used to write small pieces of code to
check runtime changes. It's a great way for Swift learners to be introduced to new Swift
features.
This was introduced with the Swift language and Xcode 6. It's an interactive area which
can be used to write small pieces of code to check runtime changes. It's a great way
for Swift learners to be introduced to new Swift features.
• Create a new Xcode project: Choose this option, which creates a new project with
default configuration.
• Check out an existing project: This is used to check out a project from a repository
location, for example, check out a project from SVN.
3. Select the second option Create a new Xcode project and Xcode will ask you to do some
initial project setup:
This wizard is used to select your project template. There are 5 options:
• iOS: Used to create iOS apps, libraries and frameworks

• watchOS: Used to create watchOS apps, libraries and frameworks
• tvOS: Used to create tvOS apps, libraries and frameworks
• macOS: Used to create macOS apps, libraries, frameworks, packages, AppleScripts,
etc.
Used to create macOS apps, libraries, frameworks, packages, AppleScripts, etc.
• Cross-platform: Used to create cross-platform apps, templates and In-App Purchase
Contents
You can see that there are many different templates for your application. These templates
are helpful to boost your development; they are pre-built with some basic project setups like
UI interfaces and class files.
Here, we'll use the first option, iOS.
1. Master-Detail Application:
This template contains a combined master and detail interface: the master contains
objects which are related to the detail interface. Selecting objects in the master will
change the details interface. You can see this kind UI in the Settings, Notes and
Contacts applications on the iPad.
2. Page-Based Application:
This template is used to create the page-based application. Pages are different views
held by one container.
3. Single View Application:
This is a normal application development template. This is good for beginners to learn
application flow.
4. Tabbed Application:
This template creates tabs at the bottom part of an application. Each tab has a different
UI and a different navigation flow. You can see this template used in apps like Clock,
iTunes Store, iBooks and App Store.
5. Game:
This is a starting point for game development. You can go further with game
technologies like SceneKit, SpriteKit, OpenGL ES and Metal.
4. In this example, we will start with Single View Application
The wizard helps you to define project properties:
• Product Name: The name of the project / application

• Organization Name: The name of the organization in which you are involved
• Organization Identifier: The unique organization identifier which is used in the bundle
identifier. It is recommended to follow reverse domain name service notation.
The unique organization identifier which is used in the bundle identifier. It is
recommended to follow reverse domain name service notation.
• Bundle Identifier: This field is very important. It is based on your project name and
organization identifier, choose wisely. The bundle identifier will be used in the future to
install the application on a device and upload the app to iTunes Connect (which is the
place we upload apps to be published on the App Store). It’s a unique key to identify
your application.
• Language: The programming language which you would like to use. Here you can
change Objective-C to Swift if it’s not selected.
• Devices: Supported devices for your application that can be changed later. It shows
iPhone, iPad, and Universal. Universal applications support iPhone and iPad devices,
and it’s recommended to select this option when it’s not necessary to run the app on
only one kind of device.
• Use Core Data: If you would like to use Core Data Model in your project then mark it
as selected, and it will create a file for the .xcdatamodel. You can also add this file later
on if you don't know in advance.
• Include Unit Tests: This configures the unit test target and creates classes for unit
testing
• Include UI test: This configures the UI test target and creates classes for UI testing
Click on Next and it will ask you for a location where you want to create project directory.
Click on Create and you will see the Xcode UI with an already defined project setup. You
can see some classes and Storyboard files.
This is a basic template for a Single View Application.
At the top left of the window, check that a simulator is selected (e.g. "iPhone 6" as shown
here) and then press the triangular RUN button.
5. A new application will open—Simulator (this may take some time the first time you run it and
you may need to try twice if you see an error the first time). This application provides us with
device simulation for created applications. It almost looks like a real device! It contains some
applications like a real device. You can simulate orientations, location, shake gesture,
memory warnings, In-Call Status bar, finger touch, lock, reboot, home etc.
You will see a plain white application because we have not made any changes to the
template yet.
So start your own. it’s a long run and there are lots of new opportunities waiting for you!
If you are not sure where to go next, try out Apple's 'Jump Right In' tutorial. You have already
performed the first few steps so are off to a head start.
Hello World
After setting up Xcode, it is not difficult to get your first iOS up and running.
In the following example we will:
• Start a new project

• Add a label
• Printing message to console.
• Run in the simulator
Starting a new project

When the Xcode welcome screen comes up, choose Create a new Xcode project. Alternatively,
you could do File > New > Project... from the Xcode menu if you already have it open.
Choose a Single View Application and click Next.
Write "HelloWorld" for the Product Name (or whatever you want really) and under Language,
make sure Swift is selected.
• Universal means that your app will run on both the iPhone and iPad.
• Use Core Data refers to persistent data storage, which is not needed in our Hello World app.
• We will not be doing Unit Tests or UI Tests in this example, but it doesn't hurt to get into the
habit of adding them.
Choose an existing folder or create a new one where you will save your Xcode projects. This will
be the default in the future. We created one here called "Xcode Projects". Then click Create. You
can select Source Control if you like (used when syncing to sites like GitHub), but we won't be
needing it in this example.
Adding a label
This is the file structure of an Xcode project.
Select Main.storyboard in the Project Navigator.
Type "label" in the search field of the Object Library in the bottom right of Xcode. Then drag the
UILabel onto the storyboard View Controller. Place it generally in the region of the top left corner.
Make sure the label is selected on the storyboard and then in the Attributes Inspector, change
the text to "Hello, World!" You will then have to resize and reposition the label on the storyboard
since the text length is longer now.
Alternatively, double-click the label on the storyboard to edit it to be "Hello, World!". At any rate,
the storyboard should look something like this:
Adding Code
Select ViewController.swift in the Project Navigator.
Add print("Successfully created my first iOS application.") to the viewDidLoad() method. It

should look something like this.
import UIKit
class ViewController: UIViewController {
override func viewDidLoad() {

super.viewDidLoad()
// print to the console when app is run

print("Successfully created my first iOS application.")
}
override func didReceiveMemoryWarning() {

super.didReceiveMemoryWarning()
// Dispose of any resources that can be recreated.
}
}
Running the app in the simulator
Press the Run button to build and run the app. In this example the current simulator device
(referred to as a "scheme") defaulted to the iPhone 6s Plus. Newer versions of Xcode will default
to newer schemes. You can also choose other schemes by clicking the name. We will just stick
with the default.
The simulator will take some time to start on the first run. Once running, it should look like this:
In the simulator menu, you can choose Window > Scale to make it smaller, or press cmd +
1/2/3/4/5 for 100% / 75% / 50% / 33% / 25% scale respectively..
The Xcode debug area (at the bottom) should have also printed "Successfully created my first iOS
application." to the console. "Successfully created my first iOS application." message is the string
you printed programmatically in the Add code part.
Going on
You should learn about Auto Layout constraints next. These help you to position your controls on
the storyboard so that they look good on any device size and orientation.
Xcode Interface
In the Xcode, you have three separate areas of working - Navigators (in red), Debug area(in
green) and Utilities(in blue).
The workspace window always includes the editor area. When you select a file in your project, its
contents appear in the editor area, where Xcode opens the file in an appropriate editor. For
example, in the image above, the editor area MainViewController.swift, a swift code file that is
selected in the Navigator area on the left of the workspace window.
Navigator Area
The navigator window contains the following eight options:
• Project navigator. Add, delete, group, and otherwise manage files in your project, or
choose a file to view or edit its contents in the editor area.
• Symbol navigator. Browse the symbols in your project as a list or hierarchy. Buttons on the
left of the filter bar let you limit the shown symbols to a combination of only classes and
protocols, only symbols in your project, or only containers.
• Find navigator Use search options and filters to quickly find any string within your project.
• Issue navigator. View issues such as diagnostics, warnings, and errors found when
opening, analyzing, and building your project.
• Test navigator. Create, manage, run, and review unit tests.
• Debug navigator. Examine the running threads and associated stack information at a
specified point or time during program execution.
• Breakpoint navigator. Fine-tune breakpoints by specifying characteristics such as
triggering conditions.
• Report navigator. View the history of your build, run, debug, continuous integration, and
source control tasks.
The Editors
Most development work in Xcode occurs in the editor area, the main area that is always visible
within the workspace window. The editors you use most often are:
• Source editor. Write and edit source code.
• Interface Builder. Graphically create and edit user interface files.
• Project editor. View and edit how your apps should be built, such as by specifying build
options, target architectures, and app entitlements.
Configure the editor area for a given task with the editor configuration buttons on the right side of
the toolbar:
• Standard Editor. Fills the editor area with the contents of the selected file.
• Assistant Editor. Presents a separate editor pane with content logically related to content in
the standard editor pane. You can also change the content.
• Version Editor. Shows the differences between the selected file in one pane and another
version of that same file in a second pane. This editor works only when your project is under
source control.
Resources and Elements in Utilities Area
The utilities area on the far right of the workspace window gives you quick access to these
resources: Inspectors, for viewing and modifying characteristics of the file open in an editor
Libraries of ready-made resources for use in your project
The top panel of the utilities area displays inspectors. The bottom pane gives you access to
libraries.
The first panel (highlighted in red) is the Inspector bar, use it to choose the inspector best suited
to your current task. Two inspectors are always visible in the inspector bar (additional inspectors
are available in some editors):
• File inspector. View and manage metadata for the selected file. Typically you will localize
storyboards and other media files and change settings for user interface files.
• Quick Help. View details about a symbol, an interface element, or a build setting in the file.
For example, Quick Help displays a concise description of a method, where and how the
method is declared, its scope, the parameters it takes, and its platform and architecture
availability.
Use the Library bar (the second highlighted in red) to access ready-to-use libraries of resources
for your project:
• File templates. Templates for common types of files and code constructs.
• Code snippets. Short pieces of source code for use in your software, such as class
declarations, control flows, block declarations, and templates for commonly used Apple
technologies.
• Objects. Items for your app’s user interface.
• Media. Files containing graphics, icons, sound files, and the like.
To use a library, drag it directly to the appropriate area. For example, to use a code
snippet, drag it from the library to the source editor; to create a source file from a file
template, drag its template to the project navigator.
To restrict the items displayed in a selected library, type relevant text into the text field in the Filter
bar (the bottom pane). For example, type “button” in the text field to show all the buttons in the
Objects library.
Manage Tasks with the Workspace Toolbar

The toolbar at the top of the workspace window provides quick access to frequently used
commands. The Run button builds and runs your products. The Stop button terminates your
running code. The Scheme menu lets you configure the products you want to build and run. The
activity viewer shows the progress of tasks currently executing by displaying status messages,
build progress, and other information about your project.
The editor configuration buttons (the first group of three buttons) let you configure the editor
area, and the workspace configuration buttons (the second group of three buttons) hide or
show the optional navigator, debug, and utilities areas.
The View menu includes commands to hide or show the toolbar.
Create your first program in Swift 3
Here I am presenting how to create first basic program in Swift 3 language. First you need to have
any basic programming language knowledge or not having then be ready to learn it from
beginning.
Requirements for developments:
1. MAC OS - Version 10.11.6 or later for new Xcode 8.2

2. Xcode - Version 8.2 Apple Document for Xcode introduction.
Xcode 8.2 has new Swift 3 language features with new iOS 10 compatible APi's.
Create your first program
First go to Application and open your Xcode 8.2.
After that you will see the screen
Then choose Create new Project and after that you will see next screen
This is also very important part inside Xcode for selecting our project type. We need to choose our
project according to types of OS. There are five types of options available on the top side:
1. iOS
2. watchOS
3. macOS
4. Cross-platform
Now we are choosing iOS platform for development and creating very basic project with the single
view application option:
Then we need to give Product Name, this will represent your Bundle name and application name.
Application name you can change later as per your requirements. Then we need to
click "Create" and after that your screen will look like this one below:
Inside this class you can see the file name is ViewController.swift and inside the class the name is
also ViewController which is inheritance by the UIViewController super class and finally we're
creating our first variable which name is myString of the type 'String'. Add the following under
'super.viewDidLoad()'
let myString = "Hello, World!"
We are going to print the content of this variable. First, select your simulator type at the top left
hand side of the screen and then click on the "Run" button.
After that your output will be shown on terminal which is on bottom right hand side.
Congratulations, This is your first Hello World program inside Xcode.
Read Getting started with iOS online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/191/getting-started-with-

ios
Chapter 2: 3D Touch
Examples
3D Touch with Swift
3D touch has been introduced with iPhone 6s Plus. There are two behaviors added with this new
interface layer: Peek and Pop.
Peek and Pop in a nutshell
Peek - Press hard
Pop - Press really hard
Checking for 3D support
You should check if the device has a 3D touch support. You can do this by checking the value of
forceTouchCapability property of a UITraitCollection object. UITraitCollection describes the iOS
interface environment for your app.
if (traitCollection.forceTouchCapability == .Available) {
registerForPreviewingWithDelegate(self, sourceView: view)
}
Implementing the delegate
You need to implement the two methods of UIViewControllerPreviewingDelegate in your class.

One of the methods is for peek and the other one is for pop behavior.
The method to be implemented for the peek is previewingContext.
func previewingContext(previewingContext: UIViewControllerPreviewing,

viewControllerForLocation location: CGPoint) -> UIViewController? {
guard let indexPath = self.tableView.indexPathForRowAtPoint(location), cell =

self.tableView.cellForRowAtIndexPath(indexPath) as? <YourTableViewCell> else {
return nil
}
guard let datailVC =

storyboard?.instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier("<YourViewControllerIdentifier>") as?
<YourViewController> else {
return nil
}
datailVC.peekActive = true
previewingContext.sourceRect = cell.frame
// Do the stuff
return datailVC
The method to be implemented for the pop is previewingContext. :)
func previewingContext(previewingContext: UIViewControllerPreviewing, commitViewController

viewControllerToCommit: UIViewController) {
let balanceViewController = viewControllerToCommit as! <YourViewController>
// Do the stuff
navigationController?.pushViewController(balanceViewController, animated: true)
As you can see they are overloaded methods. You can use 3D touch in any way implementing
these methods.
Objective-C
//Checking for 3-D Touch availability

if ([self.traitCollection respondsToSelector:@selector(forceTouchCapability)] &&
(self.traitCollection.forceTouchCapability == UIForceTouchCapabilityAvailable))
{
[self registerForPreviewingWithDelegate:self sourceView:self.view];
}
//Peek
- (UIViewController *)previewingContext:(id<UIViewControllerPreviewing>)previewingContext
viewControllerForLocation:(CGPoint)location {
NSIndexPath *indexPath = [self.tableView indexPathForRowAtPoint:location];

Country *country = [self countryForIndexPath:indexPath];
if (country) {
CountryCell *cell = [self.tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:indexPath];
if (cell) {
previewingContext.sourceRect = cell.frame;
UINavigationController *navController = [self.storyboard
instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier:@"UYLCountryNavController"];
[self configureNavigationController:navController withCountry:country];
return navController;
}
}
return nil;
}
//Pop
- (void)previewingContext:(id<UIViewControllerPreviewing>)previewingContext
commitViewController:(UIViewController *)viewControllerToCommit {
[self showDetailViewController:viewControllerToCommit sender:self];

}
3 D Touch Objective-C Example
Objective-C
//Checking for 3-D Touch availability
if ([self.traitCollection respondsToSelector:@selector(forceTouchCapability)] &&
(self.traitCollection.forceTouchCapability == UIForceTouchCapabilityAvailable))
{
[self registerForPreviewingWithDelegate:self sourceView:self.view];
}
//Peek
- (UIViewController *)previewingContext:(id<UIViewControllerPreviewing>)previewingContext
viewControllerForLocation:(CGPoint)location {
NSIndexPath *indexPath = [self.tableView indexPathForRowAtPoint:location];

Country *country = [self countryForIndexPath:indexPath];
if (country) {
CountryCell *cell = [self.tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:indexPath];
if (cell) {
previewingContext.sourceRect = cell.frame;
UINavigationController *navController = [self.storyboard
instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier:@"UYLCountryNavController"];
[self configureNavigationController:navController withCountry:country];
return navController;
}
}
return nil;
}
//Pop
- (void)previewingContext:(id<UIViewControllerPreviewing>)previewingContext
commitViewController:(UIViewController *)viewControllerToCommit {
[self showDetailViewController:viewControllerToCommit sender:self];

}
Read 3D Touch online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6705/3d-touch
Chapter 3: Accessibility
Introduction
Accessibility in iOS allows users with hearing disabilities and visual impairments to access iOS
and your application by supporting various features like VoiceOver, Voice Control, White on Black,
Mono Audio, Speech to Text and so on. Providing Accessibility in the iOS app means making the
app usable for everyone.
Examples
Make a View Accessible
Mark your UIView subclass as an accessible element so that it is visible to VoiceOver.
myView.isAccessibilityElement = YES;
Ensure that the view speaks a meaningful label, value, and hint. Apple provides more details on
how to choose good descriptions in the Accessibility Programming Guide.
Accessibility Frame
The accessibility frame is used by VoiceOver for hit testing touches, drawing the VoiceOver
cursor, and calculating where in the focused element to simulate a tap when the user double-taps
the screen. Note that the frame is in screen coordinates!
myElement.accessibilityFrame = frameInScreenCoordinates;
If your elements or screen layouts change often, consider overriding -accessibilityFrame to always
provide an up-to-date rect. Calculating the screen-relative frame of scroll view subviews can be
error-prone and tedious. iOS 10 introduces a new API to make this easier:
accessibilityFrameInContainerSpace.
Screen Change
VoiceOver works great most of the time, breezily reading aloud screens full of content and
intuitively following the user. Alas, no general solution is perfect. Sometimes only you, the app
developer, know where VoiceOver should be focused for an optimal user experience. Fortunately,
VoiceOver listens to system accessibility notifications for clues about where focus belongs. To
move the VoiceOver cursor manually, post an accessibility screen changed notification:
UIAccessibilityPostNotification(UIAccessibilityScreenChangedNotification, firstElement);
When this notification is posted, a short series of tones notify users of the change. The second
parameter can be either the next element to focus or a string announcing the change. Only post a
screen change notification if the VoiceOver experience is poor without it and no other workaround
exists. Moving the VoiceOver cursor is like poking at a sighted user’s screen. It can be annoying
and disorienting to be led around that way.
Layout Change
In many cases, content within a single screen will update with new or different content. For
example, imagine a form that reveals additional options based on the user’s answer to a previous
question. In this case, a “layout change” notification lets you either announce the change or focus
on a new element. This notification accepts the same parameters as the screen change
notification.
UIAccessibilityPostNotification(UIAccessibilityLayoutChangedNotification, firstElement);
Announcement
Announcements are useful for alerting users to events that don’t require any interaction, such as
“screen locked” or “finished loading.” Use a more specific announcement to notify users of screen
changes or more minor layout changes.
UIAccessibilityPostNotification(UIAccessibilityAnnouncementNotification, @"The thing

happened!");
Ordering Elements
VoiceOver navigates from top-left to bottom-right, irrespective of the view hierarchy. This is usually
how content is arranged in left-to-right languages since sighted individuals tend to scan the screen
in an “F-shaped pattern”. VoiceOver users will expect to navigate the same way as typical users.
Predictability and consistency are very important to accessibility. Please refrain from making
customizations that “improve” on default behavior (eg. ordering the tab bar first in the swipe order).
That said, if you have received feedback that the order of elements in your app is surprising, there
are a couple of ways you can improve the experience.
If VoiceOver should read a view’s subviews one after the next but is not, you may need to hint to
VoiceOver that the elements contained within a single view are related. You can do this by setting
shouldGroupAccessibiltyChildren:
myView.shouldGroupAccessibilityChildren = YES;
To support complex navigation structures that span multiple containers or include interfaces
rendered without UIKit, consider implementing the container protocol on the parent view.
Accessibility Container
VoiceOver can navigate many apps on iOS because most UIKit classes implement
UIAccessibilityProtocol. Features that don’t represent onscreen elements using UIView, including
apps that leverage Core Graphics or Metal to perform drawing, must describe these elements for
accessibility. As of iOS 8.0, this can be done by assigning a property on the UIView containing
inaccessible elements:
myInaccessibleContainerView.accessibilityElements = @[elements, that, should, be, accessible];
Each object in the array can be an instance of UIAccessibilityElement or any other class that
adheres to UIAccessibilityProtocol. The child elements should be returned in the order the user
should navigate them. As an application author, you can use accessibility containers to override
the default top-left to bottom-right ordering of VoiceOver swipe navigation. Given that UIView
implements UIAccessibilityProtocol, you can combine instances of UIAccessibilityElement and
UIView in the same array of child accessibility elements. Note that if you assign elements manually,
you do not need to implement any dynamic accessibility protocol methods, though you may need
to issue a screen change notification for the elements to be detected by VoiceOver.
Modal View
Modal views completely capture the user’s attention until a task is complete. iOS clarifies this to
users by dimming and disabling all other content when a modal view, such as an alert or popover,
is visible. An app that implements a custom modal interface needs to hint to VoiceOver that this
view deserve the user’s undivided attention by setting accessibilityViewIsModal. Note that this
property should only be set on the view containing modal content, not elements contained within a
modal view.
myModalView.accessibilityViewIsModal = YES;
Tagging a view as modal encourages VoiceOver to ignore sibling views. If, after setting this
property, you find that VoiceOver still navigates other elements in your app, try hiding problem
views until the modal dismisses.
Hiding Elements
Most UIKit classes, including UIView, adhere to UIAccessibilityProtocol and return correct values
by default. It’s easy to take for granted that a UIView set to hidden is also absent from the
accessibility hierarchy and won’t be navigated by VoiceOver. While this default behavior is usually
sufficient, there are times where a view will be present in the view hierarchy but not visible or
navigable. For example, a collection of buttons may be overlapped by another view, rendering
them invisible to a sighted user. VoiceOver, however, will still try to navigate them since they are
technically not hidden from UIKit and therefore are still present in the accessibility hierarchy. In
such cases, you must hint to VoiceOver that the parent view isn’t accessible. You can do this by
explicitly hiding the view from UIKit by setting hidden when the view goes offscreen:
myViewFullofButtons.hidden = YES;
Alternatively, you can leave the parent view visible and simply hide its children from the
accessibility hierarchy:
myViewFullofButtons.accessibilityElementsHidden = YES;
Temporary views are a another place you’ll want to hide elements from the accessibility hierarchy
while leaving them visible to users. For example, the view that pops up when you hit the volume
button is visible to sighted users but doesn’t demand attention the way a normal alert does. You
wouldn’t want VoiceOver to interrupt the user and move the cursor from away from whatever they
were doing to announce the new volume, especially given that adjusting volume already provides
auditory feedback through the clicking sound it makes. In cases like this, you’ll want to hide the
view using accessibilityElementsHidden.
Read Accessibility online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/773/accessibility
Chapter 4: ADDING A SWIFT BRIDGING
HEADER
Examples
How to create a Swift Bridging Header Manually
• Add a new file to Xcode (File > New > File), then select “Source” and click “Header File“.
• Name your file “YourProjectName-Bridging-Header.h”. Example: In my app Station, the file is

named “Station-Bridging-Header”.
• Create the file.
• Navigate to your project build settings and find the “Swift Compiler – Code Generation”
section. You may find it faster to type in “Swift Compiler” into the search box to narrow down
the results. Note: If you don’t have a “Swift Compiler – Code Generation” section, this means
you probably don’t have any Swift classes added to your project yet. Add a Swift file, then try
again.
• Next to “Objective-C Bridging Header” you will need to add the name/path of your header
file. If your file resides in your project’s root folder simply put the name of the header file
there. Examples: “ProjectName/ProjectName-Bridging-Header.h” or simply “ProjectName-
Bridging-Header.h”.
• Open up your newly created bridging header and import your Objective-C classes using
#import statements. Any class listed in this file will be able to be accessed from your swift
classes.
Xcode create automatically
Add a new Swift file to your Xcode project. Name it as you please and you should get an alert box
asking if you would like to create a bridging header. Note: If you don’t receive a prompt to add a
bridging header, you probably declined this message once before and you will have to add the
header manually (see below)
Read ADDING A SWIFT BRIDGING HEADER online:
http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10851/adding-a-swift-bridging-header
Chapter 5: AFNetworking
Examples
Dispatching completion block on a custom thread
Whenever AFNetworking is used the call is dispatched on a custom thread provided by

AFNetworking. When the call returns to the completion block, it gets executed on the main thread.
This example sets a custom thread that dispatch to the completion block:
AFNetworking 2.xx:
// Create dispatch_queue_t with your name and DISPATCH_QUEUE_SERIAL as for the flag
dispatch_queue_t myQueue = dispatch_queue_create("com.CompanyName.AppName.methodTest",
DISPATCH_QUEUE_SERIAL);
// init AFHTTPRequestOperation of AFNetworking

operation = [[AFHTTPRequestOperation alloc] initWithRequest:request];
// Set the FMDB property to run off the main thread

[operation setCompletionQueue:myQueue];
AFNetworking 3.xx:
AFHTTPSessionManager *manager = [[AFHTTPSessionManager alloc] init];

[self setCompletionQueue:myQueue];
Read AFNetworking online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3002/afnetworking
Chapter 6: AirDrop
Examples
AirDrop
Objective-C
Airdrop can be used from UIActivityViewController. The UIActivityViewController class is a

standard view controller that provides several standard services, such as copying items to the
clipboard, sharing content to social media sites, sending items via Messages, AirDrop and some
third party applications.
In this case we would be sending an image via UIActivityViewController
UIImage *hatImage = [UIImage imageNamed:@"logo.png"];

if (hatImage)//checks if the image file is not nil
{
//Initialise a UIActivityViewController
UIActivityViewController *controller = [[UIActivityViewController alloc]
initWithActivityItems:@[hatImage] applicationActivities:nil];
//Excludes following options from the UIActivityViewController menu
NSArray *excludeActivities = @[UIActivityTypePostToWeibo,UIActivityTypePrint,
UIActivityTypeMail,UIActivityTypeMessage,UIActivityTypePostToTwitter,UIActivityTypePostToFacebook,
UIActivityTypeCopyToPasteboard,UIActivityTypeAssignToContact,
UIActivityTypeSaveToCameraRoll,UIActivityTypeAddToReadingList,
UIActivityTypePostToFlickr,UIActivityTypePostToVimeo,
UIActivityTypePostToTencentWeibo];
controller.excludedActivityTypes = excludeActivities;
[self presentViewController:controller animated:YES completion:nil];
}
Swift
if ((newImage) != nil)
{
let activityVC = UIActivityViewController(activityItems: [newImage],
applicationActivities: nil)
activityVC.excludedActivityTypes =[UIActivityTypeAddToReadingList]
self.presentViewController(activityVC, animated: true, completion: nil)
Read AirDrop online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7360/airdrop
Chapter 7: AirPrint tutorial in iOS
Examples
AirPrint printing Banner Text
Objective-C
Add the delegate and a text-formatter to the ViewController.h file
@interface ViewController : UIViewController <UIPrintInteractionControllerDelegate> {

UISimpleTextPrintFormatter *_textFormatter;
}
In the ViewController.m file define the following constants
#define DefaultFontSize 48
#define PaddingFactor 0.1f
The function which prints the text is as follows:-
-(IBAction)print:(id)sender;
{
/* Get the UIPrintInteractionController, which is a shared object */
UIPrintInteractionController *controller = [UIPrintInteractionController
sharedPrintController];
if(!controller){
NSLog(@"Couldn't get shared UIPrintInteractionController!");
return;
}
/* Set this object as delegate so you can use the

printInteractionController:cutLengthForPaper: delegate */
controller.delegate = self;
UIPrintInfo *printInfo = [UIPrintInfo printInfo];

printInfo.outputType = UIPrintInfoOutputGeneral;
/* Use landscape orientation for a banner so the text print along the long side of the
paper. */
printInfo.orientation = UIPrintInfoOrientationLandscape;
printInfo.jobName = self.textField.text;
controller.printInfo = printInfo;
/* Create the UISimpleTextPrintFormatter with the text supplied by the user in the text
field */
_textFormatter = [[UISimpleTextPrintFormatter alloc] initWithText:self.textField.text];
/* Set the text formatter's color and font properties based on what the user chose */
_textFormatter.color = [self chosenColor];
_textFormatter.font = [self chosenFontWithSize:DefaultFontSize];
/* Set this UISimpleTextPrintFormatter on the controller */
controller.printFormatter = _textFormatter;
/* Set up a completion handler block. If the print job has an error before spooling, this
is where it's handled. */
void (^completionHandler)(UIPrintInteractionController *, BOOL, NSError *) =
^(UIPrintInteractionController *printController, BOOL completed, NSError *error) {
if(completed && error)
NSLog( @"Printing failed due to error in domain %@ with error code %lu. Localized
description: %@, and failure reason: %@", error.domain, (long)error.code,
error.localizedDescription, error.localizedFailureReason );
};
if (UI_USER_INTERFACE_IDIOM() == UIUserInterfaceIdiomPad)
[controller presentFromRect:self.printButton.frame inView:self.view animated:YES
completionHandler:completionHandler];
else
[controller presentAnimated:YES completionHandler:completionHandler]; // iPhone
}
The delegate function which sets up the print page:-
- (CGFloat)printInteractionController:(UIPrintInteractionController
*)printInteractionController cutLengthForPaper:(UIPrintPaper *)paper {
/* Create a font with arbitrary size so that you can calculate the approximate
font points per screen point for the height of the text. */
UIFont *font = _textFormatter.font;
CGSize size = [self.textField.text sizeWithAttributes:@{NSFontAttributeName: font}];
float approximateFontPointPerScreenPoint = font.pointSize / size.height;
/* Create a new font using a size that will fill the width of the paper */
font = [self chosenFontWithSize: paper.printableRect.size.width *
approximateFontPointPerScreenPoint];
/* Calculate the height and width of the text with the final font size */
CGSize finalTextSize = [self.textField.text sizeWithAttributes:@{NSFontAttributeName:
font}];
/* Set the UISimpleTextFormatter font to the font with the size calculated */
_textFormatter.font = font;
/* Calculate the margins of the roll. Roll printers may have unprintable areas
before and after the cut. We must add this to our cut length to ensure the
printable area has enough room for our text. */
CGFloat lengthOfMargins = paper.paperSize.height - paper.printableRect.size.height;
/* The cut length is the width of the text, plus margins, plus some padding */
return finalTextSize.width + lengthOfMargins + paper.printableRect.size.width *
PaddingFactor;
}
Read AirPrint tutorial in iOS online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7395/airprint-tutorial-in-ios
Chapter 8: Alamofire
Syntax
• response()
• responseData()
• responseString(encoding: NSStringEncoding)
• responseJSON(options: NSJSONReadingOptions)
• responsePropertyList(options: NSPropertyListReadOptions)
Parameters
Parameter Details
Method .OPTIONS, .GET, .HEAD, .POST, .PUT, .PATCH, .DELETE, .TRACE, .CONNECT
URLString URLStringConvertible
parameters [String: AnyObject]?
encoding ParameterEncoding
headers [String: String]?
Examples
Making a Request
import Alamofire
Alamofire.request(.GET, "https://httpbin.org/get")
Automatic Validation
Alamofire.request("https://httpbin.org/get").validate().responseJSON { response in
switch response.result {
case .success:
print("Validation Successful")
case .failure(let error):
print(error)
}
}
Response Handling
Alamofire.request(.GET, "https://httpbin.org/get", parameters: ["foo": "bar"])
.responseJSON { response in
print(response.request) // original URL request
print(response.response) // URL response
print(response.data) // server data
print(response.result) // result of response serialization
if let JSON = response.result.value {

print("JSON: \(JSON)")
}
}
Manual Validation

.validate(statusCode: 200..<300)
.validate(contentType: ["application/json"])
.response { response in
print(response)
}
Response Handler

.validate()
.response { request, response, data, error in
print(request)
print(response)
print(data)
print(error)
}
Chained Response Handlers
Alamofire.request(.GET, "https://httpbin.org/get")
.validate()
.responseString { response in
print("Response String: \(response.result.value)")
}
.responseJSON { response in
print("Response JSON: \(response.result.value)")
}
Read Alamofire online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1823/alamofire
Chapter 9: App Submission Process
Introduction
This tutorial covers all the necessary steps required to upload an iOS app to the App Store.
Examples
Setup provisioning profiles
In previous versions, setting up provisioning profiles was done manually. You generate distribution
profile, download it and then distribute your app. This had to be done for every development
machine which was extremely time consuming. However, in most situations nowadays, Xcode 8
will do most of this work for you. Make sure you sign in with the account which will be used for
distributing the app and then simply select "Automatically manage code signing" in Targets ->
General.
Archive the code
Once the provisioning profiles are all set, next step in the process of submitting the app is to
archive your code. From the dropdown of devices and simulators select option "Generic iOS
device". Then, under "Product" menu select option "Archive".
In case where the submission is an update to the existing app on the store, make sure that the
build number is higher than the current and that the version number is different. For example,
current application has build number 30 and version label 1.0. The next update should have at
least build number 31 and version label 1.0.1. In most cases, you should add third decimal to your
version in case of some urgent bug fixes or small patches, second decimal is mostly reserved for
feature updates while first decimal is incremented in case of a major app update.
Export IPA file
Once it's done, you can find your archive in the Xcode organizer. This is where all your previous
versions and archive builds are saved and organized in case you do not delete them. You will
immediately notice a large blue button saying "Upload to App Store..." however in 9/10 cases this
will not work due to various reasons (Xcode bugs mostly). Workaround is to export your archive
and upload it using another Xcode tool called Application Loader. However, since Application
loader uploads IPA files to the App Store, archive needs to be exported to the correct format. This
is a trivial task which might take ~ half an hour. Click on the "Export" button in the right side panel.
If you are uploading app to the App Store, select the first option and click Next. Sign in and
validate your code once again and go grab a cup of coffee. Once the exporting process is done,
you will be asked where to save the generated IPA file. Usually, desktop is the most convenient
choice.
Upload IPA file using Application Loader
Once the IPA file is generated, open Xcode, navigate to developer tools and open Application
Loader.
If you have multiple accounts in your Xcode, you will be asked to choose. Naturally pick the one
you used for code signing in the first step. Pick "Deliver your app" and upload the code. Once the
upload is done it may take up to one hour to appear in your build list on iTunes Connect.
Read App Submission Process online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8765/app-submission-
process
Chapter 10: App Transport Security (ATS)
Parameters
Parameter Details
NSAppTransportSecurity Configure ATS
Set to YES to disable ATS everywhere. In iOS

10 and later, and macOS 10.12 and later, the
value of this key is ignored if any of the
NSAllowsArbitraryLoads following keys are present in your app’s
Info.plist file: NSAllowsArbitraryLoadsInMedia,
NSAllowsArbitraryLoadsInWebContent,
NSAllowsLocalNetworking
Set to YES to disable ATS for media loaded

NSAllowsArbitraryLoadsInMedia using APIs from the AV Foundation
framework. (iOS 10+, macOS 10.12+)
Set to YES to disable ATS in your app’s web

views (WKWebView, UIWebView, WebView) without
NSAllowsArbitraryLoadsInWebContent
affecting your NSURLSession connections.
(iOS 10+, macOS 10.12+)
Set to YES to disable for connections to

NSAllowsLocalNetworking unqualified domains and to .local domains.
(iOS 10+, macOS 10.12+)
NSExceptionDomains Configure exceptions for specific domains
Set to YES to apply the exceptions to all

NSIncludesSubdomains
subdomains of the selected domain.
Set to YES to require that valid, signed

Certificate Transparency (CT) timestamps,
NSRequiresCertificateTransparency from known CT logs, be presented for server
(X.509) certificates on a domain. (iOS 10+,
macOS 10.12+)
Set to YES to allow HTTP on the selected

NSExceptionAllowsInsecureHTTPLoads
domain.
Defaults to YES; Set to NO to disable Forward

NSExceptionRequiresForwardSecrecy
Secrecy and accept more ciphers.
NSExceptionMinimumTLSVersion Defaults to TLSv1.2; Possible values are:
Parameter Details
TLSv1.0, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2
Similar to NSExceptionAllowsInsecureHTTPLoads,
NSThirdPartyExceptionAllowsInsecureHTTPLoads
but for domains that you have no control over
Similar to NSExceptionRequiresForwardSecrecy,
NSThirdPartyExceptionRequiresForwardSecrecy
but for domains that you have no control over
Similar to NSExceptionMinimumTLSVersion, but for

NSThirdPartyExceptionMinimumTLSVersion
domains that you have no control over
Remarks
The App Transport Security is a security feature in iOS and macOS. It prevents apps from
establishing unsecured connections. By default, apps can only use secure HTTPS connections.
If an app needs to connect to a server via HTTP, exceptions must be defined in the Info.plist.
(see the examples for more information about that)
Note: In 2017, Apple will enforce ATS. That means, that you can no longer upload apps that have
ATS-exceptions defined in the Info.plist. If you can provide good arguments, why you have to
use HTTP, you can contact Apple and they might allow you to define exceptions. (Source: WWDC
2016 - Session 706)
More information on the App Transport Security configuration can be found in the CocoaKeys
Documentation.
Examples
Endpoints require SSL
Introduced in iOS 9, all endpoints must adhere to the HTTPS specification.

Any endpoints not using SSL will fail with a warning in the console log. To your application it will
appear that the internet connection failed.
To configure exceptions: Place the following in your Info.plist file:
1. Allow particular domain (testdomain.com) only:
<key>NSAppTransportSecurity</key>
<dict>
<key>NSExceptionDomains</key>
<dict>
<key>testdomain.com</key>
<dict>
<key>NSIncludesSubdomains</key>
<true/>
<key>NSExceptionAllowsInsecureHTTPLoads</key>
<true/>
</dict>
</dict>
The key that permits such behavior is NSExceptionAllowsInsecureHTTPLoads. In this case, app will
allow HTTP connection to mentioned domain (testdomain.com) only and block all other HTTP
connections.
The key NSIncludesSubdomains specifies that any and all subdomains of the mentioned domain
(testdomain.com) should also be allowed.
2. Allow any domain:
<dict>
<key>NSAllowsArbitraryLoads</key>
<true/>
</dict>
In this case, app will allow HTTP connection to any domain. As of January 1st 2017, using this
flag will cause thorough App Store review and the app developers will have to explain why they
need to use this exception in the first place. Possible explanations include:
• An application that loads encrypted media content that contains no personalized information.
• Connections to devices that cannot be upgraded to use secure connections.
• Connection to a server that is managed by another entity and does not support secure
connections.
Load all HTTP content
Apple introduced ATS with iOS 9 as a new security feature to improve privacy and security
between apps and web services. ATS by default fails all non HTTPS requests. While this can be
really nice for production environments, it can be a nuisance during testing.
ATS is configured in the target's Info.plist file with the NSAppTransportSecurity dictionary (App
Transport Security Settings in the Xcode Info.plist editor). To allow all HTTP content, add the Allow
Arbitrary Loads boolean (NSAllowsArbitraryLoads) and set it to YES. This is not recommended for
production apps, and if HTTP content is required, it is recommended that it be selectively enabled
instead.
Selectively load HTTP content
Similar to enabling all HTTP content, all configuration happens under the App Transport Security
Settings. Add the Exception Domains dictionary (NSExceptionDomains) to the top level ATS settings.
For every domain, add a dictionary item to the Exception Domains, where the key is the domain in
question. Set NSExceptionAllowsInsecureHTTPLoads to YES to disable the HTTPS requirement for that
domain.
Read App Transport Security (ATS) online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5435/app-transport-
security--ats-
Chapter 11: App wide operations
Examples
Get the top most UIViewController
A common approach to get the top most UIViewController is to get the RootViewController of your
active UIWindow. I wrote an extension for this:
extension UIApplication {
func topViewController(_ base: UIViewController? =

UIApplication.shared.keyWindow?.rootViewController) -> UIViewController {
if let nav = base as? UINavigationController {

return topViewController(nav.visibleViewController)
}
if let tab = base as? UITabBarController {

if let selected = tab.selectedViewController {
return topViewController(selected)
}
}
if let presented = base?.presentedViewController {

return topViewController(presented)
}
return base!
}
Intercept System Events
Using the NotificationCenter of iOS, which can be very powerful, you are able to intercept certain
app-wide events:
NotificationCenter.default.addObserver(
self,
selector: #selector(ViewController.do(_:)),
name: NSNotification.Name.UIApplicationDidBecomeActive,
object: nil)
You can register for a lot of more events, just take a look at
https://developer.apple.com/reference/foundation/nsnotification.name.
Read App wide operations online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7188/app-wide-operations
Chapter 12: AppDelegate
Introduction
AppDelegate is a protocol which defines methods that are called by the singleton UIApplication
object in response to important events in the lifetime of an app.
Normally used to perform tasks on application startup (setup app environment, analitycs (ex.:
Mixpanel/GoogleAnalytics/Crashlitics), DB stack etc.) and shutdown (ex.: save DB context),
handling URL open requests and similar application-wide tasks.
Examples
All States of Application through AppDelegate methods
For Getting updated or to do something before app goes live to user you can use below method.
AppDidFinishLaunching
- (BOOL)application:(UIApplication *)application didFinishLaunchingWithOptions:(NSDictionary

*)launchOptions {
// Write your code before app launch
return YES;
}
While App Enter in Foreground:
- (void)applicationWillEnterForeground:(UIApplication *)application {
// Called as part of the transition from the background to the active state; here you can
undo many of the changes made on entering the background.
}
When App Launching and also background to Foreground hit below method:
- (void)applicationDidBecomeActive:(UIApplication *)application {
// Restart any tasks that were paused (or not yet started) while the application was
inactive. If the application was previously in the background, optionally refresh the user
interface.
}
While App Enter in background:
- (void)applicationDidEnterBackground:(UIApplication *)application {
// Use this method to release shared resources, save user data, invalidate timers, and
store enough application state information to restore your application to its current state in
case it is terminated later.
// If your application supports background execution, this method is called instead of
applicationWillTerminate: when the user quits.
}
While app resign active
- (void)applicationWillResignActive:(UIApplication *)application {
// Sent when the application is about to move from active to inactive state. This can
occur for certain types of temporary interruptions (such as an incoming phone call or SMS
message) or when the user quits the application and it begins the transition to the background
state.
// Use this method to pause ongoing tasks, disable timers, and invalidate graphics
rendering callbacks. Games should use this method to pause the game.
}
While app terminate:
- (void)applicationWillTerminate:(UIApplication *)application {
// Called when the application is about to terminate. Save data if appropriate. See also
applicationDidEnterBackground:.
}
AppDelegate Roles:
• AppDelegate contains your app’s startup code.

• It responds to key changes in the state of your app. Specifically, it responds to both temporary
interruptions and to changes in the execution state of your app, such as when your app
transitions from the foreground to the background.
• It responds to notifications originating from outside the app, such as remote notifications
(also known as push notifications), low-memory warnings, download completion notifications,
and more.
• It determines whether state preservation and restoration should occur and assists in the
preservation and restoration process as needed.
• It responds to events that target the app itself and are not specific to your app’s views or view
controllers. You can use it to store your app’s central data objects or any content that does
not have an owning view controller.
Opening a URL-Specified Resource
Asks the delegate to open a resource specified by a URL, and provides a dictionary of launch
options.
Example of usage:
func application(_ app: UIApplication, open url: URL, options: [UIApplicationOpenURLOptionsKey

: Any] = [:]) -> Bool {
return SomeManager.shared.handle(
url,
sourceApplication: options[.sourceApplication] as? String,
annotation: options[.annotation]
)
}
Handling Local and Remote Notifications
Example of usage:
/* Instance of your custom APNs/local notification manager */

private var pushManager: AppleNotificationManager!
Registration:
func application(application: UIApplication, didRegisterUserNotificationSettings

notificationSettings: UIUserNotificationSettings) {
// Called to tell the delegate the types of notifications that can be used to get the
user’s attention
pushManager.didRegisterSettings(notificationSettings)
}
func application(application: UIApplication, didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken

deviceToken: NSData) {
// Tells the delegate that the app successfully registered with Apple Push Notification
service (APNs)
pushManager.didRegisterDeviceToken(deviceToken)
}
func application(application: UIApplication, didFailToRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithError

error: NSError) {
// Sent to the delegate when Apple Push Notification service cannot successfully complete
the registration process.
pushManager.didFailToRegisterDeviceToken(error)
}
Remote notifications handling:
func application(application: UIApplication, didReceiveRemoteNotification userInfo: [NSObject

: AnyObject]) {
// Remote notification arrived, there is data to be fetched
// Handling it
pushManager.handleNotification(userInfo,
background: application.applicationState == .Background
)
}
Local notifications handling:
func application(application: UIApplication, didReceiveLocalNotification notification:

UILocalNotification) {
pushManager.handleLocalNotification(notification, background: false)
}
Handling action (deprecated):
func application(application: UIApplication, handleActionWithIdentifier identifier: String?,

forRemoteNotification userInfo: [NSObject : AnyObject],
completionHandler: () -> Void) {
pushManager.handleInteractiveRemoteNotification(userInfo, actionIdentifier: identifier,
completion: completionHandler)
}
Read AppDelegate online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8740/appdelegate
Chapter 13: Application rating/review request
Introduction
Now from iOS 10.3 , there is no need to navigate application to apple store for rating/review. Apple
has introduced SKStoreReviewController class in storekit framework. In which developer just need
to call requestReview() class method of SKStoreReviewController class and the system handles
the entire process for you.
In addition, you can continue to include a persistent link in the settings or configuration screens of
your app that deep-links to your App Store product page. To automatically ope
Examples
Rate/Review iOS Application
Just type below one line code from where you want user to rate/review your application.
SKStoreReviewController.requestReview()
Read Application rating/review request online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9678/application-rating-review-request
Chapter 14: ARC (Automatic Reference
Counting)
Examples
Enable/Disable ARC on a file
ARC can be disabled for individual files by adding the -fno-objc-arc compiler flag for each file.
Conversely it can be added in Targets ▸ Build Phases ▸ Compile Sources
Read ARC (Automatic Reference Counting) online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4150/arc--
automatic-reference-counting-
Chapter 15: attributedText in UILabel
Introduction
The current styled text that is displayed by the label.
You can add HTML text in UILabel using attributedText property or customized single UILabel text
with different property
Examples
HTML text in UILabel
NSString * htmlString = @"<html><body> <b> Example bold text in HTML </b> </body></html>";
NSAttributedString * attrStr = [[NSAttributedString alloc] initWithData:[htmlString
dataUsingEncoding:NSUnicodeStringEncoding] options:@{ NSDocumentTypeDocumentAttribute:
NSHTMLTextDocumentType } documentAttributes:nil error:nil];
UILabel * yourLabel = [[UILabel alloc] init];

yourLabel.attributedText = attrStr;
Set different property to text in single UILabel
The first step you need to preform is to create a NSMutableAttributedString object. The reason we
create a NSMutableAttributedString instead of NSAttributedString is because it enables us to
append string to it.
NSString *fullStr = @"Hello World!";

NSMutableAttributedString *attString =[[NSMutableAttributedString
alloc]initWithString:fullStr];
// Finding the range of text.

NSRange rangeHello = [fullStr rangeOfString:@"Hello"];
NSRange rangeWorld = [fullStr rangeOfString:@"World!"];
// Add font style for Hello

[attString addAttribute: NSFontAttributeName
value: [UIFont fontWithName:@"Copperplate" size:14]
range: rangeHello];
// Add text color for Hello
[attString addAttribute: NSForegroundColorAttributeName
value: [UIColor blueColor]
range: rangeHello];
// Add font style for World!

[attString addAttribute: NSFontAttributeName
value: [UIFont fontWithName:@"Chalkduster" size:20]
range: rangeWorld];
// Add text color for World!
[attString addAttribute: NSForegroundColorAttributeName
value: [UIColor colorWithRed:(66.0/255.0) green:(244.0/255.0)
blue:(197.0/255.0) alpha:1]
range: rangeWorld];
// Set it to UILabel as attributedText

UILabel * yourLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(10, 150, 200, 100)];
yourLabel.attributedText = attString;
[self.view addSubview:yourLabel];
Output :
Read attributedText in UILabel online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10927/attributedtext-in-

uilabel
Chapter 16: Auto Layout
Introduction
Auto Layout dynamically calculates the size and position of all the views in your view hierarchy,
based on constraints placed on those views. Source
Syntax
• NSLayoutConstraint(item: Any, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute, relatedBy: NSLayoutRelation,
toItem: Any?, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute, multiplier: CGFloat, constant: CGFloat) // Create
a contraint programmatically
Examples
UILabel & Parentview size According to Text in UILabel
Step by Step Guide :-
Step 1 :- Set constraint to UIView
1. Leading. 2) Top. 3) Trailing. (From mainview)
Step 2 :- Set constrain to Label 1
1. Leading 2) Top 3) Trailing (From it's superview)
Step 3 :- Set constraint to Label 2
1. Leading 2) Top 3) Trailing (From its superview)
Step 4 :- Most tricky give a bottom to UILabel from UIView .
Step 5 :- (Optional) Set constrain to UIButton
1. Leading 2) Bottom 3) Trailing 4) Fixed Height (From mainview)
Output :-
Note :- Make sure you have set Number of lines =0 in Label property.
I hope this info enough to understand Autoresize UIView according to UILabel's height and
Autoresize UILabel According to text.
Visual Format Language Basics: Constraints in Code!
HVFL is a language designed to constrain UI elements in a simple and quick fashion. Generally,
VFL has an advantage over traditional UI customization in the Interface Builder because it's much
more readable, accessible and compact.
Here's an example of VFL, in which three UIViews are constrained from left to right, filling up
superView.width, with aGradeView
"H:|[bgView][aGradeView(40)][bGradeView(40)]|"
There are two axes in which we can constrain UI Objects to, Horizontally and Vertically.
Each line of VFL always begins with H: or V:. If neither are present, the default option is H:
Moving on, we have a pipeline. | This symbol, or the pipe, refers to the superview. If you take a
closer look at the snippet of VFL code above, you'd notice two of these pipelines.
This signifies the two horizontal ends of the superview, the outerleft and outerright boundaries.
Next up you'll see some square brackets, within the first set of square brackets, we have bgView.
When we've got square brackets, it's referring to a UI element, now you might wonder how we
establish a link between the name and the actual UI element, an outlet perhaps?
I'll cover that at the end of the post.
If you take a look at the second pair of square brackets [aGradeView(50)], we have some
parentheses encapsulated within as well, when that is present, it defines the width/height
depending on the axes, which in this case is 50 pixels in width.
The first square brackets [bgView] did not have a width explicitly defined, meaning that it'll span out
as far as possible.
Alright, that's it for the basics, more on the advanced stuff in another example.
for example:
// 1. create views
UIView *blueView = [[UIView alloc] init];
blueView.backgroundColor = [UIColor blueColor];
[self.view addSubview:blueView];
UIView *redView = [[UIView alloc] init];

redView.backgroundColor = [UIColor redColor];
[self.view addSubview:redView];
// 2. forbid Autoresizing
blueView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
redView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
// 3. make contraints
// horizontal
NSArray *blueH = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintsWithVisualFormat:@"H:|-20-[blueView]-20-|"
options:NSLayoutFormatAlignAllLeft metrics:nil views:@{@"blueView" : blueView}];
[self.view addConstraints:blueH];
// vertical
NSArray *blueVandRedV = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintsWithVisualFormat:@"V:|-20-
[blueView(50)]-20-[redView(==blueView)]" options:NSLayoutFormatAlignAllTrailing metrics:nil
views:@{@"blueView" : blueView, @"redView" : redView}];
[self.view addConstraints:blueVandRedV];
NSLayoutConstraint *redW = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:redView
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeWidth relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:blueView
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeWidth multiplier:0.5 constant:0];
[self.view addConstraint:redW];
NSLayoutConstraint: Contraints in code!
When we are working on a framework, if the constraints are not too complex, we'd better use
Interface Builder or NSLayoutConstraint in code to make it smaller enough, instead of import
Masonry or SnapKit.
for example:
• Objective-C
// 1. create views
UIView *blueView = [[UIView alloc] init];
blueView.backgroundColor = [UIColor blueColor];
[self.view addSubview:blueView];
UIView *redView = [[UIView alloc] init];

redView.backgroundColor = [UIColor redColor];
[self.view addSubview:redView];
// 2. forbid Autoresizing
blueView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
redView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
// 3. make contraints
// 3.1 blueView
NSLayoutConstraint *blueLeft = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:blueView
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeLeft relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:self.view
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeLeft multiplier:1 constant:20];
[self.view addConstraint:blueLeft];
NSLayoutConstraint *blueTop = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:blueView

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeTop relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:self.view
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeTop multiplier:1 constant:20];
[self.view addConstraint:blueTop];
NSLayoutConstraint *blueRight = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:blueView

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeRight relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:self.view
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeRight multiplier:1 constant:-20];
[self.view addConstraint:blueRight];
NSLayoutConstraint *blueHeight = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:blueView

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeHeight relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:nil
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeNotAnAttribute multiplier:1 constant:50];
[self.view addConstraint:blueHeight];
// 3.2 redView
NSLayoutConstraint *redTop = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:redView
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeTop relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:blueView
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeBottom multiplier:1 constant:20];
[self.view addConstraint:redTop];
NSLayoutConstraint *redRight = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:redView

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeRight relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:self.view
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeRight multiplier:1 constant:-20];
[self.view addConstraint:redRight];
NSLayoutConstraint *redHeight = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:redView

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeHeight relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:blueView
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeHeight multiplier:1 constant:0];
[self.view addConstraint:redHeight];
NSLayoutConstraint *redWidth = [NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:redView

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeWidth relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:blueView
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeWidth multiplier:0.5 constant:0];
[self.view addConstraint:redWidth];
Proportional Layout
Constraint created as
NSLayoutConstraint(item: myView, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.Leading, relatedBy:

NSLayoutRelation.Equal, toItem: view, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.LeadingMargin, multiplier:
1.0, constant: 20.0)
or, from math point of view:
view.attribute * multiplier + constant (1)
You can use multiplier to create proportional layout for different size factor.
Example:
Turquoise View (V1) is a square with width proportional superview width with ratio 1:1.1
Gary square(V2) is a subview of V1. Bottom space set by constant = 60, Trailing space set by
multiplier = 1.125 and constant = 0
Trailing space set proportionally, bottom space set as a constant.
calculations done by UIKit itself.
Example: when you have a UIView that has a maskLayer, you may need to update maskLayer as
soon as Auto Layout changes UIView's frame
// CustomView.m
- (void)layoutSubviews {
[super layoutSubviews];
// now you can assume Auto Layout did its job
// you can use view's frame in your calculations
CALayer maskLayer = self.maskLayer;
maskLayer.bounds = self.bounds;
...
}
or if you want to take some additional action to Auto Layout in ViewController
- (void)viewDidLayoutSubviews {
[super viewDidLayoutSubviews];
// now you can assume all your subviews are positioned/resized correctly
self.customView.frame = self.containerView.frame;
}
Resolve UILabel Priority Conflict
Problem: When you use many labels inside a view, you maybe get a warning:
How can we fix this warning?
Solution: We calculate and set the priorities in order. The priorities must be different from labels. It
means which is important will get higher priority. For example, in my case, I set the vertical
priorities for my labels look like this:
I set the highest priority for 1st label and the lowest for 4th label.
In a ViewController, I think you're hard to see the effect of those priorities. However, it's very
clearly with UITableViewCell + estimate cell height.
Hope this help.
How to animate with Auto Layout
Without Auto Layout, animation is accomplished changing a view's frame over time. With Auto
Layout, the constraints dictate the view frame, so you have to animate the constraints instead.
This indirection makes animation harder to visualize.
Here are the ways to animate with Auto Layout:
1. Change the constant of the constraint after creation using periodic calls (CADisplayLink,
dispatch_source_t, dispatch_after, NSTimer). Then call layoutIfNeeded to update the constraint.
Example:
Objective-C:
self.someConstraint.constant = 10.0;
[UIView animateWithDuration:0.25 animations:^{
[self.view layoutIfNeeded];
}];
Swift:
self.someConstraint.constant = 10.0
UIView.animate(withDuration: 0.25, animations: self.view.layoutIfNeeded)
2. Change the constraints and call [view layoutIfNeeded] inside an animation block. This
interpolates between the two positions ignoring constraints during the animation.

[view layoutIfNeeded];
}]
3. Change the priority of the constraints. This is less CPU intensive than adding and
removing constraints.
4. Remove all constraints and use autosizing masks. For the later, you have to set
view.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = YES.
5. Use constraints that don't interfere with the intended animation.
6. Use a container view. Position the superview using constraints. Then add a subview with
constraints that don't fight the animation, eg: a center relative to the superview. This unloads
part of the constraints to the superview, so they don't fight the animation in the subview.
7. Animate layers instead views. Layer transforms don't trigger the Auto Layout.
CABasicAnimation* ba = [CABasicAnimation animationWithKeyPath:@"transform"];

ba.autoreverses = YES;
ba.duration = 0.3;
ba.toValue = [NSValue valueWithCATransform3D:CATransform3DMakeScale(1.1, 1.1, 1)];
[v.layer addAnimation:ba forKey:nil];
8. Override layoutSubviews. Call [super layoutSubviews] and fine tune the constraints.
9. Change the frame in viewDidLayoutSubviews. Auto Layout is applied in layoutSubviews,

so once done, change it in viewDidLayoutSubviews.
10. Opt out from Auto Layout and set views manually. You can do this overriding
layoutSubviews/layout without calling the super class’s implementation.
Quick tip: if the parent of the animated view is not being interpolated (that is, the animation jumps
from beginning to end state), call layoutIfNeeded() in the deepest view that is the parent of the
view that is animated (in other words, that is not affected by the animation). I don't know exactly
why this works.
Setting constraints programmatically
Boilerplate code example

super.viewDidLoad()
let myView = UIView()

myView.backgroundColor = UIColor.blueColor()
myView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
view.addSubview(myView)
// Add constraints code here

// ...
}
In the examples below the Anchor Style is the preferred method over NSLayoutConstraint Style,
however it is only available from iOS 9, so if you are supporting iOS 8 then you should still use
NSLayoutConstraint Style.
Pinning
Anchor Style
let margins = view.layoutMarginsGuide

myView.leadingAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(margins.leadingAnchor, constant: 20).active =
true
• In addition to leadingAnchor, there is also trailingAnchor, topAnchor, and bottomAnchor.
NSLayoutConstraint Style
NSLayoutConstraint(item: myView, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.Leading, relatedBy:

NSLayoutRelation.Equal, toItem: view, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.LeadingMargin, multiplier:
1.0, constant: 20.0).active = true
• In addition to .Leading there is also .Trailing, .Top, and .Bottom.

• In addition to .LeadingMargin there is also .TrailingMargin, .TopMargin, and .BottomMargin.
Visual Format Language style
NSLayoutConstraint.constraintsWithVisualFormat("H:|-20-[myViewKey]", options: [], metrics:

nil, views: ["myViewKey": myView])
Width and Height
Anchor Style
myView.widthAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(nil, constant: 200).active = true

myView.heightAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(nil, constant: 100).active = true
NSLayoutConstraint(item: myView, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.Width, relatedBy:

NSLayoutRelation.Equal, toItem: nil, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.NotAnAttribute, multiplier:
1, constant: 200).active = true
NSLayoutConstraint(item: myView, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.Height, relatedBy:
NSLayoutRelation.Equal, toItem: nil, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.NotAnAttribute, multiplier:
1, constant: 100).active = true
NSLayoutConstraint.constraintsWithVisualFormat("H:[myViewKey(200)]", options: [], metrics:

NSLayoutConstraint.constraintsWithVisualFormat("V:[myViewKey(100)]", options: [], metrics:
Center in container
Anchor Style
myView.centerXAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(view.centerXAnchor).active = true
myView.centerYAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(view.centerYAnchor).active = true
NSLayoutConstraint(item: myView, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.CenterX, relatedBy:

NSLayoutRelation.Equal, toItem: view, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.CenterX, multiplier: 1,
constant: 0).active = true
NSLayoutConstraint(item: myView, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.CenterY, relatedBy:
NSLayoutRelation.Equal, toItem: view, attribute: NSLayoutAttribute.CenterY, multiplier: 1,
constant: 0).active = true
NSLayoutConstraint.constraintsWithVisualFormat("V:[viewKey]-(<=0)-[myViewKey]", options:
NSLayoutFormatOptions.AlignAllCenterX, metrics: nil, views: ["myViewKey": myView, "viewKey":
view])
NSLayoutConstraint.constraintsWithVisualFormat("H:[viewKey]-(<=0)-[myViewKey]", options:
NSLayoutFormatOptions.AlignAllCenterY, metrics: nil, views: ["myViewKey": myView, "viewKey":
view])
How to use Auto Layout
Auto layout is used to arrange views so that they look good on any device and orientation.
Constraints are the rules that tell how everything should be laid down. They include pinning edges,
centering, and setting sizes, among other things.
Auto layout is enabled by default, but you can double check this. If you click Main.storyboard in the
Project Navigator and then show the File inspector. Make sure that Auto Layout and Size Classes
are checked:
Auto layout constraints can be set in the Interface Builder or in code. In the Interface Builder you
find the Auto Layout tools at the bottom right. Clicking them will reveal different options for setting
the constraints on a view.
If you wish to have different constraints for different device sizes or orientations, you can set them
in wAny hAny Size Class options found in the bottom middle.
Center Constraints
Select your button (or whatever view you want to center) on the storyboard. Then click the align
button on the bottom right. Select Horizontally in Container and Vertically in Container. Click
"Add 2 Constraints".
If it wasn't perfectly centered already, you may need to do one more thing. Click the "Update
Frames" button that is two to the left of the "Embed In Stack" button on the bottom bar.
You can also "update frames as necessary" by pressing together + + = (Command + Option
and equals) after selecting the view, this might save some time.
Now when you run your app it should be centered, no matter what device size you are using.
Another way to center views using Interface Builder is by control-click-dragging. Say you want to
center a UILabel in a view. Open the Document Outline in your storyboard by clicking the sidebar
button at the bottom left. Click and drag from the label to the view while holding ctrl (control), and
a blue line should appear:
Upon release, a menu of constraint options will appear:
Select "Center Horizontally in Container" and "Center Vertically in Container". Update frames as
necessary, and voila! A centered label.
Alternatively, you can add the constraints programmatically. Create the constraints and add them
to the desired UI elements and views as the following example describes, where we create a
button and align it in the center, horizontally and vertically to its superview:
Objective-C
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
[super viewDidLoad];
UIButton *yourButton = [[UIButton alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 100, 18)];
[yourButton setTitle:@"Button" forState:UIControlStateNormal];
[self.view addConstraint:[NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:yourButton

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeCenterY relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:self.view
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeCenterY multiplier:1 constant:0]]; //Align veritcally center to
superView
[self.view addConstraint:[NSLayoutConstraint constraintWithItem:yourButton

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeCenterX relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual toItem:self.view
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeCenterX multiplier:1 constant:0]]; //Align horizontally center to
superView
[self.view addSubview:yourButton]; //Add button to superView

}
Swift
override func viewDidLoad()

{
super.viewDidLoad()
let yourButton: UIButton = UIButton(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 100, height: 18))
yourButton.setTitle("Button", forState: .Normal)
let centerVertically = NSLayoutConstraint(item: yourButton,

attribute: .CenterX,
relatedBy: .Equal,
toItem: view,
attribute: .CenterX,
multiplier: 1.0,
constant: 0.0)
let centerHorizontally = NSLayoutConstraint(item: yourButton,
attribute: .CenterY,
relatedBy: .Equal,
toItem: view,
attribute: .CenterY,
multiplier: 1.0,
constant: 0.0)
NSLayoutConstraint.activateConstraints([centerVertically, centerHorizontally])
}
UILabel Intrinsic Size
We have to create a view which will have a image prefix to a text. text could be of variable
length.We have to achieve a result where in Image + text is always in center of a parent view.
Step 1: First create a single view project and name it something of your choice and open the story
board fist view.Drag a view with some reasonable size and set its background color to yellow.I
have resized my viewcontroller to 3.5″.The resultant view should look some thing like this
Step 2: Now we will add constraints to the yellow view .To begin with we will add width and height
constraints (Wait a minute didn’t we say that view will have dynamic width?Ok we will get back to it
later) Add the following constraints as per the image below do not bother with width value any
value will do just fine for width just keep it large enough so that we can add autolayouts properly.
After adding these two constraints you will see that XCode is giving you errors as in below image
lets see them and understand them.
We have two errors (red means error)As discussed above lets revisit the ambiguity part
Missing Constraints : Need constraints for : X position :- As discussed above we have given the
view a width and a height so its “BOUNDS” is defined but we have not given its origin so its
“FRAME” is not defined. Autolayout is not able to determine what will be the X position of our
yellow view
Missing Constraints : Need constraints for : Y position :- As discussed above we have given the
view a width and a height so its “BOUNDS” is defined but we have not given its origin so its
“FRAME” is not defined. Autolayout is not able to determine what will be the Y position of our
yellow view To solve this we have to give autolayout some thing to resole X and Y. Since we
cannot set frames we will do it autolayout way.Add following constraints as per the image given
below I will explain it later
What we have done is,We have added a “Vertical Center” and “Horizontal Center” these constrain
tell autolayout that our yellow view will always be in center Horizontally: so X in determined same
is with vertical constraint and Y is determined.(you might have to adjust frame).
Step 3: By now our base yellow view is ready. We will add the prefix image as subview of our
yellow view with following constraints.You can choose any image of your choice.
Since we have fixed dimension for our prefix image we will have fixed width height for this
imageview. Add the constraints and proceed to next step.
Step4: Add a UILabel as the sub view of our yellow view and add following constraints
As you can see i have given only relative constraints to our UILabel.Its 8 points from prefix image
and 0,0,0 top trailing and bottom from yellow view.Since we want the width to be dynamic we will
not give width or height constraints.
Q: Why we are not getting any errors now , we have not given any width and height? Ans:- We get
error or warning only when auto layout is not able to resolve any thing which is must to render a
view on screen.Be it height width or origin.Since our label is relative to yellow view and prefix
image and their frames is well defined autolayout is able to calculate the frame of our Label.
Step 5: Now if we recall we will realize that we have given fixed view to out yellow view but we
want it to be dynamic dependent upon the text of our label.So We will modify our Width Constraint
of yellow view.Width of yellow view is necessary to resolve ambiguity but we want it to be
overruled at runtime based upon the content of UILabel. So we will select our yellow view and go
to Size inspector and reduce the priority of width constraint to 1 so that it will be over ruled. Follow
the image given below.
Step 6: We want out UILabel to expand according to text and push our yellow view.So we have
reduced the priority of yellow view width.Now we will increase the priority of text compression
resistance of our UILabel.We want our view to reduce as well so we will increase the priority of
content hugging of UILabel.Follow the image below
As you can see we have increased content hugging priority to 500 and compression resistance
priority to 751 which will successfully over rule the width constraint’s 1 priority.
Now build and run you will see some thing as following.
Space Views Evenly
It is common to want two views to be side by side, centered in their superview. The common
answer given on Stack Overflow is to embed these two views in a UIView and center the UIView.
This is not necessary or recommended. From the UILayoutGuide docs:
There are a number of costs associated with adding dummy views to your view
hierarchy. First, there is the cost of creating and maintaining the view itself. Second,
the dummy view is a full member of the view hierarchy, which means that it adds
overhead to every task the hierarchy performs. Worst of all, the invisible dummy view
can intercept messages that are intended for other views, causing problems that are
very difficult to find.
You can use UILayoutGuide to do this, instead of adding the buttons into an unnecessary UIView. A
UILayoutGuide is essentially a rectangular space that can interact with Auto Layout. You put a
UILayoutGuide on the left and right sides of the buttons and set their widths to be equal. This will
center the buttons. Here is how to do it in code:
view.addSubview(button1)
view.addSubview(button2)
let leftSpace = UILayoutGuide()

view.addLayoutGuide(leftSpace)
let rightSpace = UILayoutGuide()

view.addLayoutGuide(rightSpace)
let views = [
"leftSpace" : leftSpace,
"button1" : button1,
"button2" : button2,
"rightSpace" : rightSpace
]
// Lay the buttons and layout guides out horizontally in a line.

// Put the layout guides on each end.
NSLayoutConstraint.activateConstraints(NSLayoutConstraint.constraintsWithVisualFormat("H:|[leftSpace][b
[button2][rightSpace]|", options: [], metrics: nil, views: views))
// Now set the layout guides widths equal, so that the space on the
// left and the right of the buttons will be equal
leftSpace.widthAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(rightSpace.widthAnchor).active = true
Anchor Style
let leadingSpace = UILayoutGuide()

let trailingSpace = UILayoutGuide()
view.addLayoutGuide(leadingSpace)
view.addLayoutGuide(trailingSpace)
leadingSpace.widthAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(trailingSpace.widthAnchor).active = true
leadingSpace.leadingAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(view.leadingAnchor).active = true
leadingSpace.trailingAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(button1.leadingAnchor).active = true
trailingSpace.leadingAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(button2.trailingAnchor).active = true
trailingSpace.trailingAnchor.constraintEqualToAnchor(view.trailingAnchor).active = true
You will need to add vertical constraints to this as well, but this will center the buttons in the view
without adding any "dummy" views! This will save the system from wasting CPU time on
displaying those "dummy" views. This example uses buttons, but you can swap buttons out for any
view you want to put constraints on.
If you are supporting iOS 8 or earlier the easiest way to create this layout is to add hidden dummy
views. With iOS 9 you can replace dummy views with layout guides.
Note: Interface Builder does not support layout guides yet (Xcode 7.2.1). So if you want to use
them you must create your constraints in code. Source.
Read Auto Layout online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/792/auto-layout
Chapter 17: AVPlayer and
AVPlayerViewController
Remarks
import AVKit, import AVFoundation.
Examples
Playing Media Using AVPlayerViewController
Objective-C
NSURL *url = [[NSURL alloc] initWithString:@"YOUR URL"]; // url can be remote or local
AVPlayer *player = [AVPlayer playerWithURL:url];

// create a player view controller
AVPlayerViewController *controller = [[AVPlayerViewController alloc] init];

[self presentViewController:controller animated:YES completion:nil];
controller.player = player;
[player play];
Swift
let player = AVPlayer(URL: url) // url can be remote or local
let playerViewController = AVPlayerViewController()

// creating a player view controller
playerViewController.player = player
self.presentViewController(playerViewController, animated: true) {
playerViewController.player!.play()
}
Playing Media using AVPlayer and AVPlayerLayer
Objective C
NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString:@"YOUR URL"];

AVPlayer *player = [AVPlayer playerWithURL:videoURL];
AVPlayerLayer *playerLayer = [AVPlayerLayer playerLayerWithPlayer:player];
playerLayer.frame = self.view.bounds;
[self.view.layer addSublayer:playerLayer];
[player play];
Swift
let url = NSURL(string: "YOUR URL")

let player = AVPlayer(URL: videoURL!)
let playerLayer = AVPlayerLayer(player: player)
playerLayer.frame = self.view.bounds
self.view.layer.addSublayer(playerLayer)
player.play()
AVPlayer Example
AVPlayer *avPlayer = [AVPlayer playerWithURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"YOUR URL"]];
AVPlayerViewController *avPlayerCtrl = [[AVPlayerViewController alloc] init];

avPlayerCtrl.view.frame = self.view.frame;
avPlayerCtrl.player = avPlayer;
avPlayerCtrl.delegate = self;
[avPlayer play];
[self presentViewController:avPlayerCtrl animated:YES completion:nil
Read AVPlayer and AVPlayerViewController online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5092/avplayer-and-avplayerviewcontroller
Chapter 18: AVSpeechSynthesizer
Syntax
• AVSpeechSynthesizer() // Creates a speech synthesiser
• speaker.speakUtterance(speech) // Converts the text to speech
Parameters
Parameter Details
speaker AVSpeechSynthesizer object
speech AVSpeechUtterance object
Examples
Creating a basic text to speech
Use the speakUtterance: method of AVSpeechSynthesizer to convert text to speech. You need to pass
an AVSpeechUtterance object to this method, which contains the text that you want to be spoken.
Objective C
AVSpeechSynthesizer *speaker = [[AVSpeechSynthesizer alloc] init];

AVSpeechUtterance *speech = [AVSpeechUtterance speechUtteranceWithString:@"Hello World"];
[speaker speakUtterance:speech];
Swift
let speaker = AVSpeechSynthesizer()

let speech = AVSpeechUtterance(string: "Hello World")
speaker.speakUtterance(speech)
Read AVSpeechSynthesizer online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1526/avspeechsynthesizer
Chapter 19: AWS SDK
Examples
Upload an image or a video to S3 using AWS SDK
Before starting with the example I'd recommend to create a Singleton with a delegate class
member so you could achieve a use case of uploading a file in the background and let the user
keep using your app while the files are being uploaded even when the app is the background.
Let's start, first, we should create an enum that represent the S3 configuration:
enum S3Configuration : String

{
case IDENTITY_POOL_ID = "YourIdentityPoolId"
case BUCKET_NAME = "YourBucketName"
case CALLBACK_KEY = "YourCustomStringForCallBackWhenUploadingInTheBackground"
case CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE = "image/png"
case CONTENT_TYPE_VIDEO = "video/mp4"
}
Now, we should set the credentials when your app launch for the first time, thus, we should set
them inside the AppDelegate at the didFinishLaunchingWithOptions method (pay attention that you
should set your region at the regionType param):
func application(application: UIApplication, didFinishLaunchingWithOptions launchOptions:

[NSObject: AnyObject]?) -> Bool
{
let credentialProvider = AWSCognitoCredentialsProvider(regionType: .EUWest1, identityPoolId:
S3Configuration.IDENTITY_POOL_ID.rawValue)
let configuration = AWSServiceConfiguration(region: .EUWest1, credentialsProvider:
credentialProvider)
AWSS3TransferUtility.registerS3TransferUtilityWithConfiguration(configuration, forKey:
S3Configuration.CALLBACK_KEY.rawValue)
}
Since we are already inside the AppDelegate, we should implement the background callback that
is handled by the AWS SDK:
func application(application: UIApplication, handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession identifier:

String, completionHandler: () -> Void)
{
// Will print the identifer you have set at the enum: .CALLBACK_KEY
print("Identifier: " + identifier)
// Stores the completion handler.
AWSS3TransferUtility.interceptApplication(application,
handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession: identifier,
completionHandler: completionHandler)
}
Now, when the user will move the app to the background your upload will continue the actual
upload.
In order to upload the file using the AWS SDK we will have to write the file to the device and give
the SDK the actual path. For the sake of the example, imagine we have a UIImage (could be a
video also..) and we will write it to a temp folder:
// Some image....
let image = UIImage()
let fileURL = NSURL(fileURLWithPath:
NSTemporaryDirectory()).URLByAppendingPathComponent(fileName)
let filePath = fileURL.path!
let imageData = UIImageJPEGRepresentation(image, 1.0)
imageData!.writeToFile(filePath, atomically: true)
FileURL and fileName will be used for the actual uploading later.
There are 2 closures we will have to define that are provided by the AWS SDK,
1. AWSS3TransferUtilityUploadCompletionHandlerBlock - A closure that notifies when the upload is

done (or not)
2. AWSS3TransferUtilityUploadProgressBlock - A closure that notifies each byte sent
If you plan to have a Singleton you should define those types as class members. The
implementation should look like this:
var completionHandler : AWSS3TransferUtilityUploadCompletionHandlerBlock? =

{ (task, error) -> Void in
if ((error) != nil)
{
print("Upload failed")
}
else
{
print("File uploaded successfully")
}
}
var progressBlock : AWSS3TransferUtilityUploadProgressBlock? =

{ [unowned self] (task, bytesSent:Int64, totalBytesSent:Int64,
totalBytesExpectedToSend:Int64) -> Void in
let progressInPercentage = Float(Double(totalBytesSent) /

Double(totalBytesExpectedToSend)) * 100
print(progressInPercentage)
}
NOTE: If you are using a Singleton you might want to define a delegate that will report back with
progress or when the file is done. If you are not using a Singleton you can create a static method
that would have the relevant types:
static func uploadImageToS3(fileURL : NSURL,

fileName : String,
progressFunctionUpdater : Float -> Void,
resultBlock : (NSError?) -> Void)
{
// Actual implementation .....
// ...
// ...
}
1. progressFunctionUpdater - will report back to a function with progress.

2. resultBlock - If you return nil then upload was successfully else, you send the error object
Ladies and gentlemen, the actual upload:
let fileData = NSData(contentsOfFile: fileURL.relativePath!)
let expression = AWSS3TransferUtilityUploadExpression()

expression.uploadProgress = progressBlock
let transferUtility =
AWSS3TransferUtility.S3TransferUtilityForKey(S3Configuration.CALLBACK_KEY.rawValue)
transferUtility?.uploadData(fileData!,
bucket: S3Configuration.BUCKET_NAME.rawValue,
key: fileName,
contentType: S3Configuration.CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE.rawData,
expression: expression,
completionHander: completionHandler).continueWithBlock
{ (task : AWSTask) -> AnyObject? in
if let error = task.error

{
print(error)
}
if let exception = task.exception
{
print("Exception: " + exception.description)
}
if let uploadTask = task.result as? AWSS3TransferUtilityUploadTask
{
print("Upload started...")
}
return nil
}
Happy S3 uploading :)
Read AWS SDK online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4734/aws-sdk
Chapter 20: Background Modes
Introduction
Being responsive is a need for every app. Users want to have apps which have their content ready
when they open it, so developers should use Background Modes to make their apps more user
friendly.
Examples
Turning on the Background Modes capability
1. Go to Xcode and open your project.
2. In your app target, navigate to Capabilities tab.
3. Turn on Background Modes.
Background Fetch
Background fetch is a new mode that lets your app appear always up-to-date with the latest
information while minimizing the impact on battery. You could download feeds within fixed time
intervals with this capability.
To get started:
1- Check Background Fetch in capabilities screen in Xcode.
2- In application(_:didFinishLaunchingWithOptions:) method in AppDelegate, add:
Swift
UIApplication.shared.setMinimumBackgroundFetchInterval(UIApplicationBackgroundFetchIntervalMinimum)
Objective-C
[[UIApplication shared]
setMinimumBackgroundFetchInterval:UIApplicationBackgroundFetchIntervalMinimum]
Instead of UIApplicationBackgroundFetchIntervalMinimum, you could use any CGFloat

value to set fetch intervals.
3- You must implement application(_:performFetchWithCompletionHandler:). Add that to your

AppDelegate:
Swift
func application(_ application: UIApplication, performFetchWithCompletionHandler
completionHandler: @escaping (UIBackgroundFetchResult) -> Void) {
// your code here
}
Testing background fetch
1- Run the app on a real device and attach it to Xcode debugger.
2- From Debug menu, select Simulate Background Fetch:
Chapter 21: Background Modes and Events
Examples
Play Audio in Background
Add a key named Required background modes in property list (.plist) file ..
as following picture..
And add following code in
AppDelegate.h
#import <AVFoundation/AVFoundation.h>
#import <AudioToolbox/AudioToolbox.h>
AppDelegate.m
in application didFinishLaunchingWithOptions
[[AVAudioSession sharedInstance] setDelegate:self];

[[AVAudioSession sharedInstance] setCategory:AVAudioSessionCategoryPlayback error:nil];
[[AVAudioSession sharedInstance] setActive:YES error:nil];
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] beginReceivingRemoteControlEvents];
UInt32 size = sizeof(CFStringRef);
CFStringRef route;
AudioSessionGetProperty(kAudioSessionProperty_AudioRoute, &size, &route);
NSLog(@"route = %@", route);
If you want changes as per events you have to add following code in AppDelegate.m
- (void)remoteControlReceivedWithEvent:(UIEvent *)theEvent {
if (theEvent.type == UIEventTypeRemoteControl) {
switch(theEvent.subtype) {
case UIEventSubtypeRemoteControlPlay:
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] postNotificationName:@"TogglePlayPause"
object:nil];
break;
case UIEventSubtypeRemoteControlPause:
object:nil];
break;
case UIEventSubtypeRemoteControlStop:
break;
case UIEventSubtypeRemoteControlTogglePlayPause:
object:nil];
break;
default:
return;
}
}
}
Based on notification have to work on it..
Read Background Modes and Events online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3515/background-

modes-and-events
Chapter 22: Basic text file I/O
Examples
Read and write from Documents folder
Swift 3
import UIKit
// Save String to file

let fileName = "TextFile"
let documentDirectory = try FileManager.default.urlForDirectory(.documentDirectory, in:
.userDomainMask, appropriateFor: nil, create: true)
var fileURL = try

documentDirectory.appendingPathComponent(fileName).appendingPathExtension("txt")
print("FilePath: \(fileURL.path)")
var toFileString = "Text to write"

do {
// Write to file
try toFileString.writeToURL(fileURL, atomically: true, encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding)
} catch let error as NSError {
print("Failed writing to URL: \(fileURL), Error:\(error.localizedDescription)")
}
// Reading
var fromFileString = ""
do {
fromFileString = try String(contentsOfURL: fileURL)
print("Failed reading from URL: \(fileURL), Error: " + error.localizedDescription)
}
print("Text input from file: \(fromFileString)")
Swift 2
import UIKit
// Save String to file

let fileName = "TextFile"
let DocumentDirectoryURL = try!
NSFileManager.defaultManager().URLForDirectory(.DocumentDirectory, inDomain: .UserDomainMask,
appropriateForURL: nil, create: true)
let fileURL =
DocumentDirectoryURL.URLByAppendingPathComponent(fileName).URLByAppendingPathExtension("txt")
print("FilePath: \(fileURL.path)")
var toFileString = "Text to write"

do {
// Write to file
try toFileString.writeToURL(fileURL, atomically: true, encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding)
print("Failed writing to URL: \(fileURL), Error:\(error.localizedDescription)")
}
// Reading
var fromFileString = ""
do {
fromFileString = try String(contentsOfURL: fileURL)
print("Failed reading from URL: \(fileURL), Error: " + error.localizedDescription)
}
print("Text input from file: \(fromFileString)")
Read Basic text file I/O online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8892/basic-text-file-i-o
Chapter 23: Block
Syntax
• As a variable:
returnType (^blockName)(parameterTypes) = ^returnType(parameters) {...};
• As a property:
@property (nonatomic, copy) returnType (^blockName)(parameterTypes);
• As a method parameter:
- (void)methodWithBlock:(returnType (^)(parameterTypes))blockName;
• As a typedef:
typedef returnType (^TypeName)(parameterTypes);
TypeName blockName = ^returnType(parameters) {...};
Examples
UIView Animations
[UIView animateWithDuration:1.0
animations:^{
someView.alpha = 0;
otherView.alpha = 1;
}
completion:^(BOOL finished) {
[someView removeFromSuperview];
}];
The carat “^” character defines a block. For example, ^{ … } is a block. More specifically, it is a
block that returns “void” and accepts no arguments. It is equivalent to a method such like: “-
(void)something;” but there is no inherent name associated with the code block.
Define a block that can accept arguments work very similarly. To supply an argument to a block,
you define the block like so: ^(BOOL someArg, NSString someStr) { … }*. When you use API calls
that support blocks, you’ll be writing blocks that look similar to this, especially for animation blocks
or NSURLConnection blocks as shown in the above example.
Modify captured variable
Block will capture variables that appeared in the same lexical scope. Normally these variables are
captured as "const" value:
int val = 10;
void (^blk)(void) = ^{
val = 20; // Error! val is a constant value and cannot be modified!
};
In order to modify the variable, you need to use the __block storage type modifier.
__block int val = 10;

void (^blk)(void) = ^{
val = 20; // Correct! val now can be modified as an ordinary variable.
};
Custom completion block for Custom Methods
1- Define Your own custom Block
typedef void(^myCustomCompletion)(BOOL);
2- Create custom method which takes your custom completion block as a parameter.
-(void) customMethodName:(myCustomCompletion) compblock{

//do stuff
// check if completion block exist; if we do not check it will throw an exception
if(complblock)
compblock(YES);
}
3- How to use block in your Method
[self customMethodName:^(BOOL finished) {

if(finished){
NSLog(@"success");
}
}];
Read Block online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6888/block
Chapter 24: CAAnimation
Remarks
CAAnimation is an abstract animation class. It provides the basic support for the CAMediaTiming
and CAAction protocols. To animate Core Animation layers or Scene Kit objects, create instances
of the concrete subclasses CABasicAnimation, CAKeyframeAnimation, CAAnimationGroup,
or CATransition.
Examples
Animate a view from one position to another.
Objective-C
CABasicAnimation *animation = [CABasicAnimation animationWithKeyPath:@"position.x"];
animation.fromValue = @0;
animation.toValue = @320;
animation.duration = 1;
[_label.layer addAnimation:animation forKey:@"basic"];
Swift
let animation = CABasicAnimation(keyPath: "position.x")
animation.fromValue = NSNumber(value: 0.0)
animation.toValue = NSNumber(value: 320.0)
_label.layer.addAnimation(animation, forKey: "basic")
The view will move from 0 to 320 horizontally. if you want to Move view to Vertically just replace
keypath like this:
"position.y"
Animate View - Toss
OBJECTIVE-C
CATransition* transition = [CATransition animation];

transition.startProgress = 0;
transition.endProgress = 1.0;
transition.type = @"flip";
transition.subtype = @"fromLeft";
transition.duration = 0.8;
transition.repeatCount = 5;
[_label.layer addAnimation:transition forKey:@"transition"];
SWIFT
var transition = CATransition()

transition.startProgress = 0
transition.endProgress = 1.0
transition.type = "flip"
transition.subtype = "fromLeft"
transition.duration = 0.8
transition.repeatCount = 5
label.layer.addAnimation(transition, forKey: "transition")
Revolve View
CGRect boundingRect = CGRectMake(-150, -150, 300, 300);
CAKeyframeAnimation *orbit = [CAKeyframeAnimation animation];

orbit.keyPath = @"position";
orbit.path = CFAutorelease(CGPathCreateWithEllipseInRect(boundingRect, NULL));
orbit.duration = 4;
orbit.additive = YES;
orbit.repeatCount = HUGE_VALF;
orbit.calculationMode = kCAAnimationPaced;
orbit.rotationMode = kCAAnimationRotateAuto;
[_label.layer addAnimation:orbit forKey:@"orbit"];
Shake View
Objective-C
CAKeyframeAnimation *animation = [CAKeyframeAnimation animationWithKeyPath:@"position.x"];

animation.values = @[ @0, @10, @-10, @10, @0 ];
animation.keyTimes = @[ @0, @(1 / 6.0), @(3 / 6.0), @(5 / 6.0), @1 ];
animation.duration = 0.4;
animation.additive = YES;
[_label.layer addAnimation:animation forKey:@"shake"];
Swift 3
let animation = CAKeyframeAnimation(keyPath: "position.x")

animation.values = [ 0, 10, -10, 10, 0 ]
animation.keyTimes = [ 0, NSNumber(value: (1 / 6.0)), NSNumber(value: (3 / 6.0)),
NSNumber(value: (5 / 6.0)), 1 ]
animation.duration = 0.4
animation.isAdditive = true
label.layer.add(animation, forKey: "shake")
Push View Animation
Objective C
CATransition *animation = [CATransition animation];

[animation setSubtype:kCATransitionFromRight];//kCATransitionFromLeft
[animation setDuration:0.5];
[animation setType:kCATransitionPush];
[animation setTimingFunction:[CAMediaTimingFunction
functionWithName:kCAMediaTimingFunctionEaseInEaseOut]];
[[yourView layer] addAnimation:animation forKey:@"SwitchToView1"];
Swift
let animation = CATransition()

animation.subtype = kCATransitionFromRight//kCATransitionFromLeft
animation.type = kCATransitionPush
animation.timingFunction = CAMediaTimingFunction(name: kCAMediaTimingFunctionEaseInEaseOut)
yourView.layer.addAnimation(animation, forKey: "SwitchToView1")
Read CAAnimation online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/981/caanimation
Chapter 25: Cache online images
Introduction
Examples
AlamofireImage
Caching Online Images Using AlamofireImage. It works on top of Alamofire in Swift. Install
AlamofireImage using cocoapods
pod 'AlamofireImage', '~> 3.1'
SetUp:
1. Import AlamofireImage and Alamofire

2. SetUp the Image cache: let imageCache = AutoPurgingImageCache( memoryCapacity:
111_111_111, preferredMemoryUsageAfterPurge: 90_000_000)
3. Making a request and adding the Image to Cache:
Alamofire.request(self.nameUrl[i]).responseImage { response in
if response.result.value != nil {
let image = UIImage(data: response.data!, scale: 1.0)!
imageCache.add(image, withIdentifier: self.nameUrl[i])
}
}
4. Retrieve Images From Cache:
if let image = imageCache.image(withIdentifier: self.nameUrl[self.a])

{
self.localImageView.image = image
}
For more Info follow this link
Read Cache online images online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9450/cache-online-images
Chapter 26: CAGradientLayer
Syntax
• CAGradientLayer() // Returns an initialized CALayer object.
• CAGradientLayer(layer: layer) // Override to copy or initialize custom fields of the specified
layer.
Parameters
Parameter Details
An array of CGColorRef objects defining the color of each gradient stop.

color
Animatable.
An optional array of NSNumber objects defining the location of each gradient stop.
locations
Animatable.
The end point of the gradient when drawn in the layer’s coordinate space.
endPoint
Animatable.
The start point of the gradient when drawn in the layer’s coordinate space.
startPoint
Animatable.
type Style of gradient drawn by the layer. Defaults to kCAGradientLayerAxial.
Remarks
• Use startPoint and endPoint to change the orientation of the CAGradientLayer.
• Use the locations to affect the spread/positions of the colors.
Examples
Animating a color change in CAGradientLayer.
// Get the current colors of the gradient.

let oldColors = self.gradientLayer.colors
// Define the new colors for the gradient.

let newColors = [UIColor.red.cgColor, UIColor.yellow.cgColor]
// Set the new colors of the gradient.

self.gradientLayer.colors = newColors
// Initialize new animation for changing the colors of the gradient.

let animation: CABasicAnimation = CABasicAnimation(keyPath: "colors")
// Set current color value.
animation.fromValue = oldColors
// Set new color value.

animation.toValue = newColors
// Set duration of animation.

// Set animation to remove once its completed.

animation.isRemovedOnCompletion = true
// Set receiver to remain visible in its final state when the animation is completed.
animation.fillMode = kCAFillModeForwards
// Set linear pacing, which causes an animation to occur evenly over its duration.
animation.timingFunction = CAMediaTimingFunction(name: kCAMediaTimingFunctionLinear)
// Set delegate of animation.

animation.delegate = self
// Add the animation.

self.gradientLayer.addAnimation(animation, forKey: "animateGradientColorChange")
Result :
Creating a CAGradientLayer
// View to hold the CAGradientLayer.

let view: UIView = UIView(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 320, height: 320))
// Initialize gradient layer.
let gradientLayer: CAGradientLayer = CAGradientLayer()
// Set frame of gradient layer.

gradientLayer.frame = view.bounds
// Color at the top of the gradient.

let topColor: CGColor = UIColor.red.cgColor
// Color at the bottom of the gradient.

let bottomColor: CGColor = UIColor.yellow.cgColor
// Set colors.
gradientLayer.colors = [topColor, bottomColor]
// Set locations of the colors.

gradientLayer.locations = [0.0, 1.0]
// Insert gradient layer into view's layer heirarchy.

view.layer.insertSublayer(gradientLayer, at: 0)
Result :
Creating a CGGradientLayer with multiple colors.




let topColor: CGColor = UIColor.blue.cgColor
// Color at the middle of the gradient.
let middleColor: CGColor = UIColor.yellow.cgColor

let bottomColor: CGColor = UIColor.green.cgColor
// Set colors.
gradientLayer.colors = [topColor, middleColor, bottomColor]
// Set locations of the colors.

gradientLayer.locations = [0.0, 0.5, 1.0]

view.layer.insertSublayer(gradientLayer, at: 0)
Result :
Creating a horizontal CAGradientLayer.




let topColor: CGColor = UIColor.redColor().CGColor

let bottomColor: CGColor = UIColor.yellowColor().CGColor
// Set colors.
gradientLayer.colors = [topColor, bottomColor]
// Set start point.

gradientLayer.startPoint = CGPoint(x: 0.0, y: 0.5)
// Set end point.
gradientLayer.endPoint = CGPoint(x: 1.0, y: 0.5)

view.layer.insertSublayer(gradientLayer, atIndex: 0)
Result :
Creating a horizontal CAGradientLayer with multiple colors.




let topColor: CGColor = UIColor.greenColor().CGColor
// Color at the middle of the gradient.

let middleColor: CGColor = UIColor.blueColor().CGColor

let bottomColor: CGColor = UIColor.blackColor().CGColor
// Set colors.
gradientLayer.colors = [topColor, middleColor, bottomColor]
// Set start point.

gradientLayer.startPoint = CGPoint(x: 0.0, y: 0.5)
// Set end point.

gradientLayer.endPoint = CGPoint(x: 1.0, y: 0.5)

view.layer.insertSublayer(gradientLayer, atIndex: 0)
Result :
Read CAGradientLayer online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1190/cagradientlayer
Chapter 27: CALayer
Examples
Shadows
You can use 5 properties on each layer to configure your shadows:
• shadowOffset - this property moves your shadow left/right or up/down
self.layer.shadowOffset = CGSizeMake(-1, -1); // 1px left and up
self.layer.shadowOffset = CGSizeMake(1, 1); // 1px down and right
• shadowColor - this sets the color of your shadow
self.layer.shadowColor = [UIColor blackColor].CGColor;
• shadowOpacity - this is the opacity of the shadow, from 0 to 1
self.layer.shadowOpacity = 0.2;
• shadowRadius - this is the blur radius (equivalent of the blur property in Sketch or Photoshop)
self.layer.shadowRadius = 6;
• shadowPath - this is an important property for performance, when unset iOS bases the shadow
on the alpha channel of the view, which can be performance intensive with a complex PNG
with alpha. This property lets you force a shape for your shadow and be more performant
because of it.
Objective-C
self.layer.shadowPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithOvalInRect:CGRectMake(0,0,100,100)];

//this does a circular shadow
Swift 3
self.layer.shadowPath = UIBezierPath(ovalIn: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 100, height:

100)).cgPath
Rounded corners
layer.masksToBounds = true;
layer.cornerRadius = 8;
Creating particles with CAEmitterLayer
The CAEmitterLayer class provides a particle emitter system for Core Animation. The particles
are defined by instances of CAEmitterCell.
The particles are drawn above the layer’s background color and border.
var emitter = CAEmitterLayer()
emitter.emitterPosition = CGPoint(x: frame.size.width / 2.0, y: -20)

emitter.emitterShape = kCAEmitterLayerLine
emitter.emitterSize = CGSize(width: frame.size.width, height: 1)
emitter.emitterCells = cells
layer.addSublayer(emitter)
Emitter View with custom image
For example we will create view that contains emitter layer and animates particles.
import QuartzCore
class ConfettiView: UIView {

// main emitter layer
var emitter: CAEmitterLayer!
// array of color to emit

var colors: [UIColor]!
// intensity of appearance
var intensity: Float!
private var active :Bool!
required init?(coder aDecoder: NSCoder) {

super.init(coder: aDecoder)
setup()
}
override init(frame: CGRect) {

super.init(frame: frame)
setup()
}
func setup() {
// initialization
colors = [UIColor.redColor(),
UIColor.greenColor(),
UIColor.blueColor()
]
intensity = 0.2
active = false
}
func startConfetti() {
emitter = CAEmitterLayer()
emitter.emitterPosition = CGPoint(x: frame.size.width / 2.0, y: -20)
emitter.emitterShape = kCAEmitterLayerLine
emitter.emitterSize = CGSize(width: frame.size.width, height: 1)
var cells = [CAEmitterCell]()

for color in colors {
cells.append(confettiWithColor(color))
}
emitter.emitterCells = cells
layer.addSublayer(emitter)
active = true
}
func stopConfetti() {
emitter?.birthRate = 0
active = false
}
func confettiWithColor(color: UIColor) -> CAEmitterCell {

let confetti = CAEmitterCell()
confetti.birthRate = 10.0 * intensity

confetti.lifetime = 180.0 * intensity
confetti.lifetimeRange = 0
confetti.color = color.CGColor
confetti.velocity = CGFloat(350.0 * intensity)
confetti.velocityRange = CGFloat(40.0 * intensity)
confetti.emissionLongitude = CGFloat(M_PI)
confetti.emissionRange = CGFloat(M_PI_4)
confetti.spin = CGFloat(3.5 * intensity)
confetti.spinRange = CGFloat(4.0 * intensity)
// WARNING: A layer can set this property to a CGImageRef to display the image as its
contents.
confetti.contents = UIImage(named: "confetti")?.CGImage
return confetti
}
internal func isActive() -> Bool {

return self.active
}
}
You need to add "confetti" image or define rect with confetti.contentsRect
How to add a UIImage to a CALayer
You can add an image to a view's layer simply by using its contents property:
myView.layer.contents = UIImage(named: "star")?.CGImage
• Note that the UIImage needs to be converted to a CGImage.
If you wish to add the image in its own layer, you can do it like this:
let myLayer = CALayer()
let myImage = UIImage(named: "star")?.CGImage
myLayer.frame = myView.bounds
myLayer.contents = myImage
myView.layer.addSublayer(myLayer)
Modifying the appearance

The above code produces a view like this. The light blue is the UIView and the dark blue star is the
UIImage.
As you can see, though, it looks pixelated. This is because the UIImage is smaller than the UIView
so it is being scaled to fill the view, which is the default it you don't specify anything else.
The examples below show variations on the layer's contentsGravity property. The code looks like
this:
myView.layer.contents = UIImage(named: "star")?.CGImage

myView.layer.contentsGravity = kCAGravityTop
myView.layer.geometryFlipped = true
In iOS, you may want to set the geometryFlipped property to true if you are doing anything with top
or bottom gravity, otherwise it will be the opposite of what you expect. (Only the gravity is flipped
vertically, not the content rendering. If you are having trouble with the content being flipped, see
this Stack Overflow answer.)
There are two UIView examples below for every contentsGravity setting, one view is larger than the
UIImage and the other is smaller. This way you can see the effects of the scaling and gravity.
kCAGravityResize
This is the default.
kCAGravityResizeAspect
kCAGravityResizeAspectFill
kCAGravityCenter
kCAGravityTop
kCAGravityBottom
kCAGravityLeft
kCAGravityRight
kCAGravityTopLeft
kCAGravityTopRight
kCAGravityBottomLeft
kCAGravityBottomRight
Related
• Content mode property of a view
• Drawing a UIImage in drawRect with CGContextDrawImage
• CALayer Tutorial: Getting Started
Notes
• This example comes originally from this Stack Overflow answer.
Adding Transforms to a CALayer (translate, rotate, scale)
Basics
There are a number of different transforms you can do on a layer, but the basic ones are
• translate (move)
• scale
• rotate
To do transforms on a CALayer, you set the layer's transform property to a CATransform3D type. For
example, to translate a layer, you would do something like this:
myLayer.transform = CATransform3DMakeTranslation(20, 30, 0)
The word Make is used in the name for creating the initial transform: CATransform3DMake
Translation. Subsequent transforms that are applied omit the Make. See, for example, this rotation
followed by a translation:
let rotation = CATransform3DMakeRotation(CGFloat(30.0 * M_PI / 180.0), 20, 20, 0)

myLayer.transform = CATransform3DTranslate(rotation, 20, 30, 0)
Now that we have the basis of how to make a transform, let's look at some examples of how to do
each one. First, though, I'll show how I set up the project in case you want to play around with it,
too.
Setup
For the following examples I set up a Single View Application and added a UIView with a light blue
background to the storyboard. I hooked up the view to the view controller with the following code:
import UIKit
var myLayer = CATextLayer()

@IBOutlet weak var myView: UIView!

super.viewDidLoad()
// setup the sublayer

addSubLayer()
// do the transform
transformExample()
}
func addSubLayer() {
myLayer.frame = CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 100, height: 40)
myLayer.backgroundColor = UIColor.blueColor().CGColor
myLayer.string = "Hello"
myView.layer.addSublayer(myLayer)
}
//******** Replace this function with the examples below ********
func transformExample() {
// add transform code here ...
There are many different kinds of CALayer, but I chose to use CATextLayer so that the transforms will
be more clear visually.
Translate
The translation transform moves the layer. The basic syntax is
CATransform3DMakeTranslation(tx: CGFloat, ty: CGFloat, tz: CGFloat)
where tx is the change in the x coordinates, ty is the change in y, and tz is the change in z.
Example
In iOS the origin of the coordinate system is in the top left, so if we wanted to move the layer 90
points to the right and 50 points down, we would do the following:
myLayer.transform = CATransform3DMakeTranslation(90, 50, 0)
Notes
• Remember that you can paste this into the transformExample() method in the project code
above.
• Since we are just going to deal with two dimensions here, tz is set to 0.
• The red line in the image above goes from the center of the original location to the center of
the new location. That's because transforms are done in relation to the anchor point and the
anchor point by default is in the center of the layer.
Scale
The scale transform stretches or squishes the layer. The basic syntax is
CATransform3DMakeScale(sx: CGFloat, sy: CGFloat, sz: CGFloat)
where sx, sy, and sz are the numbers by which to scale (multiply) the x, y, and z coordinates
respectively.
Example
If we wanted to half the width and triple the height, we would do the following
myLayer.transform = CATransform3DMakeScale(0.5, 3.0, 1.0)
Notes
• Since we are only working in two dimensions, we just multiply the z coordinates by 1.0 to
leave them unaffected.
• The red dot in the image above represents the anchor point. Notice how the scaling is done
in relation to the anchor point. That is, everything is either stretched toward or away from the
anchor point.
Rotate
The rotation transform rotates the layer around the anchor point (the center of the layer by
default). The basic syntax is
CATransform3DMakeRotation(angle: CGFloat, x: CGFloat, y: CGFloat, z: CGFloat)
where angle is the angle in radians that the layer should be rotated and x, y, and z are the axes
about which to rotate. Setting an axis to 0 cancels a rotation around that particular axis.
Example
If we wanted to rotate a layer clockwise 30 degrees, we would do the following:
let degrees = 30.0

let radians = CGFloat(degrees * M_PI / 180)
myLayer.transform = CATransform3DMakeRotation(radians, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)
Notes
• Since we are working in two dimentions, we only want the xy plane to be rotated around the
z axis. Thus we set x and y to 0.0 and set z to 1.0.
• This rotated the layer in a clockwise direction. We could have rotated counterclockwise by
setting z to -1.0.
• The red dot shows where the anchor point is. The rotation is done around the anchor point.
Multiple transforms
In order to combine multiple transforms we could use concatination like this
CATransform3DConcat(a: CATransform3D, b: CATransform3D)
However, we will just do one after another. The first transform will use the Make in its name. The
following transforms will not use Make, but they will take the previous transform as a parameter.
Example
This time we combine all three of the previous transforms.
let degrees = 30.0

let radians = CGFloat(degrees * M_PI / 180)
// translate
var transform = CATransform3DMakeTranslation(90, 50, 0)
// rotate
transform = CATransform3DRotate(transform, radians, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0)
// scale
transform = CATransform3DScale(transform, 0.5, 3.0, 1.0)
// apply the transforms

myLayer.transform = transform
Notes
• The order that the transforms are done in matters.

• Everything was done in relation to the anchor point (red dot).
A Note about Anchor Point and Position

We did all our transforms above without changing the anchor point. Sometimes it is necessary to
change it, though, like if you want to rotate around some other point besides the center. However,
this can be a little tricky.
The anchor point and position are both at the same place. The anchor point is expressed as a unit
of the layer's coordinate system (default is 0.5, 0.5) and the position is expressed in the
superlayer's coordinate system. They can be set like this
myLayer.anchorPoint = CGPoint(x: 0.0, y: 1.0)

myLayer.position = CGPoint(x: 50, y: 50)
If you only set the anchor point without changing the position, then the frame changes so that the
position will be in the right spot. Or more precisely, the frame is recalculated based on the new
anchor point and old position. This usually gives unexpected results. The following two articles
have an excellent discussion of this.
• About the anchorPoint
• Translate rotate translate?
See also
• Border, rounded corners, and shadow on a CALayer
• Using a border with a Bezier path for a layer
This example originally comes from this Stack Overflow example.
Disable Animations
CALayer property animations are enabled by default. When this is undesirable, they can be disabled
as follows.
Swift
CATransaction.begin()
CATransaction.setDisableActions(true)
// change layer properties that you don't want to animate
CATransaction.commit()
Objective-C
[CATransaction begin];
[CATransaction setDisableActions:YES];
// change layer properties that you don't want to animate
[CATransaction commit];
Creating a CALayer
You can create a CALayer and set its frame like this:
Swift:
let layer = CALayer()

layer.frame = CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 60, height: 80)
Objective-C:
CALayer *layer = [[CALayer alloc] init];

layer.frame = CGRectMake(0, 0, 60, 80);
You can then add it as a sublayer to an existing CALayer:
Swift:
existingLayer.addSublayer(layer)
Objective-C:
[existingLayer addSublayer:layer];
Note:
To do this you need to include the QuartzCore framework.
Swift:
@import QuartzCore
Objective-C
#import <QuartzCore/QuartzCore.h>
Read CALayer online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1462/calayer
Chapter 28: Carthage iOS Setup
Examples
Carthage Installation Mac
Carthage Setup
Download the latest version of Carthage from the given link Download Link
Down in the Download section download the Carthage.pkg file.
Once the download is complete install it by double clinking on the download pkg file.
To check for successful download run the following command in your Terminal carthage version
This should give the version installed like 0.18-19-g743fa0f
Read Carthage iOS Setup online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7404/carthage-ios-setup
Chapter 29: CAShapeLayer
Syntax
1. shapeLayer.fillColor
2. shapeLayer.fillRule
3. shapeLayer.lineCap
4. shapeLayer.lineDashPattern
5. shapeLayer.lineDashPhase
6. shapeLayer.lineJoin
Remarks
The CAShapeLayer class draws a cubic Bezier spline in its coordinate space. The shape is
composited between the layer's contents and its first sublayer.
Examples
Basic CAShapeLayer Operation
UIBezierPath using to create a circular path ShapeLayer
CAShapeLayer *circleLayer = [CAShapeLayer layer];

[circleLayer setPath:[[UIBezierPath bezierPathWithOvalInRect:
CGRectMake(50, 50, 100, 100)] CGPath]];
circleLayer.lineWidth = 2.0;
[circleLayer setStrokeColor:[[UIColor redColor] CGColor]];
[circleLayer setFillColor:[[UIColor clearColor] CGColor]];
circleLayer.lineJoin = kCALineJoinRound; //4 types are available to create a line style
circleLayer.lineDashPattern = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:
[NSNumber numberWithInt:2],[NSNumber numberWithInt:3 ], nil];
// self.origImage is parentView
[[self.view layer] addSublayer:circleLayer];
self.currentShapeLayer = circleLayer; // public value using to keep that reference of the
shape Layer
self.view.layer.borderWidth = 1.0f;
self.view.layer.borderColor = [[UIColor blueColor]CGColor]; // that will plotted in the
mainview
Remove ShapeLayer
Keep a reference to that shape layer. For example, you might have a property currentShapeLayer:
Now that you have a reference, you can easily remove the layer:
Type 1:
[self.currentShapeLayer removeFromSuperlayer];
Type 2:
self.view.layer.sublayers = nil ; //removed all earlier shapes
Other Operation
//Draw Square Shape
CAShapeLayer *squareLayer = [CAShapeLayer layer];

squareLayer.frame = CGRectMake(20, 20, 100, 100);
squareLayer.lineWidth = 2.0;
squareLayer.fillColor = nil;
squareLayer.strokeColor = [[UIColor redColor] CGColor];
squareLayer.path = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect:squareLayer.bounds].CGPath;
[[self.view layer] addSublayer:squareLayer];
//Draw Circle Shape
CAShapeLayer *circleShape = [CAShapeLayer layer];

circleShape.frame = CGRectMake(160, 20, 120, 120);
circleShape.lineWidth = 2.0;
circleShape.fillColor = nil;
circleShape.strokeColor = [[UIColor redColor] CGColor];
circleShape.path = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithOvalInRect:circleShape.bounds].CGPath;
[[self.view layer] addSublayer:circleShape];
//Subpaths
//UIBezierPath can have any number of “path segments” (or subpaths) so you can effectively
draw as many shapes or lines as you want in a single path object
CAShapeLayer *shapeLayer = [CAShapeLayer layer];

shapeLayer.frame = CGRectMake(20, 140, 200, 200);
shapeLayer.lineWidth = 2.0;
shapeLayer.fillColor = nil;
shapeLayer.strokeColor = [[UIColor redColor] CGColor];
CGMutablePathRef combinedPath= CGPathCreateMutableCopy(circleShape.path);

CGPathAddPath(combinedPath, NULL, squareLayer.path);
shapeLayer.path = combinedPath;
[[self.view layer] addSublayer:shapeLayer];
//Open Path
// Paths do not need to connect their end points back to their starting points. A path that
connects back to its starting point is called a closed path, and one that does not is called
an open path.
shapeLayer = [CAShapeLayer layer];

shapeLayer.frame = CGRectMake(160, 140, 300, 300);
shapeLayer.lineWidth = 2.0;
shapeLayer.fillColor = nil;
shapeLayer.strokeColor = [[UIColor redColor] CGColor];
UIBezierPath *linePath=[UIBezierPath bezierPath];

[linePath moveToPoint:CGPointZero];
[linePath addLineToPoint:CGPointMake(0 , 120)];
shapeLayer.path = linePath.CGPath;
[[self.view layer] addSublayer:shapeLayer];
Fill Concepts //Fill Color
CAShapeLayer *squareLayer = [CAShapeLayer layer];

squareLayer.fillColor = [[UIColor yellowColor]CGColor];
//Fill Pattern Color

//images.jpeg
squareLayer = [CAShapeLayer layer];

squareLayer.fillColor = [[UIColor colorWithPatternImage:[UIImage
imageNamed:@"images.jpeg"]]CGColor];
//Fill Rule
//Type 1: kCAFillRuleNonZero
squareLayer.fillRule = kCAFillRuleNonZero; // indicate the rule type
UIBezierPath *outerPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect:CGRectInset(squareLayer.bounds,
20.0, 20.0)];
UIBezierPath *innerPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect:CGRectInset(squareLayer.bounds,
50.0, 50.0)];
CGMutablePathRef combinedPath= CGPathCreateMutableCopy(outerPath.CGPath);
CGPathAddPath(combinedPath, NULL, innerPath.CGPath);
squareLayer.path = combinedPath;
//Type 2: kCAFillRuleEvenOdd
squareLayer.fillRule = kCAFillRuleEvenOdd; // indicate the rule type
outerPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect:CGRectInset(squareLayer.bounds, 20.0, 20.0)];
innerPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect:CGRectInset(squareLayer.bounds, 50.0, 50.0)];
combinedPath= CGPathCreateMutableCopy(outerPath.CGPath);
CGPathAddPath(combinedPath, NULL, innerPath.CGPath);
squareLayer.path = combinedPath;
Listed the accessing Style properties
fillColor
Fill the color based on the drawed shape.
fillRule
Fill Rule the there are two rule is applied to draw the shape.
1. kCAFillRuleNonZero
2. kCAFillRuleEvenOdd
lineCap
Below type used to change the style of the line.
1. kCALineCapButt
2. kCALineCapRound
3. kCALineCapSquare
lineDashPattern
The dash pattern applied to the shape’s path when stroked.
Create DashStyle while you will stroke the line.
lineDashPhase
The dash phase applied to the shape’s path when stroked. Animatable.
lineJoin
Line join style for the shape path.Below style use to draw the line join style.
1. kCALineJoinMiter
2. kCALineJoinRound
3. kCALineJoinBevel
lineWidth
Which using to set the line width.
miterLimit
The miter limit used when stroking the shape’s path. Animatable.
strokeColor
Set the stroke color based on the path of the line.
strokeStart
When the stroke will start.
strokeEnd
When the stroke will end.
Draw Rectangle
CAShapeLayer *mask = [[CAShapeLayer alloc] init];
mask.frame = CGRectMake(50, 50, 100, 100);
CGFloat width = 100;
CGFloat height = 100;
CGMutablePathRef path = CGPathCreateMutable();
CGPathMoveToPoint(path, nil, 30, 30);
CGPathAddLineToPoint(path, nil, width, 30);
CGPathAddLineToPoint(path, nil, width, height);
CGPathAddLineToPoint(path, nil,30, height);
CGPathAddLineToPoint(path, nil, 30, 30);
CGPathCloseSubpath(path);
mask.path = path;
CGPathRelease(path);
self.view.layer.mask = mask;
Draw Circle
CAShapeLayer *circle = [CAShapeLayer layer];
[circle setPath:[[UIBezierPath bezierPathWithOvalInRect:CGRectMake(100, 100, 150, 150)]

CGPath]];
[circle setStrokeColor:[[UIColor blueColor] CGColor]];
[circle setFillColor:[[UIColor clearColor] CGColor]];
[[self.view layer] addSublayer:circle];
CAShapeLayer Animation
CAShapeLayer *circle = [CAShapeLayer layer];
[circle setPath:[[UIBezierPath bezierPathWithOvalInRect:CGRectMake(100, 100, 150, 150)]

CGPath]];
[circle setStrokeColor:[[UIColor blueColor] CGColor]];
[circle setFillColor:[[UIColor clearColor] CGColor]];
[[self.view layer] addSublayer:circle];
CABasicAnimation *pathAnimation = [CABasicAnimation animationWithKeyPath:@"strokeEnd"];
pathAnimation.duration = 1.5f;
pathAnimation.fromValue = [NSNumber numberWithFloat:0.0f];
pathAnimation.toValue = [NSNumber numberWithFloat:1.0f];
pathAnimation.repeatCount = 10;
pathAnimation.autoreverses = YES;
[circle addAnimation:pathAnimation
forKey:@"strokeEnd"];
Read CAShapeLayer online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3575/cashapelayer
Chapter 30: Categories
Remarks
Categories can be used to override methods of a class. Even if the method is actually private. The
overridden method cannot be accessed from the category or anywhere else. So it's important to
make sure when adding methods to an existing class, that those methods don't exist already.
Examples
Create a Category
Categories provide the ability to add some extra functionality to an object without subclassing or
changing the actual object.
For example we want to set some custom fonts. Lets create a category that add functionality to
UIFont class. Open your Xcode project, click on File -> New -> File and choose Objective-C file ,
click Next enter your category name say "CustomFont" choose file type as Category and Class as
UIFont then Click "Next" followed by "Create."
Declare the Category Method :-
Click "UIFont+CustomFonts.h" to view the new category's header file. Add the following code to
the interface to declare the method.
@interface UIFont (CustomFonts)
+(UIFont *)productSansRegularFontWithSize:(CGFloat)size;
@end
Now Implement the Category Method:-
Click "UIFont+CustomFonts.m" to view the category's implementation file. Add the following code
to create a method that will set ProductSansRegular Font.
+(UIFont *)productSansRegularFontWithSize:(CGFloat)size{
return [UIFont fontWithName:@"ProductSans-Regular" size:size];
Import your category
#import "UIFont+CustomFonts.h"
Now set the Label font
[self.label setFont:[UIFont productSansRegularFontWithSize:16.0]];
Read Categories online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3633/categories
Chapter 31: CGContext Reference
Remarks
The CGContextRef opaque type represents a Quartz 2D drawing destination. A graphics context
contains drawing parameters and all device-specific information needed to render the paint on a
page to the destination, whether the destination is a window in an application, a bitmap image, a
PDF document, or a printer.
Examples
Draw line
CGContextRef context = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext();
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 5.0);
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
CGContextMoveToPoint(context, 200, 400);
CGContextAddLineToPoint(context, 100, 100);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
CGColorSpaceRelease(colorspace);
Draw Text
Draw To requires Core Text framework to be added in the Build Phase
[NSString* textToDraw = @"Welcome to the world Of IOS";
CFStringRef stringRef = (__bridge CFStringRef)textToDraw;
CFAttributedStringRef currentText = CFAttributedStringCreate(NULL, stringRef, NULL);

CTFramesetterRef framesetter = CTFramesetterCreateWithAttributedString(currentText);
CGRect frameRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, 300, 100);
CGMutablePathRef framePath = CGPathCreateMutable();
CGPathAddRect(framePath, NULL, frameRect);
CFRange currentRange = CFRangeMake(0, 0);

CTFrameRef frameRef = CTFramesetterCreateFrame(framesetter, currentRange, framePath,
NULL);
CGPathRelease(framePath);
CGContextRef currentContext = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext();
CGContextSetTextMatrix(currentContext, CGAffineTransformIdentity);
CGContextTranslateCTM(currentContext, 200, 300);
CGContextScaleCTM(currentContext, 2, -2);
CTFrameDraw(frameRef, currentContext);
CFRelease(frameRef);
CFRelease(stringRef);
CFRelease(framesetter);
Read CGContext Reference online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2664/cgcontext-reference
Chapter 32: Chain Blocks in a Queue (with
MKBlockQueue)
Introduction
MKBlockQueue allows you to create a chain of blocks and execute them one after the other in a
queue. Compared with NSOperation, with MKBlockQueue you decide yourself when a block is
complete and when you want the queue to continue. You can also pass data from one block to the
next.
https://github.com/MKGitHub/MKBlockQueue
Examples
Example Code
// create the dictionary that will be sent to the blocks

var myDictionary:Dictionary<String, Any> = Dictionary<String, Any>()
myDictionary["InitialKey"] = "InitialValue"
// create block queue

let myBlockQueue:MKBlockQueue = MKBlockQueue()
// block 1
let b1:MKBlockQueueBlockType =
{
(blockQueueObserver:MKBlockQueueObserver, dictionary:inout Dictionary<String, Any>) in
print("Block 1 started with dictionary: \(dictionary)")

dictionary["Block1Key"] = "Block1Value"
// tell this block is now completed

blockQueueObserver.blockCompleted(with:&dictionary)
// block 2
{
var copyOfDictionary:Dictionary<String, Any> = dictionary
// test calling on main thread, async, with delay
DispatchQueue.main.asyncAfter(deadline:(.now() + .seconds(1)), execute:
{
print("Block 2 started with dictionary: \(copyOfDictionary)")
copyOfDictionary["Block2Key"] = "Block2Value"

blockQueueObserver.blockCompleted(with:&copyOfDictionary)
})
}
// block 3
{
var copyOfDictionary:Dictionary<String, Any> = dictionary
// test calling on global background queue, async, with delay

DispatchQueue.global(qos:.background).asyncAfter(deadline:(.now() + .seconds(1)), execute:
{
print("Block 3 started with dictionary: \(copyOfDictionary)")
copyOfDictionary["Block3Key"] = "Block3Value"

blockQueueObserver.blockCompleted(with:&copyOfDictionary)
})
}
// add blocks to the queue

myBlockQueue.addBlock(b1)
// add queue completion block for the queue

myBlockQueue.queueCompletedBlock(
{
(dictionary:Dictionary<String, Any>) in
print("Queue completed with dictionary: \(dictionary)")
})
// run queue
print("Queue starting with dictionary: \(myDictionary)")
myBlockQueue.run(with:&myDictionary)
Read Chain Blocks in a Queue (with MKBlockQueue) online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9122/chain-blocks-in-a-queue--with-mkblockqueue-
Chapter 33: Change Status Bar Color
Examples
Changing the status bar style for the entire application
SWIFT:
Step 1:
In your Info.plist add the following attribute:
View controller-based status bar appearance
and set its value to
NO
as described in the image below:
Step 2:
In your AppDelegate.swift file, in didFinishLaunchingWithOptions method, add this code:
UIApplication.shared.statusBarStyle = .lightContent
or
UIApplication.shared.statusBarStyle = .default
• The .lightContent option will set the colour of the statusBar to white, for the entire app.
• The .default option will set the colour of the statusBar to the original black colour, for the
entire app.
OBJECTIVE-C:
Follow the first step from the SWIFT Section. Then add this code to the AppDelegate.m file:
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] setStatusBarStyle:UIStatusBarStyleLightContent];
or
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] setStatusBarStyle:UIStatusBarStyleDefault];
For non-UINavigationBar status bars
1. In info.plist set View controller-based status bar appearance to YES

2. In view controllers not contained by UINavigationController implement this method.
In Objective-C:
- (UIStatusBarStyle)preferredStatusBarStyle
{
return UIStatusBarStyleLightContent;
}
In Swift:
override func preferredStatusBarStyle() -> UIStatusBarStyle {

return UIStatusBarStyle.LightContent
}
For UINavigationBar status bars
Subclass UINavigationController and then override these methods:
In Objective-C:
- (UIStatusBarStyle)preferredStatusBarStyle
{
return UIStatusBarStyleLightContent;
}
In Swift:
return .lightContent
}
Alternatively, you can set barStyle on the UINavigationBar instance:
Objective C:
// e.g. in your view controller's viewDidLoad method:

self.navigationController.navigationBar.barStyle = UIBarStyleBlack; // this will give you a
white status bar
Swift
// e.g. in your view controller's viewDidLoad method:

navigationController?.navigationBar.barStyle = .black // this will give you a white status bar
UIBarStyle options are default, black, blackOpaque, blackTranslucent. The latter 3 should all give you
a status bar with white text, just the last two specify the opacity of the bar.
Note: you can still change the appearance of your navigation bar as you like.
For ViewController containment
If you are using UIViewControllerContainment there are a few other methods that are worth looking
at.
When you want a child viewController to control the presentation of the status bar (i.e. if the child
is positioned at the top of the screen
in Swift
class RootViewController: UIViewController {
private let messageBarViewController = MessageBarViewController()
override func childViewControllerForStatusBarStyle() -> UIViewController? {

return messageBarViewController
}

super.viewDidLoad()
//add child vc code here...
setNeedsStatusBarAppearanceUpdate()
}
}
class MessageBarViewController: UIViewController {

return .Default
}
}
If you cannot change ViewController's code
If you are using library that contains (for example) AwesomeViewController with a wrong status
bar color you can try this:
let awesomeViewController = AwesomeViewController()

awesomeViewController.navigationBar.barStyle = .blackTranslucent // or other style
Read Change Status Bar Color online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/378/change-status-bar-

color
Chapter 34: Checking for Network
Connectivity
Remarks
The source code for Reachability.h and Reachability.m can be found on Apple's developer
documentation site.
Caveats
Unlike other platforms, Apple is yet to provide a standard set of APIs to determine an iOS device's
network status and offer only these code examples linked above. The source file change over
time, but once imported into an app project, they are seldom updated by the developers.
For this reason most app developers tend to use one of the many Github/Cocoapod maintained
libraries for reachability.
Apple also recommends, for requests made at the user’s behest, that you always attempt a
connection first, before using Reachability/SCNetworkReachability to diagnose the failure or to
wait for the connection to return.
Examples
Creating a Reachability listener
Apple's Reachability class periodically checks the network status and alerts observers to changes.
Reachability *internetReachability = [Reachability reachabilityForInternetConnection];

[internetReachability startNotifier];
Add observer to network changes
uses NSNotification messages to alert observers when the network state has
Reachability
changed. Your class will need to become an observer.
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self

selector:@selector(reachabilityChanged:) name:kReachabilityChangedNotification object:nil];
Elsewhere in your class, implement method signature
- (void) reachabilityChanged:(NSNotification *)note {

//code which reacts to network changes
}
Alert when network becomes unavailable
- (void)reachabilityChanged:(NSNotification *)note {
Reachability* reachability = [note object];
NetworkStatus netStatus = [reachability currentReachabilityStatus];
if (netStatus == NotReachable) {
NSLog(@"Network unavailable");
}
}
Alert when connection becomes a WIFI or cellular network
- (void)reachabilityChanged:(NSNotification *)note {
Reachability* reachability = [note object];
NetworkStatus netStatus = [reachability currentReachabilityStatus];
switch (netStatus) {
case NotReachable:
NSLog(@"Network unavailable");
break;
case ReachableViaWWAN:
NSLog(@"Network is cellular");
break;
case ReachableViaWiFi:
NSLog(@"Network is WIFI");
break;
}
}
Verify if is connected to network
Swift
import SystemConfiguration
/// Class helps to code reuse in handling internet network connections.

class NetworkHelper {
/**
Verify if the device is connected to internet network.
- returns: true if is connected to any internet network, false if is not
connected to any internet network.
*/
class func isConnectedToNetwork() -> Bool {
var zeroAddress = sockaddr_in()
zeroAddress.sin_len = UInt8(sizeofValue(zeroAddress))
zeroAddress.sin_family = sa_family_t(AF_INET)
let defaultRouteReachability = withUnsafePointer(&zeroAddress) {

SCNetworkReachabilityCreateWithAddress(nil, UnsafePointer($0))
}
var flags = SCNetworkReachabilityFlags()
if !SCNetworkReachabilityGetFlags(defaultRouteReachability!, &flags) {
return false
}
let isReachable = (flags.rawValue & UInt32(kSCNetworkFlagsReachable)) != 0

let needsConnection = (flags.rawValue & UInt32(kSCNetworkFlagsConnectionRequired)) != 0
return (isReachable && !needsConnection)

}
}
if NetworkHelper.isConnectedToNetwork() {
// Is connected to network
}
Objective-C:
we can check network connectivity within few lines of code as:
-(BOOL)isConntectedToNetwork
{
Reachability *networkReachability = [Reachability reachabilityForInternetConnection];
NetworkStatus networkStatus = [networkReachability currentReachabilityStatus];
if (networkStatus == NotReachable)
{
NSLog(@"There IS NO internet connection");
return false;
} else
{
NSLog(@"There IS internet connection");
return true;
}
}
Read Checking for Network Connectivity online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/704/checking-

for-network-connectivity
Chapter 35: Checking iOS version
Examples
iOS 8 and later
Swift 3:
let minimumVersion = OperatingSystemVersion(majorVersion: 8, minorVersion: 1, patchVersion: 2)

if ProcessInfo().isOperatingSystemAtLeast(minimumVersion) {
//current version is >= (8.1.2)
} else {
//current version is < (8.1.2)
}
Compare versions
let minimumVersionString = "3.1.3"

let versionComparison = UIDevice.current.systemVersion.compare(minimumVersionString, options:
.numeric)
switch versionComparison {
case .orderedSame, .orderedDescending:
//current version is >= (3.1.3)
break
case .orderedAscending:
//current version is < (3.1.3)
fallthrough
default:
break;
}
Objective-C
NSString *version = @"3.1.3";
NSString *currentVersion = @"3.1.1";
NSComparisonResult result = [currentVersion compare:version options:NSNumericSearch];
switch(result){
case: NSOrderedAscending:
//less than the current version
break;
case: NSOrderedDescending:
case: NSOrderedSame:
// equal or greater than the current version
break;
}
Swift 2.0 and later
if #available(iOS 9, *) {
// iOS 9
} else {
// iOS 8 or earlier
}
Device iOS Version
This will give current system version.
Objective-C
NSString *version = [[UIDevice currentDevice] systemVersion]
Swift
let version = UIDevice.currentDevice().systemVersion
Swift 3
let version = UIDevice.current.systemVersion
Read Checking iOS version online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2194/checking-ios-version
Chapter 36: CLLocation
Examples
Get User Location Using CLLocationManager
1 - Include the CoreLocation.framework in your project; this is accomplished by clicking on:
root directory -> build phases -> Link Binary With Libraries
Click on the (+) button, look for CoreLocation.framework and click add.
2- Modify the info.plist file to ask for permission to use user location by opening it as source code.
Add either of the following key:value pair under the tag to ask for usage of user's location while the
application is in use:
<key>NSLocationWhenInUseUsageDescription</key>
<string>message to display when asking for permission</string>
3- import CoreLocation to the ViewController that will be using it.
import CoreLocation
4- Make sure your ViewController conforms to the CLLocationManagerDelagate protocol
class ViewController: UIViewController,CLLocationManagerDelegate {}
After these steps, we can create a CLLocationManager object as instance variable and use it in
the ViewController.
var manager:CLLocationManager!
We do not use 'let' here because we will modify the manager to specify its delegate, minimum
distance before update event, and its accuracy
//initialize the manager

manager = CLLocationManager()
//specify delegate
manager.delegate = self
//set the minimum distance the phone needs to move before an update event is triggered (for
example: 100 meters)
manager.distanceFilter = 100
//set Accuracy to any of the following depending on your use case
//let kCLLocationAccuracyBestForNavigation: CLLocationAccuracy
//let kCLLocationAccuracyBest: CLLocationAccuracy
//let kCLLocationAccuracyNearestTenMeters: CLLocationAccuracy
//let kCLLocationAccuracyHundredMeters: CLLocationAccuracy
//let kCLLocationAccuracyKilometer: CLLocationAccuracy
//let kCLLocationAccuracyThreeKilometers: CLLocationAccuracy
manager.desiredAccuracy = kCLLocationAccuracyBest
//ask the user for permission

manager.requestWhenInUseAuthorization()
//Start collecting location information

if #available(iOS 9.0, *) {
manager.requestLocation()
} else {
manager.startUpdatingLocation()
Now to get access to the location updates, we can implement the function below which is called
overtime the distanceFilter is reached.
func locationManager(manager: CLLocationManager, didUpdateLocations locations: [CLLocation])

{}
The locations parameter is an array of CLLocation objects that represent the actual location of the
device.From these objects, one can get access to the following attributes: coordinate,altitude,
floor, horizontalAccuracy, verticalAccuracy, timestamp, description, course, speed, and a
function distance(from:) that measures the distance between two locations.
Note: While requesting permission for location, there are two different types of authorization.
"When In Use" authorization only gives the app permission to receive your location
when the app is in use or foreground.
“Always" authorization, gives the app background permissions which may lead to
decrease battery life in case your app is closed.
Plist file should be adjusted as necessary.
Distance Filter using
Example :
CLLocationManager *locationManager = [[CLLocationManager alloc] init];

locationManager.delegate = self;
locationManager.desiredAccuracy = kCLLocationAccuracyBest;
locationManager.distanceFilter = 5;
E.g. In the above example code above, location changes of less than 5 metres won’t be sent to
the callback, but instead be ignored.
Read CLLocation online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2002/cllocation
Chapter 37: CloudKit
Remarks
Supported Types
• NSData
• NSDate (Date)
• NSNumber (Int / Double)
• NSString (String)
• NSArray (Array)
• CLLocation
• CKReference
• CKAsset
More Details
CloudKit Dashboard
Examples
Registering app for use with CloudKit
What you need is to get an entitlements file so the app can access your iCloud and write records
using CloudKit.
Follow the steps to grant access to iCloud from your app:
1- Select the project in the Project Navigator, and then open the General tab.
2- In the Identity section, set your developer Apple ID to the Team dropdown menu. (If it is not
available, add it in Xcode menu -> Preferences -> Accounts.
3- Go to Capabilities tab in the project properties and turn iCloud on. Then, select "Key-Value
Storage" and "CloudKit".
4- Make sure these items are checked:
If all of the items are checked, then your app is ready to use CloudKit.
Using CloudKit Dashboard
All the records create using CloudKit-related code can be previewed, edited and even removed in
CloudKit Dashboard. To access CloudKit Dashboard, go here.
There are several parts in the dashboard:
• Record Types (which will be discussed later)

• Security Roles (which is where you can set databases as public or private)
• Subscription Types (which your app could register for Apple Push Notifications (APNs) to
notify you when a record is changed)
Record Types
Here, you get a list of all the existing record types in the app. When you first open CloudKit
Dashboard for an app, there’s a record type called Users there, which you can use it or just delete
it and use your own.
In this page, you could make your data typed manually. Of course, in most cases this is pointless,
because iOS SDK can handle it way better than the dashboard, but the functionality is also there if
you prefer. The most use of this page is for previewing types.
Saving data to CloudKit
To save date to CloudKit, we must make:
• A CKRecordID (the key of your unique record)

• A CKRecord (which includes data)
Making a record key

To ensure that every new record identifier is unique, we use the current timestamp, which is
unique. We get the timestamp using NSDate's method timeIntervalSinceReferenceDate(). It is in form
of ###.### (# are numbers), which we will use the integer part. To do this, we split the string:
Swift
let timestamp = String(format: "%f", NSDate.timeIntervalSinceReferenceDate())
let timestampParts = timestamp.componentsSeparatedByString(".")
let recordID = CKRecordID(recordName: timestampParts[0])
Making the record

To make the record, we should specify the record type (explained in Using CloudKit Dashboard)
as Users, the ID as the thing we made just now and the data. Here, we will add a sample text, a
picture and the current date to the record:
Swift
let record = CKRecord(recordType: "Users", recordID: recordID)

record.setObject("Some Text", forKey: "text")
record.setObject(CKAsset(fileURL: someValidImageURL), forKey: "image")
record.setObject(NSDate(), forKey: "date")
Objective-C
CKRecord *record = [[CKRecord alloc] initWithRecordType: "Users" recordID: recordID];

[record setObject: "Some Text" forKey: "text"];
[record setObject: [CKAsset assetWithFileURL: someValidImageURL] forKey: "image"];
[record setObject: [[NSDate alloc] init] forKey: "date"];
Note
Here, we didn't add the UIImage directly to the record, because as mentioned in
Remarks, image format isn't directly supported in CloudKit, so we have converted
UIImage into CKAsset.
Accessing the container

Swift
let container = CKContainer.defaultContainer()

let database = container.privateCloudDatabase // or container.publicCloudDatabase
Saving the records to CloudKit database

Swift
database.saveRecord(record, completionHandler: { (_, error) -> Void in
print(error ?? "")
})
Read CloudKit online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4946/cloudkit
Chapter 38: Codable
Introduction
Codable is added with Xcode 9, iOS 11 and Swift 4. Codable is used to make your data types
encodable and decodable for compatibility with external representations such as JSON.
Codable use to support both encoding and decoding, declare conformance to Codable, which
combines the Encodable and Decodable protocols. This process is known as making your types
codable.
Examples
Use of Codable with JSONEncoder and JSONDecoder in Swift 4
Let’s Take an Example with Structure of Movie, here we have defined the structure as Codable.
So, We can encode and decode it easily.
struct Movie: Codable {

enum MovieGenere: String, Codable {
case horror, skifi, comedy, adventure, animation
}
var name : String

var moviesGenere : [MovieGenere]
var rating : Int
}
We can create a object from movie like as:
let upMovie = Movie(name: "Up", moviesGenere: [.comedy , .adventure, .animation], rating : 4)
The upMovie contains the name “Up” and it’s movieGenere is comedy, adventure and animation
witch contains 4 rating out of 5.
Encode
JSONEncoder is an object that encodes instances of a data type as JSON objects. JSONEncoder
supports the Codable object.
// Encode data
let jsonEncoder = JSONEncoder()
do {
let jsonData = try jsonEncoder.encode(upMovie)
let jsonString = String(data: jsonData, encoding: .utf8)
print("JSON String : " + jsonString!)
}
catch {
}
JSONEncoder will give us the JSON data which is used to retrieve JSON string.
Output string will be like :
{
"name": "Up",
"moviesGenere": [
"comedy",
"adventure",
"animation"
],
"rating": 4
}
Decode
JSONDecoder is an object that decodes instances of a data type from JSON objects. We can get
the object back from the JSON string.
do {
// Decode data to object
let jsonDecoder = JSONDecoder()

let upMovie = try jsonDecoder.decode(Movie.self, from: jsonData)
print("Rating : \(upMovie.name)")
print("Rating : \(upMovie.rating)")
}
catch {
}
By decoding the JSONData we will receive the Movie object back. So we can get all the values
which is saved in that object.
Output will be like:
Name : Up
Rating : 4
Read Codable online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10639/codable
Chapter 39: Code signing
Examples
Provisioning Profiles
In order to build an IPA file in XCode, you require to sign your application with a certificate and
provisioning profile. These can be created at
https://developer.apple.com/account/ios/profile/create
Provisioning Profile Types

Provisioning Profiles are split into two types, Development, and Distribution:
Development
• iOS App Development / tvOS App Development - used in development in order to install
your app onto a test device.
Distribution
• App Store / tvOS App Store - used to sign your application for app store upload.
• In House - Used for Enterprise distribution of your app, to devices within your business.
• Ad Hoc / tvOS Ad Hoc - Used to distribute your app to a limited number of specific devices
(e.g. you will need to know the UDIDs of the devices you want to install your app to).
Read Code signing online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6055/code-signing
Chapter 40: Concurrency
Introduction
Related topic: Grand Central Dispatch
Syntax
• dispatch_async - Runs a block of code in a separate queue, and doesn't stop the current
queue. If the queue is on a different thread than the one dispatch_async was called on, the
code in the block will run while code after the dispatch_async also runs
• dispatch_sync - Runs a block of code in a separate queue, and does stop the current queue.
If the queue is on a different thread than the one dispatch_async was called on, the code in
the block will run, and execution on the thread where the method was called will only resume
after it finishes
Parameters
The queue that the code in the dispatch block will run in. A queue is like (but
not exactly the same as) a thread; code in different queues can run in parallel.
Use dispatch_get_main_queue to get the queue for the main thread To create a
new queue, which in turn creates a new thread, use
dispatch_queue_create("QUEUE_NAME", DISPATCH_QUEUE_CONCURRENT). The first
parameter is the name of the queue, which is displayed in the debugger if you
queue
pause while the block is still running. The second parameter doesn't matter
unless you want to use the same queue for multiple dispatch_async or
dispatch_sync calls. It describes what happens when another block is put on the
same queue; DISPATCH_QUEUE_CONCURRENT will cause both blocks to run at the same
time, while DISPATCH_QUEUE_SERIAL will make the second block wait for the first
block to finish
Code in this block will run in the queue queue; put code you want to run on the
separate queue here. A helpful tip: If you're writing this in Xcode and the block
block argument has the blue outline around it, double click on the argument and Xcode will
automatically make an empty block (this applies to all block arguments in any
function or method)
Remarks
Whenever you do something on a separate thread, which happens when using queues, it's
important to maintain thread safety. Some methods, in particular ones for UIViews, may not work
and/or crash on threads other than main thread. Also, make sure not to change anything
(variables, properties, etc.) that is also being used on the main thread, unless you are accounting
for this change
Examples
Executing on the main thread
When performing tasks asynchronously there typically becomes a need to ensure a piece of code
is run on the main thread. For example you may want to hit a REST API asynchronously, but put
the result in a UILabel on the screen. Before updating the UILabel you must ensure that your code
is run on the main thread:
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_global_queue(DISPATCH_QUEUE_PRIORITY_DEFAULT, 0), ^{
//Perform expensive tasks
//...
//Now before updating the UI, ensure we are back on the main thread
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
label.text = //....
});
}
Whenever you update views on the screen, always ensure you are doing so on the main thread,
otherwise undefined behavior could occur.
Running code concurrently -- Running code while running other code
Say you want to perform in action (in this case, logging "Foo"), while doing something else
(logging "Bar"). Normally, if you don't use concurrency, one of these actions is going to be fully
executed, and the other run will run only after it's completely finished. But with concurrency, you
can make both actions run at the same time:
dispatch_async(dispatch_queue_create("Foo", DISPATCH_QUEUE_CONCURRENT), ^{
for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) {
NSLog(@"Foo");
usleep(100000);
}
});
for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) {

NSLog(@"Bar");
usleep(50000);
}
This will log "Foo" 100 times, pausing for 100ms each time it logs, but it will do all this on a
separate thread. While Foo is being logged, "Bar" will also be logged in 50ms intervals, at the same
time. You should ideally see an output with "Foo"s and "Bars" mixed together
Dispatch group - waiting for other threads completed.
dispatch_group_t preapreWaitingGroup = dispatch_group_create();
dispatch_group_enter(preapreWaitingGroup);
[self doAsynchronousTaskWithComplete:^(id someResults, NSError *error) {
// Notify that this task has been completed.
dispatch_group_leave(preapreWaitingGroup);
}]
dispatch_group_enter(preapreWaitingGroup);
[self doOtherAsynchronousTaskWithComplete:^(id someResults, NSError *error) {
dispatch_group_leave(preapreWaitingGroup);
}]
dispatch_group_notify(preapreWaitingGroup, dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
// This block will be executed once all above threads completed and call
dispatch_group_leave
NSLog(@"Prepare completed. I'm readyyyy");
});
Update 1. Swift 3 version.
let prepareGroup = DispatchGroup()

prepareGroup.enter()
doAsynchronousTaskWithComplete() { (someResults, error) in
prepareGroup.leave()
}
prepareGroup.enter()
doOtherAsynchronousTaskWithComplete() { (someResults, error) in
prepareGroup.leave()
}
prepareGroup.notify(queue: DispatchQueue.main) {
// This block will be executed once all above threads completed and call
dispatch_group_leave
print("Prepare completed. I'm readyyyy")
}
Read Concurrency online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1090/concurrency
Chapter 41: Configure Beacons with
CoreBluetooth
Introduction
Hot to read and write data to a bluetooth low energy device.
Remarks
Some important points

• No capabilities are needed.
• iPhone store bytes in Little Endian format, so check if bluetooth accessory use Little Endian
too. Example:
○ intel CPU usually use little endian.
○ The ARM architecture was little-endian before version 3 when it became big-endian.
• After a single or batch operation the connection will be lost, so you have to reconnect before
continue.
Scan for SERVICE UUID
func SearchBLE(){
cb_manager.scanForPeripherals(withServices:[service_uuid], options: nil)
StopSearchBLE()
}
How to discover SERVICE UUID without documentation
func centralManager(_ central: CBCentralManager, didConnect peripheral:

CBPeripheral) {
peripheral.delegate = self
peripheral.discoverServices(nil)
}
func peripheral(_ peripheral: CBPeripheral, didDiscoverServices error: Error?) {

for service in peripheral.services! {
print("Service: \(service)\n error: \(error)")
}
}
• discoverServices(nil) - NIL means that all services will be returned, which is not a good
option.( READ Remarks 3)
• If you haven't found the SERVICE UUID run your code and looking for in console
• I found have 3 services: Battery, Device information (Firmware) and FFF0
• This uuid service isn't a standard one, a list with standards can find here
• FFF0 is the SERVICE UUID in this case
Convert data to UInt16 and contrary

Add this extensions to your class
protocol DataConvertible {
init?(data: Data)
var data: Data { get }
}
extension DataConvertible {
init?(data: Data) {
guard data.count == MemoryLayout<Self>.size else { return nil }
self = data.withUnsafeBytes { $0.pointee }
}
var data: Data {

var value = self
return Data(buffer: UnsafeBufferPointer(start: &value, count: 1))
}
}
extension UInt16 : DataConvertible {
init?(data: Data) {
guard data.count == MemoryLayout<UInt16>.size else { return nil }
self = data.withUnsafeBytes { $0.pointee }
}
var data: Data {
var value = CFSwapInt16HostToBig(self)
return Data(buffer: UnsafeBufferPointer(start: &value, count: 1))
}
}
Examples
Showing names of all Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE)
• For this example I have a controlled room with a single BLE device enable.
• Your class should extend CBCentralManagerDelegate.
• Implement the method: centralManagerDidUpdateState(_ central: CBCentralManager).
• Use global queue to not freeze the screen while searching for a device.
• Instantiate CBCentralManager and wait for callback centralManagerDidUpdateState
response.
class BLEController: CBCentralManagerDelegate{
var cb_manager: CBCentralManager!

var bles : [CBPeripheral] = []

super.viewDidLoad()
cb_manager = CBCentralManager(delegate: self, queue: DispatchQueue.global())
}
func centralManagerDidUpdateState(_ central: CBCentralManager) {

print("UPDATE STATE - \(central)")
}
}
Callback to centralManagerDidUpdateState indicates that CoreBluetooth is ready, so you can

search for BLE now. Update centralManagerDidUpdateState code to search for all BLE device
when it is ready.
func centralManagerDidUpdateState(_ central: CBCentralManager) {

print("UPDATE STATE - \(central)")
SearchBLE()
}
func SearchBLE(){
cb_manager.scanForPeripherals(withServices: nil, options: nil)
StopSearchBLE()
}
func StopSearchBLE() {
let when = DispatchTime.now() + 5 // change 5 to desired number of seconds
DispatchQueue.main.asyncAfter(deadline: when) {
self.cb_manager.stopScan()
}
}
• SearchBLE() search for BLE devices and stop searching after 5s

• cb_manager.scanForPeripherals(withServices: nil, options: nil) looks for every BLE in range
with you.
• StopSearchBLE() will stop the search after 5s.
• Each BLE found will callback func centralManager(_ central: CBCentralManager,
didDiscover peripheral: CBPeripheral, advertisementData: [String : Any], rssi RSSI:
NSNumber)
func centralManager(_ central: CBCentralManager, didDiscover peripheral:
CBPeripheral, advertisementData: [String : Any], rssi RSSI: NSNumber) {

guard let name = peripheral.name else {
return
}
print(name)
bles.append(peripheral)
}
Connect and read major value
• I'm in a controlled room with a single minew beacon that use IBEACON protocol.
• BLEController needs to extend CBPeripheralDelegate
• I'll use the first BLE to connect after the search has stop.
• Modify the method StopSearchBLE()
class BLEController: CBCentralManagerDelegate, CBPeripheralDelegate{

//...
func StopSearchMiniewBeacon() {
let when = DispatchTime.now() + 5 // change 2 to desired number of seconds
DispatchQueue.main.asyncAfter(deadline: when) {
self.cb_manager.stopScan()
self.cb_manager.connect(bles.first)
}
}
/...
}
• In the documention of your BLE device, you should look for the SERVICE UUID and MAJOR
UUID CHARACTERISTIC
var service_uuid = CBUUID(string: "0000fff0-0000-1000-8000-00805f9b34fb")

var major_uuid = CBUUID(string: "0000fff2-0000-1000-8000-00805f9b34fb")
func centralManager(_ central: CBCentralManager, didConnect peripheral:
CBPeripheral) {
peripheral.delegate = self
peripheral.discoverServices([service_uuid])
}
func peripheral(_ peripheral: CBPeripheral, didDiscoverServices error: Error?) {

print("Service: \(service)\n error: \(error)")
peripheral.discoverCharacteristics([major_uuid], for: (peripheral.services?[0])!)
}
• Create a variable 'service_uuid' and 'major_uuid' like code above. '-0000-1000-8000-

00805f9b34fb' is part of the standard. 'fff0' is my SERVICE UUID, 'fff2' is my MAJOR UUID
characteristic and '0000' are required to fill the 4 bytes uuid 1º block.
• discoverCharacteristics([major_uuid], for: (peripheral.services?[0])!) will get major
characteristic from my device gatt server and it will have NIL as value for now.
• (peripheral.services?[0])! - 0 beacuse will return a single value once I did
peripheral.discoverServices([service_uuid])
func peripheral(_ peripheral: CBPeripheral, didDiscoverCharacteristicsFor service: CBService,

error: Error?) {
for characteristic in service.characteristics! {
print("Characteristic: \(characteristic)\n error: \(error)")
if(characteristic.uuid.uuidString == "FFF2"){
peripheral.readValue(for: characteristic)
}
}
}
func peripheral(_ peripheral: CBPeripheral, didUpdateValueFor characteristic:

CBCharacteristic, error: Error?) {
print("Characteristic read: \(characteristic)\n error: \(error)")
let major = UInt16.init(bigEndian: UInt16(data: characteristic.value!)!)
print("major: \(major)")
}
• Characteristic value will only be readable after call peripheral.readValue(for: characteristic)

• readValue will result in func peripheral(_ peripheral: CBPeripheral, didUpdateValueFor
characteristic: CBCharacteristic, error: Error?) with value in Data type.
Write major value
• You need discover the services and characteristic

• You don't need read value from the characteristic before writing over it.
• will continue for, for this example, after read value. Modify func peripheral(_ peripheral:
CBPeripheral, didUpdateValueFor characteristic: CBCharacteristic, error: Error?)
• Add a variable new_major and reset_characteristic
var reset_characteristic : CBCharacteristic!

func peripheral(_ peripheral: CBPeripheral, didDiscoverCharacteristicsFor service: CBService,
error: Error?) {
for characteristic in service.characteristics! {
print("Characteristic: \(characteristic)\n error: \(error)")
peripheral.readValue(for: characteristic)
}
if(characteristic.uuid.uuidString == "FFFF"){
reset_characteristic = characteristic
}
}
}
let new_major : UInt16 = 100
peripheral.writeValue(new_major.data, for: characteristic, type:
CBCharacteristicWriteType.withResponse)
}
• iPhone by deafult will send and receive bytes in Little Endian format, but my device MINEW
witch chipset NRF51822 have ARM archteture and need bytes in Big Endian format, so I
have to swap it.
• BLE Device documentation will say what type of input and output each characteristic will
have and if you can read it like above (CBCharacteristicWriteType.withResponse).
func peripheral(_ peripheral: CBPeripheral, didWriteValueFor characteristic: CBCharacteristic,

error: Error?) {
print("Characteristic write: \(characteristic)\n error: \(error)")
print("Resetting")
peripheral.writeValue("minew123".data(using: String.Encoding.utf8)!, for:
reset_characteristic, type: CBCharacteristicWriteType.withResponse)
}
if(characteristic.uuid.uuidString == "FFFF"){
print("Reboot finish")
cb_manager.cancelPeripheralConnection(peripheral)
}
}
• To update a gatt server information you have to reboot it programmatically or save data to it
and turn off and turn on manually.
• FFFF is characteristic that do it in this device.
• 'minew123' is the default password for reboot o save information in this case.
• run your app and watch you console for any error, I hope none, but you will not see the new
value yet.

//peripheral.writeValue(new_major.data, for: characteristic, type:
CBCharacteristicWriteType.withResponse)
• Last step is to comment last line in method didUpdateValueFor and rerun the app, now you
will the new value.
Read Configure Beacons with CoreBluetooth online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9488/configure-beacons-with-corebluetooth
Chapter 42: Contacts Framework
Remarks
Useful Links
• Apple Documentation
• Stack Overflow Related Q&A
• WWDC15 Session Video
Examples
Authorizing Contact Access
Importing the framework

Swift
import Contacts
Objective-C
#import <Contacts/Contacts.h>
Checking accessibility
Swift
switch CNContactStore.authorizationStatusForEntityType(CNEntityType.Contacts){
case .Authorized: //access contacts
case .Denied, .NotDetermined: //request permission
default: break
}
Objective-C
switch ([CNContactStore authorizationStatusForEntityType:CNEntityType.Contacts]){
case CNAuthorizationStatus.Authorized:
//access contacts
break;
case CNAuthorizationStatus.Denied:
//request permission
break;
case CNAuthorizationStatus.NotDetermined:
//request permission
break;
}
Requesting Permission
Swift
var contactStore = CKContactStore()

contactStore.requestAccessForEntityType(CKEntityType.Contacts, completionHandler: { (ok, _) ->
Void in
if access{
//access contacts
}
}
Accessing Contacts
Applying a filter
To access contacts, we should apply a filter of type NSPredicate to our contactStore variable which
we defined it in Authorizing Contact Access example. For example, here we want to sort out
contacts with name matching with our own:
Swift
let predicate = CNContact.predicateForContactsMatchingName("Some Name")
Objective-C
NSPredicate *predicate = [CNContact predicateForContactsMatchingName:@"Some Name"];
Specifying keys to fetch

Here, we want to fetch the contact's first name, last name and profile image:
Swift
let keys = [CNContactGivenNameKey, CNContactFamilyNameKey, CNContactImageDataKey]
Fetching contacts
Swift
do {
let contacts = try contactStore.unifiedContactsMatchingPredicate(predicate, keysToFetch:
keys)
//...
}
Accessing contact details

Swift
print(contacts[0].givenName)
print(contacts[1].familyName)
let image = contacts[2].imageData
Adding a Contact
Swift
import Contacts
// Creating a mutable object to add to the contact

let contact = CNMutableContact()
contact.imageData = NSData() // The profile picture as a NSData object
contact.givenName = "John"
contact.familyName = "Appleseed"
let homeEmail = CNLabeledValue(label:CNLabelHome, value:"[email protected]")

let workEmail = CNLabeledValue(label:CNLabelWork, value:"[email protected]")
contact.emailAddresses = [homeEmail, workEmail]
contact.phoneNumbers = [CNLabeledValue(
label:CNLabelPhoneNumberiPhone,
value:CNPhoneNumber(stringValue:"(408) 555-0126"))]
let homeAddress = CNMutablePostalAddress()
homeAddress.street = "1 Infinite Loop"
homeAddress.city = "Cupertino"
homeAddress.state = "CA"
homeAddress.postalCode = "95014"
contact.postalAddresses = [CNLabeledValue(label:CNLabelHome, value:homeAddress)]
let birthday = NSDateComponents()

birthday.day = 1
birthday.month = 4
birthday.year = 1988 // You can omit the year value for a yearless birthday
contact.birthday = birthday
// Saving the newly created contact

let store = CNContactStore()
let saveRequest = CNSaveRequest()
saveRequest.addContact(contact, toContainerWithIdentifier:nil)
try! store.executeSaveRequest(saveRequest)
Read Contacts Framework online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5872/contacts-framework
Chapter 43: Content Hugging/Content
Compression in Autolayout
Remarks
Content Compression Resistance Priority
This value determines how resistant a view is to being compressed, or shrunk. A

higher value here means the view will be less likely to be compressed and more likely
to stay the same.
Content Hugging Priority
This value determines how resistant a view is to being expanded. You can imagine
“hugging” here to mean “size to fit” – the bounds of the view will “hug” or be close to
the intrinsic content size. A higher value here means the view will be less likely to grow
and more likely to stay the same.
Examples
Definition: Intrinsic Content Size
Before Auto Layout, you always had to tell buttons and other controls how big they should be,
either by setting their frame or bounds properties or by resizing them in Interface Builder. But it
turns out that most controls are perfectly capable of determining how much space they need,
based on their content.
A label knows how wide and tall it is because it knows the length of the text that has been set on
it, as well as the font size for that text. Likewise for a button, which might combine the text with a
background image and some padding.
The same is true for segmented controls, progress bars, and most other controls, although some
may only have a predetermined height but an unknown width.
This is known as the intrinsic content size, and it is an important concept in Auto Layout. Auto
Layout asks your controls how big they need to be and lays out the screen based on that
information.
Usually you want to use the intrinsic content size, but there are some cases where you may not
want to do that. You can prevent this by setting an explicit Width or Height constraint on a control.
Imagine what happens when you set an image on a UIImageView if that image is much larger than
the screen. You usually want to give image views a fixed width and height and scale the content,
unless you want the view to resize to the dimensions of the image.
Reference: https://www.raywenderlich.com/115444/auto-layout-tutorial-in-ios-9-part-2-constraints
Read Content Hugging/Content Compression in Autolayout online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6899/content-hugging-content-compression-in-autolayout
Chapter 44: Convert HTML to NSAttributed
string and vice verse
Examples
Objective C code to convert HTML string to NSAttributedString and Vice
Versa
HTML to NSAttributedString conversion Code :-
//HTML String
NSString *htmlString=[[NSString alloc]initWithFormat:@"<!DOCTYPE html><html><body><h1>My
First Heading</h1><p>My first paragraph.</p></body></html>"];
//Converting HTML string with UTF-8 encoding to NSAttributedString
NSAttributedString *attributedString = [[NSAttributedString alloc]
initWithData: [htmlString
dataUsingEncoding:NSUnicodeStringEncoding]
options: @{ NSDocumentTypeDocumentAttribute:
NSHTMLTextDocumentType }
documentAttributes: nil
error: nil ];
NSAttributedString to HTML Conversion :-
//Dictionary to hold all the attributes of NSAttributed String

NSDictionary *documentAttributes = @{NSDocumentTypeDocumentAttribute:
NSHTMLTextDocumentType};
//Saving the NSAttributedString with all its attributes as a NSData Entity
NSData *htmlData = [attributedString dataFromRange:NSMakeRange(0, attributedString.length)
documentAttributes:documentAttributes error:NULL];
//Convert the NSData into HTML String with UTF-8 Encoding
NSString *htmlString = [[NSString alloc] initWithData:htmlData
encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding];
Read Convert HTML to NSAttributed string and vice verse online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7225/convert-html-to-nsattributed-string-and-vice-verse
Chapter 45: Convert NSAttributedString to
UIImage
Examples
NSAttributedString to UIImage Conversion
Objective-C
NSMutableAttributedString *str = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc] initWithString:@"Hello.

That is a test attributed string."];
[str addAttribute:NSBackgroundColorAttributeName value:[UIColor yellowColor]
range:NSMakeRange(3,5)];
[str addAttribute:NSForegroundColorAttributeName value:[UIColor greenColor]
[str addAttribute:NSFontAttributeName value:[UIFont fontWithName:@"HelveticaNeue-Bold"
size:20.0] range:NSMakeRange(20, 10)];
UIImage *customImage = [self imageFromAttributedString:str];
The function imageFromAttributedString is as defined below:
- (UIImage *)imageFromAttributedString:(NSAttributedString *)text

{
UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(text.size, NO, 0.0);
// draw in context
[text drawAtPoint:CGPointMake(0.0, 0.0)];
// transfer image
UIImage *image = [UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext()
imageWithRenderingMode:UIImageRenderingModeAlwaysOriginal];
UIGraphicsEndImageContext();
return image;
}
Read Convert NSAttributedString to UIImage online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7242/convert-nsattributedstring-to-uiimage
Chapter 46: Core Data
Introduction
Core Data is the model layer of your application in the broadest sense possible. It's the Model in
the Model-View-Controller pattern that permeates the iOS SDK.
Core Data isn't the database of your application nor is it an API for persisting data to a database.
Core Data is a framework that manages an object graph. It's as simple as that. Core Data can
persist that object graph by writing it to disk, but that is not the primary goal of the framework.
Examples
Operations on core data
To Get context:
NSManagedObjectContext *context = ((AppDelegate*)[[UIApplication sharedApplication]

delegate]).persistentContainer.viewContext;
To fetch data:
NSFetchRequest<EntityName *> *fetchRequest = [EntityName fetchRequest];

NSError *error ;
NSArray *resultArray= [context executeFetchRequest:fetchRequest error:&error];
To fetch data with sorting:
NSFetchRequest<EntityName *> *fetchRequest = [EntityName fetchRequest];

NSSortDescriptor *sortDescriptor = [NSSortDescriptor sortDescriptorWithKey:@"someKey"
ascending:YES];
fetchRequest.sortDescriptors = @[sortDescriptor];
NSError *error ;
NSArray *resultArray= [context executeFetchRequest:fetchRequest error:&error];
To add data:
NSManagedObject *entityNameObj = [NSEntityDescription

insertNewObjectForEntityForName:@"EntityName" inManagedObjectContext:context];
[entityNameObj setValue:@"someValue" forKey:@"someKey"];
To save context:
[((AppDelegate*)[[UIApplication sharedApplication] delegate]) saveContext];
Read Core Data online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9489/core-data
Chapter 47: Core Graphics
Examples
Creating a Core Graphics Context
Core Graphics context

A Core Graphics context is a canvas which we can draw in it and set some properties
like the line thickness.
Making a context
To make a context, we use the UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions() C function. Then, when
we are done with drawing, we just call UIGraphicsEndImageContext() to end the context:
Swift
let size = CGSize(width: 256, height: 256)
UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(size, false, 0)
let context = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext()
// drawing code here
UIGraphicsEndImageContext()
Objective-C
CGSize size = [CGSize width:256 height:256];
UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(size, NO, 0);
CGContext *context = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext();
// drawing code here
In the code above, we passed 3 parameters to the UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions()

function:
1. A CGSize object which stores the whole size of the context (the canvas)
2. A boolean value which if it is true, the context will be opaque
3. An integer value which sets the scale (1 for non-retina, 2 for retina and 3 for retina HD
screens). If set to 0, the system automatically handles the scale based on the target device.
Presenting the Drawn Canvas to User
Swift
let image = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext()

imageView.image = image //assuming imageView is a valid UIImageView object
Objective-C
UIImage *image = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext();

imageView.image = image; //assuming imageView is a valid UIImageView object
Read Core Graphics online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5530/core-graphics
Chapter 48: Core Location
Syntax
1. desiredAccuracy
2. distanceFilter
3. requestLocation()
4. startUpdatingLocation()
5. allowDeferredLocationUpdates(untilTraveled:timeout:)
6. startMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges()
7. allowDeferredLocationUpdates(untilTraveled:timeout:)
8. authorizedAlways
9. authorizedWhenInUse
10. locationManager(_:didChangeAuthorization:)
Remarks
Simulate a Location at Runtime

1. Run the app from Xcode.
2. In the debug bar, click the "Simulate location" button.
3. Choose a location from the menu.
Examples
Link CoreLocation Framework
. The value will be used in the alert controller's message label.
Getting Location Service Permission Always
To ask for permission to use location services even when the app is not active, use the following
call instead:
//Swift
locationManager.requestAlwaysAuthorization()
//Objective-C
[locationManager requestAlwaysAuthorization];
Then add the NSLocationAlwaysUsageDescription key to your Info.plist. Again, the value will
be used in the alert controller's message label.
Add own custom location using GPX file
To check for location services we need real device but for testing purpose we can also
use simulator and add our own location by following below steps:
• add new GPX file into your project.

• in GPX file add waypoints like
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<gpx version="1.1" creator="Xcode">

<wpt lat="52.599878" lon="4.702029">
<name>location name (eg. Florida)</name>
</wpt>
• then go to product-->Scheme-->Edit Scheme and into RUN set default location as your GPX
file name.
Location Services in the Background
To use standard location services while the application is in the background you need first turn on
Background Modes in the Capabilities tab of the Target settings, and select Location updates.
Or, add it directly to the Info.plist.
<key>NSLocationAlwaysUsageDescription</key>
<string>I want to get your location Information in background</string>
<key>UIBackgroundModes</key>
<array>
<string>location</string>
</array>
Then you need to setup the CLLocationManager
Objective C
//The Location Manager must have a strong reference to it.

_locationManager = [[CLLocationManager alloc] init];
_locationManager.delegate = self;
//Request Always authorization (iOS8+)

if ([_locationManager respondsToSelector:@selector(requestAlwaysAuthorization)]) {
[_locationManager requestAlwaysAuthorization];
}
//Allow location updates in the background (iOS9+)

if ([_locationManager respondsToSelector:@selector(allowsBackgroundLocationUpdates)]) {
_locationManager.allowsBackgroundLocationUpdates = YES;
}
[_locationManager startUpdatingLocation];
Swift
self.locationManager.delegate = self
if #available (iOS 8.0,*) {

self.locationManager.requestAlwaysAuthorization()
}
if #available (iOS 9.0,*) {
self.locationManager.allowsBackgroundLocationUpdates = true
}
self.locationManager.startUpdatingLocation()
Read Core Location online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2937/core-location
Chapter 49: Core Motion
Examples
Accessing Barometer to get relative altitude
Swift
Import the Core Motion library:
import CoreMotion
Next, we need to create a CMAltimeter object, but a common pitfall is to create it in the
viewDidLoad(). If done that way, the altimeter won’t be accessible when we need to call a method
on it. Nevertheless, go ahead and create your CMAltimeter object just before the viewDidLoad():
let altimeter = CMAltimeter()
Now:
1. We need to check if relativeAltitude is even available with the following method:

CMAltimeter.isRelativeAltitudeAvailable.
2. If that returns true, you can then begin monitoring altitude change with
startRelativeAltitudeUpdatesToQueue
3. If there are no errors, you should be able to retrieve data from the relativeAltitude and
pressure properties.
Given below is the definition of a button action to begin monitoring with our barometer.
@IBAction func start(sender: AnyObject){

if CMAltimeter.isRelativeAltitudeAvailable() {
// 2
altimeter.startRelativeAltitudeUpdatesToQueue(NSOperationQueue.mainQueue(), withHandler: {
data, error in
// 3
if (error == nil) {
println("Relative Altitude: \(data.relativeAltitude)")
println("Pressure: \(data.pressure)")
}
})
}
Read Core Motion online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7636/core-motion
Chapter 50: Core SpotLight in iOS
Examples
Core-Spotlight
Objective-C
1. Create a new iOS project and add CoreSpotlight and MobileCoreServices framework to your
project.
2. Create the actual CSSearchableItem and associating the uniqueIdentifier, domainIdentifier
and the attributeSet. Finally index the CSSearchableItem using [[CSSearchableIndex
defaultSearchableIndex]...] as show below.
3. OK!Test the index!
Chapter 51: CoreImage Filters
Examples
Core Image Filter Example
Objective-C
Just log this see how to use a particular filter
NSArray *properties = [CIFilter filterNamesInCategory:kCICategoryBuiltIn];
for (NSString *filterName in properties)

{
CIFilter *fltr = [CIFilter filterWithName:filterName];
NSLog(@"%@", [fltr attributes]);
}
In case of CISepiaTone the system log is as follows
CIAttributeFilterDisplayName = "Sepia Tone";

CIAttributeFilterName = CISepiaTone;
CIAttributeReferenceDocumentation = "http://developer.apple.com/cgi-
bin/apple_ref.cgi?apple_ref=//apple_ref/doc/filter/ci/CISepiaTone";
inputImage = {
CIAttributeClass = CIImage;
CIAttributeDescription = "The image to use as an input image. For filters that also
use a background image, this is the foreground image.";
CIAttributeDisplayName = Image;
CIAttributeType = CIAttributeTypeImage;
};
inputIntensity = {
CIAttributeClass = NSNumber;
CIAttributeDefault = 1;
CIAttributeDescription = "The intensity of the sepia effect. A value of 1.0 creates a
monochrome sepia image. A value of 0.0 has no effect on the image.";
CIAttributeDisplayName = Intensity;
CIAttributeIdentity = 0;
CIAttributeMin = 0;
CIAttributeSliderMax = 1;
CIAttributeSliderMin = 0;
CIAttributeType = CIAttributeTypeScalar;
};
}
Using the above system log we set up the filter as below:
CIImage *beginImage = [CIImage imageWithCGImage:[myImageView.image CGImage]];

CIContext *context = [CIContext contextWithOptions:nil];
//select Filter Name and Intensity
CIFilter *filter = [CIFilter filterWithName:@"CISepiaTone" keysAndValues:
kCIInputImageKey, beginImage, @"inputIntensity", [NSNumber numberWithFloat:0.8], nil];
CIImage *outputImage = [filter outputImage];
CGImageRef cgimg = [context createCGImage:outputImage fromRect:[outputImage extent]];
UIImage *newImg = [UIImage imageWithCGImage:cgimg];
[myImageView1 setImage:newImg];
CGImageRelease(cgimg);
Image generated by the above code
An alternative way to set up a filter
UIImageView *imageView1=[[UIImageView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0,

self.view.frame.size.width, self.view.frame.size.height/2)];
UIImageView *imageView2=[[UIImageView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0,
self.view.frame.size.height/2, self.view.frame.size.width, self.view.frame.size.height/2)];
imageView1.image=[UIImage imageNamed:@"image.png"];
CIImage *beginImage = [CIImage imageWithCGImage:[imageView1.image CGImage]];

CIContext *context = [CIContext contextWithOptions:nil];
//select Filter Name and Intensity
CIFilter *filter = [CIFilter filterWithName:@"CIColorPosterize"];
[filter setValue:beginImage forKey:kCIInputImageKey];
[filter setValue:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:8.0] forKey:@"inputLevels"];
CIImage *outputImage = [filter outputImage];
CGImageRef cgimg = [context createCGImage:outputImage fromRect:[outputImage extent]];

UIImage *newImg = [UIImage imageWithCGImage:cgimg];
[imageView2 setImage:newImg];
CGImageRelease(cgimg);
[self.view addSubview:imageView1];
[self.view addSubview:imageView2];
Image generated from this code
All Available Filters are as below
/* CIAccordionFoldTransition,
CIAdditionCompositing,
CIAffineClamp,
CIAffineTile,
CIAffineTransform,
CIAreaAverage,
CIAreaHistogram,
CIAreaMaximum,
CIAreaMaximumAlpha,
CIAreaMinimum,
CIAreaMinimumAlpha,
CIAztecCodeGenerator,
CIBarsSwipeTransition,
CIBlendWithAlphaMask,
CIBlendWithMask,
CIBloom,
CIBoxBlur,
CIBumpDistortion,
CIBumpDistortionLinear,
CICheckerboardGenerator,
CICircleSplashDistortion,
CICircularScreen,
CICircularWrap,
CICMYKHalftone,
CICode128BarcodeGenerator,
CIColorBlendMode,
CIColorBurnBlendMode,
CIColorClamp,
CIColorControls,
CIColorCrossPolynomial,
CIColorCube,
CIColorCubeWithColorSpace,
CIColorDodgeBlendMode,
CIColorInvert,
CIColorMap,
CIColorMatrix,
CIColorMonochrome,
CIColorPolynomial,
CIColorPosterize,
CIColumnAverage,
CIComicEffect,
CIConstantColorGenerator,
CIConvolution3X3,
CIConvolution5X5,
CIConvolution7X7,
CIConvolution9Horizontal,
CIConvolution9Vertical,
CICopyMachineTransition,
CICrop,
CICrystallize,
CIDarkenBlendMode,
CIDepthOfField,
CIDifferenceBlendMode,
CIDiscBlur,
CIDisintegrateWithMaskTransition,
CIDisplacementDistortion,
CIDissolveTransition,
CIDivideBlendMode,
CIDotScreen,
CIDroste,
CIEdges,
CIEdgeWork,
CIEightfoldReflectedTile,
CIExclusionBlendMode,
CIExposureAdjust,
CIFalseColor,
CIFlashTransition,
CIFourfoldReflectedTile,
CIFourfoldRotatedTile,
CIFourfoldTranslatedTile,
CIGammaAdjust,
CIGaussianBlur,
CIGaussianGradient,
CIGlassDistortion,
CIGlassLozenge,
CIGlideReflectedTile,
CIGloom,
CIHardLightBlendMode,
CIHatchedScreen,
CIHeightFieldFromMask,
CIHexagonalPixellate,
CIHighlightShadowAdjust,
CIHistogramDisplayFilter,
CIHoleDistortion,
CIHueAdjust,
CIHueBlendMode,
CIKaleidoscope,
CILanczosScaleTransform,
CILenticularHaloGenerator,
CILightenBlendMode,
CILightTunnel,
CILinearBurnBlendMode,
CILinearDodgeBlendMode,
CILinearGradient,
CILinearToSRGBToneCurve,
CILineOverlay,
CILineScreen,
CILuminosityBlendMode,
CIMaskedVariableBlur,
CIMaskToAlpha,
CIMaximumComponent,
CIMaximumCompositing,
CIMedianFilter,
CIMinimumComponent,
CIMinimumCompositing,
CIModTransition,
CIMotionBlur,
CIMultiplyBlendMode,
CIMultiplyCompositing,
CINoiseReduction,
CIOpTile,
CIOverlayBlendMode,
CIPageCurlTransition,
CIPageCurlWithShadowTransition,
CIParallelogramTile,
CIPDF417BarcodeGenerator,
CIPerspectiveCorrection,
CIPerspectiveTile,
CIPerspectiveTransform,
CIPerspectiveTransformWithExtent,
CIPhotoEffectChrome,
CIPhotoEffectFade,
CIPhotoEffectInstant,
CIPhotoEffectMono,
CIPhotoEffectNoir,
CIPhotoEffectProcess,
CIPhotoEffectTonal,
CIPhotoEffectTransfer,
CIPinchDistortion,
CIPinLightBlendMode,
CIPixellate,
CIPointillize,
CIQRCodeGenerator,
CIRadialGradient,
CIRandomGenerator,
CIRippleTransition,
CIRowAverage,
CISaturationBlendMode,
CIScreenBlendMode,
CISepiaTone,
CIShadedMaterial,
CISharpenLuminance,
CISixfoldReflectedTile,
CISixfoldRotatedTile,
CISmoothLinearGradient,
CISoftLightBlendMode,
CISourceAtopCompositing,
CISourceInCompositing,
CISourceOutCompositing,
CISourceOverCompositing,
CISpotColor,
CISpotLight,
CISRGBToneCurveToLinear,
CIStarShineGenerator,
CIStraightenFilter,
CIStretchCrop,
CIStripesGenerator,
CISubtractBlendMode,
CISunbeamsGenerator,
CISwipeTransition,
CITemperatureAndTint,
CIToneCurve,
CITorusLensDistortion,
CITriangleKaleidoscope,
CITriangleTile,
CITwelvefoldReflectedTile,
CITwirlDistortion,
CIUnsharpMask,
CIVibrance,
CIVignette,
CIVignetteEffect,
CIVortexDistortion,
CIWhitePointAdjust,
CIZoomBlur*/
Read CoreImage Filters online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7278/coreimage-filters
Chapter 52: Create .ipa File to upload on
appstore with Applicationloader
Examples
create .ipa file to upload app to appstore with Application Loader
If you want to upload .ipa file to itunesconnect without integrating developer account in Xcode
and you want to use application loader. then you can generate .ipa with iTunes .
Step 1 :- Select device inplace of simulator.
Step 2 :- Go to Product -> select Archive
Step 3 :- After complited process right click to your Archive -> and select show in Finder
Step 4 :- when you click on show in finder you will redirect to Archive folder, looks like this
Step 5 :- Right click on .xarchive file -> select Show in finder option.
Step 6 :- Go to Product Folder -> Application Folder -> You will find yourprojectname.app
Step 7 :- Now to convert .app to .ipa just drag and drop into itunes . check below image ,
Step 8 :- Now put this .ipa file in safe place and use when upload with application loader .
Note :- if you want to know how to upload app with application loader then check this ,
Upload app with application Loader
EDIT :-
WARNING :- Don't make .ipa with changing extension from .aap to .zip and .zip to .ipa.
I have seen in many answer that , they have suggest compress .app file and then change the
extension from .zip to .ipa . It is not working now . By this method you will get Error like ,
IPA is invalid, it does not include a payload directory.
Read Create .ipa File to upload on appstore with Applicationloader online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6119/create--ipa-file-to-upload-on-appstore-with-
applicationloader
Chapter 53: Create a Custom framework in
iOS
Examples
Create Framework in Swift
follow these step to creating Custom Framework in Swift-IOS:
1. Create a new project. In Xcode

2. Choose iOS/Framework & Library/Cocoa Touch Framework to create a new framework
3. click next and set the productName
4. click next and choose directory to create Project there
5. add code and resources to created project
Framework created successfully
to add created framework to another project, first you should create a workspace
add "target project" and "framework project" to workspace, then :
1. go to the general tab of target project

2. drag the "*.framework" file in product folder of framework project to "Embedded Binaries"
section
3. to use in any ViewController or class just import framework at each file
Read Create a Custom framework in iOS online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7331/create-

a-custom-framework-in-ios
Chapter 54: Create a video from images
Introduction
Create a video from images using AVFoundation
Examples
Create Video from UIImages
First of all you need to create AVAssetWriter
NSError *error = nil;

NSURL *outputURL = <#NSURL object representing the URL where you want to save the video#>;
AVAssetWriter *assetWriter = [AVAssetWriter assetWriterWithURL:outputURL
fileType:AVFileTypeQuickTimeMovie error:&error];
if (!assetWriter) {
// handle error
}
AVAssetWriter needs at least one asset writer input.
NSDictionary *writerInputParams = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:

AVVideoCodecH264, AVVideoCodecKey,
[NSNumber numberWithInt:renderSize.width],
AVVideoWidthKey,
[NSNumber numberWithInt:renderSize.height],
AVVideoHeightKey,
AVVideoScalingModeResizeAspectFill,
AVVideoScalingModeKey,
nil];
AVAssetWriterInput *assetWriterInput = [AVAssetWriterInput

assetWriterInputWithMediaType:AVMediaTypeVideo outputSettings:writerInputParams];
if ([assetWriter canAddInput:assetWriterInput]) {
[assetWriter addInput:assetWriterInput];
} else {
// show error message
}
To append CVPixelBufferRef's to AVAssetWriterInput we need to create

AVAssetWriterInputPixelBufferAdaptor
NSDictionary *attributes = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:

[NSNumber numberWithUnsignedInt:kCVPixelFormatType_32ARGB],
(NSString*)kCVPixelBufferPixelFormatTypeKey,
[NSNumber numberWithBool:YES], (NSString
*)kCVPixelBufferCGImageCompatibilityKey,
*)kCVPixelBufferCGBitmapContextCompatibilityKey,
nil];
AVAssetWriterInputPixelBufferAdaptor *writerAdaptor = [AVAssetWriterInputPixelBufferAdaptor
assetWriterInputPixelBufferAdaptorWithAssetWriterInput:assetWriterInput
sourcePixelBufferAttributes:attributes];
Now we can start writing
[assetWriter startWriting];
[assetWriter startSessionAtSourceTime:kCMTimeZero];
[assetWriterInput requestMediaDataWhenReadyOnQueue:exportingQueue usingBlock:^{
for (int i = 0; i < images.count; ++i) {
while (![assetWriterInput isReadyForMoreMediaData]) {
[NSThread sleepForTimeInterval:0.01];
// can check for attempts not to create an infinite loop
}
UIImage *uIImage = images[i];
CVPixelBufferRef buffer = NULL;

CVReturn err = PixelBufferCreateFromImage(uIImage.CGImage, &buffer);
if (err) {
// handle error
}
// frame duration is duration of single image in seconds

CMTime presentationTime = CMTimeMakeWithSeconds(i * frameDuration, 1000000);
[writerAdaptor appendPixelBuffer:buffer withPresentationTime:presentationTime];
CVPixelBufferRelease(buffer);
}
[assetWriterInput markAsFinished];
[assetWriter finishWritingWithCompletionHandler:^{
if (assetWriter.error) {
// show error message
} else {
// outputURL
}
}];
}];
Here is a function to get CVPixelBufferRef from CGImageRef
CVReturn PixelBufferCreateFromImage(CGImageRef imageRef, CVPixelBufferRef *outBuffer) {

CIContext *context = [CIContext context];
CIImage *ciImage = [CIImage imageWithCGImage:imageRef];
NSDictionary *attributes = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:

*)kCVPixelBufferCGBitmapContextCompatibilityKey,
*)kCVPixelBufferCGImageCompatibilityKey
,nil];
CVReturn err = CVPixelBufferCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, CGImageGetWidth(imageRef),

CGImageGetHeight(imageRef), kCVPixelFormatType_32ARGB, (__bridge CFDictionaryRef
_Nullable)(attributes), outBuffer);
if (err) {
return err;
}
if (outBuffer) {
[context render:ciImage toCVPixelBuffer:*outBuffer];
}
return kCVReturnSuccess;
}
Read Create a video from images online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10607/create-a-

video-from-images
Chapter 55: Creating an App ID
Examples
Creating In-App Purchase Products
• When offering IAP within an an app, you must first add an entry for each individual purchase
within iTunes Connect. If you’ve ever listed an app for sale in the store, it’s a similar process
and includes things like choosing a pricing tier for the purchase. When the user makes a
purchase, the App Store handles the complex process of charging the user’s iTunes
account. There are a whole bunch of different types of IAP you can add:
○ Consumable: These can be bought more than once and can be used up. These are
things such as extra lives, in-game currency, temporary power-ups, and the like.
○ Non-Consumable: Something that you buy once, and expect to have permanently
such as extra levels and unlockable content.
○ Non-Renewing Subscription: Content that’s available for a fixed period of time.
○ Auto-Renewing Subscription: A repeating subscription such as a monthly
raywenderlich.com subscription.
You can only offer In-App Purchases for digital items, and not for physical goods or services. For
more information about all of this, check out Apple’s full documentation on Creating In-App
Purchase Products. Now, while viewing your app’s entry in iTunes Connect, click on the Features
tab and then select In-App Purchases. To add a new IAP product, click the + to the right of In-App
Purchases.
You will see the following dialog appear:
When a user purchases a rage comic in your app, you’ll want them to always have access to it, so
select Non-Consumable, and click Create. Next, fill out the details for the IAP as follows:
• Reference Name: A nickname identifying the IAP within iTunes Connect. This name does
not appear anywhere in the app. The title of the comic you’ll be unlocking with this purchase
is “Girlfriend of Drummer“, so enter that here.
• Product ID: This is a unique string identifying the IAP. Usually it’s best to start with the
Bundle ID and then append a unique name specific to this purchasable item. For this tutorial,
make sure you append “GirlfriendOfDrummerRage“, as this will be used later within the app
to look up the comic to unlock. So, for example:
com.theNameYouPickedEarlier.Rage.GirlFriendOfDrummerRage.
• Cleared for Sale: Enables or disables the sale of the IAP. You want to enable it!
• Price Tier: The cost of the IAP. Choose Tier 1.
Now scroll down to the Localizations section and note that there is a default entry for English
(U.S.). Enter “Girlfriend of Drummer” for both the Display Name and the Description. Click Save.
Great! You’ve created your first IAP product.
There’s one more step required before you can delve into some code. When testing in-app
purchases in a development build of an app, Apple provides a test environment which allows you
to ‘purchase’ your IAP products without creating financial transactions.
Creating a Sandbox User
In iTunes Connect, click iTunes Connect in the top left corner of the window to get back to the
main menu. Select Users and Roles, then click the Sandbox Testers tab. Click + next to the
“Tester” title.
Fill out the information and click Save when you’re done. You can make up a first and last name
for your test user, but the email address chosen must be a real email address as a verification will
be sent to the address by Apple. Once you receive that email, be sure to click the link in it to verify
your address. The email address you enter should also NOT already be associated with an Apple
ID account. Hint: if you have a gmail account, you can simply use an address alias instead of
having to create a brand new account
Read Creating an App ID online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10854/creating-an-app-id
Chapter 56: CTCallCenter
Examples
Intercepting calls from your app even from the background
From Apple documentation:
Use the CTCallCenter class to obtain a list of current cellular calls, and to respond to
state changes for calls such as from a dialing state to a connected state. Such state
changes are known as cellular call events.
The purpose of CTCallCenter is to give the developer the opportunity to pause his app state
during a call in order to give the user the best experience.
Objective-C:
First, we will define a new class member inside the class we want to handle the interceptions:
@property (atomic, strong) CTCallCenter *callCenter;
Inside our class init (constructor) we will allocate new memory for our class member:
[self setCallCenter:[CTCallCenter new]];
Afterwards, we will invoke our new method that actually handles the interceptions:
- (void)registerPhoneCallListener
{
[[self callCenter] setCallEventHandler:^(CTCall * _Nonnull call) {
NSLog(@"CallEventHandler called - interception in progress");
if ([call.callState isEqualToString: CTCallStateConnected])

{
NSLog(@"Connected");
}
else if ([call.callState isEqualToString: CTCallStateDialing])
{
NSLog(@"Dialing");
}
else if ([call.callState isEqualToString: CTCallStateDisconnected])
{
NSLog(@"Disconnected");
} else if ([call.callState isEqualToString: CTCallStateIncoming])

{
NSLog(@"Incomming");
}
}];
}
That's it, if the user will use your app and will receive a phone call you could intercept this call and
handle your app for a save state.
It is worth mentioning that there are 4 call states you can intercept:
CTCallStateDialing
CTCallStateIncoming
CTCallStateConnected
CTCallStateDisconnected
Swift:
Define your class member at the relevant class and define it:
self.callCenter = CTCallCenter()
self.callCenter.callEventHandler = { call in
// Handle your interception
if call.callState == CTCallStateConnected
{
}
}
What will happen if your app is in the background and you need to intercept calls while the app is
in the background ?
For example, if you develop an enterprise app you can basically just add 2 capabilities (VOIP &
Background fetch) in the Capabilities tab:
Your project target -> Capabilities -> Background Modes -> mark Voice over IP & Background
fetch
CallKit - ios 10
//Header File
<CallKit/CXCallObserver.h>
CXCallObserver *callObserver = [[CXCallObserver alloc] init];
// If queue is nil, then callbacks will be performed on main queue
[callObserver setDelegate:self queue:nil];
// Don't forget to store reference to callObserver, to prevent it from being released
self.callObserver = callObserver;
// get call status

- (void)callObserver:(CXCallObserver *)callObserver callChanged:(CXCall *)call {
if (call.hasConnected) {
// perform necessary actions
}
}
Read CTCallCenter online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3007/ctcallcenter
Chapter 57: Custom fonts
Examples
Applying custom fonts to controls within a Storyboard
The following example shows how to apply custom fonts to a Navigation Bar and includes fixes for
some quirky behaviors found in Xcode. One also may apply the custom fonts to any other
UIControls such as UILabels, UIButtons, and more by using the attributes inspector after the
custom font is added to the project. Please note the external links to working samples and videos
near the bottom.
1. Select Your Navigation Bar within your Navigation Controller
2. Change the Title Font in the Attributes Inspector
(You will likely need to toggle the Bar Tint for the Navigation Bar before Xcode picks up the new
font)
Notes (Caveats)
Verified that this does work on Xcode 7.1.1+. (See the Samples below)
1. You do need to toggle the nav bar tint before the font takes effect (seems like a bug in
Xcode; you can switch it back to default and font will stick)
2. If you choose a system font ~ Be sure to make sure the size is not 0.0 (Otherwise the new
font will be ignored)
3. Seems like this works with no problem when only one NavBar is in the view hierarchy. It
appears that secondary NavBars in the same stack are ignored. (Note that if you show the
master navigation controller's navBar all the other custom navBar settings are ignored).
Gotchas (deux)
Some of these are repeated which means they are very likely worth noting.
1. Sometimes the storyboard xml gets corrupt. This requires you to review the structure in
Storyboard as Source Code mode (right click the storyboard file > Open As ...)
2. In some cases the navigationItem tag associated with user defined runtime attribute was set
as an xml child of the view tag instead of the view controller tag. If so remove it from
between the tags for proper operation.
3. Toggle the NavBar Tint to ensure the custom font is used.
4. Verify the size parameter of the font unless using a dynamic font style
5. View hierarchy will override the settings. It appears that one font per stack is possible.
Result
Samples
• Video Showing Multiple Fonts In Advanced Project
• Simple Source Download
• Advanced Project Download ~ Shows Multiple NavBar Fonts & Custom Font Workaround
• Video Showing Multiple Fonts & Custom Fonts
Handling Custom Fonts

Note ~ A nice checklist can be found from the Code With Chris website and you can see the
sample download project.
If you have your own font and want to use that in your storyboard, then there is a decent set of
answers on the following SO Question. One answer identifies these steps.
1. Get you custom font file(.ttf,.ttc)
2. Import the font files to your Xcode project
3. In the app-info.plist,add a key named Fonts provided by application.It's an array type , add
all your font file names to the array,note:including the file extension.
4. In the storyboard , on the NavigationBar go to the Attribute Inspector,click the right icon
button of the Font select area.In the popup panel , choose Font to Custom, and choose the
Family of you embeded font name.
Custom Font Workaround

So Xcode naturally looks like it can handle custom fonts on UINavigationItem but that feature is
just not updating properly (The font selected is ignored).
To workaround this:
One way is to fix using the storyboard and adding a line of code: First add a UIView
(UIButton, UILabel, or some other UIView subclass) to the View Controller (Not the
Navigation Item...Xcode is not currently allowing one to do that). After you add the
control you can modify the font in the storyboard and add a reference as an outlet to
your View Controller. Just assign that view to the UINavigationItem.titleView. You could
also set the text name in code if necessary. Reported Bug (23600285).
@IBOutlet var customFontTitleView: UIButton!
//Sometime later...
self.navigationItem.titleView = customFontTitleView
Note - This example is derived from an answer I posted on SO (here).
Custom Fonts with Storyboard
Custom Fonts for UI components from storyboard can be easily achieved with User Defined
Runtime Attributes in storyboard and Categories.
The advantages are like,
• No need to define outlets for the ui element

• No need to set font for elements programatically.
Steps to follow
1. Font File: Add the Font file (.ttf) to the application bundle and add the entry for
the font in Info.plist under Font provided by application as in this
documentation of custom fonts.
2. Define Categories: Add a file like UIKit+IBExtensions and add the categories
for UI elements like UILabel, UIButton etc. for which you want to set custom font.
All the categories will be having a custom property say fontName. This will be
using from the storyboard later for setting custom font (as in step 4).
UIKit+IBExtensions.h
#import <UIKit/UIKit.h>
//Category extension for UILabel

@interface UILabel (IBExtensions)
@property (nonatomic, copy) NSString *fontName;

@end
// Category extension for UITextField

@interface UITextField (IBExtensions)

@end
// Category extension for UIButton

@interface UIButton (IBExtensions)

@end
3. Getters and Setters: Define getters and setters for the fontName property
towards each category added.
UIKit+IBExtensions.m
#import "UIKit+IBExtensions.h"
@implementation UILabel (IBExtensions)
- (NSString *)fontName {
return self.font.fontName;
}
- (void)setFontName:(NSString *)fontName {
self.font = [UIFont fontWithName:fontName size:self.font.pointSize];
}
@end
@implementation UITextField (IBExtensions)
return self.font.fontName;
}
- (void)setFontName:(NSString *)fontName {
self.font = [UIFont fontWithName:fontName size:self.font.pointSize];
}
@end
@implementation UIButton (IBExtensions)
return self.titleLabel.font.fontName;
}
- (void)setFontName:(NSString *)fontName{
self.titleLabel.font = [UIFont fontWithName:fontName size:self.titleLabel.font.pointSize];
}
@end
4. Setting font in storyboard: Add an entry in User Defined Runtime Attributes

with fontName as keyPath and your Custom Font's Name as value with type as
String as shown.
This will set your custom font while running the app.
Notes:
• Lato-Regular is the custom font I have used.
• Same name in the .ttf file added in bundle should be used without extension in storyboard.
• Font size will be same as it is defined in the UI element's attribute inspector.
Embedding custom fonts
Custom Font Support

Applications that want to use custom fonts can now include those fonts in their
application bundle and register those fonts with the system by including the
UIAppFonts key in their Info.plist file. The value of this key is an array of strings
identifying the font files in the application’s bundle. When the system sees the key, it
loads the specified fonts and makes them available to the application.
Once the fonts have been set in the Info.plist, you can use your custom fonts as any other font in
IB or programatically.
1. Drag and drop your font to Xcode Supporting Files folder. Don't forget to mark your app at
"Add to targets" section. From this moment you can use this font in IB and choose it from
font pallet.
2. To make this font available on the device, open Info.plist and add Fonts provided by
application key (UIAppFonts). Add font name as the value to the Item 0 key. Note: Font
name can vary from your font file name.
3. Get the custom added font name using below snippet
[Swift 3]
for family in UIFont.familyNames {

print("\(family)")
for name in UIFont.fontNames(forFamilyName: family) {

print(" \(name)")
}
}
[Objective - C]
for (NSString *familyName in [UIFont familyNames]){

NSLog(@"Family name: %@", familyName);
for (NSString *fontName in [UIFont fontNamesForFamilyName:familyName]) {
NSLog(@"--Font name: %@", fontName);
}
}
Read Custom fonts online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1504/custom-fonts
Chapter 58: Custom Keyboard
Examples
Custom KeyBoard Example
Objective-C and Xib
Add a target to an existing XCode project
In the Add Target select Custom KeyBoard
Add the target like this:
Your project file directory should look something like this
Here myKeyBoard is the name of the added Target
Add new Cocoatouch file of type of type UIView and add an interface file
Finally your project directory should look like this
make the keyBoardView.xib a subclass of keyBoardView
Make interface in the keyBoardView.xib file
Make connections to from the keyBoardView.xib to keyBoardView.h file
keyBoardView.h should look like
@interface keyBoardView : UIView
@property (weak, nonatomic) IBOutlet UIButton *deleteKey;

//IBOutlet for the delete Key
@property (weak, nonatomic) IBOutlet UIButton *globe;
//Outlet for the key with title globe which changes the keyboard type
@property (strong, nonatomic) IBOutletCollection(UIButton) NSArray *keys;
//Contains a colloection of all the keys '0 to 9' '+' '-' and '.'
@end
In the keyBoardViewController.h file import #import "keyBoardView.h"
Declare a property for keyboard @property (strong, nonatomic)keyBoardView *keyboard;
Comment out the
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIButton *nextKeyboardButton and all the code associated with it
The KeyboardViewController.m file's viewDidLoad() function should look like this
- (void)viewDidLoad {
self.keyboard=[[[NSBundle mainBundle]loadNibNamed:@"keyBoardView" owner:nil
options:nil]objectAtIndex:0];
self.inputView=self.keyboard;
[self addGestureToKeyboard];
// Perform custom UI setup here

// self.nextKeyboardButton = [UIButton buttonWithType:UIButtonTypeSystem];
//
// [self.nextKeyboardButton setTitle:NSLocalizedString(@"Next Keyboard", @"Title for 'Next
Keyboard' button") forState:UIControlStateNormal];
// [self.nextKeyboardButton sizeToFit];
// self.nextKeyboardButton.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
//
// [self.nextKeyboardButton addTarget:self action:@selector(advanceToNextInputMode)
forControlEvents:UIControlEventTouchUpInside];
//
// [self.view addSubview:self.nextKeyboardButton];
//
// [self.nextKeyboardButton.leftAnchor constraintEqualToAnchor:self.view.leftAnchor].active
= YES;
// [self.nextKeyboardButton.bottomAnchor
constraintEqualToAnchor:self.view.bottomAnchor].active = YES;
}
The functions addGestureToKeyboard, pressDeleteKey, keyPressed are defined below
-(void) addGestureToKeyboard
{
[self.keyboard.deleteKey addTarget:self action:@selector(pressDeleteKey)
[self.keyboard.globe addTarget:self action:@selector(advanceToNextInputMode)
for (UIButton *key in self.keyboard.keys)

{
[key addTarget:self action:@selector(keyPressed:)
}
}
-(void) pressDeleteKey
{
[self.textDocumentProxy deleteBackward];
}
-(void)keyPressed:(UIButton *)key
{
[self.textDocumentProxy insertText:[key currentTitle]];
}
Run the Main Application and go to Settings->General->Keyboard->Add New Keyboard-> and add
keyboard from the third party keyboard section (The displayed keyboardName would be
keyBoardCustom)
The keyboard name can be changed by adding a key called Bundle display name and in the Value
String Value enter the desired name for the keyboard of the main Project.
You can also watch this Youtube Video
Read Custom Keyboard online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7358/custom-keyboard
Chapter 59: Custom methods of selection of
UITableViewCells
Introduction
Advance ways to manage selections of UITableViewCell. Examples when simple didSelect...
form UITableViewDelegate is not enough to achieve something.
Examples
Distinction between single and double selection on row.
An example of implementation which give a possibility to detect if user single or double tap on
UITableViewCell.

viewDidLoad()
let doubleTapGestureRecognizer = UITapGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:

#selector(handleDoubleTap(sender:)))
doubleTapGestureRecognizer.numberOfTapsRequired = 2
tableView.addGestureRecognizer(doubleTapGestureRecognizer)
let tapGestureRecognizer = UITapGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:

#selector(handleTapGesture(sender:)))
tapGestureRecognizer.numberOfTapsRequired = 1
tapGestureRecognizer.require(toFail: doubleTapGestureRecognizer)
tableView.addGestureRecognizer(tapGestureRecognizer)
}
func handleTapGesture(sender: UITapGestureRecognizer) {

let touchPoint = sender.location(in: tableView)
if let indexPath = tableView.indexPathForRow(at: touchPoint) {
print(indexPath)
}
}
func handleDoubleTap(sender: UITapGestureRecognizer) {

print(indexPath)
}
}
Read Custom methods of selection of UITableViewCells online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9961/custom-methods-of-selection-of-uitableviewcells
Chapter 60: Custom methods of selection of
UITableViewCells
Examples
Distinction between single and double selection on row.
An example of implementation UITableView which allows to detect if cell has been tapped single
or double time.

viewDidLoad()
let doubleTapGestureRecognizer = UITapGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:

#selector(handleDoubleTap(sender:)))
doubleTapGestureRecognizer.numberOfTapsRequired = 2
tableView.addGestureRecognizer(doubleTapGestureRecognizer)
let tapGestureRecognizer = UITapGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:

#selector(handleTapGesture(sender:)))
tapGestureRecognizer.numberOfTapsRequired = 1
tapGestureRecognizer.require(toFail: doubleTapGestureRecognizer)
tableView.addGestureRecognizer(tapGestureRecognizer)
}
func handleTapGesture(sender: UITapGestureRecognizer) {

print(indexPath)
}
}
func handleDoubleTap(sender: UITapGestureRecognizer) {

print(indexPath)
}
}
Read Custom methods of selection of UITableViewCells online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9962/custom-methods-of-selection-of-uitableviewcells
Chapter 61: Custom UITextField
Introduction
Using custom UITextField, we can manipulate the behavior of text field!
Examples
Custom UITextField for Filtering Input Text
Here is an example of custom UITextField that takes only numerical text and discards all other.
NOTE: For iPhone it is easy to do this using Number type keyboard, but for iPad there is no
keyboard with Numbers only
class NumberTextField: UITextField {
required init(coder aDecoder: NSCoder) {

registerForTextFieldNotifications()
}

}
override func awakeFromNib() {

super.awakeFromNib()
keyboardType = .numberPad//useful for iPhone only
}
private func registerForTextFieldNotifications() {

NotificationCenter.default.addObserver(self, selector:
#selector(NumberTextField.textDidChange), name: NSNotification.Name(rawValue:
"UITextFieldTextDidChangeNotification"), object: self)
}
deinit {
NotificationCenter.default.removeObserver(self)
}
func textDidChange() {
text = filteredText()
}
private func filteredText() -> String {
let inverseSet = CharacterSet(charactersIn:"0123456789").inverted
let components = text!.components(separatedBy: inverseSet)
return components.joined(separator: "")
}
}
So, wherever we want text field which would take only numbers as input text, then we can use this
custom UITextField
Custom UITextField to Disallow All Actions like Copy, Paste, etc
If we want to disable all the actions like Copy, Paste, Replace, Select, etc from UITextField then
we can use following custom text field:
class CustomTextField: UITextField {
var enableLongPressActions = false
required init(coder aDecoder: NSCoder) {

super.init(coder: aDecoder)!
}

}
override func canPerformAction(_ action: Selector, withSender sender: Any?) -> Bool {
return enableLongPressActions
}
}
Using enableLongPressActions property, we can enable all actions any time later, if needed.
Read Custom UITextField online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9997/custom-uitextfield
Chapter 62: Custom UIViews from XIB files
Remarks
From Apple: Creating a Custom View That Renders in Interface Builder
• Note: Keep in mind that if you'd use fancy 'custom' fonts in your XIB elements (such UILabel,
UITextField etc) then the initial loading time of your XIB will be longer depending on the font
chosen and system version.
Examples
How to make custom reusable UIView using XIB
Following example shows steps involved in initializing a view from XIB.
This is not a complex operation but exact steps need to be followed in order to do it right way first
time, avoiding exceptions.
How does loadNibNamed Works
Main steps are:
1. Create XIB
2. Create class .h and .m
3. Define outlets in .h
4. Connect outlets between .h and XIB
See attached screenshot:
5. Invoke loadNibNamed inside initWithCoder function of .m file. This is needed to ensure you
can directly place UIView object into storyboard / Parent UIView XIB file and define it as your
custom view. No other initialization code is needed once you load the storyboard / parent
XIB. Your custom view can be added to other views just like other built-in Objective C view
objects given in XCode.
Wiring elements
Create a XIB file
Xcode Menu Bar > File > New > File.

Select iOS, User Interface and then "View":
Give your XIB a name (yes, we are doing a Pokemon example ).
Remember to check your target and hit "Create".
Design your view
To make things easier, set:
• Size: Freeform
• Status Bar: None
• Top Bar: None
• Bottom Bar: None
For this example we'll be using width 321 and height 256.
Here we'll be adding an Image View (256x256) and a Switch.
Xcode Menu Bar > File > New > File.
Select iOS / Source / Cocoa Touch Class. Hit "Next".
Give the class a name, which must be the same name as the XIB file (Pokemon).
Select UIView as the subclass type, then hit "Next".
On the next window, select your target and hit "Create".
Connect Pokemon.xib to Pokemon.swift via "File’s Owner" attribute
Click on the Pokemon.xib file in Xcode.

Click on the "File's Owner" outlet.
On the "Identity inspector" (top-right), set the Class to our recently created Pokemon.swift file.
POKEMONS!!!
Yes! Drag and drop some Pokemons into your project to finish up our "infrastructure".
Here we are adding two PGN files, 256x256, transparent.
Show me code already.
All right, all right.

Time to add some code to our Pokemon.swift class.
It's actually pretty simple:
1. Implement required initializers

2. Load the XIB file
3. Configure the view that will display the XIB file
4. Show the above view
Add the following code to the Pokemon.swift class:
import UIKit
class Pokemon: UIView {
// MARK: - Initializers
setupView()
}

setupView()
}
// MARK: - Private Helper Methods
// Performs the initial setup.

private func setupView() {
let view = viewFromNibForClass()
view.frame = bounds
// Auto-layout stuff.
view.autoresizingMask = [
UIViewAutoresizing.flexibleWidth,
UIViewAutoresizing.flexibleHeight
]
// Show the view.

addSubview(view)
}
// Loads a XIB file into a view and returns this view.

private func viewFromNibForClass() -> UIView {
let bundle = Bundle(for: type(of: self))

let nib = UINib(nibName: String(describing: type(of: self)), bundle: bundle)
let view = nib.instantiate(withOwner: self, options: nil).first as! UIView
/* Usage for swift < 3.x

let bundle = NSBundle(forClass: self.dynamicType)
let nib = UINib(nibName: String(self.dynamicType), bundle: bundle)
let view = nib.instantiateWithOwner(self, options: nil)[0] as! UIView
*/
return view
}
}
@IBDesignable and @IBInspectable
By adding @IBDesignable to your class, you make possible for it to live-render in Interface Builder.
By adding @IBInspectable to the properties of your class, you can see your custom views changing
in Interface Builder as soon as you modify those properties.
Let's make the Image View of our custom view "Inspectable".
First, hook up the Image View from the Pokemon.xib file to the Pokemon.swift class.
before the class name):
@IBDesignable class Pokemon: UIView {
// MARK: - Properties
@IBOutlet weak var imageView: UIImageView!
@IBInspectable var image: UIImage? {

get {
return imageView.image
}
set(image) {
imageView.image = image
}
}
...
Using your Custom Views
Got to your Main storyboard file, drag a UIView into it.

Resize the view to, say 200x200. Centralize.
Go to the Identity inspector (top-right) and set the Class to Pokemon.
Give it a different size, say 150x150.
Choose another Pokemon image, observe:
The button will allow Pokemons to be enabled/disabled.
Create an IBAction from the Switch button to the Pokemon.swift class.

Call the action something like switchTapped.
Add the following code to it:
// MARK: - Actions
@IBAction func switchTapped(sender: UISwitch) {

imageView.alpha = sender.on ? 1.0 : 0.2
}
...
Final result:
Now you can create complex custom views and reuse them anywhere you want.
This will increase productivity while isolating code into self-contained UI elements.
The final project can be cloned in Github.

(Updated to Swift 3.1)
Read Custom UIViews from XIB files online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1362/custom-

uiviews-from-xib-files
Chapter 63: Cut a UIImage into a circle
Examples
Cut a image into a circle - Objective C
import #include <math.h>
The code in the viewDidLoad or loadView should look something look something like this
- (void)loadView
{
[super loadView];
UIImageView *imageView=[[UIImageView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 50, 320, 320)];
[self.view addSubview:imageView];
UIImage *image=[UIImage imageNamed:@"Dubai-Photos-Images-Travel-Tourist-Images-Pictures-
800x600.jpg"];
imageView.image=[self circularScaleAndCropImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"Dubai-Photos-Images-
Travel-Tourist-Images-Pictures-800x600.jpg"] frame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 320, 320)];
}
Finally the function which does the heavy lifting circularScaleAndCropImage is as defined below
- (UIImage*)circularScaleAndCropImage:(UIImage*)image frame:(CGRect)frame {
// This function returns a newImage, based on image, that has been:
// - scaled to fit in (CGRect) rect
// - and cropped within a circle of radius: rectWidth/2
//Create the bitmap graphics context

UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(CGSizeMake(frame.size.width, frame.size.height),
NO, 0.0);
//Get the width and heights

CGFloat imageWidth = image.size.width;
CGFloat imageHeight = image.size.height;
CGFloat rectWidth = frame.size.width;
CGFloat rectHeight = frame.size.height;
//Calculate the scale factor

CGFloat scaleFactorX = rectWidth/imageWidth;
CGFloat scaleFactorY = rectHeight/imageHeight;
//Calculate the centre of the circle

CGFloat imageCentreX = rectWidth/2;
CGFloat imageCentreY = rectHeight/2;
// Create and CLIP to a CIRCULAR Path

// (This could be replaced with any closed path if you want a different shaped clip)
CGFloat radius = rectWidth/2;
CGContextBeginPath (context);
CGContextAddArc (context, imageCentreX, imageCentreY, radius, 0, 2*M_PI, 0);
CGContextClosePath (context);
CGContextClip (context);
//Set the SCALE factor for the graphics context
//All future draw calls will be scaled by this factor
CGContextScaleCTM (context, scaleFactorX, scaleFactorY);
// Draw the IMAGE

CGRect myRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, imageWidth, imageHeight);
[image drawInRect:myRect];
UIImage *newImage = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext();

return newImage;
}
SWIFT 3 Example

super.viewDidLoad()
// Do any additional setup after loading the view, typically from a nib.
let imageView = UIImageView(frame: CGRect(x: CGFloat(0), y: CGFloat(50), width:
CGFloat(320), height: CGFloat(320)))
view.addSubview(imageView)
let image = UIImage(named: "Dubai-Photos-Images-Travel-Tourist-Images-Pictures-
800x600.jpg")
imageView.image = circularScaleAndCropImage(UIImage(named: "Dubai-Photos-Images-
Travel-Tourist-Images-Pictures-800x600.jpg")!, frame: CGRect(x: CGFloat(0), y: CGFloat(0),
width: CGFloat(100), height: CGFloat(100)))
}
Finally the function which does the heavy lifting circularScaleAndCropImage is as defined below
func circularScaleAndCropImage(_ image: UIImage, frame: CGRect) -> UIImage{

// This function returns a newImage, based on image, that has been:
// - scaled to fit in (CGRect) rect
// - and cropped within a circle of radius: rectWidth/2
//Create the bitmap graphics context
UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(CGSize(width: CGFloat(frame.size.width),
height: CGFloat(frame.size.height)), false, 0.0)
let context: CGContext? = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext()
//Get the width and heights
let imageWidth: CGFloat = image.size.width
let imageHeight: CGFloat = image.size.height
let rectWidth: CGFloat = frame.size.width
let rectHeight: CGFloat = frame.size.height
//Calculate the scale factor
let scaleFactorX: CGFloat = rectWidth / imageWidth
let scaleFactorY: CGFloat = rectHeight / imageHeight
//Calculate the centre of the circle
let imageCentreX: CGFloat = rectWidth / 2
let imageCentreY: CGFloat = rectHeight / 2
// Create and CLIP to a CIRCULAR Path
// (This could be replaced with any closed path if you want a different shaped clip)
let radius: CGFloat = rectWidth / 2
context?.beginPath()
context?.addArc(center: CGPoint(x: imageCentreX, y: imageCentreY), radius: radius,
startAngle: CGFloat(0), endAngle: CGFloat(2 * Float.pi), clockwise: false)
context?.closePath()
context?.clip()
//Set the SCALE factor for the graphics context
//All future draw calls will be scaled by this factor
context?.scaleBy(x: scaleFactorX, y: scaleFactorY)
// Draw the IMAGE
let myRect = CGRect(x: CGFloat(0), y: CGFloat(0), width: imageWidth, height:
imageHeight)
image.draw(in: myRect)
let newImage: UIImage? = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext()
return newImage!
}
Read Cut a UIImage into a circle online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7222/cut-a-uiimage-

into-a-circle
Chapter 64: CydiaSubstrate tweak
Introduction
Learn how to create cydia substrate tweaks for jailbroken iPhones.
Those tweaks will enable you to modify the operating system's behavior to act the way you would
like it to.
Remarks
Installing Theos
https://github.com/theos/theos/wiki/Installation
Examples
Create new tweak using Theos
Use nic to create a new project

Enter this command in your terminal
$THEOS/bin/nic.pl
NIC 2.0 - New Instance Creator

------------------------------
[1.] iphone/activator_event
[2.] iphone/application_modern
[3.] iphone/cydget
[4.] iphone/flipswitch_switch
[5.] iphone/framework
[6.] iphone/ios7_notification_center_widget
[7.] iphone/library
[8.] iphone/notification_center_widget
[9.] iphone/preference_bundle_modern
[10.] iphone/tool
[11.] iphone/tweak
[12.] iphone/xpc_service
Choose a Template (required):
Choose template [11.] iphone/tweak
Fill in the details and you will get the following files created:
-rw-r--r--@ 1 gkpln3 staff 214B Jun 12 15:09 Makefile
-rw-r--r--@ 1 gkpln3 staff 89B Jun 11 22:58 TorchonFocus.plist
-rw-r--r-- 1 gkpln3 staff 2.7K Jun 12 16:10 Tweak.xm
-rw-r--r-- 1 gkpln3 staff 224B Jun 11 16:17 control
drwxr-xr-x 3 gkpln3 staff 102B Jun 11 16:18 obj
drwxr-xr-x 16 gkpln3 staff 544B Jun 12 16:12 packages
Override iOS screenshots saving method

open the Tweak.xm file using your favorite code editor.
hook to a certain method from the operating system.
%hook SBScreenShotter
- (void)saveScreenshot:(BOOL)screenshot
{
%orig;
NSLog(@"saveScreenshot: is called");
}
%end
Note you can choose wether or not the original function should be called, for example:
%hook SBScreenShotter
- (void)saveScreenshot:(BOOL)screenshot
{
NSLog(@"saveScreenshot: is called");
}
%end
will override the function without calling the original one, thus casing screenshots not being saved.
Read CydiaSubstrate tweak online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10533/cydiasubstrate-

tweak
Chapter 65: Debugging Crashes
Examples
Finding information about a crash
When your app crashes, Xcode will enter the debugger and show you more information about the
crash:
, you will get a textual representation of the stack trace that you can copy and paste:
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x3aaec5, 0x00007fff91055f06 libsystem_kernel.dylib`__pthread_kill + 10,
queue = 'com.apple.main-thread', stop reason = signal SIGABRT
frame #0: 0x00007fff91055f06 libsystem_kernel.dylib`__pthread_kill + 10
frame #1: 0x000000010008142d libsystem_pthread.dylib`pthread_kill + 90
frame #2: 0x00007fff96dc76e7 libsystem_c.dylibàbort + 129
frame #3: 0x00007fff8973bf81 libc++abi.dylibàbort_message + 257
frame #4: 0x00007fff89761a47 libc++abi.dylib`default_terminate_handler() + 267
frame #5: 0x00007fff94f636ae libobjc.A.dylib`_objc_terminate() + 103
frame #6: 0x00007fff8975f19e libc++abi.dylib`std::__terminate(void (*)()) + 8
frame #7: 0x00007fff8975ec12 libc++abi.dylib`__cxa_throw + 121
frame #8: 0x00007fff94f6108c libobjc.A.dylibòbjc_exception_throw + 318
frame #9: 0x00007fff8d067372 CoreFoundation`-[__NSPlaceholderArray initWithObjects:count:]
+ 290
frame #10: 0x00007fff8d0eaa1f CoreFoundation`+[NSArray arrayWithObject:] + 47
* frame #11: 0x0000000100001b54 test`main(argc=1, argv=0x00007fff5fbff808) + 68 at main.m:15
frame #12: 0x00007fff8bea05ad libdyld.dylib`start + 1
frame #13: 0x00007fff8bea05ad libdyld.dylib`start + 1
Debugging SIGABRT and EXC_BAD_INSTRUCTION crashes
A SIGABRT or an EXC_BAD_INSTRUCTION usually means the app crashed itself intentionally

because some check failed. These should log a message to the debugger console with more
information; check there for more information.
Many SIGABRTs are caused by uncaught Objective-C exceptions. There are a lot of reasons
exceptions can be thrown, and they will always log a lot of helpful information to the console.
• NSInvalidArgumentException,
which means the app passed an invalid argument to a method
• NSRangeException, which means the app tried to access an out-of-bounds index of an object
such as an NSArray or an NSString
• NSInternalInconsistencyException means an object discovered it was in an unexpected state.
• NSUnknownKeyException usually means you have a bad connection in an XIB. Try some of the
answers to this question.
Debugging EXC_BAD_ACCESS
EXC_BAD_ACCESS means the process tried to access memory in an invalid way, like dereferencing a
NULL pointer or writing to read-only memory. This is the hardest kind of crash to debug, because it
usually does not have an error message, and some crashes can be very difficult to reproduce
and/or occur in code completely unrelated to the problem. This error is very rare in Swift, but if it
occurs, you can often get easier-to-debug crashes by reducing compiler optimizations.
Most EXC_BAD_ACCESS errors are caused by trying to dereference a NULL pointer. If this is the case,
the address listed in the red arrow will usually be a hexadecimal number that is lower than a
normal memory address, often 0x0. Set breakpoints in the debugger or add occasional printf/NSLog
statements to find out why that pointer is NULL.
An EXC_BAD_ACCESS that occurs less reliably or makes no sense at all could be the result of a
memory management problem. Common problems that can cause this are:
• Using memory that has been deallocated

• Trying to write past the end of a C array or other kind of buffer
• Using a pointer which has not been initialized
In the Diagnostics section of the Scheme Editor, Xcode includes a few useful tools to help debug
memory problems:
Chapter 66: Deep Linking in iOS
Remarks
Useful Apple documentation with examples and clarification.
Examples
Opening an app based on its URL scheme
To open an app with defined URL scheme todolist://:
Objective-C
NSURL *myURL = [NSURL URLWithString:@"todolist://there/is/something/to/do"];

[[UIApplication sharedApplication] openURL:myURL];
Swift
let stringURL = "todolist://there/is/something/to/do"

if let url = NSURL(string: stringURL) {
UIApplication.shared().openURL(url)
}
HTML
<a href="todolist://there/is/something/to/do">New SMS Message</a>
Note: It's useful to check if link can be opened to otherwise display an appropriate
message to the user. This can be done using canOpenURL: method.
Adding a URL scheme to your own app
Let's say you're working on an app called MyTasks, and you want to allow inbound URLs to create a
new task with a title and a body. The URL you're designing might look something like this:
mytasks://create?title=hello&body=world
(Of course, the text and body parameters are used to populate our task that we're creating!)
Here are the Big Steps to adding this URL scheme to your project:
1. Register a URL scheme in your app's Info.plist file, so the system knows when to route a
URL to your app.
2. Add a function to your UIApplicationDelegate that accepts and handles incoming URLs.
3. Perform whatever task needs to occur when that URL is opened.
Step One: Register a URL scheme in
Info.plist:
First, we need to add a "URL Types" entry to our Info.plist file. Click the (+) button here:
...then enter a unique identifier for your app, as well as the URL scheme you want to use. Be
specific! You don't want the URL scheme to conflict with another app's implementation. Better to
be too-long here than too-short!
Step Two: Handle the URL in the

UIApplicationDelegate
We need to implement application:openURL:options: on our UIApplicationDelegate. We'll inspect the
incoming URL and see if there's an action we can take!
One implementation would be this:
func application(app: UIApplication, openURL url: NSURL, options: [String : AnyObject]) ->
Bool {
if url.scheme == "mytasks" && url.host == "create" {
let title = // get the title out of the URL's query using a method of your choice
let body = // get the title out of the URL's query using a method of your choice
self.rootViewController.createTaskWithTitle(title, body: body)
return true
}
return false
}
Step Three: Perform a task depending on the

URL.
When a user opens your app via a URL, they probably expected something to happen. Maybe
that's navigating to a piece of content, maybe that's creating a new item - in this example, we're
going to create a new task in the app!
In the above code, we can see a call to self.rootViewController.createTaskWithTitle(:body:) - so

assuming that your AppDelegate has a pointer to its root view controller which implements the
function properly, you're all set!
Setting up deeplink for your app
Setting up deep-linking for your app is easy.You just need a small url using which you want to
open your app.
Follow the steps to set up deep-linking for your app.
1. Lets create a project and name it DeepLinkPOC.
2. Now select your project target.
3. After selecting target,select the 'info' tab.
4. Scroll down to the bottom until you see an option of URL Types
5. Click '+' option.
6. You will see URL schemes add a string using which you want to open your app.Lets add "
DeepLinking" in URL schemes.
So, to open your app you can launch it by typing "DeepLinking://" into your safari. Your deep-
linking string has following format.
[scheme]://[host]/[path] --> DeepLinking://path/Page1
where, Scheme : "DeepLinking" Host : "path" path : "Page1"
Note : Even if don't add host and path it will launch the app,so no worries.But you can add host
and path to additionally redirect to particular page after application launch.
7. Now add following method to your appdelegate.
Swift:
func application(application: UIApplication, openURL url: NSURL, sourceApplication: String?,

annotation: AnyObject) -> Bool
Objective-c:
-(BOOL)application:(UIApplication *)application
openURL:(NSURL *)url
sourceApplication:(NSString *)sourceApplication
annotation:(id)annotation
The above method is called whenever your app is launched using a deep-linking string you set for
your app.
8. Now is the time to install your app but wait before you directly jump to run button.Lets do a
small change in scheme's app-launch method.
• Select and edit your scheme as
• change its launch type and close
9. Now click the Run button (if you want you can add breakpoint to your
didFinishLaunchingWithOptions and openURL methods to observe values)
10. You'll see a message "Waiting for DeepLinkPOC(or your app name) to launch".
11. Open safari and type in "DeepLinking://" into the search bar this will show prompt "open this
page in DeepLinkPOC" click open to launch your app.
Hope you got to know how to set up deep-linking for your app :)
Read Deep Linking in iOS online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5173/deep-linking-in-ios
Chapter 67: DispatchGroup
Introduction
Related topics:
Grand Central Dispatch
Concurrency
Examples
Introduction
Suppose you have multiple threads running. Each thread is doing one task. You want to get
notified either on the mainThread OR another thread, when all the task-threads are completed.
The simplest solution to such a problem is a DispatchGroup.
When using a DispatchGroup, for each request, you enter the group and for each completed
request, you leave the group.
When there are no longer requests in the group, you will be notify (notified).
Usage:
import UIKit

super.viewDidLoad()
let dispatchGroup = DispatchGroup() //Create a group for the tasks.

let session: URLSession = URLSession.shared
dispatchGroup.enter() //Enter the group for the first task.
let firstTask = session.dataTask(with: URLRequest(url: URL(string:

"https://stackoverflow.com")!)) { (data, response, error) in
//Process Response..
dispatchGroup.leave() //Leave the group for the first task.

}
dispatchGroup.enter() //Enter the group for the second task.
let secondTask = session.dataTask(with: URLRequest(url: URL(string:
"https://google.ca")!)) { (data, response, error) in
dispatchGroup.leave() //Leave the group for the second task.

}
//Get notified on the main thread/queue.. when ALL of the tasks above has been
completed.
dispatchGroup.notify(queue: DispatchQueue.main) {
print("Every task is complete")
//Start the tasks.

firstTask.resume()
secondTask.resume()
}

}
}
With the above, you don't have to wait infinitely until all the tasks are completed. You can display a
loader BEFORE all the tasks have started and dismiss the loader AFTER all tasks are completed.
This way, your main thread does not get blocked and your code remains clean.
Now suppose you also wanted the tasks to be ordered or add their responses to an array
sequentially. You could do the following:
import UIKit
//Locking mechanism..
func synchronized(_ lock: AnyObject, closure: () -> Void) {
objc_sync_enter(lock)
closure()
objc_sync_exit(lock)
}
let lock = NSObject() //Object to lock on.

var responseArray = Array<Data?>() //Array of responses.

super.viewDidLoad()
let dispatchGroup = DispatchGroup()

let session: URLSession = URLSession.shared
dispatchGroup.enter() //Enter the group for the first task.
let firstTask = session.dataTask(with: URLRequest(url: URL(string:

"https://stackoverflow.com")!)) { (data, response, error) in
synchronized(self.lock, closure: { () -> Void in

self.responseArray[0] = data ?? nil
})
dispatchGroup.leave() //Leave the group for the first task.

}
dispatchGroup.enter() //Enter the group for the second task.
let secondTask = session.dataTask(with: URLRequest(url: URL(string:

"https://google.ca")!)) { (data, response, error) in
synchronized(self.lock, closure: { () -> Void in

self.responseArray[1] = data ?? nil
})
dispatchGroup.leave() //Leave the group for the second task.

}
//Get notified on the main thread.. when ALL of the requests above has been completed.
dispatchGroup.notify(queue: DispatchQueue.main) {
print("Every task is complete..")
for i in 0..<self.responseArray.count {
if self.responseArray[i] == nil {
print("Request #\(i) Failed.\n")
}
else {
print("Request #\(i) Succeeded.\n")
}
}
}
//Two tasks added to the array. Responses are assumed nil until they complete.
self.responseArray.append(nil)
self.responseArray.append(nil)
//Start the tasks.

firstTask.resume()
secondTask.resume()
}

}
}
Notes
Every entry must have an exit in a DispatchGroup. If you forget to leave after entering, you are
setting yourself up. You will NEVER be notified when the tasks are completed.
The amount of enter must equal the amount of leave.
Read DispatchGroup online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4624/dispatchgroup
Chapter 68: Dynamic Type
Remarks
// Content size category constants

UIContentSizeCategoryExtraSmall
UIContentSizeCategorySmall
UIContentSizeCategoryMedium
UIContentSizeCategoryLarge
UIContentSizeCategoryExtraLarge
UIContentSizeCategoryExtraExtraLarge
UIContentSizeCategoryExtraExtraExtraLarge
// Accessibility sizes
UIContentSizeCategoryAccessibilityMedium
UIContentSizeCategoryAccessibilityLarge
UIContentSizeCategoryAccessibilityExtraLarge
UIContentSizeCategoryAccessibilityExtraExtraLarge
UIContentSizeCategoryAccessibilityExtraExtraExtraLarge
Examples
Get the Current Content Size
Swift
UIApplication.sharedApplication().preferredContentSizeCategory
Objective-C
[UIApplication sharedApplication].preferredContentSizeCategory;
This returns a content size category constant, or an accessibility content size category constant.
Text Size Change Notification
You can register for notifications of when the device text size is changed.
Swift
NSNotificationCenter.defaultCenter().addObserver(self, selector: #selector(updateFont), name:
name:UIContentSizeCategoryDidChangeNotification, object: nil)
Objective-C
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self selector:@selector(updateFont)
name:UIContentSizeCategoryDidChangeNotification object:nil];
The notification userInfo object contains the new size under UIContentSizeCategoryNewValueKey.
Matching Dynamic Type Font Size in WKWebView
WKWebView resizes the fonts on web content so that a full-sized web page will fit on the device's
form factor. If you want the web text in both portrait and landscape to be similar in size to the
user's preferred reading size, you need to set it explicitly.
Swift
// build HTML header for dynamic type and responsive design
func buildHTMLHeader() -> String {
// Get preferred dynamic type font sizes for html styles

let bodySize = UIFont.preferredFont(forTextStyle: UIFontTextStyle.body).pointSize
let h1Size = UIFont.preferredFont(forTextStyle: UIFontTextStyle.title1).pointSize
// On iPad, landscape text is larger than preferred font size

var portraitMultiplier = CGFloat(1.0)
var landscapeMultiplier = CGFloat(0.5)
// iPhone text is shrunken

if UIDevice.current.model.range(of: "iPhone") != nil {
portraitMultiplier = CGFloat(3.0)
landscapeMultiplier = CGFloat(1.5)
}
// Start HTML header text

let patternText = "<html> <head> <style> "
// Match Dynamic Type for this page.

+ "body { background-color: \(backgroundColor);} "
+ "@media all and (orientation:portrait) {img {max-width: 90%; height: auto;} "
+ "p, li { font: -apple-system-body; font-family: Georgia, serif; font-
size:calc(\(bodySize * portraitMultiplier)px + 1.0vw); font-weight: normal; color:
\(fontColor) } "
+ "h1 { font: -apple-system-headine; font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; font-
size:calc(\(h1Size * portraitMultiplier)px + 1.0vw); font-weight: bold; color:
\(headFontColor) } "
+ "h3, h4 { font: -apple-system-headine; font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; font-
\(headFontColor) } } "
+ "@media all and (orientation:landscape) {img {max-width: 65%; height: auto;}"
+ "p, li { font: -apple-system-body; font-family: Georgia, serif; font-
size:calc(\(bodySize * landscapeMultiplier)px + 1.0vw); font-weight: normal; color:
\(fontColor) }"
size:calc(\(h1Size * landscapeMultiplier)px + 1.0vw); font-weight: bold; color:
+ "h3, h4 { font: -apple-system-headine; font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; font-
\(headFontColor) } } </style>"
+ "</head><body>"
+ "<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width: device-width\">"
return patternText
}
Handling Preferred Text Size Change Without Notifications on iOS 10
UILabel, UITextField,& UITextView classes have a new property starting from iOS 10 for
automatically resizing their font when a user changes their preferred reading size named
adjustsFontForContentSizeCategory.
Swift
@IBOutlet var label:UILabel!
label.adjustsFontForContentSizeCategory = true
} else {
// Observe for UIContentSizeCategoryDidChangeNotification and handle it manually
// since the adjustsFontForContentSizeCategory property isn't available.
}
Read Dynamic Type online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4466/dynamic-type
Chapter 69: Dynamically updating a
UIStackView
Examples
Connect the UISwitch to an action we can animate switching between a
horizontal or vertical layout of the image views
@IBAction func axisChange(sender: UISwitch) {

UIView.animateWithDuration(1.0) {
self.updateConstraintsForAxis()
}
}
The updateConstraintForAxis function just sets the axis of the stack view containing the two image
views:
private func updateConstraintsForAxis() {

if (axisSwitch.on) {
stackView.axis = .Horizontal
} else {
stackView.axis = .Vertical
}
}
The animated gif below gives you an idea of how this appears:
Read Dynamically updating a UIStackView online:
http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5884/dynamically-updating-a-uistackview
Chapter 70: EventKit
Examples
Your app can't access your reminders and your calendar without permission. Instead, it must show
an alert to user, requesting him/her to grant access to events for the app.
To get started, import the EventKit framework:
Swift
import EventKit
Objective-C
#import <EventKit/EventKit.h>
Making an EKEventStore
Then, we make an EKEventStore object. This is the object from which we can access calendar and
reminders data:
Swift
let eventStore = EKEventStore()
Objective-C
EKEventStore *eventStore = [[EKEventStore alloc] init];
Note
Making an EKEventStore object every time we need to access calendar is not efficient.
Try to make it once and use it everywhere in your code.
Checking Availability
Availability has three different status: Authorized, Denied and Not Determined. Not Determined
means the app needs to grant access.
To check availability, we use authorizationStatusForEntityType() method of the EKEventStore object:
Swift
switch EKEventStore.authorizationStatusForEntityType(EKEntityTypeEvent){
case .Authorized: //...
case .Denied: //...
case .NotDetermined: //...
default: break
}
Objective-C
switch ([EKEventStore authorizationStatusForEntityType:EKEntityTypeEvent]){

case EKAuthorizationStatus.Authorized:
//...
break;
case EKAuthorizationStatus.Denied:
//...
break;
case EKAuthorizationStatus.NotDetermined:
//...
break;
default:
break;
}
Put the following code in NotDetermined case:
Swift
eventStore.requestAccessToEntityType(EKEntityTypeEvent, completion: { [weak self]

(userGrantedAccess, _) -> Void in
if userGrantedAccess{
//access calendar
}
}
Accessing different types of calendars
Accessing the array of calendars
To access the array of EKCalendars, we use the calendarsForEntityType method:
Swift
let calendarsArray = eventStore.calendarsForEntityType(EKEntityType.Event) as! [EKCalendar]
Iterating through calendars

Just use a simple for loop:
Swift
for calendar in calendarsArray{

//...
}
Accessing the calendar title and color

Swift
let calendarColor = UIColor(CGColor: calendar.CGColor)

let calendarTitle = calendar.title
Objective-C
UIColor *calendarColor = [UIColor initWithCGColor: calendar.CGColor];

NSString *calendarTitle = calendar.title;
Adding an event
Creating the event object

Swift
var event = EKEvent(eventStore: eventStore)
Objective-C
EKEvent *event = [EKEvent initWithEventStore:eventStore];
Setting related calendar, title and dates
Swift
event.calendar = calendar
event.title = "Event Title"
event.startDate = startDate //assuming startDate is a valid NSDate object
event.endDate = endDate //assuming endDate is a valid NSDate object
Adding event to calendar

Swift
try {
do eventStore.saveEvent(event, span: EKSpan.ThisEvent)
//error
}
Objective-C
NSError *error;
BOOL *result = [eventStore saveEvent:event span:EKSpanThisEvent error:&error];
if (result == NO){
//error
}
Read EventKit online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5854/eventkit
Chapter 71: Extension for rich Push
Notification - iOS 10.
Introduction
iOS 10 gave us UserNotifications.framework, the new API for local/remote notifications. It offers
viewing media attachments or responding to messages right from the notification.
Notification content consists of: title, subtitle, body and attachment. Attachment can contain
images/gifs/videos up to 50 mb.
Examples
Notification Content Extension
Why do we need it?
Content extension helps us to create custom user interface upon notification expanasion.
You use this framework to define an extension that receives the notification data and provides the
corresponding visual representation. Your extension can also respond to custom actions
associated with those notifications.
Implementation
1. In xCode Navigator window go to Targets section. Press Add New Target.

2. Select Notification Content Extension template:
3. In your info.plist file set the identifier for UNNotificationExtensionCategory key:
5. Add new category key and set its value to what we typed in the Info.plist (step 3):
Push:
{
aps: {
alert: { … },
category: 'io.swifting.notification-category'
}
}
Local:
let mutableNotificationContent = UNMutableNotificationContent()

mutableNotificationContent.category = "io.swifting.notification-category"
mutableNotificationContent.title = "Swifting.io Notifications"
mutableNotificationContent.subtitle = "Swifting.io presents"
mutableNotificationContent.body = "Custom notifications"
Also check out the official API reference:

https://developer.apple.com/reference/usernotificationsui/unnotificationcontentextension?utm_source=swi
Read Extension for rich Push Notification - iOS 10. online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9501/extension-for-rich-push-notification---ios-10-
Chapter 72: Face Detection Using
CoreImage/OpenCV
Examples
Face and Feature Detection
Objective-C
Import the following to your ViewController
#import <CoreImage/CoreImage.h>
#import <CoreImage/CoreImage.h>
Call the function
[self faceDetector];
Function definition:
-(void)faceDetector
{
// Load the picture for face detection
UIImageView* image = [[UIImageView alloc] initWithImage:[UIImage
imageNamed:@"download.jpeg"]];
// Draw the face detection image

[self.view addSubview:image];
// Execute the method used to markFaces in background

[self performSelectorInBackground:@selector(markFaces:) withObject:image];
// flip image on y-axis to match coordinate system used by core image

[image setTransform:CGAffineTransformMakeScale(1, -1)];
// flip the entire window to make everything right side up

[self.view setTransform:CGAffineTransformMakeScale(1, -1)];
Mark Face Function
//Adds face squares and color masks to eyes and mouth

-(void)markFaces:(UIImageView *)facePicture
{
// draw a CI image with the previously loaded face detection picture
CIImage* image = [CIImage imageWithCGImage:facePicture.image.CGImage];
// create a face detector - since speed is not an issue we'll use a high accuracy
// detector
CIDetector* detector = [CIDetector detectorOfType:CIDetectorTypeFace
context:nil options:[NSDictionary
dictionaryWithObject:CIDetectorAccuracyHigh forKey:CIDetectorAccuracy]];
// create an array containing all the detected faces from the detector
NSArray* features = [detector featuresInImage:image];
NSLog(@"Number of faces %d",[features count]);
// we'll iterate through every detected face. CIFaceFeature provides us

// with the width for the entire face, and the coordinates of each eye
// and the mouth if detected. Also provided are BOOL's for the eye's and
// mouth so we can check if they already exist.
// for (features in image)
// {
for(CIFaceFeature* faceFeature in features)
{
// get the width of the face
CGFloat faceWidth = faceFeature.bounds.size.width;
// create a UIView using the bounds of the face

UIView* faceView = [[UIView alloc] initWithFrame:faceFeature.bounds];
// add a border around the newly created UIView

faceView.layer.borderWidth = 1;
faceView.layer.borderColor = [[UIColor redColor] CGColor];
// add the new view to create a box around the face

[self.view addSubview:faceView];
if(faceFeature.hasLeftEyePosition)
{
// create a UIView with a size based on the width of the face
UIView* leftEyeView = [[UIView alloc]
initWithFrame:CGRectMake(faceFeature.leftEyePosition.x-faceWidth*0.15,
faceFeature.leftEyePosition.y-faceWidth*0.15, faceWidth*0.3, faceWidth*0.3)];
// change the background color of the eye view
[leftEyeView setBackgroundColor:[[UIColor blueColor]
colorWithAlphaComponent:0.3]];
// set the position of the leftEyeView based on the face
[leftEyeView setCenter:faceFeature.leftEyePosition];
// round the corners
leftEyeView.layer.cornerRadius = faceWidth*0.15;
// add the view to the window
[self.view addSubview:leftEyeView];
}
if(faceFeature.hasRightEyePosition)
{
UIView* leftEye = [[UIView alloc]
initWithFrame:CGRectMake(faceFeature.rightEyePosition.x-faceWidth*0.15,
faceFeature.rightEyePosition.y-faceWidth*0.15, faceWidth*0.3, faceWidth*0.3)];
// change the background color of the eye view
[leftEye setBackgroundColor:[[UIColor blueColor] colorWithAlphaComponent:0.3]];
// set the position of the rightEyeView based on the face
[leftEye setCenter:faceFeature.rightEyePosition];
leftEye.layer.cornerRadius = faceWidth*0.15;
// add the new view to the window
[self.view addSubview:leftEye];
}
if(faceFeature.hasMouthPosition)
{
UIView* mouth = [[UIView alloc]
initWithFrame:CGRectMake(faceFeature.mouthPosition.x-faceWidth*0.2,
faceFeature.mouthPosition.y-faceWidth*0.2, faceWidth*0.4, faceWidth*0.4)];
// change the background color for the mouth to green
[mouth setBackgroundColor:[[UIColor greenColor] colorWithAlphaComponent:0.3]];
// set the position of the mouthView based on the face
[mouth setCenter:faceFeature.mouthPosition];
mouth.layer.cornerRadius = faceWidth*0.2;
// add the new view to the window
[self.view addSubview:mouth];
}
}
// }
}
The Simulator ScreenShot for the Function
Read Face Detection Using CoreImage/OpenCV online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7298/face-detection-using-coreimage-opencv
Chapter 73: FacebookSDK
Examples
FacebookSDK Integration
Step 1: Install the SDK
You can install the SDK manually or via CocoaPods. The latter option is highly recommended.
Put these lines in Podfile:
target 'MyApp' do
use_frameworks!
pod 'FBSDKCoreKit'
pod 'FBSDKLoginKit'
pod 'FBSDKShareKit'
end
Run pod install in the terminal and open .xcworkspace instead of .xcodeproj afterwards.
FBSDKLoginKit and FBSDKShareKit are optional. You may or may not need them.
Step 2: Create an app on Facebook
Go to Quick Starts - Facebook for Developers to create an app.
Facebook will ask you to download the SDK after creating the app. You can skip this part if you
installed the SDK via CocoaPods already.
Step 3: Edit .plist
a. To make your app able to "communicate" with Facebook, you need to put some settings in your
.plist file. Facebook will give you the customized snippet on the Quick Starts page.
b. Edit your .plist file as source code.
c. Paste your customized snippet in the source code. Be careful! The snippet must be exactly the
child of the <dict> tag. Your source code should be something like:
<plist version="1.0">
<dict>
// ...
//some default settings
// ...
<key>CFBundleURLTypes</key>
<array>
<dict>
<key>CFBundleURLSchemes</key>
<array>
<string>fb{FBAppId}</string>
</array>
</dict>
</array>
<key>FacebookAppID</key>
<string>{FBAppId}</string>
<key>FacebookDisplayName</key>
<string>{FBAppName}</string>
<key>LSApplicationQueriesSchemes</key>
<array>
<string>fbapi</string>
<string>fb-messenger-api</string>
<string>fbauth2</string>
<string>fbshareextension</string>
</array>
<dict>
<key>NSExceptionDomains</key>
<dict>
<key>facebook.com</key>
<dict>
<true/>
<key>NSExceptionRequiresForwardSecrecy</key>
<false/>
</dict>
<key>fbcdn.net</key>
<dict>
<true/>
<false/>
</dict>
<key>akamaihd.net</key>
<dict>
<true/>
<false/>
</dict>
</dict>
</dict>
</plist>
If you paste the snippet at a wrong place, you will run into problems.
Step 4: Tell Facebook your bundle identifier on the Quick Starts page.
=> How to get bundle identifier
Step 5: Edit your AppDelegate.swift
a.
import FBSDKCoreKit
b.

[NSObject: AnyObject]?) -> Bool {
FBSDKApplicationDelegate.sharedInstance().application(application,
didFinishLaunchingWithOptions: launchOptions)
return true
}
func application(application: UIApplication, openURL url: NSURL, sourceApplication: String?,

annotation: AnyObject) -> Bool {
return FBSDKApplicationDelegate.sharedInstance().application(application, openURL: url,
sourceApplication: sourceApplication, annotation: annotation)
}
Creating your own custom "Sign In With Facebook" button
Sometimes we want to design our own UI for "Sign In With Facebook" button instead of the
original button that comes with FacebookSDK.
1. In your storyboard, drag your UIButton and set it however you want it to be.
2. Ctrl + drag your button to your view controller as IBAction.
3. Inside the IBAction method you will have simulate a tap on the actual Facebook button as
follow:
Swift:
let loginButton = FBSDKLoginButton()
loginButton.delegate = self
// Your Custom Permissions Array
loginButton.readPermissions =
[
"public_profile",
"email",
"user_about_me",
"user_photos"
]
// Hiding the button
loginButton.hidden = true
self.view.addSubview(loginButton)
// Simulating a tap for the actual Facebook SDK button
loginButton.sendActionsForControlEvents(UIControlEvents.TouchUpInside)
Objective-C:
FBSDKLoginButton *FBButton = [FBSDKLoginButton new];
// Your Custom Permissions Array

FBButton.readPermissions = @[@"public_profile",
@"email",
@"user_about_me",
@"user_photos"
];
FBButton.loginBehavior = FBSDKLoginBehaviorNative;
[FBButton setDelegate:self];
[FBButton setHidden:true];
[loginButton addSubview:FBButton];
[FBButton sendActionsForControlEvents:UIControlEventTouchUpInside];
You're done.
Fetching the facebook user data
After the user signed in to Facebook at your app, now it's time to fetch the data you requested at
the FBButton.readPermissions.
Swift:
enum FacebookParametesField : String

{
case FIELDS_KEY = "fields"
case FIELDS_VALUE = "id, email, picture, first_name, last_name"
}
if FBSDKAccessToken.currentAccessToken() != nil
{
// Getting user facebook data
FBSDKGraphRequest(graphPath: "me",
parameters: [FacebookParametesField.FIELDS_KEY.rawValue :
FacebookParametesField.FIELDS_VALUE.rawValue])
.startWithCompletionHandler({ (graphConnection : FBSDKGraphRequestConnection!, result :
AnyObject!, error : NSError!) -> Void in
if error == nil
{
print("Facebook Graph phaze")
let email = result["email"]

let facebookToken = FBSDKAccessToken.currentAccessToken().tokenString
let userFacebookId = result["id"]
let firstName = result["first_name"]
let lastName = result["last_name"]
if let result = result as? Dictionary<String, AnyObject>

{
if let picture = result["picture"] as? Dictionary<String,AnyObject>
{
if let data = picture["data"] as? Dictionary <String,AnyObject>
{
if let url = data["url"] as? String
{
// Profile picture URL
let profilePictureURL = url
}
}
}
}
}
})
}
Read FacebookSDK online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2972/facebooksdk
Chapter 74: Fastlane
Examples
fastlane tools
fastlane is an open source build automation tool for Android and iOS for developers. It reduce your
build generation time. It is a command line tool that uses Ruby, so you need Ruby on your
computer. Most Macs already have Ruby installed by default.
Install fastlane
1. Open a terminal.
2. Run sudo gem install fastlane --verbose
3. If you haven’t installed the Xcode command-line tools yet, run xcode-select --install to
install them
4. Now, cd into your project folder (type cd [with the space at the end] and drag your project
folder into the terminal)
5. Run fastlane init to get fastlane setup.
6. Now you can able to use all the Fastlane tools:
iOS Tools
• deliver: Upload screenshots, metadata, and your app to the App Store
• snapshot: Automate taking localized screenshots of your iOS app on every device
• frameit: Quickly put your screenshots into the right device frames
• pem: Automatically generate and renew your push notification profiles
• sigh: Because you would rather spend your time building stuff than fighting provisioning
• produce: Create new iOS apps on iTunes Connect and Dev Portal using the command line
• cert: Automatically create and maintain iOS code signing certificates
• gym: Building your iOS apps has never been easier
• match: Easily sync your certificates and profiles across your team using Git
• scan: The easiest way to run tests for your iOS and Mac apps
• spaceship: Ruby library to access the Apple Dev Center and iTunes Connect
iOS TestFlight Tools

• pilot: The best way to manage your TestFlight testers and builds from your terminal
• boarding: The easiest way to invite your TestFlight beta testers
Android Tools
• supply: Upload your Android app and its metadata to Google Play
• screengrab: Automate taking localized screenshots of your Android app on every device
Read Fastlane online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3574/fastlane
Chapter 75: FCM Messaging in Swift
Remarks
FCM : https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/ios/client
Examples
Initialize FCM in Swift
follow below step to add FCM in your swift Project
1- If you don't have an Xcode project yet, create one now. Create a Podfile if you don't have one:
$ cd your-project directory
$ pod init
2- Add the pods that you want to install. You can include a Pod in your Podfile like this:
pod 'Firebase/Core'
pod 'Firebase/Messaging'
3- Install the pods and open the .xcworkspace file to see the project in Xcode.
$ pod install
$ open your-project.xcworkspace
4- Download a GoogleService-Info.plist file from plist and include it in your app.
5- Upload APNs certificate to Firebase. APN Cert
6- add "import Firebase" in your appDelegate file of project
7- add this "FIRApp.configure()" in your "application:didFinishLaunchingWithOptions"
8- register for remote notification
let authOptions : UNAuthorizationOptions = [.Alert, .Badge, .Sound]
UNUserNotificationCenter.currentNotificationCenter().requestAuthorizationWithOptions(
authOptions,
completionHandler: {_,_ in })
// For iOS 10 display notification (sent via APNS)

UNUserNotificationCenter.currentNotificationCenter().delegate = self
// For iOS 10 data message (sent via FCM)
FIRMessaging.messaging().remoteMessageDelegate = self
} else {
let settings: UIUserNotificationSettings =
UIUserNotificationSettings(forTypes: [.Alert, .Badge, .Sound], categories: nil)
application.registerUserNotificationSettings(settings)
}
application.registerForRemoteNotifications()
9- to get register token use
let token = FIRInstanceID.instanceID().token()!
10- and if u want monitor for token change use below code in appDelegate file
func tokenRefreshNotification(notification: NSNotification) {

if let refreshedToken = FIRInstanceID.instanceID().token() {
print("InstanceID token: \(refreshedToken)")
}
// Connect to FCM since connection may have failed when attempted before having a token.
connectToFcm()
}
11- to recieve message from fcm add below code in appDelegate
func connectToFcm() {
FIRMessaging.messaging().connectWithCompletion { (error) in
if (error != nil) {
print("Unable to connect with FCM. \(error)")
} else {
print("Connected to FCM.")
}
}
}
12- and for disconnect use
func applicationDidEnterBackground(application: UIApplication) {

FIRMessaging.messaging().disconnect()
print("Disconnected from FCM.")
}
in your appDelegate.
the initialization complete and client ready to recieve message from fcm panel or send by token
from third party server
Read FCM Messaging in Swift online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7326/fcm-messaging-in-

swift
Chapter 76: FileHandle
Introduction
Read file in chunks from document directory
Examples
Read file from document directory in chunks
I get the file path from document directory and read that file in chunks of 1024 and save (append)
to NSMutableData object or you can directly write to socket.
// MARK: - Get file data as chunks Methode.

func getFileDataInChunks() {
let doumentDirectoryPath = NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains(.documentDirectory,

.userDomainMask, true)[0] as NSString
let filePath = doumentDirectoryPath.appendingPathComponent("video.mp4")
//Check file exits at path or not.

if FileManager.default.fileExists(atPath: filePath) {
let chunkSize = 1024 // divide data into 1 kb
//Create NSMutableData object to save read data.

let ReadData = NSMutableData()
do {
//open file for reading.

outputFileHandle = try FileHandle(forReadingFrom: URL(fileURLWithPath: filePath))
// get the first chunk

var datas = outputFileHandle?.readData(ofLength: chunkSize)
//check next chunk is empty or not.

while !(datas?.isEmpty)! {
//here I write chunk data to ReadData or you can directly write to socket.
ReadData.append(datas!)
// get the next chunk

datas = outputFileHandle?.readData(ofLength: chunkSize)
print("Running: \(ReadData.length)")
}
//close outputFileHandle after reading data complete.

outputFileHandle?.closeFile()
print("File reading complete")
}catch let error as NSError {
print("Error : \(error.localizedDescription)")
}
}
}
After file reading complete you will get file Data in ReadData variable Here outputFileHandle is a
object of FileHandle
var outputFileHandle:FileHandle?
Read FileHandle online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10665/filehandle
Chapter 77: GameCenter Leaderboards
Examples
GameCenter Leaderboards
Prerequisites:
1. Apple Developers Account

2. Setup GameCenter Leaderboards with iTunesConnect
Setting up GameCenter Leaderboards:
1. Sign in to iTunesConnect
2. Go to My Apps. Create an app for your project then go to Features.
3. Click on Game Center
4. Click the plus sign next to Leaderboards.
5. Choose Single Leaderboard for Leaderboard types.
6. Create a Leaderboard Reference Name for your reference.
7. Create a Leaderboard ID for your app to refer to when reporting scores.
8. Set score format to Integer
9. Score Submission will be Best Score
10. Click Add language and fill the entries.
Copy your LeaderboardID that you made and lets head over to Xcode.
Working with Xcode
There are 4 functions that we will be working with.
1. Importing the framework and setting up the protocols
2. Checking if the user is signed in to GameCenter
3. Reporting the scores to GameCenter
4. Viewing leaderboards
5. Import GameKit import GameKit Protocols GKGameCenterControllerDelegate
6. Now we want to check if the user is signed in to GameCenter
func authenticateLocalPlayer() {
let localPlayer = GKLocalPlayer.localPlayer()

localPlayer.authenticateHandler = { (viewController, error) -> Void in
if viewController != nil {
//If the user is not signed in to GameCenter, we make them sign in
let vc:UIViewController = self.view!.window!.rootViewController!
vc.presentViewController(viewController!, animated: true, completion: nil)
} else {
//Do something here if you want

}
}
}
3. Now the user is using the app and suddenly the user has a new high score, we report the
high score by calling the function below.
The function below hols 2 parameters.
which is defined as a string and used to enter your leaderboardID that you made in
Identifier
iTunesConnect.
score which is defined as an Int which will be the users score to submit to iTunesConnect
func saveHighScore(identifier:String, score:Int) {
if GKLocalPlayer.localPlayer().authenticated {
let scoreReporter = GKScore(leaderboardIdentifier: identifier)
scoreReporter.value = Int64(score)
let scoreArray:[GKScore] = [scoreReporter]
GKScore.reportScores(scoreArray, withCompletionHandler: {
error -> Void in
if error != nil {
print("Error")
} else {
}
})
}
}
4. Now if the user wants to view leaderboards, call the function below
//This function will show GameCenter leaderboards and Achievements if you call this function.
func showGameCenter() {
let gameCenterViewController = GKGameCenterViewController()

gameCenterViewController.gameCenterDelegate = self
let vc:UIViewController = self.view!.window!.rootViewController!

vc.presentViewController(gameCenterViewController, animated: true, completion:nil)
//This function closes gameCenter after showing.
func gameCenterViewControllerDidFinish(gameCenterViewController:
GKGameCenterViewController) {
gameCenterViewController.dismissViewControllerAnimated(true, completion: nil)

self.gameCenterAchievements.removeAll()
Read GameCenter Leaderboards online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6720/gamecenter-

leaderboards
Chapter 78: GameplayKit
Examples
Generating random numbers
Although GameplayKit (which is introduced with iOS 9 SDK) is about implementing game logic, it
could also be used to generate random numbers, which is very useful in apps and games.
Beside the GKRandomSource.sharedRandom which is used in the following chapters there are three
additional types of GKRandomSource's out of the box.
• GKARC4RandomSource Which uses the the ARC4 algorithm

• GKLinearCongruentialRandomSource Which is a fast but not so random GKRandomSource
• GKMersenneTwisterRandomSource Which implements a MersenneTwister algorithm. It is
slower but more random.
In the following chapter we only use the nextInt() method of a GKRandomSource. In addition to this
there is the nextBool() -> Bool and the nextUniform() -> Float
Generation
First, import GameplayKit:
Swift
import GameplayKit
Objective-C
#import <GameplayKit/GameplayKit.h>
Then, to generate a random number, use this code:
Swift
let randomNumber = GKRandomSource.sharedRandom().nextInt()
Objective-C
int randomNumber = [[GKRandomSource sharedRandom] nextInt];
Note
The nextInt() function, when used without parameters, will return a random number
between -2,147,483,648 and 2,147,483,647, including themselves, so we are not sure
that it is always a positive or non-zero number.
Generating a number from 0 to n

To achieve this, you should give n to nextIntWithUpperBound() method:
Swift
let randomNumber = GKRandomSource.sharedRandom().nextInt(upperBound: 10)
Objective-C
int randomNumber = [[GKRandomSource sharedRandom] nextIntWithUpperBound: 10];
This code will give us a number between 0 and 10, including themselves.
Generating a number from m to n

To do this you create a GKRandomDistribution object with a GKRandomSource and pass in the bounds.
A GKRandomDistribution can be used to change the distribution behaviour like
GKGaussianDistribution or GKShuffledDistribution.
After that the object can be used like every regular GKRandomSource since it does implement the
GKRandom protocol too.
Swift
let randomizer = GKRandomDistribution(randomSource: GKRandomSource(), lowestValue: 0,

highestValue: 6)
let randomNumberInBounds = randomizer.nextInt()
Objective-C outdated
int randomNumber = [[GKRandomSource sharedRandom] nextIntWithUpperBound: n - m] + m;
For example, to generate a random number between 3 and 10, you use this code:
Swift
let randomNumber = GKRandomSource.sharedRandom().nextInt(upperBound: 7) + 3
Objective-C outdated
int randomNumber = [[GKRandomSource sharedRandom] nextIntWithUpperBound: 7] + 3;
GKEntity and GKComponent
An entity represents an object of a game like a player figure or an enemy figure. Since this object
does not do much without arms and legs we can add the components to this. To create this
system apple has the GKEntity and GKComponent classes.
Lets assume we have the following classe for the following chapters:
class Player: GKEntity{}

class PlayerSpriteComponent: GKComponent {}
GKEntity
An entity is a collection of components and offers several functions to add, remove and interact
with components of it.
While we could just use the GKEntity it is common to Subclass it for a specific type of game entity.
It is important that it is only possible to add a component of a class once. In case you add a
second component of the same class it will override the first exsisting component inside of the
GKEntity
let otherComponent = PlayerSpriteComponent()

var player = Player()
player.addComponent(PlayerSpriteComponent())
player.addComponent(otherComponent)
print(player.components.count) //will print 1
print(player.components[0] === otherComponent) // will print true
You may ask why. The reason for this is the methods called component(for: T.Type) which returns
the component of a specific type of the entity.
let component = player.component(ofType: PlayerSpriteComponent.self)
In addition to the components-methods it has an update method which is used to delegate the delta
time or current time of the game logic to it's components.
var player = Player()
player.addComponent(PlayerSpriteComponent())
player.update(deltaTime: 1.0) // will call the update method of the PlayerSpriteComponent
added to it
GKComponent
A component represents something of an entity for example the visual component or the logic
component.
If an the update method of an entity is called it will delegate this to all of it's components.
Overriding this method is used to manipulate an Entity.
class PlayerSpriteComponent: GKComponent {

override func update(deltaTime seconds: TimeInterval) {
//move the sprite depending on the update time
}
}
In addition to this it is possible to override the method didAddToEntity and willRemoveFromEntity to

inform other components about it's removal or add.
To manipulate a other component inside of a component it is possible to get the GKEntity which
the component is added to.
override func update(deltaTime seconds: TimeInterval) {

let controller = self.entity?.component(ofType: PlayerControlComponent.self)
//call methods on the controller
}
While this is possible it is not a common pattern since it wires the two components together.
GKComponentSystem
While we just talked about using the update delegate mechanism of the GKEntity to update the
GKComponents there is a different way to update GKComponents which is called GKComponentSystem.
It is used in case it is needed that all components of a specific type need to be updated in one go.
A GKComponentSystem is created for a specific type of component.
let system = GKComponentSystem(componentClass: PlayerSpriteComponent.self)
To add a component you can use the add method:
system.addComponent(PlayerSpriteComponent())
But a more common way is to pass the created entity with it's components to the GKComponentSystem
and it will find a matching component inside of the entity.
system.addComponent(foundIn: player)
To update all components of a specific type call the update:
system.update(deltaTime: delta)
In case you want to use the GKComponentSystem instead of a entity based update mechanism you
have to have a GKComponentSystem for every component and call the update on all of the systems.
Read GameplayKit online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4966/gameplaykit
Chapter 79: GCD (Grand Central Dispatch)
Introduction
Grand Central Dispatch (GCD) is Apple's answer to multithreading. It is a lightweight framework
for performing tasks synchronously or asynchronously in queues and handles CPU threads for you
behind the scenes.
Related Topic: Concurrency
Examples
Create a dispatch queue
You can create your own queue using dispatch_queue_create
Objective-C
dispatch_queue_t queue = dispatch_queue_create("com.example.myqueue", DISPATCH_QUEUE_SERIAL);
Swift
// Before Swift 3
let queue = dispatch_queue_create("com.example.myqueue", DISPATCH_QUEUE_SERIAL)
// Swift 3
let queue = DispatchQueue(label: "com.example.myqueue") //default is serial queue, unless
.concurrent is specified as an attribute otherwise
Dispatch Group
DispatchGroup allows for aggregate synchronization of work. You can use them to
submit multiple different work items and track when they all complete, even though
they might run on different queues. This behavior can be helpful when progress can’t
be made until all of the specified tasks are complete.
A Scenario when this could be useful is if you have multiple webservice calls that all need to finish
before continuing. For example, you need to download multiple sets of data that needs to be
processed by some function. You have to wait for all webservices to complete before calling the
function to process all the received data.
Swift 3
func doLongTasksAndWait () {
print("starting long running tasks")
let group = DispatchGroup() //create a group for a bunch of tasks we are about to
do
for i in 0...3 { //launch a bunch of tasks (eg a bunch of webservice
calls that all need to be finished before proceeding to the next ViewController)
group.enter() //let the group know that something is being added
DispatchQueue.global().async { //run tasks on a background thread
sleep(arc4random() % 4) //do some long task eg webservice or database lookup
(here we are just sleeping for a random amount of time for demonstration purposes)
print("long task \(i) done!")
group.leave() //let group know that the task is finished
}
}
group.wait() //will block whatever thread we are on here until all
the above tasks have finished (so maybe dont use this function on your main thread)
print("all tasks done!")
}
Alternatively, if you do not want to wait for the groups to finish, but instead want to run a function
once all the tasks have completed, use the notify function in place of the group.wait()
group.notify(queue: DispatchQueue.main) { //the queue: parameter is which queue this block

will run on, if you need to do UI updates, use the main queue
print("all tasks done!") //this will execute when all tasks have left the
group
}
Example output:
starting long running tasks

long task 0 done!
long task 3 done!
long task 1 done!
long task 2 done!
all tasks done!
For more info, refer to the Apple Docs or the related topic
Dispatch Semaphore
DispatchSemaphore provides an efficient implementation of a traditional counting

semaphore, which can be used to control access to a resource across multiple
execution contexts.
A scenario for when to use a semaphore could be if you are doing some file reading/writing, if
multiple tasks are trying to read and write from file at the same time, it could increase your
performance to make each task wait its turn so as to not overburden the I/O controller.
Swift 3
func do2TasksAtATime () {
print("starting long running tasks (2 at a time)")
let sem = DispatchSemaphore(value: 2) //this semaphore only allows 2 tasks to
run at the same time (the resource count)
for i in 0...7 { //launch a bunch of tasks
DispatchQueue.global().async { //run tasks on a background thread
sem.wait() //wait here if no resources available
sleep(2) //do some long task eg file access (here
we are just sleeping for a 2 seconds for demonstration purposes)
print("long task \(i) done! \(Date())")
sem.signal() //let the semaphore know this resource is
now available
}
}
}
Example output: (notice the time stamps)
starting long running tasks (2 at a time)

long task 0 done! 2017-02-16 07:11:53 +0000
long task 1 done! 2017-02-16 07:11:53 +0000
long task 2 done! 2017-02-16 07:11:55 +0000
long task 3 done! 2017-02-16 07:11:55 +0000
long task 5 done! 2017-02-16 07:11:57 +0000
long task 4 done! 2017-02-16 07:11:57 +0000
long task 6 done! 2017-02-16 07:11:59 +0000
long task 7 done! 2017-02-16 07:11:59 +0000
For more info, refer to the Apple Docs
Serial vs Concurrent Dispatch Queues
Swift 3
Serial Queue
func serialQueues () {
let serialQueue = DispatchQueue(label: "com.example.serial") //default queue type is a
serial queue
let start = Date ()
serialQueue.async { //run tasks on a background
thread, using our serial queue
sleep(2) //do some long task eg
webservice or database lookup
let timeTaken = Date().timeIntervalSince(start)
print("serial long task \(i) done! total time taken: \(timeTaken)")
}
}
}
Example output:
serial long task 0 done! total time taken: 2.07241100072861

Concurrent Queue
func concurrentQueues () {
let concurrentQueue = DispatchQueue(label: "com.example.concurrent", attributes:
.concurrent) //explicitly specify the queue to be a concurrent queue
let start = Date ()
concurrentQueue.async { //run tasks on a background thread, using our concurrent queue
sleep(2) //do some long task eg webservice or database lookup
let timeTaken = Date().timeIntervalSince(start)
print("concurrent long task \(i) done! total time taken: \(timeTaken)")
}
}
}
Example output:
concurrent long task 3 done! total time taken: 2.07092100381851

Discussion
As we can see from the examples above, a serial queue will complete each task in the order they
are submitted to the queue. Each task will wait for the previous task to finish before executing. As
for the concurrent queue, each task does not wait on the others in the queue and executes as
soon as possible; the advantage is that all tasks on the queue will run at the same time on
separate threads, making a concurrent queue take less time than a serial queue.
If order of execution of tasks is not important, always use a concurrent queue for the best
efficiency.
Getting the Main Queue
The main queue is the dispatch queue in which all the UI updates take place and the code
involving UI changes are placed.
You need to get to the main queue in order to update UI on completion of an asynchronous
process like NSURLSession
There are two types of main queue calls synchronous and asynchronous. When you invoke
something synchronously, it means that the thread that initiated that operation will wait for the task
to finish before continuing. Asynchronous means that it will not wait.
Code Objective-C
Synchronous Main Queue call
dispatch_queue_t queue = dispatch_get_global_queue(DISPATCH_QUEUE_PRIORITY_DEFAULT, 0);
Asynchronous Main Queue call
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
// do work here to Usually to update the User Interface
});
SWIFT 3
Asynchronous Main Queue call
DispatchQueue.main.async {
Synchronous Main Queue call
DispatchQueue.main.sync {
Read GCD (Grand Central Dispatch) online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4626/gcd--grand-

central-dispatch-
Chapter 80: Graph (Coreplot)
Examples
Making graphs with CorePlot
Core Plot provides a podspec, so you can use cocoapods as your library manager which should
make installing and updating much simpler
Install cocoapods on your system
In the project directory add a text file to your project called Podfile by typing pod init in your
project directory
In the Podfile add the line pod 'CorePlot', '~> 1.6'
In the terminal, cd to your project directory and run pod install
Cocoapods will generate a xcworkspace file, which you should use for launching your project (the
.xcodeproj file will not include the pod libraries)
Open the .xcworkspace generated by CocoaPods
In the ViewController.h File
#import <CorePlot/ios/CorePlot.h>
//#import "CorePlot-CocoaTouch.h" or the above import statement
@interface ViewController : UIViewController<CPTPlotDataSource>
In the ViewController.m File
-(void)loadView
{
[super loadView];
// We need a hostview, you can create one in IB (and create an outlet) or just do this:
CPTGraphHostingView* hostView = [[CPTGraphHostingView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(10,
40, 300, 400)];
hostView.backgroundColor=[UIColor whiteColor];
self.view.backgroundColor=[UIColor blackColor];
[self.view addSubview: hostView];
// Create a CPTGraph object and add to hostView
CPTGraph* graph = [[CPTXYGraph alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(10, 40, 300, 400)];
hostView.hostedGraph = graph;
// Get the (default) plotspace from the graph so we can set its x/y ranges
CPTXYPlotSpace *plotSpace = (CPTXYPlotSpace *) graph.defaultPlotSpace;
// Note that these CPTPlotRange are defined by START and LENGTH (not START and END) !!
[plotSpace setYRange: [CPTPlotRange plotRangeWithLocation:CPTDecimalFromFloat( 0 )
length:CPTDecimalFromFloat( 20 )]];
[plotSpace setXRange: [CPTPlotRange plotRangeWithLocation:CPTDecimalFromFloat( -4 )
length:CPTDecimalFromFloat( 8 )]];
// Create the plot (we do not define actual x/y values yet, these will be supplied by the
datasource...)
CPTScatterPlot* plot = [[CPTScatterPlot alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectZero];
// Let's keep it simple and let this class act as datasource (therefore we implemtn
<CPTPlotDataSource>)
plot.dataSource = self;
// Finally, add the created plot to the default plot space of the CPTGraph object we
created before
[graph addPlot:plot toPlotSpace:graph.defaultPlotSpace];
}
// This method is here because this class also functions as datasource for our graph
// Therefore this class implements the CPTPlotDataSource protocol
-(NSUInteger)numberOfRecordsForPlot:(CPTPlot *)plotnumberOfRecords
{
return 9; // Our sample graph contains 9 'points'
}
// This method is here because this class also functions as datasource for our graph
// Therefore this class implements the CPTPlotDataSource protocol
-(NSNumber *)numberForPlot:(CPTPlot *)plot field:(NSUInteger)fieldEnum
recordIndex:(NSUInteger)index
{
// We need to provide an X or Y (this method will be called for each) value for every
index
int x = index - 4;
// This method is actually called twice per point in the plot, one for the X and one for
the Y value
if(fieldEnum == CPTScatterPlotFieldX)
{
// Return x value, which will, depending on index, be between -4 to 4
return [NSNumber numberWithInt: x];
} else
{
// Return y value, for this example we'll be plotting y = x * x
return [NSNumber numberWithInt: x * x];
}
}
The generated Output is as given below:
Read Graph (Coreplot) online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7302/graph--coreplot-
Chapter 81: Guideline to choose best iOS
Architecture Patterns
Introduction
Demystifying MVC, MVP, MVVM and VIPER or any other design patterns to choose the best
approach to building an app
Examples
MVC pattern
import UIKit
struct Person { // Model

let firstName: String
let lastName: String
}
class GreetingViewController : UIViewController { // View + Controller

var person: Person!
let showGreetingButton = UIButton()
let greetingLabel = UILabel()

super.viewDidLoad()
self.showGreetingButton.addTarget(self, action: "didTapButton:", forControlEvents:
.TouchUpInside)
}
func didTapButton(button: UIButton) {

let greeting = "Hello" + " " + self.person.firstName + " " + self.person.lastName
self.greetingLabel.text = greeting
}
// layout code goes here
}
// Assembling of MVC
let model = Person(firstName: "David", lastName: "Blaine")
let view = GreetingViewController()
view.person = model
MVP Patterns
import UIKit

}
protocol GreetingView: class {
func setGreeting(greeting: String)
}
protocol GreetingViewPresenter {
init(view: GreetingView, person: Person)
func showGreeting()
}
class GreetingPresenter : GreetingViewPresenter {

unowned let view: GreetingView
let person: Person
required init(view: GreetingView, person: Person) {
self.view = view
self.person = person
}
func showGreeting() {
let greeting = "Hello" + " " + self.person.firstName + " " + self.person.lastName
self.view.setGreeting(greeting)
}
}
class GreetingViewController : UIViewController, GreetingView {

var presenter: GreetingViewPresenter!

super.viewDidLoad()
.TouchUpInside)
}

self.presenter.showGreeting()
}
func setGreeting(greeting: String) {

}

}
// Assembling of MVP
let presenter = GreetingPresenter(view: view, person: model)
view.presenter = presenter
MVVM Pattern
import UIKit

}
protocol GreetingViewModelProtocol: class {
var greeting: String? { get }
var greetingDidChange: ((GreetingViewModelProtocol) -> ())? { get set } // function to
call when greeting did change
init(person: Person)
func showGreeting()
}
class GreetingViewModel : GreetingViewModelProtocol {

let person: Person
var greeting: String? {
didSet {
self.greetingDidChange?(self)
}
}
var greetingDidChange: ((GreetingViewModelProtocol) -> ())?
required init(person: Person) {
self.person = person
}
func showGreeting() {
self.greeting = "Hello" + " " + self.person.firstName + " " + self.person.lastName
}
}
class GreetingViewController : UIViewController {

var viewModel: GreetingViewModelProtocol! {
didSet {
self.viewModel.greetingDidChange = { [unowned self] viewModel in
self.greetingLabel.text = viewModel.greeting
}
}
}

super.viewDidLoad()
self.showGreetingButton.addTarget(self.viewModel, action: "showGreeting",
forControlEvents: .TouchUpInside)
}
}
// Assembling of MVVM
let viewModel = GreetingViewModel(person: model)
view.viewModel = viewModel
VIPER Pattern
import UIKit
struct Person { // Entity (usually more complex e.g. NSManagedObject)

}
struct GreetingData { // Transport data structure (not Entity)

let greeting: String
let subject: String
}
protocol GreetingProvider {
func provideGreetingData()
}
protocol GreetingOutput: class {

func receiveGreetingData(greetingData: GreetingData)
}
class GreetingInteractor : GreetingProvider {

weak var output: GreetingOutput!
func provideGreetingData() {
let person = Person(firstName: "David", lastName: "Blaine") // usually comes from data
access layer
let subject = person.firstName + " " + person.lastName
let greeting = GreetingData(greeting: "Hello", subject: subject)
self.output.receiveGreetingData(greeting)
}
}
protocol GreetingViewEventHandler {
func didTapShowGreetingButton()
}
protocol GreetingView: class {

func setGreeting(greeting: String)
}
class GreetingPresenter : GreetingOutput, GreetingViewEventHandler {

weak var view: GreetingView!
var greetingProvider: GreetingProvider!
func didTapShowGreetingButton() {
self.greetingProvider.provideGreetingData()
}
func receiveGreetingData(greetingData: GreetingData) {

let greeting = greetingData.greeting + " " + greetingData.subject
self.view.setGreeting(greeting)
}
}
class GreetingViewController : UIViewController, GreetingView {

var eventHandler: GreetingViewEventHandler!

super.viewDidLoad()
.TouchUpInside)
}

self.eventHandler.didTapShowGreetingButton()
}
func setGreeting(greeting: String) {

}

}
// Assembling of VIPER module, without Router
let presenter = GreetingPresenter()
let interactor = GreetingInteractor()
view.eventHandler = presenter
presenter.view = view
presenter.greetingProvider = interactor
interactor.output = presenter
Read Guideline to choose best iOS Architecture Patterns online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10029/guideline-to-choose-best-ios-architecture-patterns
Chapter 82: Handle Multiple Environment
using Macro
Examples
Handle multiple environment using multiple target and macro
For example, we have two environments: CI - Staging and want to add some customizations for
each environment. Here I will try to customize server URL, app name.
First, we create two targets for 2 environments by duplicating the main target:
http://192.168.10.10:8080/
• If we run/archive using CI target, the SERVER_URL is http://ci.api.example.com/
• If we run/archive using STAGING target, the SERVER_URL is http://stg.api.example.com/
If you want to do more customize, for example: Change app name for each target:
http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6849/handle-multiple-environment-using-macro
Chapter 83: Handling URL Schemes
Syntax
1. // canOpenURL method verifies if there is any app which can handle indicated URL scheme.
2. // Swift
UIApplication.sharedApplication().canOpenURL(_ aUrl: NSURL)
3. // Objective-C
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] canOpenURL:(NSURL *)aUrl];
4. // openURL method tries to open a resource located by URL. YES/true if it was opened
otherwise NO/false.
5. // Swift
UIApplication.sharedApplication().openURL(_ aUrl: NSURL)
6. // Objective-C
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] openURL:(NSURL *)aUrl];
Parameters
Parameter Meaning
aUrl a NSURL instance which stores a built-in or custom scheme string
Remarks
In iOS9 and above your app must list any URL schemes it will want to query. This is done by
adding LSApplicationQueriesSchemes to Info.plist
iOS has built-in support for the tel, http/https ,sms, mailto, facetime schemes. It also supports
http–based URLs for Youtube, Maps and iTunes apps.
Examples of built-in URL schemes:
tel: tel://123456890 or tel:123456890
http: http://www.google.com
facetime: facetime://[email protected]
mailto: mailto://[email protected]
sms: sms://123456890 or sms:123456890
Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-eCaif2QKfA
Maps:
• Using address: http://maps.apple.com/?address=1,Infinite+Loop,Cupertino,California
• Using coordinates: http://maps.apple.com/?ll=46.683155557,6.683155557
iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/us/artist/randy-newman/id200900
Note: Not all special characters are supported in tel scheme (for example * or #). This is done
because of security concerns to prevent users from unauthorized redirect of calls, so in this case
Phone app won't be opened.
Examples
Using built-in URL scheme to open Mail app
Swift:
if let url = URL(string: "mailto://[email protected]") {
if UIApplication.shared.canOpenURL(url) {
UIApplication.shared.openURL(url)
} else {
print("Cannot open URL")
}
}
Objective-C:
NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString:@"mailto://[email protected]"];
if ([[UIApplication sharedApplication] canOpenURL:url]) {
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] openURL:url];
} else {
NSLog(@"Cannot open URL");
}
Apple URL Schemes
These are URL schemes supported by native apps on iOS, OS X, and watchOS 2 and later.
Opening link in Safari:
Objective-C
NSString *stringURL = @"http://stackoverflow.com/";
NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString:stringURL];
Swift:
let stringURL = "http://stackoverflow.com/"

if let url = URL(string: stringURL) {
}
Starting a phone conversation
Objective-C
NSString *stringURL = @"tel:1-408-555-5555";

Swift:
let stringURL = "tel:1-408-555-5555"

}
HTML
<a href="tel:1-408-555-5555">1-408-555-5555</a>
Starting a FaceTime conversation
Objective-C
NSString *stringURL = @"facetime:14085551234";

Swift:
let stringURL = "facetime:14085551234"

}
HTML
<a href="facetime:14085551234">Connect using FaceTime</a>

<a href="facetime:[email protected]">Connect using FaceTime</a>
Opening Messages App to compose an sms to recipient:
Objective-C
NSString *stringURL = @"sms:1-408-555-1212";

Swift:
let stringURL = "sms:1-408-555-1212"

}
HTML
<a href="sms:">Launch Messages App</a>

<a href="sms:1-408-555-1212">New SMS Message</a>
Opening Mail app to compose an email to recipient:
Objective-C
NSString *stringURL = @"mailto:[email protected]";

Swift:
let stringURL = "mailto:[email protected]"

}
HTML
<a href="mailto:[email protected]">John Frank</a>
You can also include a subject field, a message, and multiple recipients in the To, Cc, and Bcc
fields. (In iOS, the from attribute is ignored.) The following example shows a mailto URL that
includes several different attributes:
mailto:[email protected][email protected]&subject=Greetings%20from%20Cupertino!&body=Wish%20you%20were%
Note: Compose email dialog can also be presented within app using MFMailComposeViewController.
Read Handling URL Schemes online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3646/handling-url-

schemes
Chapter 84: Healthkit
Examples
HealthKit
Objective-C
First go the Target->Capabilities and enable HealthKit. This would setup the info.plist entry.
Make a new CocoaClass of type NSObject The filename I gave is GSHealthKitManager and the header
file is as shown below
GSHealthKitManager.h
#import <Foundation/Foundation.h>
#import <HealthKit/HealthKit.h>
@interface GSHealthKitManager : NSObject
+ (GSHealthKitManager *)sharedManager;
- (void)requestAuthorization;
- (NSDate *)readBirthDate;
- (void)writeWeightSample:(double)weight;
- (NSString *)readGender;
@end
GSHealthKitManager.m
#import "GSHealthKitManager.h"
#import <HealthKit/HealthKit.h>
@interface GSHealthKitManager ()
@property (nonatomic, retain) HKHealthStore *healthStore;
@end
@implementation GSHealthKitManager
+ (GSHealthKitManager *)sharedManager {
static dispatch_once_t pred = 0;
static GSHealthKitManager *instance = nil;
dispatch_once(&pred, ^{
instance = [[GSHealthKitManager alloc] init];
instance.healthStore = [[HKHealthStore alloc] init];
});
return instance;
}
- (void)requestAuthorization {
if ([HKHealthStore isHealthDataAvailable] == NO) {

// If our device doesn't support HealthKit -> return.
return;
}
NSArray *readTypes = @[[HKObjectType

characteristicTypeForIdentifier:HKCharacteristicTypeIdentifierDateOfBirth],[HKObjectType
characteristicTypeForIdentifier:HKCharacteristicTypeIdentifierBiologicalSex]];
[self.healthStore requestAuthorizationToShareTypes:nil readTypes:[NSSet

setWithArray:readTypes] completion:nil];
}
- (NSDate *)readBirthDate {
NSError *error;
NSDate *dateOfBirth = [self.healthStore dateOfBirthWithError:&error]; // Convenience
method of HKHealthStore to get date of birth directly.
if (!dateOfBirth) {
NSLog(@"Either an error occured fetching the user's age information or none has been
stored yet. In your app, try to handle this gracefully.");
}
return dateOfBirth;
}
- (NSString *)readGender
{
NSError *error;
HKBiologicalSexObject *gen=[self.healthStore biologicalSexWithError:&error];
if (gen.biologicalSex==HKBiologicalSexMale)
{
return(@"Male");
}
else if (gen.biologicalSex==HKBiologicalSexFemale)
{
return (@"Female");
}
else if (gen.biologicalSex==HKBiologicalSexOther)
{
return (@"Other");
}
else{
return (@"Not Set");
}
}
@end
Calling from ViewController
- (IBAction)pressed:(id)sender {
[[GSHealthKitManager sharedManager] requestAuthorization];

NSDate *birthDate = [[GSHealthKitManager sharedManager] readBirthDate];
NSLog(@"birthdate %@", birthDate);
NSLog(@"gender 2131321 %@", [[GSHealthKitManager sharedManager] readGender]);
Log Output
2016-10-13 14:41:39.568 random[778:26371] birthdate 1992-11-29 18:30:00 +0000

2016-10-13 14:41:39.570 random[778:26371] gender 2131321 Male
Read Healthkit online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7412/healthkit
Chapter 85: iBeacon
Parameters
Parameters Details
manager CLLocationManager reference
region CLRegion could be circular region (geofence or beacon region)
beacons Array of CLBeacon contains all ranged beacons
Remarks
Beacons are IOT objects. We are focusing on those which conform to iBeacon protocol a Apple
standard. Each beacon is a one way device which transmits 3 things
1. UUID
2. Major
3. Minor
We can scan iBeacons by setting up our CLLocation manager object to scan for beacons for
particular UUID. All beacons with the given UUID will be scanned.
CLLocation manager also gives call on enter and exit of beacon region.
Examples
iBeacon Basic Operation
1. Setup monitoring beacons
func initiateRegion(ref:BeaconHandler){
let uuid: NSUUID = NSUUID(UUIDString: "<UUID>")
let beacon = CLBeaconRegion(proximityUUID: uuid, identifier: "")
locationManager?.requestAlwaysAuthorization() //cllocation manager obj.
beacon?.notifyOnEntry = true
beacon?.notifyOnExit = true
beacon?.notifyEntryStateOnDisplay = true
locationManager?.startMonitoringForRegion(beacon!)
locationManager?.delegate = self;
// Check if beacon monitoring is available for this device
if (!CLLocationManager.isMonitoringAvailableForClass(CLBeaconRegion)) {
print("error")
}
locationManager!.startRangingBeaconsInRegion(self.beacon!)
}
2. Location manager enter and exit region
func locationManager(manager: CLLocationManager, didEnterRegion region: CLRegion) {

if(region.isKindOfClass(CLBeaconRegion)) {
locationManager!.startRangingBeaconsInRegion(self.beacon!)
}
}
func locationManager(manager: CLLocationManager, didExitRegion region: CLRegion) {

if(region.isKindOfClass(CLBeaconRegion)) {
locationManager!.stopRangingBeaconsInRegion(self.beacon!)
}
}
3. Location manager range beacon
func locationManager(manager: CLLocationManager, didRangeBeacons beacons: [CLBeacon], inRegion

region: CLBeaconRegion) {
print(beacons.first.major)
}
Scanning specific Beacons
beacon = CLBeaconRegion(proximityUUID: <#NSUUID#>, major: <#CLBeaconMajorValue#>, identifier:

<#String#>) // listening to all beacons with given UUID and major value
beacon = CLBeaconRegion(proximityUUID: <##NSUUID#>, major: <##CLBeaconMajorValue#>, minor:
<##CLBeaconMinorValue#>, identifier: <##String#>) // listening to all beacons with given UUID
and major and minor value
Ranging iBeacons
First, you have to request authorization of location services
let locationManager = CLLocationManager()

locationManager.delegate = self
locationManager.requestWhenInUseAuthorization()
// OR locationManager.requestAlwaysAuthorization()
Then you can get all iBeacons' information inside didRangeBeacons
func locationManager(manager: CLLocationManager, didRangeBeacons beacons: [CLBeacon], inRegion

region: CLBeaconRegion) {
for beacon in beacons {
print(beacon.major)
print(beacon.minor)
}
}
Read iBeacon online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1958/ibeacon
Chapter 86: IBOutlets
Remarks
IBOutlet is neither a reserved word nor a variable or class, is syntactic sugar for Interface Builder.
After the Objective-C source code is pre-processed it is resolved to nothing.
In Swift it's resolved as nil.
It's declared in <UIKit/UINibDeclarations.h> as
#ifndef IBOutlet
#define IBOutlet
#endif
Examples
Using an IBOutlet in a UI Element
In general, IBOutlets are used to connect an user interface object to another object, in this case a
UIViewController. The connection serves to allow for the object to be affected my code or events
programmatically. This can be done simply by using the assistant from a storyboard and control-
clicking from the element to the view controller's .h property section, but it can also be done
programmatically and manually connecting the IBOutlet code to the "connections" tab of the object
the utility bar on the right. Here is an objective-c example of a UIViewController with a label outlet:
//ViewController.h
@interface ViewController : UIViewController
//This is the declaration of the outlet

@property (nonatomic, weak) IBOutlet UILabel *myLabel;
@end
//ViewController.m
#import "ViewController.h"
@implementation ViewController
@synthesize myLabel;
-(void) viewDidLoad {
//Editing the properties of the outlet
myLabel.text = @"TextHere";
@end
And swift:
import UIKit
//This is the declaration of the outlet
@IBOutlet weak var myLabel: UILabel!

super.viewDidLoad()
//Editing the properties of the outlet
myLabel.text = "TextHere"
}
}
The connection between the storyboard object, and the programmed object can be verified as
connected if the dot to the left of the declaration of the outlet in the .h is filled. An empty circle
implied an incomplete connection.
Read IBOutlets online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4713/iboutlets
Chapter 87: In-App Purchase
Examples
Most basic steps for purchasing/subscribing a user to an IAP
Assuming you know the productID:
First
import StoreKit
Then in your code
let productID: Set = ["premium"]

let request = SKProductsRequest(productIdentifiers: productID)
request.delegate = self
request.start()
and in the SKProductsRequestDelegate:
func productsRequest(request: SKProductsRequest, didReceiveResponse response:

SKProductsResponse) {
if response.products.count > 0 {
let product = response.products[0]
let payment = SKPayment(product: product)
SKPaymentQueue.defaultQueue().addPayment(payment)
}
}
Single IAP in Swift 2
After creating an IAP in iTunesConnect:
In the view controller that you want to buy in
import StoreKit
and add the relevant delegates
class ViewController: UIViewController, SKProductsRequestDelegate,

SKPaymentTransactionObserver {
declare a variable with the product id from iTunesConnect
var product_id: NSString?
product_id = "YOUR_PRODUCT_ID"
super.viewDidLoad()
SKPaymentQueue.defaultQueue().addTransactionObserver(self)
//Check if product is purchased

if (NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().boolForKey("purchased")){
// Hide ads
adView.hidden = true
} else {
print("Should show ads...")
wire a button to a function to purchase the IAP
@IBAction func unlockAction(sender: AnyObject) {
print("About to fetch the product...")
// Can make payments

if (SKPaymentQueue.canMakePayments())
{
let productID:NSSet = NSSet(object: self.product_id!);
let productsRequest:SKProductsRequest = SKProductsRequest(productIdentifiers:
productID as! Set<NSString>);
productsRequest.delegate = self;
productsRequest.start();
println("Fetching Products");
}else{
print("Can't make purchases");
}
And here are some helper methods
func buyProduct(product: SKProduct){

println("Sending the Payment Request to Apple");
let payment = SKPayment(product: product)
SKPaymentQueue.defaultQueue().addPayment(payment);
the delegate methods that must be declared
func productsRequest (request: SKProductsRequest, didReceiveResponse response:

SKProductsResponse) {
let count : Int = response.products.count

if (count>0) {
var validProduct: SKProduct = response.products[0] as SKProduct
if (validProduct.productIdentifier == self.product_id) {
print(validProduct.localizedTitle)
print(validProduct.localizedDescription)
print(validProduct.price)
buyProduct(validProduct);
} else {
print(validProduct.productIdentifier)
}
} else {
print("nothing")
}
}
func request(request: SKRequest!, didFailWithError error: NSError!) {

print("Error Fetching product information");
}
func paymentQueue(_ queue: SKPaymentQueue,

updatedTransactions transactions: [SKPaymentTransaction])
{
print("Received Payment Transaction Response from Apple");
for transaction:AnyObject in transactions {

if let trans:SKPaymentTransaction = transaction as? SKPaymentTransaction{
switch trans.transactionState {
case .Purchased:
print("Product Purchased");
SKPaymentQueue.defaultQueue().finishTransaction(transaction as!
SKPaymentTransaction)
// Handle the purchase
NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().setBool(true , forKey: "purchased")
break;
case .Failed:
print("Purchased Failed");
SKPaymentQueue.defaultQueue().finishTransaction(transaction as!
SKPaymentTransaction)
break;
case .Restored:
print("Already Purchased");
SKPaymentQueue.defaultQueue().restoreCompletedTransactions()
// Handle the purchase

NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().setBool(true , forKey: "purchased")
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
And then the code to restore a non-consumable in app purchase
if (SKPaymentQueue.canMakePayments()) {
SKPaymentQueue.defaultQueue().restoreCompletedTransactions()
}
Set Up in iTunesConnect
In iTunesConnect, select the app which you want to add an IAP to.
Click on features and you will see this:
Click the plus. You will then need to select which type of IAP you want to make.
Then you will need to fill out all of the information for your IAP.
If you have any trouble you can consult the IAP Set Up Guide.
Chapter 88: Initialization idioms
Examples
Set to tuples to avoid code repetition
Avoid code repetition in constructors by setting a tuple of variables with a one liner:
class Contact: UIView

{
private var message: UILabel
private var phone: UITextView

(message, phone) = self.dynamicType.setUp()
}

}

}
private static func setUp(){

let message = UILabel() // ...
let phone = UITextView() // ...
return (message, phone)
}
}
Initialize with positional constants
let mySwitch: UISwitch = {

view.addSubview($0)
$0.addTarget(self, action: "action", forControlEvents: .TouchUpInside)
return $0
}(UISwitch())
Initialize attributes in didSet
@IBOutlet weak var title: UILabel! {

didSet {
label.textColor = UIColor.redColor()
label.font = UIFont.systemFontOfSize(20)
label.backgroundColor = UIColor.blueColor()
}
}
It's also possible to both set a value and initialize it:
private var loginButton = UIButton() {

didSet(oldValue) {
loginButton.addTarget(self, action: #selector(LoginController.didClickLogin),
forControlEvents: .TouchUpInside)
}
}
Group outlets in a custom NSObject
Move every outlet to an NSObject. Then drag an Object from the library to the controller scene of
the storyboard and hook the elements there.
class ContactFormStyle: NSObject

{
@IBOutlet private weak var message: UILabel! {
didSet {
message.font = UIFont.systemFontOfSize(12)
message.textColor = UIColor.blackColor()
}
}
}
class ContactFormVC: UIViewController

{
@IBOutlet private var style: ContactFormStyle!
}
Initialize with then
This is similar in syntax to the example that initializes using positional constants, but requires the
Then extension from https://github.com/devxoul/Then (attached below).
let label = UILabel().then {

$0.textAlignment = .Center
$0.textColor = UIColor.blackColor(
$0.text = "Hello, World!"
}
The Then extension:
import Foundation
public protocol Then {}
extension Then
{
public func then(@noescape block: inout Self -> Void) -> Self {
var copy = self
block(&copy)
return copy
}
}
extension NSObject: Then {}
Factory method with block
internal func Init<Type>(value : Type, block: @noescape (object: Type) -> Void) -> Type
{
block(object: value)
return value
}
Usage:
Init(UILabel(frame: CGRect.zero)) {
$0.backgroundColor = UIColor.blackColor()
}
Read Initialization idioms online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3513/initialization-idioms
Chapter 89: iOS - Implementation of XMPP
with Robbie Hanson framework
Examples
iOS XMPP Robbie Hanson Example with Openfire
SRXMPPDemo
Download the example and all the classes here -
https://github.com/SahebRoy92/SRXMPPDemo
A demo on XMPP in Objective C, with various simple and complex features implemented in it. All
the features of XMPP is done by "in band" xmpp functions. Few features this project contains are
--
SRXMPP - A wrapper Singleton class that almost has all features needed for one-to-one chat
application.
• one to one chat

• Core data implementation of chat (text message) thus having saving of previous messages,
offline messages.
• implementation of vCard(profile information of user, own and others too) from XML and Core
Data provided by Robbie Hanson's own framework.
• availability of friends status (online/offline/typing)
Steps to follow
You want to use this project as a reference then you can do the following--
1. Installed Openfire in a live server - Rent a server, install openfire.
2. Want to try it out without a hassle in your own computer - You need to download, install
and setup 3 things to start
a. Java -
• Download and install Java for Mac.
b. XAMPP -
• Install XAMPP is relatively easy.
• After installation just start the XAMPP and start Database(SQL) and Apache Server.
• Then open browser and paste this URL [http://localhost/phpmyadmin/]

• . Create a new DB from the left hand side panel.
• Name the DB anything but remember this name, suppose we name it ChatDB
c. Openfire -
• Install Openfire and run the application and "Start Openfire"
• Open Browser and Paste this URL - [
http://localhost:9090/setup/index.jsp](http://localhost:9090/setup/index.jsp)
• Do normal setup
○ Select Language >
○ Server settings, leave as it is, just do continue >
○ Database Settings, leave as it is as "Standard Database Connection as selected >
○ Database Settings - Standard Connection". Now remember the name of the DB you
set was ChatDB.
○ Select Database Driver Presets as *"MySQL". Leave JDBC Driver Class as it is. Now
in the Database URL you can see, brackets mentioning hostname and Database
Name. Just change Hostname to "localhost", and database name to "ChatDB", or
any other name of DB you have set earlier, while seting up XAMPP. Leave the
Username and password as blank.Fill up details like the image here
.
○ Next complete setup by giving a username and password and reconfirming it. Thats it
your done Setting up Openfire.
Now the part comes when you have to change a tiny detail in the code.
#Important We need to go to the class - SRXMPP.m, locate the NSString extern

SRXMPP_Hostname (in the top) and overwrite the value of it to the
• IP of the server where OpenFire is installed , OR

• if you have installed it locally, overwrite the value to - "localhost".
Thats it, you are ready to use this example project and start coding and making it into a better
project of your own.
This starter pack will help you in understanding XMPP structure better as well as getting a grasp
into XMPP protocols.
You can find other XMPP protocols here in this site - [

https://xmpp.org/rfcs/rfc3920.html](https://xmpp.org/rfcs/rfc3920.html)
Development is still left and parts where I hope to include them later on
1. Group Chat
2. Image sending support
In short this example project along with the singleton has almost all features that are needed for a
One-to-One chat application to have.
Read iOS - Implementation of XMPP with Robbie Hanson framework online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1475/ios---implementation-of-xmpp-with-robbie-hanson-
framework
Chapter 90: iOS 10 Speech Recognition API
Examples
Speech to text: Recognize speech from a bundle contained audio recording
//import Speech
//import AVFoundation
// create a text field to show speech output

@IBOutlet weak var transcriptionTextField: UITextView!
// we need this audio player to play audio
var audioPlayer: AVAudioPlayer!

{
super.viewDidLoad()
}
// this function is required to stop audio on audio completion otherwise it will play same
audio again and again
func audioPlayerDidFinishPlaying(_ player: AVAudioPlayer, successfully flag: Bool)
{
player.stop()
}
// this function is required to get a speech recognizer and after that make and request to
speech recognizer
func requestSpeechAuth()
{
SFSpeechRecognizer.requestAuthorization { authStatus in
if authStatus == SFSpeechRecognizerAuthorizationStatus.authorized {
if let path = Bundle.main.url(forResource: "mpthreetest", withExtension: "m4a") {
do {
let sound = try AVAudioPlayer(contentsOf: path)
self.audioPlayer = sound
self.audioPlayer.delegate = self
sound.play()
} catch {
print("error")
}
let recognizer = SFSpeechRecognizer()

let request = SFSpeechURLRecognitionRequest(url:path)
recognizer?.recognitionTask(with: request) { (result, error) in
if let error = error {
print("there is a error\(error)")
} else {
// here you are printing out the audio output basically showing it on uitext field
self.transcriptionTextField.text =
result?.bestTranscription.formattedString
}
}
}
}
}
}
// here you are calling requestSpeechAuth function on UIButton press
@IBAction func playButtonPress(_ sender: AnyObject)
{
requestSpeechAuth()
}
Read iOS 10 Speech Recognition API online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5986/ios-10-

speech-recognition-api
Chapter 91: iOS Google Places API
Examples
Getting Nearby Places from Current Location
Prerequisites
1. Install pods in your project

2. Install the GooglePlaces SDK
3. Enable location services
First we need to get the users location by getting their current longitude and latitude.
1. Import GooglePlaces and GooglePlacePicker
import GooglePlaces
import GooglePlacePicker
2. Add the CLLOcationManagerDelegate protocol
class ViewController: UIViewController, CLLocationManagerDelegate {
3. create your CLLocationManager()
var currentLocation = CLLocationManager()
4. Request authorization
currentLocation = CLLocationManager()
currentLocation.requetAlwayAuthorization()
5. Create a button to call the GooglePlacePicker method
@IBAction func placePickerAction(sender: AnyObject) {
if CLLOcationManager.authorizationStatues() == .AuthorizedAlways {
let center =
CLLocationCoordinate2DMake((currentLocation.location?.coordinate.latitude)!,
(currentLocation.location?.coordinate.longitude)!)
let northEast = CLLocationCoordinate2DMake(center.latitude + 0.001, center.longitude +
0.001)
let southWest = CLLocationCoordinate2DMake(center.latitude - 0.001, center.longitude -
0.001)
let viewport = GMSCoordinateBounds(coordinate: northEast, coordinate: southWest)
let config = GMSPlacePickerConfig(viewport: viewport)
placePicker = GMSPlacePicker(config: config)
placePicker?.pickPlaceWithCallback({ (place: GMSPlace?, error: NSError?) -> Void in

if let error = error {
print("Pick Place error: \(error.localizedDescription)")
return
}
if let place = place {

print("Place name: \(place.name)")
print("Address: \(place.formattedAddress)")
} else {
print("Place name: nil")
print("Address: nil")
}
})
}
}
Read iOS Google Places API online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6908/ios-google-places-

api
Chapter 92: iOS TTS
Introduction
Find how to produce synthesized speech from text on an iOS device
Examples
Text To Speech
Objective C
AVSpeechSynthesizer *synthesizer = [[AVSpeechSynthesizer alloc]init];

AVSpeechUtterance *utterance = [AVSpeechUtterance speechUtteranceWithString:@"Some text"];
[utterance setRate:0.2f];
[synthesizer speakUtterance:utterance];
Swift
let synthesizer = AVSpeechSynthesizer()

let utterance = AVSpeechUtterance(string: "Some text")
utterance.rate = 0.2
You can also change the voice like this :
utterance.voice = AVSpeechSynthesisVoice(language: "fr-FR")
And then speek
• In Swift 2 : synthesizer.speakUtterance(utterance)
• In Swift 3 : synthesizer.speak(utterance)
Don't forget to import AVFoundation
Helpful methods
You can Stop or Pause all speech using these two methods :
- (BOOL)pauseSpeakingAtBoundary:(AVSpeechBoundary)boundary;
- (BOOL)stopSpeakingAtBoundary:(AVSpeechBoundary)boundary;
The AVSpeechBoundary indicates if the speech should pause or stop immediately (

AVSpeechBoundaryImmediate) or it should pause or stop after the word currently being spoken (
AVSpeechBoundaryWord).
Read iOS TTS online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8909/ios-tts
Chapter 93: Key Value Coding-Key Value
Observation
Remarks
KVC :- Key-Value Coding
Normally instance variables are accessed through properties or accessors but KVC gives another
way to access variables in form of strings. In this way your class acts like a dictionary and your
property name for example “age” becomes key and value that property holds becomes value for
that key.
For example, you have employee class with "age" property. Normally we access like this.
emp.age = @”20″;
NSString age = emp.age;
But KVC works like this:

[emp valueForKey:@"age"];
[emp setValue:@"25" forKey:@"age"];
KVO :- Key-Value Observer
The mechanism through which objects are notified when there is change in any of property is
called KVO. Ex.:keyboard notification
For example, person object is interested in getting notification when accountBalance

property is changed in BankAccount object. To achieve this, Person Object must
register as an observer of the BankAccount’s accountBalance property by sending an
addObserver: forKeyPath: options: context: message.
Examples
Use of context for KVO Observation
-(void)observeValueForKeyPath:(NSString *)keyPath ofObject:(id)object

change:(NSDictionary<NSString *,id> *)change context:(void *)context
Context is important if you ship your class for others to use.Context lets your class observer verify
that its you observer which is being called.
The problem with not passing an observer is, if some one subclass your class and register an
observer for the same object,same key and he does not passes a context ,then the super class
observer can be called multiple time.
A variable which is unique and internal for your use is a good context.
For more information.
importance and good context
Observing a property of a NSObject subclass
Most KVO and KVC functionality is already implemented by default on all NSObject subclasses.
To start observing a property named firstName of an object named personObject do this in the
observing class:
[personObject addObserver:self
forKeyPath:@"firstName"
options:NSKeyValueObservingOptionNew
context:nil];
The object that self in the above code refers to will then receive a
observeValueForKeyPath:ofObject:change:context: message whenever the observed key path
changes.
- (void)observeValueForKeyPath:(NSString *)keyPath
ofObject:(id)object
change:(NSDictionary<NSString *,id> *)change
context:(void *)context
{
NSLog(@"new value of %@ is: %@", keyPath, change[NSKeyValueChangeNewKey]);
}
"Key path" is a KVC term. NSObject subclasses implement KVC functionality by default.
An instance variable named _firstName will be accessible by the @"firstName" key path.
A getter method named firstName will be called when accessing the @"firstName" key path,
regardless of there being a _firstName instance variable or setFirstName setter method.
Read Key Value Coding-Key Value Observation online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3493/key-value-coding-key-value-observation
Chapter 94: Keychain
Syntax
• kSecClassGenericPassword // A value key representing a non-internet password
• kSecClassInternetPassword // A value key representing an internet password
• kSecClassCertificate // A value key representing a certificate
• kSecClassCertificate // A value key representing a key
• kSecClassIdentity // A value key representing an identity, which is a certificate plus a key
Remarks
iOS stores private information such as passwords, encryption keys, certificates, and identities in a
secure storage area called the Keychain. This storage area is managed completely by a co-
processor called the Secure Enclave, which is embedded inside the application processor.
Because the Keychain is sandboxed on iOS, keychain items may only be retrieved by the
application that put them there in the first place.
In some cases you must turn on Keychain Sharing in Xcode capabilities in order to avoid errors.
In order to interact with the keychain, we use a c framework called Keychain Services. For more
information, see Apple's Keychain Services Programming Guide.
Because Keychain Services is below the Foundation level, it is restricted to using CoreFoundation
types. As a result, most objects are internally represented as CFDictionarys holding CFStrings as
their keys and a variety of CoreFoundation types as their values.
While Keychain Services is included as a part of the Security framework, importing Foundation is
usually a good option since it includes some helper functions in the backend.
Additionally, if you don't want to deal with Keychain Services directly, Apple provides the Generic
Keychain Swift sample project that provides Swift types that use Keychain Services behind the
scenes.
Examples
Removing a Password from the Keychain
We need only one thing in order to delete an item from the Keychain: a CFDictionary with attributes
describing the items to be deleted. Any items that match the query dictionary will be deleted
permanently, so if you are only intending to delete a single item be sure to be specific with your
query. As always, we can use an NSDictionary in Objective-C or in Swift we can use a Dictionary
and then cast to CFDictionary.
A query dictionary, in this context exclusively includes a class key to describe what the item is and
attributes to describe information about the item. Inclusion of search restrictions such as
kSecMatchCaseInsensitive is not allowed.
Swift
var dict = [String : AnyObject]()
dict[kSecClass as String] = kSecClassGenericPassword
// Label
dict[kSecAttrLabel as String] = "com.me.myapp.myaccountpassword" as CFString
// Username
dict[kSecAttrAccount as String] = "My Name" as CFString
And now we can simply remove it:
Swift
let status = SecItemDelete(dict as CFDictionary)
SecItemDelete returns an OSStatus. Result codes are described here.
Adding a Password to the Keychain
Every Keychain Item is most often represented as a CFDictionary. You can, however, simply use
NSDictionary in Objective-C and take advantage of bridging, or in Swift you may use Dictionary and
explicitly cast to CFDictionary.
You could construct a password with the following dictionary:
Swift
First, you need a key/value pair that lets the Keychain know this is a password. Note that because
our dict key is a String we must cast any CFString to a String explicitly in Swift 3. CFString may not
be used as the key to a Swift Dictionary because it is not Hashable.
Swift
Next, our password may have a series of attributes to describe it and help us find it later. Here's a
list of attributes for generic passwords.
Swift
// The password will only be accessible when the device is unlocked
dict[kSecAttrAccessible as String] = kSecAttrAccessibleWhenUnlocked
// Label may help you find it later
// Username
// Service name
dict[kSecAttrService as String] = "MyService" as CFString
Finally, we need our actual private data. Be sure not to keep this around in memory for too long.
This must be CFData.
Swift
dict[kSecValueData as String] = "my_password!!".data(using: .utf8) as! CFData
Finally, the Keychain Services add function wants to know how it should return the newly
constructed keychain item. Since you shouldn't be holding on to the data very long in memory,
here's how you could only return the attributes:
Swift
dict[kSecReturnAttributes as String] = kCFBooleanTrue
Now we have constructed our item. Let's add it:
Swift
var result: AnyObject?
let status = withUnsafeMutablePointer(to: &result) {
SecItemAdd(dict as CFDictionary, UnsafeMutablePointer($0))
}
let newAttributes = result as! Dictionary<String, AnyObject>
This places the new attributes dict inside result. SecItemAdd takes in the dictionary we constructed,
as well as a pointer to where we would like our result. The function then returns an OSStatus
indicating success or an error code. Result codes are described here.
Finding a Password in the Keychain
To construct a query, we need to represent it as a CFDictionary. You may also use NSDictionary in
Objective-C or Dictionary in Swift and cast to CFDictionary.
We need a class key:
Swift
Next, we can specify attributes to narrow down our search:
Swift
// Label
// Username
// Service name
dict[kSecAttrService as String] = "MyService" as CFString
We can also specify special search modifier keys described here.
Finally, we need to say how we'd like our data returned. Below, we'll request that just the private
password itself be returned as a CFData object:
Swift
dict[kSecReturnData as String] = kCFBooleanTrue
Now, let's search:
Swift
var queryResult: AnyObject?
let status = withUnsafeMutablePointer(to: &queryResult) {
SecItemCopyMatching(dict as CFDictionary, UnsafeMutablePointer($0))
}
// Don't keep this in memory for long!!
let password = String(data: queryResult as! Data, encoding: .utf8)!
Here, SecItemCopyMatching takes in a query dictionary and a pointer to where you'd like the result to
go. It returns an OSStatus with a result codes. Here are the possibilities.
Updating a Password in the Keychain
As usual, we first need a CFDictionary to represent the item we want to update. This must contain
all of the old values for the item, including the old private data. Then it takes a CFDictionary of any
attributes or the data itself that you would like to change.
So first, let's construct a class key and a list of attributes. These attributes can narrow our search
but you must include any attributes and there old values if you will be changing them.
Swift
// Label
// Username
Now we must add the old data:
Swift
dict[kSecValueData as String] = "my_password!!".data(using: .utf8) as! CFData
Now let's create the same attributes but a different password:
Swift
var newDict = [String : AnyObject]()
newDict[kSecClass as String] = kSecClassGenericPassword
// Label
newDict[kSecAttrLabel as String] = "com.me.myapp.myaccountpassword" as CFString
// Username
newDict[kSecAttrAccount as String] = "My Name" as CFString
// New password
newDict[kSecValueData as String] = "new_password!!".data(using: .utf8) as! CFData
Now, we just pass it to Keychain Services:
Swift
let status = SecItemUpdate(dict as CFDictionary, newDict as CFDictionary)
SecItemUpdate returns a status code. Results are described here.
Keychain Add, Update, Remove and Find operations using one file.
Keychain.h
typedef void (^KeychainOperationBlock)(BOOL successfulOperation, NSData *data, OSStatus
status);
@interface Keychain : NSObject
-(id) initWithService:(NSString *) service_ withGroup:(NSString*)group_;
-(void)insertKey:(NSString *)key withData:(NSData *)data

withCompletion:(KeychainOperationBlock)completionBlock;
-(void)updateKey:(NSString*)key withData:(NSData*) data
withCompletion:(KeychainOperationBlock)completionBlock;
-(void)removeDataForKey:(NSString*)key
withCompletionBlock:(KeychainOperationBlock)completionBlock;
-(void)findDataForKey:(NSString*)key
withCompletionBlock:(KeychainOperationBlock)completionBlock;
@end
Keychain.m
#import "Keychain.h"
#import <Security/Security.h>
@implementation Keychain
{
NSString * keychainService;
NSString * keychainGroup;
}
-(id) initWithService:(NSString *)service withGroup:(NSString*)group

{
self =[super init];
if(self) {
keychainService = [NSString stringWithString:service];
if(group) {
keychainGroup = [NSString stringWithString:group];
}
}
return self;
}
-(void)insertKey:(NSString *)key
withData:(NSData *)data
withCompletion:(KeychainOperationBlock)completionBlock
{
NSMutableDictionary * dict =[self prepareDict:key];
[dict setObject:data forKey:(__bridge id)kSecValueData];
[dict setObject:keychainService forKey:(id)kSecAttrService];
OSStatus status = SecItemAdd((__bridge CFDictionaryRef)dict, NULL);

if(errSecSuccess != status) {
DLog(@"Unable add item with key =%@ error:%d",key,(int)status);
if (completionBlock) {
completionBlock(errSecSuccess == status, nil, status);
}
}
if (status == errSecDuplicateItem) {
[self updateKey:key withData:data withCompletion:^(BOOL successfulOperation, NSData
*updateData, OSStatus updateStatus) {
completionBlock(successfulOperation, updateData, updateStatus);
}
DLog(@"Found duplication item -- updating key with data");
}];
}
}
-(void)findDataForKey:(NSString *)key
withCompletionBlock:(KeychainOperationBlock)completionBlock
{
NSMutableDictionary *dict = [self prepareDict:key];
[dict setObject:(__bridge id)kSecMatchLimitOne forKey:(__bridge id)kSecMatchLimit];
[dict setObject:keychainService forKey:(id)kSecAttrService];
[dict setObject:(id)kCFBooleanTrue forKey:(__bridge id)kSecReturnData];
CFTypeRef result = NULL;
OSStatus status = SecItemCopyMatching((__bridge CFDictionaryRef)dict,&result);
if( status != errSecSuccess) {

DLog(@"Unable to fetch item for key %@ with error:%d",key,(int)status);
}
} else {
completionBlock(errSecSuccess == status, (__bridge NSData *)result, status);
}
}
}
-(void)updateKey:(NSString *)key
withData:(NSData *)data
withCompletion:(KeychainOperationBlock)completionBlock
{
NSMutableDictionary * dictKey =[self prepareDict:key];
NSMutableDictionary * dictUpdate =[[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];

[dictUpdate setObject:data forKey:(__bridge id)kSecValueData];
[dictUpdate setObject:keychainService forKey:(id)kSecAttrService];
OSStatus status = SecItemUpdate((__bridge CFDictionaryRef)dictKey, (__bridge
CFDictionaryRef)dictUpdate);
DLog(@"Unable to remove item for key %@ with error:%d",key,(int)status);
}
}
}
-(void)removeDataForKey:(NSString *)key
withCompletionBlock:(KeychainOperationBlock)completionBlock {
NSMutableDictionary *dict = [self prepareDict:key];
OSStatus status = SecItemDelete((__bridge CFDictionaryRef)dict);
DLog(@"Unable to remove item for key %@ with error:%d",key,(int)status);
}
}
}
#pragma mark Internal methods
-(NSMutableDictionary*) prepareDict:(NSString *) key {
NSMutableDictionary *dict = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];

[dict setObject:(__bridge id)kSecClassGenericPassword forKey:(__bridge id)kSecClass];
NSData *encodedKey = [key dataUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding];

[dict setObject:encodedKey forKey:(__bridge id)kSecAttrGeneric];
[dict setObject:encodedKey forKey:(__bridge id)kSecAttrAccount];
[dict setObject:keychainService forKey:(__bridge id)kSecAttrService];
[dict setObject:(__bridge id)kSecAttrAccessibleAlwaysThisDeviceOnly forKey:(__bridge
id)kSecAttrAccessible];
//This is for sharing data across apps

if(keychainGroup != nil) {
[dict setObject:keychainGroup forKey:(__bridge id)kSecAttrAccessGroup];
}
return dict;
}
@end
Keychain Access Control (TouchID with password fallback)
Keychain allows to save items with special SecAccessControl attribute which will allow to get item
from Keychain only after user will be authenticated with Touch ID (or passcode if such fallback is
allowed). App is only notified whether the authentication was successful or not, whole UI is
managed by iOS.
First, SecAccessControl object should be created:
Swift
let error: Unmanaged<CFError>?
guard let accessControl = SecAccessControlCreateWithFlags(kCFAllocatorDefault,

kSecAttrAccessibleWhenPasscodeSetThisDeviceOnly, .userPresence, &error) else {
fatalError("Something went wrong")
}
Next, add it to the dictionary with kSecAttrAccessControl key (which is mutually exclusive with
kSecAttrAccessible key you've been using in other examples):
Swift
var dictionary = [String : Any]()
dictionary[kSecClass as String] = kSecClassGenericPassword

dictionary[kSecAttrLabel as String] = "com.me.myapp.myaccountpassword" as CFString
dictionary[kSecAttrAccount as String] = "My Name" as CFString
dictionary[kSecValueData as String] = "new_password!!".data(using: .utf8) as! CFData
dictionary[kSecAttrAccessControl as String] = accessControl
And save it as you've done before:
Swift
let lastResultCode = SecItemAdd(query as CFDictionary, nil)
To access stored data, just query Keychain for a key. Keychain Services will present
authentication dialog to the user and return data or nil depending on whether suitable fingerprint
was provided or passcode matched.
Optionally, prompt string can be specified:
Swift
var query = [String: Any]()
query[kSecClass as String] = kSecClassGenericPassword

query[kSecReturnData as String] = kCFBooleanTrue
query[kSecAttrAccount as String] = "My Name" as CFString
query[kSecAttrLabel as String] = "com.me.myapp.myaccountpassword" as CFString
query[kSecUseOperationPrompt as String] = "Please put your fingers on that button" as CFString
var queryResult: AnyObject?

let status = withUnsafeMutablePointer(to: &queryResult) {
SecItemCopyMatching(query as CFDictionary, UnsafeMutablePointer($0))
}
Pay attention that status will be err if user declined, canceled or failed authorization.
Swift
if status == noErr {
let password = String(data: queryResult as! Data, encoding: .utf8)!
print("Password: \(password)")
} else {
print("Authorization not passed")
}
Read Keychain online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6839/keychain
Chapter 95: Load images async
Examples
Easiest way
The most simple way to create this is to use Alamofire and its UIImageViewExtension. What we
need is a tableview with a cell that has an imageView in it and lets call it imageView.
In the cellForRowAt: function of the tableView we would download the image and set in the
following way:
let url = URL(string: "https://httpbin.org/image/png")!

let placeholderImage = UIImage(named: "placeholder")!
imageView.af_setImage(withURL: url, placeholderImage: placeholderImage)
The url should point to the image that you want to download and the placeHolder image should be
a stored image. We then call the af_setImage method on the imageView which downloads the image
at the given url and during the download the placeholder image will be shown. As soon as the
image is downloaded the requested image is displayed
Check that the cell is still visible after download
Sometimes the download takes longer than the cell is being displayed. In this case it can happen,
that the downloaded image is shown in the wrong cell. To fix this we can not use the UIImageView
Extension.
We still will be using Alamofire however we will use the completion handler to display the image.
In this scenario we still need a tableView with a cell which has a imageView in it. In the
cellForRowAt: method we would download the image with the following code:
let placeholderImage = UIImage(named: "placeholder")!

imageView.image = placeholderImage
let url = URL(string: "https://httpbin.org/image/png")!
Alamofire.request(url!, method: .get).responseImage { response in

guard let image = response.result.value else { return }
if let updateCell = tableView.cellForRow(at: indexPath) {

updateCell.imageView.image = image
}
}
In this example we first set the image to the placeholder image. Afterwards we download the
image with the request method of Alamofire. We pass the url as the first argument and since we
just want to get the image we will use the .get HTTP method. Since we are downloading an image
we want the response to be an image therefore we use the .responseImage method.
After the image has been downloaded the closure gets called and first of all we make sure that the
downloaded image actually exists. Then we make sure that the cell is still visible by checking that
the cellForRow(at: indexPath) doesn't return nil. If it does nothing happens, if it doesn't we assign
the recently downloaded image.
This last if statement ensures that the cell is still visible if the user already scrolled over the cell the
updateCell will be nil and the if statement returns nil. This helps us prevent displaying the wrong
image in a cell.
Read Load images async online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10793/load-images-async
Chapter 96: Localization
Introduction
Localization is feature provided by iOS which translates your app into multiple language.For
Localisation,Internationalization is necessary.Internationalization is process of making iOS
app able to adapt different culture,language and regions.
Examples
Localization in iOS
Create an individual Localizable.strings file for each language. The right side would be different
for each language. Think of it as a key-value pair:
"str" = "str-language";
Access str in Objective-C:
//Try to provide description on the localized string to be able to create a proper

documentation if needed
NSString *str = NSLocalizedString(@"string", @"description of the string");
Access str in Swift:
let str = NSLocalizedString("string", comment: "language");
Read Localization online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1579/localization
Chapter 97: Make selective UIView corners
rounded
Examples
Objective C code to make selected corner of a UiView rounded
First import #import <QuartzCore/QuartzCore.h> into your ViewController class. Here is how I set my
view in code
UIView *view1=[[UIView alloc]init];

view1.backgroundColor=[UIColor colorWithRed:255/255.0 green:193/255.0 blue:72/255.0
alpha:1.0];
CGRect view1Frame = view1.frame;
view1Frame.size.width = SCREEN_WIDTH*0.97;
view1Frame.size.height = SCREEN_HEIGHT*0.2158;
view1Frame.origin.x = 0;
view1Frame.origin.y = 0.1422*SCREEN_HEIGHT-10;
view1.frame = view1Frame;
[self setMaskTo:view1 byRoundingCorners:UIRectCornerBottomRight|UIRectCornerTopRight];
[self.view addSubview:view1];
Here is the function which does the heavy lifting and rounds off the selected edges which is the
Bottom Right and the Top Right edge in our case
- (void)setMaskTo:(UIView*)view byRoundingCorners:(UIRectCorner)corners
{
UIBezierPath *rounded = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRoundedRect:view.bounds
byRoundingCorners:corners
cornerRadii:CGSizeMake(20.0, 20.0)];
CAShapeLayer *shape = [[CAShapeLayer alloc] init];
[shape setPath:rounded.CGPath];
view.layer.mask = shape;
}
Read Make selective UIView corners rounded online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7224/make-selective-uiview-corners-rounded
Chapter 98: Managing the Keyboard
Examples
Moving view up or down when keyboard is present
Note: This only works for the built-in keyboard provided by

iOS
SWIFT:
In order for the view of a UIViewController to increase the origin of the frame when it is presented
and decrease it when it is hidden, add the following functions to your class:
func keyboardWillShow(notification: NSNotification) {
if let keyboardSize = (notification.userInfo?[UIKeyboardFrameBeginUserInfoKey] as?

NSValue)?.cgRectValue {
if self.view.frame.origin.y == 0{
self.view.frame.origin.y -= keyboardSize.height
}
}
func keyboardWillHide(notification: NSNotification) {

if let keyboardSize = (notification.userInfo?[UIKeyboardFrameBeginUserInfoKey] as?
NSValue)?.cgRectValue {
if self.view.frame.origin.y != 0{
self.view.frame.origin.y += keyboardSize.height
}
}
}
And in the viewDidLoad() method of your class, add the following observers:
NotificationCenter.default.addObserver(self, selector: #selector(Login.keyboardWillShow),

name: NSNotification.Name.UIKeyboardWillShow, object: nil)
NotificationCenter.default.addObserver(self, selector: #selector(Login.keyboardWillHide),
name: NSNotification.Name.UIKeyboardWillHide, object: nil)
And this will work for any screen size, using the height property of the keyboard.
OBJECTIVE-C:
To do the same thing in Objective-C, this code can be used:
- (void)viewWillAppear:(BOOL)animated {
[super viewWillAppear:animated];
selector:@selector(keyboardWillShow:) name:UIKeyboardWillShowNotification object:nil];
selector:@selector(keyboardWillHide:) name:UIKeyboardWillHideNotification object:nil];
}
- (void)viewWillDisappear:(BOOL)animated {
[super viewWillDisappear:animated];
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:self
name:UIKeyboardWillShowNotification object:nil];
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:self
name:UIKeyboardWillHideNotification object:nil];
}
- (void)keyboardWillShow:(NSNotification *)notification
{
CGSize keyboardSize = [[[notification userInfo]
objectForKey:UIKeyboardFrameBeginUserInfoKey] CGRectValue].size;

CGRect f = self.view.frame;
f.origin.y = -keyboardSize.height;
self.view.frame = f;
}];
}
-(void)keyboardWillHide:(NSNotification *)notification
{
CGRect f = self.view.frame;
f.origin.y = 0.0f;
self.view.frame = f;
}];
}
Create a custom in-app keyboard
This is a basic in-app keyboard. The same method could be used to make just about any
keyboard layout. Here are the main things that need to be done:
• Create the keyboard layout in an .xib file, whose owner is a Swift or Objective-C class that is
a UIView subclass.
• Tell the UITextField to use the custom keyboard.
• Use a delegate to communicate between the keyboard and the main view controller.
Create the .xib keyboard layout file

• In Xcode go to File > New > File... > iOS > User Interface > View to create the .xib file.
• I called mine Keyboard.xib
• Add the buttons that you need.
• Use auto layout constraints so that no matter what size the keyboard is, the buttons will
resize accordingly.
• Set the File's Owner (not the root view) to be the Keyboard class. This is a common source of
error. You'll create this class in the next step. See the note at the end.
Create the .swift UIView subclass keyboard

file
• In Xcode go to File > New > File... > iOS > Source > Cocoa Touch Class to create the
Swift or Objective-C class. Choose UIView as a superclass for newly created class
• I called mine Keyboard.swift (Keyboard class in Objective-C)
• Add the following code for Swift:
import UIKit
// The view controller will adopt this protocol (delegate)

// and thus must contain the keyWasTapped method
protocol KeyboardDelegate: class {
func keyWasTapped(character: String)
}
class Keyboard: UIView {
// This variable will be set as the view controller so that

// the keyboard can send messages to the view controller.
weak var delegate: KeyboardDelegate?
// MARK:- keyboard initialization

initializeSubviews()
}

initializeSubviews()
}
func initializeSubviews() {
let xibFileName = "Keyboard" // xib extention not included
let view = NSBundle.mainBundle().loadNibNamed(xibFileName, owner: self,
options: nil)[0] as! UIView
self.addSubview(view)
view.frame = self.bounds
}
// MARK:- Button actions from .xib file
@IBAction func keyTapped(sender: UIButton) {

// When a button is tapped, send that information to the
// delegate (ie, the view controller)
self.delegate?.keyWasTapped(sender.titleLabel!.text!) // could alternatively
send a tag value
}
• Add the following code for Objective-C:
Keyboard.h File
// The view controller will adopt this protocol (delegate)
// and thus must contain the keyWasTapped method
@protocol KeyboardDelegate<NSObject>
- (void)keyWasTapped:(NSString *)character;
@end
@interface Keyboard : UIView

@property (nonatomic, weak) id<KeyboardDelegate> delegate;
@end
Keyboard.m File
#import "Keyboard.h"
@implementation Keyboard
- (id)initWithCoder:(NSCoder *)aDecoder {
self = [super initWithCoder:aDecoder];
[self initializeSubviews];
return self;
}
- (id)initWithFrame:(CGRect)frame {
self = [super initWithFrame:frame];
[self initializeSubviews];
return self;
}
- (void)initializeSubviews {
NSString *xibFileName = @"Keyboard"; // xib extention not included
UIView *view = [[[NSBundle mainBundle] loadNibNamed:xibFileName owner:self
options:nil] firstObject];
[self addSubview:view];
view.frame = self.bounds;
}
// MARK:- Button actions from .xib file
-(IBAction)keyTapped:(UIButton *)sender {
// When a button is tapped, send that information to the
// delegate (ie, the view controller)
[self.delegate keyWasTapped:sender.titleLabel.text]; // could alternatively send a
tag value
}
@end
• Control drag actions from the buttons to button callback in the .xib file to the @IBAction
method in the Swift or Objective-C owner to hook them all up.
• Note that the protocol and delegate code. See this answer for a simple explanation about
how delegates work.
Set up the View Controller

• Add a UITextField to your main storyboard and connect it to your view controller with an
IBOutlet. Call it textField.
• Use the following code for the View Controller in Swift:
import UIKit
class ViewController: UIViewController, KeyboardDelegate {
@IBOutlet weak var textField: UITextField!

super.viewDidLoad()
// initialize custom keyboard

let keyboardView = Keyboard(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 0, height: 300))
keyboardView.delegate = self // the view controller will be notified by the
keyboard whenever a key is tapped
// replace system keyboard with custom keyboard

textField.inputView = keyboardView
}
// required method for keyboard delegate protocol

func keyWasTapped(character: String) {
textField.insertText(character)
}
}
• Use the following code for Objective-C:
.h File
@interface ViewController : UIViewController
@end
.m File
#import "Keyboard.h"
@interface ViewController ()<KeyboardDelegate>
@property (nonatomic, weak) IBOutlet UITextField *textField;
@end
// initialize custom keyboard

Keyboard *keyboardView = [[Keyboard alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 0, 300)];
keyboardView.delegate = self; // the view controller will be notified by the keyboard
whenever a key is tapped
// replace system keyboard with custom keyboard

self.textField.inputView = keyboardView;
}
- (void)keyWasTapped:(NSString *)character {
[self.textField insertText:character];
}
@end
• Note that the view controller adopts the KeyboardDelegate protocol that we defined above.
Common error
If you are getting an EXC_BAD_ACCESS error, it is probably because you set the view's custom class as
Keyboard rather than do this for the nib File's Owner.
Select Keyboard.nib and then choose File's Owner.
Make sure that the custom class for the root view is blank.
Notes
This example comes originally from this Stack Overflow answer.
Managing the Keyboard Using a Singleton + Delegate
When I first started managing the keyboard I would use separate Notifications in each
ViewController.
Notification Method (Using NSNotification):

super.viewDidLoad()
NSNotificationCenter.defaultCenter().addObserver(self, selector:
#selector(ViewController.keyboardNotification(_:)), name:
UIKeyboardWillChangeFrameNotification, object: nil)
}
func keyboardNotification(notification: NSNotification) {

guard let userInfo = notification.userInfo else { return }
let endFrame = (userInfo[UIKeyboardFrameEndUserInfoKey] as? NSValue)?.CGRectValue()

let duration: NSTimeInterval = (userInfo[UIKeyboardAnimationDurationUserInfoKey] as?
NSNumber)?.doubleValue ?? 0
let animationCurveRawNSN = userInfo[UIKeyboardAnimationCurveUserInfoKey] as? NSNumber
let animationCurveRaw = animationCurveRawNSN?.unsignedLongValue ??
UIViewAnimationOptions.CurveEaseOut.rawValue
let animationCurve: UIViewAnimationOptions = UIViewAnimationOptions(rawValue:
animationCurveRaw)
if endFrame?.origin.y >= UIScreen.mainScreen().bounds.size.height {

lowerViewBottomConstraint.constant = 0
} else {
lowerViewBottomConstraint.constant = endFrame?.size.height ?? 0.0
}
view.animateConstraintWithDuration(duration, delay: NSTimeInterval(0), options:
animationCurve, completion: nil)
}
}
My problem was that I found myself writing this code again and again for every single
ViewController. After experimenting a bit I found using a Singleton + Delegate pattern allowed me
to reuse a bunch of code and organize all of the Keyboard Management in a single place!
Singleton + Delegate Method:
protocol KeyboardManagerDelegate: class {

func keyboardWillChangeFrame(endFrame: CGRect?, duration: NSTimeInterval, animationCurve:
UIViewAnimationOptions)
}
class KeyboardManager {
weak var delegate: KeyboardManagerDelegate?
class var sharedInstance: KeyboardManager {

struct Singleton {
static let instance = KeyboardManager()
}
return Singleton.instance
}
init() {
#selector(KeyboardManager.keyboardWillChangeFrameNotification(_:)), name:
}
@objc func keyboardWillChangeFrameNotification(notification: NSNotification) {

let endFrame = (userInfo[UIKeyboardFrameEndUserInfoKey] as? NSValue)?.CGRectValue()

let duration: NSTimeInterval = (userInfo[UIKeyboardAnimationDurationUserInfoKey] as?
NSNumber)?.doubleValue ?? 0
let animationCurveRawNSN = userInfo[UIKeyboardAnimationCurveUserInfoKey] as? NSNumber
let animationCurveRaw = animationCurveRawNSN?.unsignedLongValue ??
UIViewAnimationOptions.CurveEaseOut.rawValue
let animationCurve: UIViewAnimationOptions = UIViewAnimationOptions(rawValue:
animationCurveRaw)
delegate?.keyboardWillChangeFrame(endFrame, duration: duration, animationCurve:

animationCurve)
}
}
Now when I want to manage the keyboard from a ViewController all I need to do is set the
delegate to that ViewController and implement any delegate methods.

override func viewWillAppear(animated: Bool) {
super.viewWillAppear(animated)
KeyboardManager.sharedInstance.delegate = self
}
}
// MARK: - Keyboard Manager
extension ViewController: KeyboardManagerDelegate {

UIViewAnimationOptions) {
if endFrame?.origin.y >= UIScreen.mainScreen().bounds.size.height {
lowerViewBottomConstraint.constant = 0
} else {
lowerViewBottomConstraint.constant = (endFrame?.size.height ?? 0.0)
}
view.animateConstraintWithDuration(duration, delay: NSTimeInterval(0), options:
animationCurve, completion: nil)
}
}
This method is very customizable too! Say we want to add functionality for
UIKeyboardWillHideNotification. This is as easy as adding a method to our KeyboardManagerDelegate.
KeyboardManagerDelegate with UIKeyboardWillHideNotification:
protocol KeyboardManagerDelegate: class {

func keyboardWillHide(notificationUserInfo: [NSObject: AnyObject])
}
class KeyboardManager {
init() {
#selector(KeyboardManager.keyboardWillChangeFrameNotification(_:)), name:
#selector(KeyboardManager.keyboardWillHide(_:)), name: UIKeyboardWillHideNotification, object:
nil)
}

delegate?.keyboardWillHide(userInfo)
}
}
Say we only want to implement func keyboardWillHide(notificationUserInfo: [NSObject:

AnyObject]) in one ViewController. We can also make this method optional.
typealias KeyboardManagerDelegate = protocol<KeyboardManagerModel,

KeyboardManagerConfigureable>
protocol KeyboardManagerModel: class {

}
@objc protocol KeyboardManagerConfigureable {

optional func keyboardWillHide(userInfo: [NSObject: AnyObject])
}
*Note this pattern helps avoid overuse of @objc. See http://www.jessesquires.com/avoiding-objc-in-

swift/ for more details!
In summary, I've found using a Singleton + Delegate to manage the keyboard is both more
efficient and easier to use than using Notifications
Dismiss a keyboard with tap on view
If you want to hide a keyboard by tap outside of it, it's possible to use this hacky trick (works only
with Objective-C):
// dismiss keyboard when tap outside a text field

UITapGestureRecognizer *tapGestureRecognizer = [[UITapGestureRecognizer alloc]
initWithTarget:self.view action:@selector(endEditing:)];
[tapGestureRecognizer setCancelsTouchesInView:NO];
[self.view addGestureRecognizer:tapGestureRecognizer];
}
for Swift there will be a bit more code:
super.viewDidLoad()
// dismiss keyboard when tap outside a text field

let tapGestureRecognizer: UITapGestureRecognizer = UITapGestureRecognizer(target: self,
action: #selector(YourVCName.dismissKeyboard))
view.addGestureRecognizer(tapGestureRecognizer)
}
//Calls this function when the tap is recognized.

func dismissKeyboard() {
//Causes the view (or one of its embedded text fields) to resign the first responder
status.
view.endEditing(true)
}
Another Swift 3/iOS 10 example
class vc: UIViewController {

super.viewDidLoad()
txtSomeField.delegate = self
}
}
extension vc: UITextFieldDelegate {

//Hide the keyboard for any text field when the UI is touched outside of the keyboard.
override func touchesBegan(_ touches: Set<UITouch>, with event: UIEvent?)
{
self.view.endEditing(true) //Hide the keyboard
}
}
Scrolling a UIScrollView/UITableView When Displaying the Keyboard
There are few approaches available there:
1. You can subscribe for keyboard appearance events notifications and change offset
manually:
//Swift 2.0+
super.viewDidLoad()
#selector(YourVCClassName.keyboardWillShow(_:)), name: UIKeyboardWillShowNotification, object:
nil)
#selector(YourVCClassName.keyboardWillHide(_:)), name: UIKeyboardWillHideNotification, object:
nil)
}
func keyboardWillShow(notification: NSNotification) {

if let userInfo = notification.userInfo {
if let keyboardHeight =
userInfo[UIKeyboardFrameEndUserInfoKey]?.CGRectValue.size.height {
tableView.contentInset = UIEdgeInsetsMake(0, 0, keyboardHeight, 0)
}
}
}

tableView.contentInset = UIEdgeInsetsMake(0, 0, 0, 0)
}
//Objective-C

selector:@selector(keyboardWillShow:) name:UIKeyboardWillShowNotification object:nil];
selector:@selector(keyboardWillHide:) name:UIKeyboardWillHideNotification object:nil];
- (void)keyboardWillShow:(NSNotification *)notification {
NSDictionary *userInfo = [notification userInfo];
if (userInfo) {
CGRect keyboardEndFrame;
[[userInfo objectForKey:UIKeyboardFrameEndUserInfoKey] getValue:&keyboardEndFrame];
tableView.contentInset = UIEdgeInsetsMake(0, 0, keyboardEndFrame.size.height, 0);
- (void)keyboardWillHide:(NSNotification *)notification {
tableView.contentInset = UIEdgeInsetsMake(0, 0, 0, 0);
2. Or use ready-made solutions like TPKeyboardAvoidingTableView or

TPKeyboardAvoidingScrollView https://github.com/michaeltyson/TPKeyboardAvoiding
Read Managing the Keyboard online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/436/managing-the-

keyboard
Chapter 99: MKDistanceFormatter
Examples
String from distance
Given a CLLocationDistance (simply a Double representing meters), output a user-readable string:
let distance = CLLocationDistance(42)

let formatter = MKDistanceFormatter()
let answer = formatter.stringFromDistance(distance)
// answer = "150 feet"
Objective-C
CLLocationDistance distance=42;
MKDistanceFormatter *formatter=[[MKDistanceFormatter alloc]init];
NSString *answer=[formatter stringFromDistance:distance];
// answer = "150 feet"
By default, this respects the user's locale.
Distance units
import Mapkit Set units to one of .Default, .Metric, .Imperial, .ImperialWithYards:
formatter.units = .Metric
var answer = formatter.stringFromDistance(distance)
// "40 m"
formatter.units = .ImperialWithYards
answer = formatter.stringFromDistance(distance)
// "50 yards"
Objective-C
MKDistanceFormatter *formatter=[[MKDistanceFormatter alloc]init];

formatter.units=MKDistanceFormatterUnitsMetric;
//40 m
formatter.units=MKDistanceFormatterUnitsImperialWithYards;
//50 yards
Unit style
Set unitStyle to one of .Default, .Abbreviated, .Full:
formatter.unitStyle = .Full
var answer = formatter.stringFromDistance(distance)
// "150 feet"
formatter.unitStyle = .Abbreviated
answer = formatter.stringFromDistance(distance)
// "150 ft"
Objective-C
formatter.unitStyle=MKDistanceFormatterUnitStyleFull;
// "150 feet"
formatter.unitStyle=MKDistanceFormatterUnitStyleAbbreviated;
// "150 ft"
Read MKDistanceFormatter online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6677/mkdistanceformatter
Chapter 100: MKMapView
Examples
Scroll to coordinate and zoom-level
When you show a location to your users, you might want the MKMapView to display a coordinate at a
zoom-level instead of setting a region to show. This functionality is not implemented by default, so
you need to extend MKMapView with a methods that do the complex calculation from a coordinate
and zoom-level to a MKCoordinateRegion.
let MERCATOR_OFFSET = 268435456.0

let MERCATOR_RADIUS = 85445659.44705395
let DEGREES = 180.0
public extension MKMapView {
//MARK: Map Conversion Methods
private func longitudeToPixelSpaceX(longitude:Double)->Double{

return round(MERCATOR_OFFSET + MERCATOR_RADIUS * longitude * M_PI / DEGREES)
}
private func latitudeToPixelSpaceY(latitude:Double)->Double{

return round(MERCATOR_OFFSET - MERCATOR_RADIUS * log((1 + sin(latitude * M_PI /
DEGREES)) / (1 - sin(latitude * M_PI / DEGREES))) / 2.0)
}
private func pixelSpaceXToLongitude(pixelX:Double)->Double{

return ((round(pixelX) - MERCATOR_OFFSET) / MERCATOR_RADIUS) * DEGREES / M_PI
}
private func pixelSpaceYToLatitude(pixelY:Double)->Double{

return (M_PI / 2.0 - 2.0 * atan(exp((round(pixelY) - MERCATOR_OFFSET) /
MERCATOR_RADIUS))) * DEGREES / M_PI
}
private func coordinateSpanWithCenterCoordinate(centerCoordinate:CLLocationCoordinate2D,

zoomLevel:Double)->MKCoordinateSpan{
// convert center coordiate to pixel space
let centerPixelX = longitudeToPixelSpaceX(longitude: centerCoordinate.longitude)
let centerPixelY = latitudeToPixelSpaceY(latitude: centerCoordinate.latitude)
print(centerCoordinate)
// determine the scale value from the zoom level
let zoomExponent:Double = 20.0 - zoomLevel
let zoomScale:Double = pow(2.0, zoomExponent)
// scale the map’s size in pixel space
let mapSizeInPixels = self.bounds.size
let scaledMapWidth = Double(mapSizeInPixels.width) * zoomScale
let scaledMapHeight = Double(mapSizeInPixels.height) * zoomScale
// figure out the position of the top-left pixel
let topLeftPixelX = centerPixelX - (scaledMapWidth / 2.0)
let topLeftPixelY = centerPixelY - (scaledMapHeight / 2.0)
// find delta between left and right longitudes
let minLng = pixelSpaceXToLongitude(pixelX: topLeftPixelX)
let maxLng = pixelSpaceXToLongitude(pixelX: topLeftPixelX + scaledMapWidth)
let longitudeDelta = maxLng - minLng
let minLat = pixelSpaceYToLatitude(pixelY: topLeftPixelY)
let maxLat = pixelSpaceYToLatitude(pixelY: topLeftPixelY + scaledMapHeight)
let latitudeDelta = -1.0 * (maxLat - minLat)
return MKCoordinateSpan(latitudeDelta: latitudeDelta, longitudeDelta: longitudeDelta)
}
/**
Sets the center of the `MKMapView` to a `CLLocationCoordinate2D` with a custom zoom-
level. There is no nee to set a region manually. :-)
- author: Mylene Bayan (on GitHub)

*/
public func setCenter(_ coordinate:CLLocationCoordinate2D, zoomLevel:Double,
animated:Bool){
// clamp large numbers to 28
var zoomLevel = zoomLevel
zoomLevel = min(zoomLevel, 28)
// use the zoom level to compute the region
print(coordinate)
let span = self.coordinateSpanWithCenterCoordinate(centerCoordinate: coordinate,
zoomLevel: zoomLevel)
let region = MKCoordinateRegionMake(coordinate, span)
if region.center.longitude == -180.00000000{
print("Invalid Region")
}
else{
self.setRegion(region, animated: animated)
}
}
}
(The original Swift 2 version by Mylene Bayan can be found on GitHub)
After you implemented this extension, you can set the center coordinate as following:
let centerCoordinate = CLLocationCoordinate2DMake(48.136315, 11.5752901) //latitude, longitude

mapView?.setCenter(centerCoordinate, zoomLevel: 15, animated: true)
zoomLevel is a Double value, usually between 0 and 21 (which is a very high zoom-level), but values
up to 28 are allowed.
Working With Annotation
Get All Annotation
//following method returns all annotations object added on map

NSArray *allAnnotations = mapView.annotations;
Get Annotation View
for (id<MKAnnotation> annotation in mapView.annotations)

{
MKAnnotationView* annotationView = [mapView viewForAnnotation:annotation];
if (annotationView)
{
// Do something with annotation view
// for e.g change image of annotation view
annotationView.image = [UIImage imageNamed:@"SelectedPin.png"];
}
}
Remove All Annotations
[mapView removeAnnotations:mapView.annotations]
Remove Single Annotation
//getting all Annotation

NSArray *allAnnotations = self.myMapView.annotations;
if (allAnnotations.count > 0)
{
//getting first annoation
id <MKAnnotation> annotation=[allAnnotations firstObject];
//removing annotation
[mapView removeAnnotation:annotation];
Add MKMapView
Swift
let mapView = MKMapView(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 320, height: 500))
It's recommended to store the mapView as a property of the containing ViewController since you
might want to access it in more complex implementations.
Objective C
self.map = [[MKMapView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, self.view.frame.size.width,

self.view.frame.size.height)];
[self.view addSubview:self.map];
Change map-type
There are 5 different types (MKMapType), MKMapView can display.
iPhone OS 3
.standard
Displays a street map that shows the position of all roads and some road names.
Swift 2
mapView.mapType = .Standard
Swift 3
mapView.mapType = .standard
Objective-C
_mapView.mapType = MKMapTypeStandard;
iPhone OS 3
.satellite
Displays satellite imagery of the area.
Swift 2
mapView.mapType = .Satellite
Swift 3
mapView.mapType = .satellite
Objective-C
_mapView.mapType = MKMapTypeSatellite;
iOS 9
.satelliteFlyover
Displays a satellite image of the area with flyover data where available.
Swift 2
mapView.mapType = .SatelliteFlyover
Swift 3
mapView.mapType = .satelliteFlyover
Objective-C
_mapView.mapType = MKMapTypeSatelliteFlyover;
iPhone OS 3
.hybrid
Displays a satellite image of the area with road and road name information layered on top.
Swift 2
mapView.mapType = .Hybrid
Swift 3
mapView.mapType = .hybrid
Objective-C
_mapView.mapType = MKMapTypeHybrid;
iOS 9
.hybridFlyover
Displays a hybrid satellite image with flyover data where available.
Swift 2
mapView.mapType = .HybridFlyover
Swift 3
mapView.mapType = .hybridFlyover
Objective-C
_mapView.mapType = MKMapTypeHybridFlyover;
OpenStreetMap Tile-Overlay
In some cases, you might not want to use the default maps, Apple provides.
You can add an overlay to your mapView that contains custom tiles for example from
OpenStreetMap.
Let's assume, self.mapView is your MKMapView that you have already added to your ViewController.
At first, your ViewController needs to conform to the protocol MKMapViewDelegate.
class MyViewController: UIViewController, MKMapViewDelegate
Then you have to set the ViewController as delegate of mapView
mapView.delegate = self
Next, you configure the overlay for the map. You'll need an URL-template for this. The URL should
be similar to this on all tile-servers and even if you would store the map-data offline:
http://tile.openstreetmap.org/{z}/{x}/{y}.png
let urlTeplate = "http://tile.openstreetmap.org/{z}/{x}/{y}.png"

let overlay = MKTileOverlay(urlTemplate: urlTeplate)
overlay.canReplaceMapContent = true
After you configured the overlay, you must add it to your mapView.
mapView.add(overlay, level: .aboveLabels)
To use custom maps, it is recommended to use .aboveLabels for level. Otherwise, the default
labels would be visible on your custom map. If you want to see the default labels, you can choose
.aboveRoads here.
If you would run your project now, you would recognize, that your map would still show the default
map:
That's because we haven't told the mapView yet, how to render the overlay. This is the reason, why
you had to set the delegate before. Now you can add func mapView(_ mapView: MKMapView,
rendererFor overlay: MKOverlay) -> MKOverlayRenderer to your view controller:
func mapView(_ mapView: MKMapView, rendererFor overlay: MKOverlay) -> MKOverlayRenderer {

if overlay is MKTileOverlay {
let renderer = MKTileOverlayRenderer(overlay: overlay)
return renderer
} else {
return MKTileOverlayRenderer()
}
}
This will return the correct MKOverlayRenderer to your mapView. If you run your project now, you
should see a map like this:
If you want to display another map, you just have to change the URL-template. There is a list of
tile-servers in the OSM Wiki.
Show UserLocation and UserTracking example
This will show the user location on the map
Objective-C
[self.map setShowsUserLocation:YES];
Swift
self.map?.showsUserLocation = true
Chapter 101: ModelPresentationStyles
Introduction
Modal Presentation styles are used when you are transitioning from one view controller to another.
There are 2 ways of achieving this customization. One is through code and another through
Interface Builder(using segues). This effect is achieved by settingmodalPresentationStyle variable
to an instance of UIModalPresentationStyle enum. modalPresentationStyle property is a class
variable of UIViewController and is used to specify how a ViewController is presented on screen.
Remarks
Always remember the following mention from Apple.
In a horizontally compact environment, modal view controllers are always presented

full-screen. In a horizontally regular environment, there are several different
presentation options.
Examples
Exploring ModalPresentationStyle using Interface Builder
This will be a very basic app which will illustrate different ModalpresentationStyle in iOS. According
to documentation found here, There are 9 different values for UIModalPresentationStyle which are
as follows,
1. fullScreen
2. pageSheet
3. formSheet
4. currentContext
5. custom
6. overFullScreen
7. overCurrentContext
8. popover
9. none
To setup a project, just create a normal iOS project and add 2 ViewControllers. Put a UIButton in
you initial ViewController and connect it to 2nd ViewController via a Target -> Action mechanism.
To distinguish both ViewControllers, set background property of UIView in ViewController some
other color. If all goes well, your Interface Builder should look something this,
(For details on why iPad, refer to Remarks section). Once you are done setting up your project,
select the segue and go to the attributes inspector. You should be able to see something like this,
Set the kind property to Present Modally.
Now, we won't see all of the effects in this example as some of them requires little bit of code.
Let's start with fullscreen. This effect is selected by default when you select Present Modally in Kind
tab. When you build and run, the 2nd ViewController would occupy the full screen of you iPad.
tab. In this option, when device is in portrait mode, the 2nd ViewController is similar to full screen
but in landscape mode, 2nd ViewController is much narrow the device width. Also, any content not
covered by 2nd ViewController will be dimmed.
is placed in center of device and the size is smaller to that of device. Also when device is in
landscape mode and keyboard is visible position of view is adjusted upwards to show the
ViewController.
tab. The 2nd ViewController is presented as a small popover(size can be set). The background
content is dimmed. Any tap outside the popover would dismiss the popover. Your Attributes
Inspector should look something like this,
Anchor is the UI element to which you want your popover arrow to point. Directions are the
directions you allow your popover Anchor to point in.
http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10122/modelpresentationstyles
Chapter 102: MPMediaPickerDelegate
Remarks
Please see the Apple Documentation for more information regarding privacy.
Make sure the Music app is available in your iPhone. It will not work in the simulator.
Examples
Load music with MPMediaPickerControllerDelegate and play it with
AVAudioPlayer
Go through the steps:
• Add 'NSAppleMusicUsageDescription' to your Info.plist for the privacy authority.

• Make sure your music is available in your iPhone. It will not work in the simulator.
iOS 10.0.1
import UIKit
import AVFoundation
import MediaPlayer
class ViewController: UIViewController, MPMediaPickerControllerDelegate {
var avMusicPlayer: AVAudioPlayer!

var mpMediapicker: MPMediaPickerController!
var mediaItems = [MPMediaItem]()
let currentIndex = 0

super.viewDidLoad()
}
func audioPlayerDidFinishPlaying(_ player: AVAudioPlayer, successfully flag: Bool){

//What to do?
}
func mediaPicker(_ mediaPicker: MPMediaPickerController, didPickMediaItems

mediaItemCollection: MPMediaItemCollection) {
mediaItems = mediaItemCollection.items
updatePlayer()
self.dismiss(animated: true, completion: nil)
}
func updatePlayer(){
let item = mediaItems[currentIndex]
// DO-TRY-CATCH try to setup AVAudioPlayer with the path, if successful, sets up the
AVMusicPlayer, and song values.
if let path: NSURL = item.assetURL as NSURL? {
do
{
avMusicPlayer = try AVAudioPlayer(contentsOf: path as URL)
avMusicPlayer.enableRate = true
avMusicPlayer.rate = 1.0
avMusicPlayer.numberOfLoops = 0
avMusicPlayer.currentTime = 0
}
catch
{
avMusicPlayer = nil
}
}
}
@IBAction func Play(_ sender: AnyObject) {

//AVMusicPlayer.deviceCurrentTime
avMusicPlayer.play()
}
@IBAction func Stop(_ sender: AnyObject) {

avMusicPlayer.stop()
}
@IBAction func picker(_ sender: AnyObject) {

mpMediapicker = MPMediaPickerController.self(mediaTypes:MPMediaType.music)
mpMediapicker.allowsPickingMultipleItems = false
mpMediapicker.delegate = self
self.present(mpMediapicker, animated: true, completion: nil)
}
Read MPMediaPickerDelegate online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7299/mpmediapickerdelegate
Chapter 103: MPVolumeView
Introduction
The MPVolumeView class is volume view to presents the user with a slider control for setting the
system audio output volume, and a button for choosing the audio output route.
Remarks
MPVolumeView only shows up when building and running on an actual iOS device and will not
work in a simulator.
Examples
Adding a MPVolumeView
// Add MPVolumeView in a holder view

let mpVolumeHolderView = UIView(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: view.bounds.midY, width:
view.bounds.width, height: view.bounds.height))
// Set the holder view's background color to transparent
mpVolumeHolderView.backgroundColor = .clear
let mpVolume = MPVolumeView(frame: mpVolumeHolderView.bounds)
mpVolume.showsRouteButton = true
mpVolumeHolderView.addSubview(mpVolume)
view.addSubview(mpVolumeHolderView)
// the volume view is white, set the parent background to black to show it better in this
example
view.backgroundColor = .black
!!!A very important note is that the MPVolumeView only works on an actual device and not on a
simulator.
Read MPVolumeView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9038/mpvolumeview
Chapter 104: Multicast Delegates
Introduction
Pattern for adding multicasting capabilities to existing iOS controls. Adding multicasting allows for
improved clarity and code re-use.
Examples
Multicast delegates for any controls
Forward messages one object to another by delegates, multicasting these messages to multiple
observers..
Step 1:- Create NSObject class of RRMulticastDelegate
Step 2:- Following code implement in RRMulticastDelegate.h file
@interface RRMulticastDelegate : NSObject
{
//Handle multiple observers of delegate
NSMutableArray* _delegates;
}
// Delegate method implementation to the list of observers

- (void)addDelegate:(id)delegate;
- (void)removeDelegate:(id)delegate;
// Get multiple delegates

-(NSArray *)delegatesObjects;
@end
Step 3:- Following code implement in RRMulticastDelegate.m file
#import "RRMulticastDelegate.h"
@implementation RRMulticastDelegate
- (id)init
{
if (self = [super init])
{
_delegates = [NSMutableArray array];
}
return self;
}
-(NSArray *)delegatesObjects
{
return _delegates;
}
- (void)removeDelegate:(id)delegate
{
if ([_delegates containsObject:delegate])
[_delegates removeObject:delegate];
}
- (void)addDelegate:(id)delegate
{
if (![_delegates containsObject:delegate])
[_delegates addObject:delegate];
}
- (BOOL)respondsToSelector:(SEL)aSelector
{
if ([super respondsToSelector:aSelector])
return YES;
// if any of the delegates respond to this selector, return YES

for(id delegate in _delegates)
{
if (!delegate)
continue;
if ([delegate respondsToSelector:aSelector])
{
return YES;
}
}
return NO;
}
- (NSMethodSignature *)methodSignatureForSelector:(SEL)aSelector
{
// can this class create the sinature?
NSMethodSignature* signature = [super methodSignatureForSelector:aSelector];
// if not, try our delegates

if (!signature)
{
{
if (!delegate)
continue;
if ([delegate respondsToSelector:aSelector])
{
return [delegate methodSignatureForSelector:aSelector];
}
}
}
return signature;
}
- (void)forwardInvocation:(NSInvocation *)anInvocation
{
// forward the invocation to every delegate
{
if (!delegate)
continue;
if ([delegate respondsToSelector:[anInvocation selector]])

{
[anInvocation invokeWithTarget:delegate];
}
}
}
@end
Step 4:- Create NSObject category class of RRProperty
Step 5:- Following code implement in NSObject+RRProperty.h file
#import "RRMulticastDelegate.h"
@interface NSObject (RRProperty)<UITextFieldDelegate,UITableViewDataSource>
-(void)setObject:(id)block forKey:(NSString *)key;

-(id)objectForKey:(NSString *)key;
#pragma mark - Multicast Delegate
- (RRMulticastDelegate *)multicastDelegate;
- (RRMulticastDelegate *)multicastDatasource;
-(void)addDelegate:(id)delegate;
-(void)addDataSource:(id)datasource;
@end
Step 6:- Following code implement in NSObject+RRProperty.m file
#import "NSObject+RRProperty.h"
#import <objc/message.h>
#import <objc/runtime.h>
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wprotocol"
static NSString *const MULTICASTDELEGATE = @"MULTICASTDELEGATE";

static NSString *const MULTICASTDATASOURCE = @"MULTICASTDATASOURCE";
@implementation NSObject (RRProperty)
-(void)setObject:(id)block forKey:(NSString *)key

{
objc_setAssociatedObject(self, (__bridge const void *)(key), block,
OBJC_ASSOCIATION_RETAIN);
}
-(id)objectForKey:(NSString *)key
{
return objc_getAssociatedObject(self, (__bridge const void *)(key));
}
#pragma mark - Multicast Delegate
- (RRMulticastDelegate *)multicastDelegate
{
id multicastDelegate = [self objectForKey:MULTICASTDELEGATE];
if (multicastDelegate == nil) {
multicastDelegate = [[RRMulticastDelegate alloc] init];
[self setObject:multicastDelegate forKey:MULTICASTDELEGATE];

}
return multicastDelegate;
}
- (RRMulticastDelegate *)multicastDatasource
{
id multicastDatasource = [self objectForKey:MULTICASTDATASOURCE];
if (multicastDatasource == nil) {
multicastDatasource = [[RRMulticastDelegate alloc] init];
[self setObject:multicastDatasource forKey:MULTICASTDATASOURCE];

}
return multicastDatasource;
}
-(void)addDelegate:(id)delegate
{
[self.multicastDelegate addDelegate:delegate];
UITextField *text = (UITextField *) self;

text.delegate = self.multicastDelegate;
}
-(void)addDataSource:(id)datasource
{
[self.multicastDatasource addDelegate:datasource];
UITableView *text = (UITableView *) self;
text.dataSource = self.multicastDatasource;
}
@end
Finally you ca use multicast dalegate for any controls...
For ex...
Import your viewcontroller class in NSObject+RRProperty.h file to access its methods to set
multicast delegate/datasource.
UITextView *txtView = [[UITextView alloc]initWithFrame:txtframe];

[txtView addDelegate:self];
UITableView *tblView = [[UITableView alloc]initWithFrame:tblframe];

[tblView addDelegate:self];
[tblView addDataSource:self];
Read Multicast Delegates online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10081/multicast-delegates
Chapter 105: MVP Architecture
Introduction
MVP is an architectural pattern, a derivation of the Model–View–Controller. It's represented by
three distinct components: Model, View and the Presenter. It was engineered to facilitate
automated unit testing and improve the separation of concerns in presentation logic.
In examples you'll find a simple project built with MVP pattern in mind.
Remarks
Components:
• Model is an interface responsible for the domain data (to be displayed or otherwise acted
upon in the GUI)
• View is responsible for the presentation layer (GUI)
• Presenter is the "middle-man" between Model and View. It reacts to the user’s actions
performed on the View, retrieves data from the Model, and formats it for display in the View
Component duties:
Model View Presenter
Communicates with DB layer Renders data Performs queries to the Model
Raising appropriate events Receives events Formats data from Model
Very basic validation logic Sends formatted data to the View
Complex validation logic
Differences between MVC and MVP:
• View in MVC is tightly coupled with the Controller, the View part of the MVP consists of both
UIViews and UIViewController
• MVP View is as dumb as possible and contains almost no logic (like in MVVM), MVC View
has some business logic and can query the Model
• MVP View handles user gestures and delegates interaction to the Presenter, in MVC the
Controller handles gestures and commands Model
• MVP pattern highly supports Unit Testing, MVC has limited support
• MVC Controller has lots of UIKit dependencies, MVP Presenter has none
Pros:
• MVP makes UIViewController a part of the View component it's dumb, passive and...less
massive ;]
• Most of the business logic is incapsulated due to the dumb Views, this gives an excellent
testability. Mock objects can be introduced to test the domain part.
• Separated entities are easier to keep in head, responsibilities are clearly divided.
Cons
• You will write more code.

• Barrier for unexperienced developers or for those who don't yet work with the pattern.
Examples
Dog.swift
import Foundation
enum Breed: String {

case bulldog = "Bulldog"
case doberman = "Doberman"
case labrador = "Labrador"
}
struct Dog {
let name: String
let breed: String
let age: Int
}
DoggyView.swift
import Foundation
protocol DoggyView: NSObjectProtocol {

func startLoading()
func finishLoading()
func setDoggies(_ doggies: [DoggyViewData])
func setEmpty()
}
DoggyService.swift
import Foundation
typealias Result = ([Dog]) -> Void
class DoggyService {
func deliverDoggies(_ result: @escaping Result) {
let firstDoggy = Dog(name: "Alfred", breed: Breed.labrador.rawValue, age: 1)

let secondDoggy = Dog(name: "Vinny", breed: Breed.doberman.rawValue, age: 5)
let thirdDoggy = Dog(name: "Lucky", breed: Breed.labrador.rawValue, age: 3)
let delay = DispatchTime.now() + Double(Int64(Double(NSEC_PER_SEC)*2)) /

Double(NSEC_PER_SEC)
DispatchQueue.main.asyncAfter(deadline: delay) {
result([firstDoggy,
secondDoggy,
thirdDoggy])
}
}
}
DoggyPresenter.swift
import Foundation
class DoggyPresenter {
// MARK: - Private
fileprivate let dogService: DoggyService
weak fileprivate var dogView: DoggyView?
init(dogService: DoggyService){
self.dogService = dogService
}
func attachView(_ attach: Bool, view: DoggyView?) {

if attach {
dogView = nil
} else {
if let view = view { dogView = view }
}
}
func getDogs(){
self.dogView?.startLoading()
dogService.deliverDoggies { [weak self] doggies in

self?.dogView?.finishLoading()
if doggies.count == 0 {
self?.dogView?.setEmpty()
} else {
self?.dogView?.setDoggies(doggies.map {
return DoggyViewData(name: "\($0.name) \($0.breed)",
age: "\($0.age)")
})
}
}
}
}
struct DoggyViewData {
let name: String
let age: String
}
DoggyListViewController.swift
import UIKit
class DoggyListViewController: UIViewController, UITableViewDataSource {
@IBOutlet weak var emptyView: UIView?

@IBOutlet weak var tableView: UITableView?
@IBOutlet weak var spinner: UIActivityIndicatorView?
fileprivate let dogPresenter = DoggyPresenter(dogService: DoggyService())

fileprivate var dogsToDisplay = [DoggyViewData]()

super.viewDidLoad()
tableView?.dataSource = self
spinner?.hidesWhenStopped = true
dogPresenter.attachView(true, view: self)
dogPresenter.getDogs()
}
// MARK: DataSource
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, numberOfRowsInSection section: Int) -> Int {
return dogsToDisplay.count
}
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, cellForRowAt indexPath: IndexPath) ->

UITableViewCell {
let cell = UITableViewCell(style: .subtitle, reuseIdentifier: "Cell")
let userViewData = dogsToDisplay[indexPath.row]
cell.textLabel?.text = userViewData.name
cell.detailTextLabel?.text = userViewData.age
return cell
}
}
extension DoggyListViewController: DoggyView {
func startLoading() {
spinner?.startAnimating()
}
func finishLoading() {
spinner?.stopAnimating()
}
func setDoggies(_ doggies: [DoggyViewData]) {

dogsToDisplay = doggies
tableView?.isHidden = false
emptyView?.isHidden = true;
tableView?.reloadData()
}
func setEmpty() {
tableView?.isHidden = true
emptyView?.isHidden = false;
}
}
Read MVP Architecture online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9467/mvp-architecture
Chapter 106: MVVM
Examples
MVVM Without Reactive Programming
I'll start with a really short explanation what is and why use Model-View-ViewModel (MVVM)
design pattern in your iOS apps. When iOS first appeared, Apple suggested to use MVC (Model-
View-Controller) as a design pattern. They showed it in all of their examples and all first
developers were happy using it because it nicely separated concerns between business logic and
user interface. As applications became larger and more complex a new problem appeared
appropriately called Massive View Controllers (MVC). Because all business logic was added in the
ViewController, with time they usually became too large and complex. To avoid MVC issue, a new
design pattern was introduced to the world of iOS - Model-View-ViewModel (MVVM) pattern.
The diagram above shows how MVVM looks like. You have a standard ViewController + View (in
storyboard, XIB or Code), which acts as MVVM's View (in later text - View will reference MVVM's
View). A view has a reference to a ViewModel, where our business logic is. It's important to notice
that ViewModel doesn't know anything about the View and never has a reference to the view.
ViewModel has a reference to a Model.
This is enough with a theoretical part of the MVVM. More about it can be read here.
One of the main issues with MVVM is how to update View via the ViewModel when ViewModel
doesn't have any references and doesn't even know anything about the View.
The main part of this example is to show how to use MVVM (more precisely, how to bind
ViewModel and View) without any reactive programming (ReactiveCocoa, ReactiveSwift or
RxSwif). Just as a note: if you want to use Reactive programming, even better since MVVM
bindings are done really easy using it. But this example is on how to use MVVM without Reactive
programming.
Let's create a simple example to demonstrate how to use MVVM.
Our MVVMExampleViewController is a simple ViewController with a label and a button. When button is
pressed, the label text should be set to 'Hello'. Since deciding what to do on user user interaction
is part of the business logic, ViewModel will have to decide what to do when user presses the
button. MVVM's View shouldn't do any business logic.
class MVVMExampleViewController: UIViewController {
@IBOutlet weak var helloLabel: UILabel!
var viewModel: MVVMExampleViewModel?

super.viewDidLoad()
}
@IBAction func sayHelloButtonPressed(_ sender: UIButton) {

viewModel?.userTriggeredSayHelloButton()
}
}
MVVMExampleViewModel is a simple ViewModel.
class MVVMExampleViewModel {
func userTriggeredSayHelloButton() {
// How to update View's label when there is no reference to the View??
}
}
You might wonder, how to set the ViewModel's reference in the View. I usually do it when
ViewController is being initialized or before it will be shown. For this simple example, I would do
something like this in the AppDelegate:
func application(_ application: UIApplication, didFinishLaunchingWithOptions launchOptions:

[UIApplicationLaunchOptionsKey: Any]?) -> Bool {
if let rootVC = window?.rootViewController as? MVVMExampleViewController {
let viewModel = MVVMExampleViewModel()
rootVC.viewModel = viewModel
}
return true
The real question now is: how to update View from ViewModel without giving a reference to
the View to the ViewModel? (Remember, we won't use any of the Reactive Programming iOS
libraries)
You could think about using KVO, but that would just complicate things too much. Some smart
people have thought about the issue and came up with the Bond library. The library might seem
complicated and a little harder to understand at first, so I'll just take one small part of it and make
our MVVM fully functional.
Let's introduce the Dynamic class which is the core of our simple yet fully functional MVVM pattern.
class Dynamic<T> {
typealias Listener = (T) -> Void
var listener: Listener?
func bind(_ listener: Listener?) {

self.listener = listener
}
func bindAndFire(_ listener: Listener?) {

self.listener = listener
listener?(value)
}
var value: T {
didSet {
listener?(value)
}
}
init(_ v: T) {
value = v
}
}
Dynamic class is using Generics and Closures to bind our ViewModel with our View. I won't go into
details about this class, we can do it in the comments (to make this example shorter). Let's now
update our MVVMExampleViewController and MVVMExampleViewModel to use those classes.
Our updated MVVMExampleViewController
class MVVMExampleViewController: UIViewController {
@IBOutlet weak var helloLabel: UILabel!
var viewModel: MVVMExampleViewModel?

super.viewDidLoad()
bindViewModel()
}
func bindViewModel() {
if let viewModel = viewModel {
viewModel.helloText.bind({ (helloText) in
DispatchQueue.main.async {
// When value of the helloText Dynamic variable
// is set or changed in the ViewModel, this code will
// be executed
self.helloLabel.text = helloText
}
})
}
}
@IBAction func sayHelloButtonPressed(_ sender: UIButton) {

viewModel?.userTriggeredSayHelloButton()
}
}
Updated MVVMExampleViewModel:
class MVVMExampleViewModel {
// we have to initialize the Dynamic var with the

// data type we want
var helloText = Dynamic("")
func userTriggeredSayHelloButton() {
// Setting the value of the Dynamic variable
// will trigger the closure we defined in the View
helloText.value = "Hello"
}
}
That is it. Your ViewModel is now able to update View without it having a reference to the View.
This is a really simple example, but I think you have an idea how powerful this can be. I won't go
into details about benefits of the MVVM, but once you switch from MVC to MVVM, you won't go
back. Just try it and see for yourself.
Read MVVM online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8775/mvvm
Chapter 107: MyLayout
Introduction
MyLayout is a simple and easy objective-c framework for iOS view layout. MyLayout provides
some simple functions to build a variety of complex interface. It integrates the functions including:
Autolayout and SizeClass of iOS, five layout classes of Android, float and flex-box and bootstrap
of HTML/CSS. you can visit from:
Objective-C: https://github.com/youngsoft/MyLinearLayout Swift:

https://github.com/youngsoft/TangramKit
Examples
A Simple Demo to use MyLayout
1. There is a container view S which width is 100 and height is wrap to all subviews height.
there are four subviews A,B,C,D arranged from top to bottom.
2. Subview A's left margin is 20% width of S, right margin is 30% width of S, height is equal to
width of A.
3. Subview B's left margin is 40, width is filled in to residual width of S,height is 40. Subview C's
width is filled in to S, height is
40.
4. Subview D's right margin is 20, width is 50% width of S, height is 40
like below figure:
MyLinearLayout *S = [MyLinearLayout
linearLayoutWithOrientation:MyLayoutViewOrientation_Vert];
S.subviewSpace = 10;
S.widthSize.equalTo(@100);

UIView *A = UIView.new;
A.leftPos.equalTo(@0.2);
A.rightPos.equalTo(@0.3);
A.heightSize.equalTo(A.widthSize);
[S addSubview:A];
UIView *B = UIView.new;
B.leftPos.equalTo(@40);
B.widthSize.equalTo(@60);
B.heightSize.equalTo(@40);
[S addSubview:B];
UIView *C = UIView.new;
C.leftPos.equalTo(@0);
C.rightPos.equalTo(@0);
C.heightSize.equalTo(@40);
[S addSubview:C];
UIView *D = UIView.new;
D.rightPos.equalTo(@20);
D.widthSize.equalTo(S.widthSize).multiply(0.5);
D.heightSize.equalTo(@40);
[S addSubview:D];
Read MyLayout online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9692/mylayout
Chapter 108: Navigation Bar
Examples
Customize default navigation bar appearance.
// Default UINavigationBar appearance throughout the app

[[UINavigationBar appearance] setTitleTextAttributes:@{NSForegroundColorAttributeName:
[UIColor whiteColor],
NSFontAttributeName : [UIFont
fontWithName:@"HelveticaNeue-CondensedBold" size:17],
}];
[[UINavigationBar appearance] setTintColor:[UIColor whiteColor]];

[[UINavigationBar appearance] setBarTintColor:[UIColor KNGRed]];
[[UINavigationBar appearance] setTranslucent:NO];
[[UINavigationBar appearance] setBarStyle:UIBarStyleBlack];
[[UIBarButtonItem appearanceWhenContainedIn: [UISearchBar class], nil] setTintColor:[UIColor
KNGGray]];
SWIFT Example
navigationController?.navigationBar.titleTextAttributes = [NSForegroundColorAttributeName:
UIColor.white, NSFontAttributeName:UIFont(name: "HelveticaNeue-CondensedBold", size: 17)!,]
navigationController?.navigationBar.tintColor = .white
navigationController?.navigationBar.barTintColor = .red
navigationController?.navigationBar.isTranslucent = false
navigationController?.navigationBar.barStyle = .black
Read Navigation Bar online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7066/navigation-bar
Chapter 109: NSArray
Introduction
Here are some useful utility functions/methods that can be used as with Array extension for ease
of developer to perform certain critical operations on array with help of single line code.
Remarks
Once, current document gets approved, will add so many enhancement for other array utilites
also. This is my first document and need your assistance and approval in my effort.
Examples
Convert Array into json string
Call this function with parameter argument as array with type 'any'. It will return you json string.
Json string is used to submit array in web service call as request input parameter in Swift.
//-----------------------
let array = [["one" : 1], ["two" : 2], ["three" : 3], ["four" : 4]]
let jsonString = convertIntoJSONString(arrayObject: array)

print("jsonString - \(jsonString)")
//-----------------------
func convertIntoJSONString(arrayObject: [Any]) -> String? {
do {
let jsonData: Data = try JSONSerialization.data(withJSONObject: arrayObject,
options: [])
if let jsonString = NSString(data: jsonData, encoding:
String.Encoding.utf8.rawValue) {
return jsonString as String
}

print("Array convertIntoJSON - \(error.description)")
}
return nil
}
Read NSArray online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9248/nsarray
Chapter 110: NSAttributedString
Remarks
Set Color of Font Using NSAttributedString
Examples
Removing all attributes
Objective-C
NSMutableAttributedString *mutAttString = @"string goes here";

NSRange range = NSMakeRange(0, mutAttString.length);
[mutAttString setAttributes:@{} range:originalRange];
As per Apple Documentation we use, setAttributes and not addAttribute.
Swift
mutAttString.setAttributes([:], range: NSRange(0..<string.length))
Creating a string that has custom kerning (letter spacing)
NSAttributedString (and its mutable sibling NSMutableAttributedString) allows you to create strings
that are complex in their appearance to the user.
A common application is to use this to display a string and adding custom kerning / letter-spacing.
This would be achieved as follows (where label is a UILabel), giving a different kerning for the word
"kerning"
Swift
var attributedString = NSMutableAttributedString("Apply kerning")

attributedString.addAttribute(attribute: NSKernAttributeName, value: 5, range: NSMakeRange(6,
7))
label.attributedText = attributedString
Objective-C
NSMutableAttributedString *attributedString;
attributedString = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc] initWithString:@"Apply kerning"];
[attributedString addAttribute:NSKernAttributeName value:@5 range:NSMakeRange(6, 7)];
[label setAttributedText:attributedString];
Create a string with strikethrough text
Objective-C
NSMutableAttributedString *attributeString = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc]

initWithString:@"Your String here"];
[attributeString addAttribute:NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName
value:@2
range:NSMakeRange(0, [attributeString length])];
Swift
let attributeString: NSMutableAttributedString = NSMutableAttributedString(string: "Your

String here")
attributeString.addAttribute(NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName, value: 2, range:
NSMakeRange(0, attributeString.length))
Then you can add this to your UILabel:
yourLabel.attributedText = attributeString;
Appending Attributed Strings and bold text in Swift
let someValue : String = "Something the user entered"

let text = NSMutableAttributedString(string: "The value is: ")
text.appendAttributedString(NSAttributedString(string: someValue, attributes:
[NSFontAttributeName:UIFont.boldSystemFontOfSize(UIFont.systemFontSize())]))
The result looks like:
The value is: Something the user entered
Change the color of a word or string
Objective-C
UIColor *color = [UIColor redColor];

NSString *textToFind = @"redword";
NSMutableAttributedString *attrsString = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc]

initWithAttributedString:yourLabel.attributedText];
// search for word occurrence

NSRange range = [yourLabel.text rangeOfString:textToFind];
if (range.location != NSNotFound) {
[attrsString addAttribute:NSForegroundColorAttributeName value:color range:range];
}
// set attributed text

yourLabel.attributedText = attrsString;
Swift
let color = UIColor.red;
let textToFind = "redword"
let attrsString = NSMutableAttributedString(string:yourlabel.text!);
// search for word occurrence

let range = (yourlabel.text! as NSString).range(of: textToFind)
if (range.length > 0) {
attrsString.addAttribute(NSForegroundColorAttributeName,value:color,range:range)
}
// set attributed text

yourlabel.attributedText = attrsString
Note:
The main here is to use a NSMutableAttributedString and the selector addAttribute:value:range with
the attribute NSForegroundColorAttributeName to change a color of a string range:
NSMutableAttributedString *attrsString = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc]

initWithAttributedString:label.attributedText];
[attrsString addAttribute:NSForegroundColorAttributeName value:color range:range];
You could use another way to get the range, for example: NSRegularExpression.
Read NSAttributedString online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/979/nsattributedstring
Chapter 111: NSBundle
Examples
Getting the Main Bundle
1. Getting a reference to the main bundle using Cocoa.
To get the main bundle in Cocoa application, call the mainBundle class method of the
NSBundle class.
NSBundle *mainBundle;
// Get the main bundle for the app;
mainBundle = [NSBundle mainBundle];
2. Getting a reference to the main bundle using Core Foundation.
Use the CFBundleGetMainBundle function to retrieve the main bundle for your C-
based application.
CFBundleRef mainBundle;
// Get the main bundle for the app
mainBundle = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
Getting Bundle by Path
1. Locating a Cocoa bundle using its path
To obtain the bundle at a specific path using Cocoa, call the bundleWithPath: class
method of the NSBundle
NSBundle *myBundle;
// obtain a reference to a loadable bundle
myBundle = [NSBundle bundleWithPath:@"/Library/MyBundle.bundle";
2. Locating a Cocoa Foundation bundle using its Path
To obtain the bundle at a specific path using Core Foundation, call the
CFBundleCreate function and must use CFURLRef type.
CFURLRef bundleURL;
CFBundleRef myBundle;
// Make a CFURLRef from the CFString representation of the bundle's path.
bundleURL = CFURLCreateWithFileSystemPath(kCFAllocatorDefault,
CFSTR("/Library/MyBundle.bundle"), kCFURLPOSIXPathStyle, true);
// Make a bundle instance using the URLRef.
myBundle = CFBundleCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, bundeURL);
// You can release the URL now.
CFRelease(bundleURL);
// Use the bundle ...
// Release the bundle when done.
CFRelease(myBundle);
Read NSBundle online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5862/nsbundle
Chapter 112: NSData
Remarks
Useful Resources
Apple Documentation (NSData)
NSData.dataWithContentsOfFile()
NSData.bytes
Examples
Creating NSData objects
Using a file
Swift
let data = NSData(contentsOfFile: filePath) //assuming filePath is a valid path
Objective-C
NSData *data = [NSData dataWithContentsOfFile:filePath]; //assuming filePath is a valid path
Using a String object

Swift
let data = (string as NSString).dataUsingEncoding(NSUTF8StringEncoding) //assuming string is a

String object
Objective-C
NSData *data = [string dataUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]; //assuming string is a String

object
Converting NSData to other types
To String
Swift
let string = String(NSString(data: data, encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding)) //assuming data is a

valid NSData object
Objective-C
NSString *string = [[NSString alloc] initWithData:data encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding];

//assuming data is a valid NSData object
[string release];
To Array
Swift
let array = data.bytes as! NSMutableArray //assuming data is a valid NSData object
Objective-C
NSMutableArray *array = (NSMutableArray *)[data bytes]; //assuming data is a valid NSData

object
To Bytes Array
Swift
let bytesArray = data.bytes as! UInt8 //assuming data is a valid NSData object
Objective-C
UInt8 *bytesArray = (UInt8 *)data.bytes; //assuming data is a valid NSData object
Converting NSData to HEX string

NSData
can be represented as hexadecimal string, similar to what it outputs in its description method.
Swift
extension NSData {
func hexString() -> String {

return UnsafeBufferPointer<UInt8>(start: UnsafePointer<UInt8>(bytes), count: length)
.reduce("") { $0 + String(format: "%02x", $1) }
}
Objective-C
@implementation NSData (HexRepresentation)
- (NSString *)hexString {
const unsigned char *bytes = (const unsigned char *)self.bytes;
NSMutableString *hex = [NSMutableString new];
for (NSInteger i = 0; i < self.length; i++) {
[hex appendFormat:@"%02x", bytes[i]];
}
return [hex copy];
}
@end
Read NSData online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5084/nsdata
Chapter 113: NSDate
Syntax
• NSDate() // NSDate object init to the current date and time
• NSDate().timeIntervalSince1970 // Current date and time in number of seconds from
00:00:00 UTC on 1 January 1970.
• NSDate().compare(other: NSDate) // Returns a comparison of current date to another date
returns a NSComparisonResult
Remarks
There are different types of date format that you can set: Here is full list of them.
Format Meaning/Description Example1 Example2
175 AD → 2016 AD →
y A year with at least 1 digit.
“175” “2016”
yy A year with exactly 2 digits. 5 AD → “05” 2016 AD → “16”
2016 AD →
yyy A year with at least 3 digits. 5 AD → “005”
“2016”
5 AD → 2016 AD →
yyyy A year with at least 4 digits.
“0005” “2016”
"November" →
M A month with at least 1 digit. July → “7”
"11"
"November" →
MM A month with at least 2 digits. July → “07”
"11"
"November" →
MMM Three letter month abbreviation. July → “Jul”
"Nov"
"November" →
MMMM Full name of month. July → “July”
"November"
One letter month

"November" →
MMMMM abbreviation(Jan,June,July all will have July → “J”
"N"
'J').
d Day with at least one digit. 8 → “8” 29 → “29”
Format Meaning/Description Example1 Example2
dd Day with at least two digits. 8 → “08” 29 → “29”
“E”, “EE”, Monday → Thursday →

3 letter day abbreviation of day name.
or”EEE” “Mon” “Thu”
Monday → Thursday →
EEEE Full Day name.
“Monday” “Thursday”
1 letter day abbreviation of day Monday →

EEEEE Thursday → “T”
name.(Thu and Tue will be 'T') “M”
Monday →
EEEEEE 2 letter day abbreviation of day name. Thursday → “Th”
“Mo”
10 PM →
a Period of day (AM/PM). 2 AM → “AM”
“PM”
h A 1-12 based hour with at least 1 digit. 10 PM → “10” 2 AM → “2”
hh A 1-12 based hour with at least 2 digits. 10 PM → “10” 2 AM → “02”
H A 0-23 based hour with at least 1 digit. 10 PM → “14” 2 AM → “2”
HH A 0-23 based hour with at least 2 digits. 10 PM → “14” 2 AM → “02”
m A minute with at least 1 digit. 7 → “7” 29 → “29”
mm A minute with at least 2 digits. 7 → “07” 29 → “29”
s A second with at least 1 digit. 7 → “7” 29 → “29”
ss A second with at least 2 digits. 7 → “07” 29 → “29”
There are many more, for getting different time based on zone(z), for getting time with millisecond
details(S), etc.
Examples
Get Current Date
Getting current date is very easy. You get NSDate object of current date in just single line as
follows:
Swift
var date = NSDate()
Swift 3
var date = Date()
Objective-C
NSDate *date = [NSDate date];
Get NSDate Object N seconds from current date
The number of seconds from the current date and time for the new date. Use a negative value to
specify a date before the current date.
For doing this we have a method named dateWithTimerIntervalSinceNow(seconds: NSTimeInterval) -

> NSDate (Swift) or + (NSDate*)dateWithTimeIntervalSinceNow:(NSTimeInterval)seconds (Objective-C).
Now for example, if you require a date one week from current date and one week to current date,
then we can do it as.
Swift
let totalSecondsInWeek:NSTimeInterval = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;

//Using negative value for previous date from today
let nextWeek = NSDate().dateWithTimerIntervalSinceNow(totalSecondsInWeek)
//Using positive value for future date from today

let lastWeek = NSDate().dateWithTimerIntervalSinceNow(-totalSecondsInWeek)
Swift 3
let totalSecondsInWeek:TimeInterval = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
//Using positive value to add to the current date

let nextWeek = Date(timeIntervalSinceNow: totalSecondsInWeek)
//Using negative value to get date one week from current date
let lastWeek = Date(timeIntervalSinceNow: -totalSecondsInWeek)
Objective-C
NSTimeInterval totalSecondsInWeek = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;

//Using negative value for previous date from today
NSDate *lastWeek = [NSDate dateWithTimeIntervalSinceNow:-totalSecondsInWeek];
//Using positive value for future date from today
NSDate *nextWeek = [NSDate dateWithTimeIntervalSinceNow:totalSecondsInWeek];
NSLog(@"Last Week: %@", lastWeek);

NSLog(@"Right Now: %@", now);
NSLog(@"Next Week: %@", nextWeek);
Date Comparison
There are 4 methods for comparing dates:
Swift
• isEqualToDate(anotherDate: NSDate) -> Bool
• earlierDate(anotherDate: NSDate) -> NSDate
• laterDate(anotherDate: NSDate) -> NSDate
• compare(anotherDate: NSDate) -> NSComparisonResult
Objective-C
• - (BOOL)isEqualToDate:(NSDate *)anotherDate
• - (NSDate *)earlierDate:(NSDate *)anotherDate
• - (NSDate *)laterDate:(NSDate *)anotherDate
• - (NSComparisonResult)compare:(NSDate *)anotherDate
Let's say we have 2 dates:
Swift
let date1: NSDate = ... // initialized as July 7, 2016 00:00:00

let date2: NSDate = ... // initialized as July 2, 2016 00:00:00
Objective-C
NSDate *date1 = ... // initialized as July 7, 2016 00:00:00

NSDate *date2 = ... // initialized as July 2, 2016 00:00:00
Then, to compare them, we try this code:
Swift
if date1.isEqualToDate(date2) {
// returns false, as both dates aren't equal
}
earlierDate: NSDate = date1.earlierDate(date2) // returns the earlier date of the two (date 2)
laterDate: NSDate = date1.laterDate(date2) // returns the later date of the two (date1)
result: NSComparisonResult = date1.compare(date2)
if result == .OrderedAscending {
// true if date1 is earlier than date2
} else if result == .OrderedSame {
// true if the dates are the same
} else if result == .OrderedDescending {
// true if date1 is later than date1
}
Objective-C
if ([date1 isEqualToDate:date2]) {
// returns false, as both date are not equal
}
NSDate *earlierDate = [date1 earlierDate:date2]; // returns date which comes earlier from both
date, here it will return date2
NSDate *laterDate = [date1 laterDate:date2]; // returns date which comes later from both date,
here it will return date1
NSComparisonResult result = [date1 compare:date2];

if (result == NSOrderedAscending) {
// fails
// comes here if date1 is earlier then date2, in our case it will not come here
} else if (result == NSOrderedSame){
// fails
// comes here if date1 is same as date2, in our case it will not come here
} else{ // NSOrderedDescending
// succeeds
// comes here if date1 is later than date2, in our case it will come here
}
If you want to compare dates and handle seconds, weeks, months and years:
Swift 3
let dateStringUTC = "2016-10-22 12:37:48 +0000"

let dateFormatter = DateFormatter()
dateFormatter.locale = Locale(identifier: "en_US_POSIX")
dateFormatter.dateFormat = "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss X"
let date = dateFormatter.date(from: dateStringUTC)!
let now = Date()
let formatter = DateComponentsFormatter()

formatter.unitsStyle = .full
formatter.maximumUnitCount = 2
let string = formatter.string(from: date, to: Date())! + " " + NSLocalizedString("ago",
comment: "added after elapsed time to say how long before")
Or you can use this for each component:
// get the current date and time

let currentDateTime = Date()
// get the user's calendar
let userCalendar = Calendar.current
// choose which date and time components are needed

let requestedComponents: Set<Calendar.Component> = [
.year,
.month,
.day,
.hour,
.minute,
.second
]
// get the components

let dateTimeComponents = userCalendar.dateComponents(requestedComponents, from:
currentDateTime)
// now the components are available

dateTimeComponents.year
dateTimeComponents.month
dateTimeComponents.day
dateTimeComponents.hour
dateTimeComponents.minute
dateTimeComponents.second
Get Unix Epoch time
To get Unix Epoch Time, use the constant timeIntervalSince1970:
Swift
let date = NSDate() // current date
let unixtime = date.timeIntervalSince1970
Objective-C
NSDate *date = [NSDate date]; // current date
int unixtime = [date timeIntervalSince1970];
Convert NSDate that is composed from hour and minute (only) to a full
NSDate
There are many cases when one has created an NSDate from only an hour and minute format, i.e:
08:12 that returns from a server as a String and you initiate an NSDate instance by these values
only.
The downside for this situation is that your NSDate is almost completely "naked" and what you
need to do is to create: day, month, year, second and time zone in order to this object to "play
along" with other NSDate types.
For the sake of the example let's say that hourAndMinute is the NSDate type that is composed
from hour and minute format:
Objective-C
NSDateComponents *hourAndMinuteComponents = [calendar components:NSCalendarUnitHour |

NSCalendarUnitMinute
fromDate:hourAndMinute];
NSDateComponents *componentsOfDate = [[NSCalendar currentCalendar]
components:NSCalendarUnitDay | NSCalendarUnitMonth | NSCalendarUnitYear
fromDate:[NSDate date]];
NSDateComponents *components = [[NSDateComponents alloc] init];

[components setDay: componentsOfDate.day];
[components setMonth: componentsOfDate.month];
[components setYear: componentsOfDate.year];
[components setHour: [hourAndMinuteComponents hour]];
[components setMinute: [hourAndMinuteComponents minute]];
[components setSecond: 0];
[calendar setTimeZone: [NSTimeZone defaultTimeZone]];
NSDate *yourFullNSDateObject = [calendar dateFromComponents:components];
Now your object is the total opposite of being "naked".
NSDateFormatter
Converting an NSDate object to string is just 3 steps.
1. Create an NSDateFormatter object

Swift
let dateFormatter = NSDateFormatter()
Swift 3
Objective-C
NSDateFormatter *dateFormatter = [[NSDateFormatter alloc] init];
2. Set the date format in which you want your
string
Swift
dateFormatter.dateFormat = "yyyy-MM-dd 'at' HH:mm"
Objective-C
dateFormatter.dateFormat = @"yyyy-MM-dd 'at' HH:mm";
3. Get the formatted string

Swift
let date = NSDate() // your NSDate object

let dateString = dateFormatter.stringFromDate(date)
Swift 3
let date = Date() // your NSDate object

let dateString = dateFormatter.stringFromDate(date)
Objective-C
NSDate *date = [NSDate date]; // your NSDate object

NSString *dateString = [dateFormatter stringFromDate:date];
This will give output something like this: 2001-01-02 at 13:00
Note
Creating an NSDateFormatter instance is an expensive operation, so it is recommended
to create it once and reuse when possible.
Useful extension for converting date to string.
extension Date {
func toString() -> String {
dateFormatter.dateFormat = "MMMM dd yyyy"
return dateFormatter.string(from: self)
}
}
Useful links for swift date-formation swiftly-getting-human-readable-date-nsdateformatter.
For constructing date formats see date format patterns.
UTC Time offset from NSDate with TimeZone
Here this will calculate the UTC time offset from current data in desired timezone.
+(NSTimeInterval)getUTCOffSetIntervalWithCurrentTimeZone:(NSTimeZone *)current forDate:(NSDate

*)date {
NSTimeZone *utcTimeZone = [NSTimeZone timeZoneWithAbbreviation:@"UTC"];
NSInteger currentGMTOffset = [current secondsFromGMTForDate:date];
NSInteger gmtOffset = [utcTimeZone secondsFromGMTForDate:date];
NSTimeInterval gmtInterval = currentGMTOffset - gmtOffset;
return gmtInterval;
}
Get time cycle type (12-hour or 24-hour)
Checking whether the current date contains

the symbol for AM or PM
Objective-C
NSDateFormatter *formatter = [[NSDateFormatter alloc] init];

[formatter setLocale:[NSLocale currentLocale]];
[formatter setDateStyle:NSDateFormatterNoStyle];
[formatter setTimeStyle:NSDateFormatterShortStyle];
NSString *dateString = [formatter stringFromDate:[NSDate date]];
NSRange amRange = [dateString rangeOfString:[formatter AMSymbol]];
NSRange pmRange = [dateString rangeOfString:[formatter PMSymbol]];
BOOL is24h = (amRange.location == NSNotFound && pmRange.location == NSNotFound);
Requesting the time cycle type from NSDateFormatter
Objective-C
NSString *formatStringForHours = [NSDateFormatter dateFormatFromTemplate:@"j" options:0

locale:[NSLocale currentLocale]];
NSRange containsA = [formatStringForHours rangeOfString:@"a"];
BOOL is24h = containsA.location == NSNotFound;
This uses a special date template string called "j" which according to the ICU Spec ...
[...] requests the preferred hour format for the locale (h, H, K, or k), as determined by
the preferred attribute of the hours element in supplemental data. [...] Note that use of
'j' in a skeleton passed to an API is the only way to have a skeleton request a locale's
preferred time cycle type (12-hour or 24-hour).
That last sentence is important. It "is the only way to have a skeleton request a locale's preferred
time cycle type". Since NSDateFormatter and NSCalendar are built on the ICU library, the same holds
true here.
Reference
The second option was derived from this answer.
Get NSDate from JSON Date format "/Date(1268123281843)/"
Prior to Json.NET 4.5 dates were written using the Microsoft format: "/Date(1198908717056)/". If
your server sends date in this format you can use the below code to serialize it to NSDate:
Objective-C
(NSDate*) getDateFromJSON:(NSString *)dateString

{
// Expect date in this format "/Date(1268123281843)/"
int startPos = [dateString rangeOfString:@"("].location+1;
int endPos = [dateString rangeOfString:@")"].location;
NSRange range = NSMakeRange(startPos,endPos-startPos);
unsigned long long milliseconds = [[dateString substringWithRange:range] longLongValue];
NSLog(@"%llu",milliseconds);
NSTimeInterval interval = milliseconds/1000;
NSDate *date = [NSDate dateWithTimeIntervalSince1970:interval];
// add code for date formatter if need NSDate in specific format.
return date;
}
Get Historic Time from NSDate (eg: 5s ago, 2m ago, 3h ago)
This can be used in various chat applications, rss feeds, and social apps where you need to have
latest feeds with timestamps:
Objective-C
- (NSString *)getHistoricTimeText:(NSDate *)since

{
NSString *str;
NSTimeInterval interval = [[NSDate date] timeIntervalSinceDate:since];
if(interval < 60)
str = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%is ago",(int)interval];
else if(interval < 3600)
{
int minutes = interval/60;
str = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%im ago",minutes];
}
else if(interval < 86400)
{
int hours = interval/3600;
str = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%ih ago",hours];

}
else
{
NSDateFormatter *dateFormater=[[NSDateFormatter alloc]init];
[dateFormater setLocale:[NSLocale currentLocale]];
NSString *dateFormat = [NSDateFormatter dateFormatFromTemplate:@"MMM d, YYYY"
options:0 locale:[NSLocale currentLocale]];
[dateFormater setDateFormat:dateFormat];
str = [dateFormater stringFromDate:since];
}
return str;
}
Read NSDate online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1502/nsdate
Chapter 114: NSHTTPCookieStorage
Examples
Store and read the cookies from NSUserDefault
import Foundation
class CookiesSingleton {
static let instance : CookiesSingleton = CookiesSingleton()

static var enableDebug = true
func loadCookies() {
if let cookiesDetails =
NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().objectForKey("customeWebsite") {
for (keys,_) in cookiesDetails as! NSDictionary{
if let cookieDict = NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().objectForKey(keys
as! String){
if let cookie = NSHTTPCookie(properties:cookieDict as! [String:AnyObject])
{
NSHTTPCookieStorage.sharedHTTPCookieStorage().setCookie(cookie)
if(CookiesSingleton.enableDebug){
print("Each Cookies",cookieDict)
}
}
}
}
}
}
func removeCookies(){
NSURLCache.sharedURLCache().removeAllCachedResponses()
NSURLCache.sharedURLCache().diskCapacity = 0
NSURLCache.sharedURLCache().memoryCapacity = 0
let storage : NSHTTPCookieStorage = NSHTTPCookieStorage.sharedHTTPCookieStorage()

for cookie in storage.cookies! {
storage.deleteCookie(cookie as NSHTTPCookie)
}
NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().setValue("", forKey: "customeWebsite")

NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().synchronize()
print("Cookies Removed")
}
}
func saveCookies() {
let cookieArray = NSMutableArray()

let savedC = NSHTTPCookieStorage.sharedHTTPCookieStorage().cookies
let allCookiesDic:NSMutableDictionary = NSMutableDictionary()
for c : NSHTTPCookie in savedC! {
let cookieProps = NSMutableDictionary()

cookieArray.addObject(c.name)
cookieProps.setValue(c.name, forKey: NSHTTPCookieName)
cookieProps.setValue(c.value, forKey: NSHTTPCookieValue)
cookieProps.setValue(c.domain, forKey: NSHTTPCookieDomain)
cookieProps.setValue(c.path, forKey: NSHTTPCookiePath)
cookieProps.setValue(c.version, forKey: NSHTTPCookieVersion)
cookieProps.setValue(NSDate().dateByAddingTimeInterval(2629743), forKey:
NSHTTPCookieExpires)
allCookiesDic.setValue(cookieProps, forKey: c.name)
}
NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().setValue(allCookiesDic, forKey: "customeWebsite")
print("Cookies Saved")
}
}
Read NSHTTPCookieStorage online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7312/nshttpcookiestorage
Chapter 115: NSInvocation
Examples
NSInvocation Objective-C
Refer to this original Post by e.James
According to Apple's NSInvocation class reference:
An NSInvocation is an Objective-C message rendered static, that is, it is an action

turned into an object.
And, in a little more detail:
The concept of messages is central to the objective-c philosophy. Any time you call a method, or
access a variable of some object, you are sending it a message. NSInvocation comes in handy
when you want to send a message to an object at a different point in time, or send the same
message several times. NSInvocation allows you to describe the message you are going to send,
and then invoke it (actually send it to the target object) later on.
For example, let's say you want to add a string to an array. You would normally send the
addObject: message as follows:
[myArray addObject:myString];
Now, let's say you want to use NSInvocation to send this message at some other point in time:
First, you would prepare an NSInvocation object for use with NSMutableArray's addObject: selector:
NSMethodSignature * mySignature = [NSMutableArray

instanceMethodSignatureForSelector:@selector(addObject:)];
NSInvocation * myInvocation = [NSInvocation
invocationWithMethodSignature:mySignature];
Next, you would specify which object to send the message to:
[myInvocation setTarget:myArray];
Specify the message you wish to send to that object:
[myInvocation setSelector:@selector(addObject:)];
And fill in any arguments for that method:
[myInvocation setArgument:&myString atIndex:2];
Note that object arguments must be passed by pointer. Thank you to Ryan McCuaig for pointing
that out, and please see Apple's documentation for more details.
At this point, myInvocation is a complete object, describing a message that can be sent. To actually
send the message, you would call:
[myInvocation invoke];
This final step will cause the message to be sent, essentially executing [myArray
addObject:myString];.
Think of it like sending an email. You open up a new email (NSInvocation object), fill in the address
of the person (object) who you want to send it to, type in a message for the recipient (specify a
selector and arguments), and then click "send" (call invoke).
See Using NSInvocation for more information.
NSUndoManager uses NSInvocation objects so that it can reverse commands. Essentially, what you
are doing is creating an NSInvocation object to say: "Hey, if you want to undo what I just did, send
this message to that object, with these arguments". You give the NSInvocation object to the
NSUndoManager, and it adds that object to an array of undoable actions. If the user calls "Undo",
NSUndoManager simply looks up the most recent action in the array, and invokes the stored
NSInvocation object to perform the necessary action.
See Registering Undo Operations for more details.
Read NSInvocation online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8276/nsinvocation
Chapter 116: NSNotificationCenter
Introduction
iOS notifications are a simple and powerful way to send data in a loosely coupled way. That is, the
sender of a notification doesn't have to care about who (if anyone) receives the notification, it just
posts it out there to the rest of the app and it could be picked up by lots of things or nothing
depending on your app's state.
Source : - HACKING with Swift
Parameters
Parameter Details
The name of the notification for which to register the observer; that is, only
notifications with this name are used to add the block to the operation queue. If
name
you pass nil, the notification center doesn’t use a notification’s name to decide
whether to add the block to the operation queue.
The object whose notifications the observer wants to receive; that is, only
notifications sent by this sender are delivered to the observer. If you pass nil,
obj
the notification center doesn’t use a notification’s sender to decide whether to
deliver it to the observer.
The operation queue to which block should be added. If you pass nil, the block
queue
is run synchronously on the posting thread.
The block to be executed when the notification is received. The block is copied
block by the notification center and (the copy) held until the observer registration is
removed.
Remarks
An NSNotificationCenter object (or simply, notification center) provides a mechanism for
broadcasting information within a program. An NSNotificationCenter object is essentially a
notification dispatch table.
For more info, check out the Apple Documentation here
NSNotification & NSNotificationCenter in Swift
Examples
Adding/Removing an Observer with a Block
Instead of adding an observer with a selector, a block can be used:
id testObserver = [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserverForName:@"TestNotification"

object:nil
queue:nil
usingBlock:^(NSNotification*
notification) {
NSDictionary *userInfo = notification.userInfo;
MyObject *myObject = [userInfo objectForKey:@"someKey"];
}];
The observer can then be removed with:
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:testObserver

name:@"TestNotification"
object:nil];
Add and remove observer for name
// Add observer
let observer =
NSNotificationCenter.defaultCenter().addObserverForName("nameOfTheNotification", object: nil,
queue: nil) { (notification) in
// Do operations with the notification in this block
}
// Remove observer
NSNotificationCenter.defaultCenter().removeObserver(observer)
Adding an Observer
Naming Convention
Notifications are identified by global NSString objects whose names are composed in this way:
Name of associated class + Did | Will + UniquePartOfName + Notification
For example:
• NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification
• NSWindowDidMiniaturizeNotification
• NSTextViewDidChangeSelectionNotification
• NSColorPanelColorDidChangeNotification
Swift 2.3
NSNotificationCenter.defaultCenter().addObserver(self,
selector:
#selector(self.testNotification(_:)),
name: "TestNotification",
object: nil)
Swift 3
NSNotificationCenter.default.addObserver(self,
selector: #selector(self.testNotification(_:)),
name: NSNotification.Name(rawValue:
"TestNotification"),
object: nil)
Objective-C
selector:@selector(testNotification:)
name:@"TestNotification"
object:nil];
PS: It is also worth noting that the number of times an observer has been added has to be exactly
the number of times the observer is removed. A rookie mistake is to add the observer in the
viewWillAppear: of a UIViewController, but removing the observer in viewDidUnload:, will cause an
uneven number of pushes and thus leaking the observer and the notification selector getting called
in a superfluous manner.
Removing Observers
Swift 2.3
//Remove observer for single notification
NSNotificationCenter.defaultCenter().removeObserver(self, name: "TestNotification", object:
nil)
//Remove observer for all notifications

NotificationCenter.defaultCenter().removeObserver(self)
Swift 3
NotificationCenter.default.removeObserver(self, name: NSNotification.Name(rawValue:
"TestNotification"), object: nil)
NotificationCenter.default.removeObserver(self)
Objective-C
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:self name:@"TestNotification"
object:nil];

[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:self];
Posting a Notification
Swift
NSNotificationCenter.defaultCenter().postNotificationName("TestNotification", object: self)
Objective-C
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] postNotificationName:@"TestNotification" object:nil];
Posting a Notification with Data
Swift
let userInfo: [String: AnyObject] = ["someKey": myObject]
NSNotificationCenter.defaultCenter().postNotificationName("TestNotification", object: self,
userInfo: userInfo)
Objective-C
NSDictionary *userInfo = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObject:myObject forKey:@"someKey"];
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] postNotificationName: @"TestNotification" object:nil
userInfo:userInfo];
Observing a Notification
Swift
func testNotification(notification: NSNotification) {
let userInfo = notification.userInfo
let myObject: MyObject = userInfo["someKey"]
}
Objective-C
- (void)testNotification:(NSNotification *)notification {
MyObject *myObject = [userInfo objectForKey:@"someKey"];
}
Read NSNotificationCenter online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1601/nsnotificationcenter
Chapter 117: NSPredicate
Syntax
• Predicate Format String Substitions
○C format string specifiers: %d, %s, %f, etc
○Object substitution: %@
○Keypath substitution: %K
• Predicate Comparison Operators
○=, ==: Left-hand expression equals right-hand expression
○>=, =>: Left-hand expression is greater than or equal to right-hand expression
○<=, =<: Left-hand expression is less than or equal to right-hand expression
○>: Left-hand expression is greater than right-hand expression
○<: Left-hand expression is less than right-hand expression
○!=, <>: Left-hand expression is not equal to right-hand expression
○BETWEEN: Left-hand expression is between or equal to either of the values in the
right-hand expression, which specifies lower and upper bounds - ex: BETWEEN { 0, 5 }
• Predicate Compound Operators
○AND, &&: Logical AND
○OR, ||: Logical OR
○NOT, !: Logical NOT
• Predicate String Comparison Operators
○BEGINSWITH: Left-hand expression begins with right-hand expression
○ENDSWITH: Left-hand expression ends with right-hand expression
○CONTAINS: Left-hand expression contains right-hand expression
○LIKE: Left-hand expression equals right-hand expression, with wildcard substitution
○*: Match zero or more characters
○?: Match one character
Examples
Form validation using NSPredicate
NSString *emailRegex = @"[A-Z0-9a-z]([A-Z0-9a-z._-]{0,64})+[A-Z0-9a-z]+@[A-Z0-9a-z]+([A-Za-z0-

9.-]{0,64})+([A-Z0-9a-z])+\\.[A-Za-z]{2,4}"; NSString *firstNameRegex = @"[0-9A-Za-z\"'-
]{2,32}$";
NSString *firstNameRegex = @"[ 0-9A-Za-z]{2,32}$";
NSString *lastNameRegex = @"[0-9A-Za-z\"'-]{2,32}$";
NSString *mobileNumberRegEx = @"^[0-9]{10}$";
NSString *zipcodeRegEx = @"^[0-9]{5}$";
NSString *SSNRegEx = @"^\\d{3}-?\\d{2}-?\\d{4}$";
NSString *addressRegEx = @"^[ A-Za-z0-9]{2,32}$";
NSString *cityRegEx = @"^[ A-Za-z0-9]{2,25}$";
NSString *PINRegEx = @"^[0-9]{4}$";
NSString *driversLiscRegEx = @"^[0-9a-zA-Z]{5,20}$";
-(BOOL)validateEmail {
//Email address field should give an error when the email address begins with ".","-","_"
.
NSPredicate *emailPredicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@",
emailRegex];
return ([emailPredicate evaluateWithObject:self.text] && self.text.length <= 64 &&
([self.text rangeOfString:@".."].location == NSNotFound));
}
- (BOOL)validateFirstName {
NSPredicate *firstNamePredicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@",
firstNameRegex];
return [firstNamePredicate evaluateWithObject:self.text];
}
- (BOOL)validateLastName {
NSPredicate *lastNamePredicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@",
lastNameRegex];
return [lastNamePredicate evaluateWithObject:self.text];
}
- (BOOL)validateAlphaNumericMin2Max32 {
NSPredicate *firstNamePredicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@",
firstNameRegex];
return [firstNamePredicate evaluateWithObject:self.text];
}
- (BOOL)validateMobileNumber {
NSString *strippedMobileNumber = [[[[self.text stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"("
withString:@""]
stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@")"
withString:@""]
stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"-"
withString:@""]
stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@" "
withString:@""];
NSPredicate *mobileNumberPredicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@",

mobileNumberRegEx];
return [mobileNumberPredicate evaluateWithObject:strippedMobileNumber];

}
- (BOOL)validateZipcode {
NSPredicate *zipcodePredicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@",
zipcodeRegEx];
return [zipcodePredicate evaluateWithObject:self.text];

}
- (BOOL)validateSSN {
NSPredicate *predicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@", SSNRegEx];
return [predicate evaluateWithObject:self.text];

}
- (BOOL)validateAddress {
NSPredicate *predicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@",
addressRegEx];

}
- (BOOL)validateCity {
NSPredicate *predicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@", cityRegEx];
}
- (BOOL)validatePIN {
NSPredicate *predicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@", PINRegEx];

}
- (BOOL)validateDriversLiscNumber {
if([self.text length] > 20) {
return NO;
}
NSPredicate *driversLiscPredicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"SELF MATCHES %@",
driversLiscRegEx];
return [driversLiscPredicate evaluateWithObject:self.text];

}
Creating an NSPredicate Using predicateWithBlock
Objective-C
NSPredicate *predicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithBlock:^BOOL(id item,

NSDictionary *bindings) {
return [item isKindOfClass:[UILabel class]];
}];
Swift
let predicate = NSPredicate { (item, bindings) -> Bool in

return item.isKindOfClass(UILabel.self)
}
In this example, the predicate will match items that are of the class UILabel.
Creating an NSPredicate Using predicateWithFormat
Objective-C
NSPredicate *predicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat: @"self[SIZE] = %d", 5)];
Swift
let predicate = NSPredicate(format: "self[SIZE] >= %d", 5)
In this example, the predicate will match items that are arrays with length of at least 5.
Creating an NSPredicate with Substitution Variables
An NSPredicate can use substitution variables to allow values to be bound on the fly.
Objective-C
NSPredicate *template = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat: @"self BEGINSWITH $letter"];

NSDictionary *variables = @{ @"letter": @"r" };
NSPredicate *beginsWithR = [template predicateWithSubstitutionVariables: variables];
Swift
let template = NSPredicate(format: "self BEGINSWITH $letter")

let variables = ["letter": "r"]
let beginsWithR = template.predicateWithSubstitutionVariables(variables)
The template predicate is not modified by predicateWithSubstitutionVariables. Instead, a copy is

created, and that copy receives the substitution variables.
Using NSPredicate to Filter an Array
Objective-C
NSArray *heroes = @[@"tracer", @"bastion", @"reaper", @"junkrat", @"roadhog"];
NSPredicate *template = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"self BEGINSWITH $letter"];
NSDictionary *beginsWithRVariables = @{ @"letter": @"r"};

NSPredicate *beginsWithR = [template predicateWithSubstitutionVariables:
beginsWithRVariables];
NSArray *beginsWithRHeroes = [heroes filteredArrayUsingPredicate: beginsWithR];

// ["reaper", "roadhog"]
NSDictionary *beginsWithTVariables = @{ @"letter": @"t"};

NSPredicate *beginsWithT = [template predicateWithSubstitutionVarables: beginsWithTVariables];
NSArray *beginsWithTHeroes = [heroes filteredArrayUsingPredicate: beginsWithT];

// ["tracer"]
Swift
let heroes = ["tracer", "bastion", "reaper", "junkrat", "roadhog"]
let template = NSPredicate(format: "self BEGINSWITH $letter")
let beginsWithRVariables = ["letter": "r"]
let beginsWithR = template.predicateWithSubstitutionVariables(beginsWithRVariables)
let beginsWithRHeroes = heroes.filter { beginsWithR.evaluateWithObject($0) }

// ["reaper", "roadhog"]
let beginsWithTVariables = ["letter": "t"]

let beginsWithT = template.predicateWithSubstitutionVariables(beginsWithTVariables)
let beginsWithTHeroes = heroes.filter { beginsWithT.evaluateWithObject($0) }

// ["tracer"]
NSPredicate with ÀND`, ÒR` and `NOT` condition
Conditional predicate will be cleaner and safer by using the NSCompoundPredicate class which
provides basic boolean operators for the given predicates.
Objective-c
AND - Condition
NSPredicate *predicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"samplePredicate"];

NSPredicate *anotherPredicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"anotherPredicate"];
NSPredicate *combinedPredicate = [NSCompoundPredicate andPredicateWithSubpredicates:
@[predicate,anotherPredicate]];
OR - Condition

NSPredicate *combinedPredicate = [NSCompoundPredicate orPredicateWithSubpredicates:
NOT - Condition

NSPredicate *combinedPredicate = [NSCompoundPredicate notPredicateWithSubpredicate:
Read NSPredicate online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5796/nspredicate
Chapter 118: NSTimer
Parameters
Parameter Details
The time, in seconds, to wait beforing firing the timer; or, in repeating timers, the
interval
time between firings.
target The object to call the selector on
selector In Swift, a Selector object specifying the method to call on the target
repeats If false, fire the timer only once. If true, fire the timer every interval seconds.
Remarks
An NSTimer allows you to send a message to a target after a specified period of time elapses.
Examples
Creating a Timer
This will create a timer to call the doSomething method on self in 5 seconds.
Swift
let timer = NSTimer.scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval(5,

target: self,
selector: Selector(doSomething()),
userInfo: nil,
repeats: false)
Swift 3
let timer = Timer.scheduledTimer(timeInterval: 1,

target: self,
selector: #selector(doSomething()),
userInfo: nil,
repeats: true)
Objective-C
NSTimer *timer = [NSTimer scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:5.0 target:self

selector:@selector(doSomething) userInfo:nil repeats:NO];
Setting repeats to false/NO indicates that we want the timer to fire only once. If we set this to
true/YES, it would fire every five seconds until manually invalidated.
Manually firing a timer
Swift
timer.fire()
Objective-C
[timer fire];
Calling the fire method causes an NSTimer to perform the task it would have usually performed
on a schedule.
In a non-repeating timer, this will automatically invalidate the timer. That is, calling fire before
the time interval is up will result in only one invocation.
In a repeating timer, this will simply invoke the action without interrupting the usual schedule.
Invalidating a timer
Swift
timer.invalidate()
Objective-C
[timer invalidate];
This will stop the timer from firing. Must be called from the thread the timer was created in, see
Apple's notes:
You must send this message from the thread on which the timer was installed. If you
send this message from another thread, the input source associated with the timer may
not be removed from its run loop, which could prevent the thread from exiting properly.
Notes: Once timer has been invalidated, its impossible to fire same invalidated
timer.Instead you need to initialise the invalidated timer again and trigger fire method.
Timer frequency options
Repeated Timer event

Swift
var timer = NSTimer()

NSTimer.scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval(1.0, target: self, selector:
Selector(self.timerMethod()), userInfo: nil, repeats: true)
}
func timerMethod() {
print("Timer method called")
}
func endTimer() {
timer.invalidate()
}
}
Swift 3
var timer = Timer()

Timer.scheduledTimer(timeInterval: 1.0, target: self, selector:
#selector(self.timerMethod()), userInfo: nil, repeats: true)
}
func timerMethod() {
print("Timer method called")
}
func endTimer() {
timer.invalidate()
}
}
Must be invalidated manually if desired.
Swift
Non-repeated delayed Timer event
NSTimer.scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval(3.0, target: self, selector:

Selector(self.timerMethod()), userInfo: nil, repeats: false)
Swift 3
Timer.scheduledTimer(timeInterval: 3.0, target: self, selector:

#selector(self.timerMethod()), userInfo: nil, repeats: false)
Timer will be fired once, 3 seconds after time of execution. Will be invalidated automatically, once
fired.
Passing of data using Timer
If you you want to pass some data with the timer trigger you can do it with the userInfoparameter.
Here is the simple approach that gives brief idea about how you can pass the data to triggered
method from the Timer.
[Swift 3]
Timer.scheduledTimer(timeInterval: 1.0, target: self, selector:#selector(iGotCall(sender:)),

userInfo: ["Name": "i am iOS guy"], repeats:true)
[Objective - C]
NSTimer* timer = [NSTimer scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:1.0

target:self
selector:@selector(iGotCall:)
userInfo:@"i am iOS guy" repeats:YES];
The above line of code passing ["Name": "i am iOS guy"] into the userInfo. So now when the
iGotCall get call you can get the passed value as below code snippet.
[Swift 3]
func iGotCall(sender: Timer) {

print((sender.userInfo)!)
}
[Objective - C]
- (void)iGotCall:(NSTimer*)theTimer {
NSLog (@"%@", (NSString*)[theTimer userInfo]);
}
Read NSTimer online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2624/nstimer
Chapter 119: NSURL
Examples
How to get last string component from NSURL String.
NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.example.com/images/apple-tree.jpg"];

NSString *fileName = [url lastPathComponent];
// fileName = "apple-tree.jpg"
How to get last string component from URL (NSURL) in Swift
Swift 2.3
let url = NSURL(string: "http://google.com/lastPath")

let lastPath = url?.lastPathComponent
Swift 3.0
let url = URL(string: "http://google.com/lastPath")

let lastPath = url?.lastPathComponent
Read NSURL online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4610/nsurl
Chapter 120: NSURLConnection
Examples
Delegate methods
//conform the NSURLConnectionDelegate protocol.
@interface ViewController : UIViewController<NSURLConnectionDelegate>

{
NSMutableData *_responseData;
}
//Implementation of the NSURLConnection protocol methods.
#pragma mark NSURLConnection Delegate Methods
- (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didReceiveResponse:(NSURLResponse *)response

{
// A response has been received, this is where we initialize the instance var you created
// so that we can append data to it in the didReceiveData method
// Furthermore, this method is called each time there is a redirect so reinitializing it
// also serves to clear it
_responseData = [[NSMutableData alloc] init];
}
- (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didReceiveData:(NSData *)data {

// Append the new data to the instance variable you declared
[_responseData appendData:data];
}
- (NSCachedURLResponse *)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection

willCacheResponse:(NSCachedURLResponse*)cachedResponse {
// Return nil to indicate not necessary to store a cached response for this connection
return nil;
}
- (void)connectionDidFinishLoading:(NSURLConnection *)connection {
// The request is complete and data has been received
// You can parse the stuff in your instance variable now
- (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didFailWithError:(NSError *)error {

// The request has failed for some reason!
// Check the error var
}
Synchronous Request
NSURLRequest * urlRequest = [NSURLRequest requestWithURL:[NSURL

URLWithString:@"http://google.com"]];
NSURLResponse * response = nil;
NSError * error = nil;
NSData * data = [NSURLConnection sendSynchronousRequest:urlRequest
returningResponse:&response
error:&error];
if (error == nil)
{
// Parse data here
}
Asynchronous request
// Create the request instance.

NSURLRequest *request = [NSURLRequest requestWithURL:[NSURL
URLWithString:@"http://google.com"]];
// Create url connection and fire request

NSURLConnection *conn = [[NSURLConnection alloc] initWithRequest:request delegate:self];
Read NSURLConnection online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6004/nsurlconnection
Chapter 121: NSURLSession
Remarks
The NSURLSession class and related classes provide an API for downloading content. This API
provides a rich set of delegate methods for supporting authentication and gives your app the ability
to perform background downloads when your app is not running or, in iOS, while your app is
suspended.
At a high level, NSURLSession is based around the concept of sessions and tasks. A task
represents a single request for a single URL (or a single upload to a single URL). A session is a
group of related requests.
The operating system provides a single preexisting session—the shared session, which basically
works like NSURLConnection. Additionally, you can create your own sessions in your app as
needed.
Different apps use sessions in different ways. Many apps create a single session on launch and
just keep reusing it. Other apps benefit from being able to cancel a group of related tasks (e.g. a
web browser canceling all outstanding requests when you close a tab), and thus create one
session to hold each group of related requests.
The first step when using NSURLSession is to create a session configuration object. The (usually)
reusable object contains various session settings that you can tweak for your particular needs,
such as maximum concurrency, extra headers to send with each request, whether to allow
requests to be sent over the cellular radio (iOS only), timeouts, credential storage, minimum TLS
version, and even proxy settings.
There are three types of session configurations, depending on how you want the resulting session
to behave:
• Default configurations create sessions that work much like NSURLConnection.

• Background configurations create sessions in which requests happen out-of-process,
allowing downloads to continue even when the app is no longer running.
• Ephemeral configurations create sessions that do not cache anything to disk, do not store
cookies to disk, etc. and thus are suitable for backing things like incognito browser windows.
When you create a background configuration, you must provide a session identifier that allows you
to reassociate the background session later (if your app exits or is suspended or terminated by the
OS). You must not have more than one instance of a session with the same identifier active in
your app, so as a rule, these configurations are not reusable. All other session configurations can
be reused to create as many sessions as you want. So if you need to create multiple sessions with
similar settings, you can create the configuration once and reuse it every time you create a new
session.
After you create a session, you can create tasks in that session. There are three types of tasks:
• Data tasks return data as an NSData object. These are suitable for general use, but are not
supported in background sessions.
• Download tasks return data as a file on disk. These are suitable for larger requests, or for
use in background sessions.
• Upload tasks upload data from an NSData object or from a file on disk. You provide a data
object or file that provides the POST body. The body data/file that you provide on the task
overrides any body data/file provided in the NSURLRequest object (if applicable).
Each of these types lets you obtain the response data in a couple of different ways—either by
using block-based callbacks or by providing a delegate on the session and implementing delegate
methods.
Additionally NSURLSession lets you provide delegate methods for handling authentication,
performing custom TLS certificate handling (both for client certificates and server validation),
changing the caching behavior, and so on.
Examples
Objective-C Create a Session And Data Task
NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.example.com/"];

NSURLSessionConfiguration *configuration = [NSURLSessionConfiguration
defaultSessionConfiguration];
// Configure the session here.
NSURLSession *session = [NSURLSession sessionWithConfiguration:configuration];
[[session dataTaskWithURL:url
completionHandler:^(NSData *data, NSURLResponse *response, NSError *error)
{
// The response object contains the metadata (HTTP headers, status code)
// The data object contains the response body
// The error object contains any client-side errors (e.g. connection

// failures) and, in some cases, may report server-side errors.
// In general, however, you should detect server-side errors by
// checking the HTTP status code in the response object.
}] resume];
Setting up background configuration
To create a background session
// Swift:
let mySessionID = "com.example.bgSession"
let bgSessionConfig =
NSURLSessionConfiguration.backgroundSessionConfigurationWithIdentifier(mySessionID)
let session = NSURLSession(configuration: bgSessionConfig)
// add tasks here
// Objective-C:
NSString *mySessionID = @"com.example.bgSession";
NSURLSessionConfiguration *configuration =
[NSURLSessionConfiguration backgroundSessionConfigurationWithIdentifier: mySessionID];
NSURLSession *session = [NSURLSession sessionWithConfiguration:configuration
delegate:self]
Additionally, in iOS, you must set up support for handling background app relaunch. When your
app's application:handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession:completionHandler: method (Objective-C) or
application(_:handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession:completionHandler:) method (Swift) gets called,
it means your app has been relaunched in the background to handle activity on a session.
In that method, you should create a new session with the provided identifier and configure it with a
delegate to handle events just like you normally would in the foreground. Additionally, you should
store the provided completion handler in a dictionary, using the session as the key.
When the delegate's URLSessionDidFinishEventsForBackgroundURLSession: (Obj-C) /

URLSessionDidFinishEventsForBackgroundURLSession (Swift) method gets called to tell you that there
are no more events to handle, your app should look up the completion handler for that session,
remove the session from the dictionary, and call the completion handler, thus telling the operating
system that you no longer have any outstanding processing related to the session. (If you are still
doing something for some reason when you get that delegate call, wait until done.) As soon as you
call that method, the background session immediately gets invalidated.
If your application then receives an application:application:didFinishLaunchingWithOptions: call

(likely indicating that the user foregrounded your app while you were busy processing background
events), it is safe to create a background session with that same identifier, because the old
session with that identifier no longer exists.
If you're curious about the details, at a high level, when you create a background session, you're
doing two things:
• Creating a session in an external daemon (nsurlsessiond) to handle the downloads

• Creating a session within your app that talks to that external daemon via NSXPC
Normally, it is dangerous to create two sessions with the same session ID in a single launch of the
app, because they both are trying to talk to the same session in the background daemon. This is
why the official documentation says to never create multiple sessions with the same identifier.
However, if the first session was a temporary session created as part of a
handleEventsForBackgroundURLSession call, the association between the now-invalidated in-app
session and the session in the background daemon no longer exists.
Simple GET request
// define url
let url = NSURL(string: "https://urlToGet.com")
//create a task to get data from a url
let task = NSURLSession.sharedSession().dataTaskWithURL(url!)
{
/*inside this block, we have access to NSData *data, NSURLResponse *response, and
NSError *error returned by the dataTaskWithURL() function*/
(data, response, error) in
if error == nil
{
// Data from the request can be manipulated here
}
else
{
// An error occurred
}
}
//make the request

task.resume()
Sending a POST Request with arguments using NSURLSession in Objective-C
There are two common ways to encode a POST request body: URL encoding (application/x-www-
form-urlencoded) and form data (multipart/form-data). Much of the code is similar, but the way you
construct the body data is different.
Sending a request using URL encoding
Be it you have a server for your small application or your working in a team with a full out back-end
engineer, you'll want to talk to that server at one point with your iOS application.
In the following code we will be composing a string of arguments that the destination server script
will use to do something that changes depending on your case. For example we may want to send
the string:
name=Brendon&password=abcde
To the server when a user signs up to your application, so the server can store this information in
a database.
Let's get started. You'll want to create a NSURLSession POST request with the following code.
// Create the configuration, which is necessary so we can cancel cacheing amongst other
things.
NSURLSessionConfiguration * defaultConfigObject = [NSURLSessionConfiguration
// Disables cacheing
defaultConfigObject.requestCachePolicy = NSURLRequestReloadIgnoringLocalCacheData;
NSURLSession * defaultSession = [NSURLSession sessionWithConfiguration:defaultConfigObject
delegate:self delegateQueue:[NSOperationQueue mainQueue]];
NSString * scriptURL = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"https://server.io/api/script.php"];

//Converts the URL string to a URL usable by NSURLSession
NSMutableURLRequest * urlRequest = [NSMutableURLRequest requestWithURL:[NSURL
URLWithString:scriptURL]];
NSString * postDataString = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"name=%@&password=%@", [self
nameString], [self URLEncode:passwordString]];
[urlRequest setHTTPMethod:@"POST"];
[urlRequest setHTTPBody:[postDataString dataUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
NSURLSessionDataTask * dataTask = [defaultSession dataTaskWithRequest:urlRequest];

// Fire the data task.
[dataTask resume];
The above code just created and fired the POST request to the server. Remember that the script
URL and the POST data string changes depending on your situation. If you're reading this, you'll
know what to fill those variables with.
You'll also need to add a small method that does the URL encoding:
- (NSString *)URLEncode:(NSString *)originalString encoding:(NSStringEncoding)encoding

{
return (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFURLCreateStringByAddingPercentEscapes(
kCFAllocatorDefault,
(__bridge CFStringRef)originalString,
NULL,
CFSTR(":/?#[]@!$&'()*+,;="),
CFStringConvertNSStringEncodingToEncoding(encoding));
}
So, when the server is finished processing this data it will send a return to your iOS app. So we
need to process this return, but how?
We use event-driven programming and use NSURLSession's delegate methods. This means as
the server sends back a response these methods will start triggering. The following 5 methods are
the ones that'll be triggered throughout the ENTIRE request, each time one is made:
- (void)URLSession:(NSURLSession *)session dataTask:(NSURLSessionDataTask *)dataTask

didReceiveResponse:(NSURLResponse *)response
completionHandler:(void (^)(NSURLSessionResponseDisposition disposition))completionHandler;

didReceiveData:(NSData *)data;
- (void)URLSession:(NSURLSession *)session task:(NSURLSessionTask *)task

didCompleteWithError:(NSError *)error;
- (void)URLSession:(NSURLSession *)session didReceiveChallenge:(NSURLAuthenticationChallenge

*)challenge completionHandler:(void (^)(NSURLSessionAuthChallengeDisposition, NSURLCredential
*))completionHandler;

didReceiveChallenge:(NSURLAuthenticationChallenge *)challenge completionHandler:(void
(^)(NSURLSessionAuthChallengeDisposition, NSURLCredential * _Nullable))completionHandler;
Below you'll see the above methods used in context. Each of their purposes are pretty self-
explanatory thanks to Apple, but I've commented their uses anyway:
// Response handling delegates
didReceiveResponse:(NSURLResponse *)response
completionHandler:(void (^)(NSURLSessionResponseDisposition disposition))completionHandler{
// Handler allows us to receive and parse responses from the server
completionHandler(NSURLSessionResponseAllow);
}

didReceiveData:(NSData *)data{
// Parse the JSON that came in into an NSDictionary

NSError * err = nil;
NSDictionary * jsonDict = [NSJSONSerialization JSONObjectWithData:data
options:NSJSONReadingAllowFragments error:&err];
if (!err){ // if no error occurred, parse the array of objects as normal

// Parse the JSON dictionary 'jsonDict' here
}else{ // an error occurred so we need to let the user know
// Handle your error here
}
}
// Error handling delegate

didCompleteWithError:(NSError *)error{
if(error == nil){
// Download from API was successful
NSLog(@"Data Network Request Did Complete Successfully.");
}else{
// Describes and logs the error preventing us from receiving a response
NSLog(@"Error: %@", [error userInfo]);
// Handle network error, letting the user know what happened.

}
}
// When the session receives a challenge (because of iOS 9 App Transport Security blocking
non-valid SSL certificates) we use the following methods to tell NSURLSession "Chill out, I
can trust me".
// The following is not necessary unless your server is using HTTP, not HTTPS
- (void)URLSession:(NSURLSession *)session didReceiveChallenge:(NSURLAuthenticationChallenge

*)challenge completionHandler:(void (^)(NSURLSessionAuthChallengeDisposition, NSURLCredential
*))completionHandler{
if([challenge.protectionSpace.authenticationMethod
isEqualToString:NSURLAuthenticationMethodServerTrust]){
if([challenge.protectionSpace.host isEqualToString:@"DomainNameOfServer.io"]){
NSURLCredential * credential = [NSURLCredential
credentialForTrust:challenge.protectionSpace.serverTrust];
completionHandler(NSURLSessionAuthChallengeUseCredential,credential);
}
}
}

didReceiveChallenge:(NSURLAuthenticationChallenge *)challenge completionHandler:(void
(^)(NSURLSessionAuthChallengeDisposition, NSURLCredential * _Nullable))completionHandler{
if([challenge.protectionSpace.authenticationMethod
isEqualToString:NSURLAuthenticationMethodServerTrust]){
if([challenge.protectionSpace.host isEqualToString:@"DomainNameOfServer.io"]){
NSURLCredential * credential = [NSURLCredential
credentialForTrust:challenge.protectionSpace.serverTrust];
completionHandler(NSURLSessionAuthChallengeUseCredential,credential);
}
}
}
So that's it! That's all the code you need to send, receive and parse a request for an API in iOS 9!
Okay...it was kind of a lot of code. But if implemented right like above, it'll be fail-safe! Make sure
to always handle errors where suggested above.
Sending a request using form encoding
URL encoding is a broadly compatible way to encode arbitrary data. However, it is relatively
inefficient for uploading binary data (such as photos) because every non-ASCII byte turns into a
three-character code. It also does not support file attachments, so you would have to pass
filenames and file data as separate fields.
Suppose we want to upload a photograph in a way that is efficient and actually looks like a file on
the server side. One way to do that is to use form encoding instead. To do this, edit the code that
creates the NSURLSession as follows:
UIImage * imgToSend;
// 2nd parameter of UIImageJPEGRepresentation represents compression quality. 0 being most

compressed, 1 being the least
// Using 0.4 likely stops us hitting the servers upload limit and costs us less server space
NSData * imageData = UIImageJPEGRepresentation(imgToSend, 0.4f);
// Alternatively, if the photo is on disk, you can retrieve it with

// [NSData dataWithContentsOfURL:...]
// Set up the body of the POST request.
// This boundary serves as a separator between one form field and the next.
// It must not appear anywhere within the actual data that you intend to
// upload.
NSString * boundary = @"---------------------------14737809831466499882746641449";
// Body of the POST method

NSMutableData * body = [NSMutableData data];
// The body must start with the boundary preceded by two hyphens, followed
// by a carriage return and newline pair.
//
// Notice that we prepend two additional hyphens to the boundary when
// we actually use it as part of the body data.
//
[body appendData:[[NSString stringWithFormat:@"\r\n--%@\r\n",boundary]
dataUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
// This is followed by a series of headers for the first field and then
// TWO CR-LF pairs.
[body appendData:[[NSString stringWithFormat:@"Content-Disposition: form-data;
name=\"tag_name\"\r\n\r\n"] dataUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
// Next is the actual data for that field (called "tag_name") followed by
// a CR-LF pair, a boundary, and another CR-LF pair.
[body appendData:[strippedCompanyName dataUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
[body appendData:[[NSString stringWithFormat:@"\r\n--%@\r\n", boundary]
// Encode the filename and image data as the "userfile" CGI parameter.
// This is similar to the previous field, except that it is being sent
// as an actual file attachment rather than a blob of data, which means
// it has both a filename and the actual file contents.
//
// IMPORTANT: The filename MUST be plain ASCII (and if encoded like this,
// must not include quotation marks in the filename).
//
NSString * picFileName = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"photoName"];
NSString * appendDataString = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Content-Disposition: form-data;
name=\"userfile\"; filename=\"%@.jpg\"\r\n", picFileName];
[body appendData:[appendDataString dataUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
[body appendData:[@"Content-Type: application/octet-stream\r\n\r\n"
[body appendData:[NSData dataWithData:imageData]];
// Close the request body with one last boundary with two
// additional hyphens prepended **and** two additional hyphens appended.
[body appendData:[[NSString stringWithFormat:@"\r\n--%@--\r\n", boundary]
// Create the session

// We can use the delegate to track upload progress and disable cacheing
NSURLSessionConfiguration * defaultConfigObject = [NSURLSessionConfiguration
defaultConfigObject.requestCachePolicy = NSURLRequestReloadIgnoringLocalCacheData;
NSURLSession * defaultSession = [NSURLSession sessionWithConfiguration: defaultConfigObject
delegate: self delegateQueue: [NSOperationQueue mainQueue]];
// Data uploading task.

NSURL * url = [NSURL URLWithString:@"https://server.io/api/script.php"];
NSMutableURLRequest * request = [NSMutableURLRequest requestWithURL:url];
NSString * contentType = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"multipart/form-data;
boundary=%@",boundary];
[request addValue:contentType forHTTPHeaderField:@"Content-Type"];
request.HTTPMethod = @"POST";
request.HTTPBody = body;
NSURLSessionDataTask * uploadTask = [defaultSession dataTaskWithRequest:request];
[uploadTask resume];
This creates and fires the NSURLSession request just as before, and as a result the delegate
methods will behave exactly the same way. Make sure that the script the image is being sent to
(located at the url in the variable url) is expecting an image and can parse it correctly.
Read NSURLSession online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2009/nsurlsession
Chapter 122: NSUserActivity
Introduction
An NSUserActivity object can be used to coordinate significant events in an app with the system. It
is the basis for Handoff between different devices running iOS and macOS. Additionally, it may
also be used to improve public-indexing and augment or create Spotlight Search results for an
app. As of iOS 10, it may also be used to coordinate interactions between your app and Siri using
SiriKit.
Remarks
Activity Types
Supported activity types must be defined in your app's Info.plist file under the
NSUserActivityTypes key. Activities are tied to your Developer Team ID, meaning that activity
coordination is restricted between apps that have the same Team ID (e.g. "Safari" could not
accept a Handoff activity from "Chrome" or vice versa).
Becoming / Resigning the Current Activity

Marking an activity as current using becomeCurrent makes it available for Handoff or Spotlight
Indexing. Only one activity may be current at a time. You may mark an activity as inactive without
invalidating by calling resignCurrent.
If you invalidate an activity, the same instance may not be made current again.
Do not mark an activity as current when providing it for SiriKit.
Search Indexing
Activities are not to be used as a general-purpose indexing mechanism within your app. Instead,
they should only be used in response to user-initiated actions. To index all content in your app,
use CoreSpotlight.
Examples
Creating a NSUserActivity
To create a NSUserActivity object, your app must declare the types of activities it supports in its
Info.plist file. Supported activities are defined by your application and should be unique. An
activity is defined using a reverse-domain style naming scheme (i.e.
"com.companyName.productName.activityName"). Here is what an entry in your Info.plist might
look like:
Key Value
NSUserActivityTypes [Array]
- item0 com.companyName.productName.activityName01
- item1 com.companyName.productName.activityName02
Once you have defined all supported activity types, you may begin to access and use them in your
application's code.
To create a NSUserActivity object you must do the following
// Initialize the activity object and set its type from one of the ones specified in your
app's plist
NSUserActivity *currentActivity = [[NSUserActivity alloc]
initWithActivityType:@"com.companyName.productName.activityName01"];
// Set the title of the activity.

// This title may be displayed to the user, so make sure it is localized and human-readable
currentActivity.title = @"Current Activity";
// Configure additional properties like userInfo which will be included in the activity
currentActivity.userInfo = @{@"informationKey" : @"value"};
// Configure the activity so the system knows what may be done with it
// It is important that you only set YES to tasks that your application supports
// In this example, we will only enable the activity for use with Handoff
[currentActivity setEligibleForHandoff:YES];
[currentActivity setEligibleForSearch:NO]; // Defaults to NO
[currentActivity setEligibleForPublicIndexing:NO]; // Defaults to NO
// Set this activity as the current user activity

// Only one activity may be current at a time on a device. Calling this method invalidates any
other current activities.
[currentActivity becomeCurrent];
After this, the activity above should be available for Handoff (although more work is required to
properly handle the "Handoff").
Read NSUserActivity online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10716/nsuseractivity
Chapter 123: NSUserDefaults
Syntax
• UserDefaults.standard.set(dic, forKey: "LoginSession") //Save value inside userdefaults
○ UserDefaults.standard.object(forKey: "LoginSession") as? [String:AnyObject] ?? [:]

//Get value from UserDefaults
Remarks
NSUserDefault which are used to store all type of DataType, and you can get its value anywhere
in the class of app. NSUserDefault
Examples
Use Managers to Save and Read Data
While you can use the NSUserDefaults methods anywhere, it can sometimes be better to define a
manager that saves and reads from NSUserDefaults for you and then use that manager for reading
or writing your data.
Suppose that we want to save a user’s score into NSUserDefaults. We can create a class like the
one below that has at two methods: setHighScore and highScore. Anywhere you want to access the
high scores, create an instance of this class.
Swift
public class ScoreManager: NSObject {
let highScoreDefaultKey = "HighScoreDefaultKey"
var highScore = {
set {
// This method includes your implementation for saving the high score
// You can use NSUserDefaults or any other data store like CoreData or
// SQLite etc.
NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().setInteger(newValue, forKey:
highScoreDefaultKey)
}
get {
//This method includes your implementation for reading the high score
let score =
NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().objectForKey(highScoreDefaultKey)
if (score != nil) {
return score.integerValue;
} else {
//No high score available, so return -1
return -1;
}
}
}
}
Objective-C
#import "ScoreManager.h"
#define HIGHSCRORE_KEY @"highScore"
@implementation ScoreManager
- (void)setHighScore:(NSUInteger) highScore {
// This method includes your implementation for saving the high score
// You can use NSUserDefaults or any other data store like CoreData or
// SQLite etc.
[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setInteger:highScore forKey:HIGHSCRORE_KEY];

[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] synchronize];
}
- (NSInteger)highScore
{
//This method includes your implementation for reading the high score
NSNumber *highScore = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:HIGHSCRORE_KEY];

if (highScore) {
return highScore.integerValue;
}else
{
//No high score available, so return -1
return -1;
}
@end
The advantages are that:
1. The implementation of your read and write process is only in one place and you can change
it (for example switch from NSUserDefaults to Core Data) whenever you want and not worry
about changing all places that you are working with the high score.
2. Simply call only one method when you want to access to score or write it.
3. Simply debug it when you see a bug or something like this.
Note
If you are worried about synchronization, it is better to use a singleton class that
manages the synchronization.
Clearing NSUserDefaults
Swift
let bundleIdentifier = NSBundle.mainBundle().bundleIdentifier()
NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().removePersistentDomainForName(bundleIdentifier)
Objective-C
NSString *bundleIdentifier = [[NSBundle mainBundle] bundleIdentifier];
[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] removePersistentDomainForName: bundleIdentifier];
Saving Values
NSUserDefaults are written to disk periodically by the system, but there are times when you want
your changes saved immediately, such as when the app transitions into background state. This is
done by calling synchronize.
Swift
Objective-C
[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] synchronize];
Setting values
To set a value in NSUserDefaults, you can use the following functions:
Swift < 3
setBool(_:forKey:)
setFloat(_:forKey:)
setInteger(_:forKey:)
setObject(_:forKey:)
setDouble(_:forKey:)
setURL(_:forKey:)
Swift 3
In Swift 3 the names of function is changed to set insted of set folloed by the type.
set(_:forKey:)
Objective-C
-(void)setBool:(BOOL)value forKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;

-(void)setFloat:(float)value forKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(void)setInteger:(NSInteger)value forKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(void)setObject:(nullable id)value forKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(void)setDouble:(double)value forKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(void)setURL:(nullable NSURL *)value forKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
Example usage would be:
Swift < 3
NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults.setObject("Netherlands", forKey: "HomeCountry")
Swift 3
UserDefaults.standard.set("Netherlands", forKey: "HomeCountry")
Objective-C
[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:@"Netherlands" forKey:@"HomeCountry"];
Custom objects
To save custom objects into the `NSUserDefaults` you need to make your CustomClass confirm to
protocol of `NSCoding`. You need to implement the following methods:
Swift
public func encodeWithCoder(aCoder: NSCoder) {

aCoder.encodeObject(name, forKey:"name")
aCoder.encodeObject(unitId, forKey: "unitId")
}
required public init(coder aDecoder: NSCoder) {

super.init()
name = aDecoder.decodeObjectForKey("name") as? String
unitId = aDecoder.decodeIntegerForKey("unitId") as? NSInteger
}
Objective-C
- (id)initWithCoder:(NSCoder *)coder {
self = [super init];
if (self) {
name = [coder decodeObjectForKey:@"name"];
unitId = [coder decodeIntegerForKey:@"unitId"];
}
return self;
}
- (void)encodeWithCoder:(NSCoder*)coder {
[coder encodeObject:name forKey:@"name"];
[coder encodeInteger:unitId forKey:@"unitId"];
}
Getting Default Values
To get a value in NSUserDefaults you can use the following functions:
Swift
arrayForKey(_:)
boolForKey(_:)
dataForKey(_:)
dictionaryForKey(_:)
floatForKey(_:)
integerForKey(_:)
objectForKey(_:)
stringArrayForKey(_:)
stringForKey(_:)
doubleForKey(_:)
URLForKey(_:)
Objective-C
-(nullable NSArray *)arrayForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;

-(BOOL)boolForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(nullable NSData *)dataForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(nullable NSDictionary<NSString *, id> *)dictionaryForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(float)floatForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(NSInteger)integerForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(nullable id)objectForKey:(nonnull NSString *)key;
-(nullable NSArray<NSString *> *)stringArrayForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(nullable NSString *)stringForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(double)doubleForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
-(nullable NSURL *)URLForKey:(nonnull NSString *)defaultName;
Example usage would be:
Swift
let homeCountry = NSUserDefaults.standardUserDefaults().stringForKey("HomeCountry")
Objective-C
NSString *homeCountry = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"HomeCountry"];
UserDefaults uses in Swift 3
Every application needed to store User Session or User related details inside application in
UserDefaults.So we made whole logic inside a Class for managing UserDefaults better way.
Swift 3
import Foundation
public struct Session {
fileprivate static let defaults = UserDefaults.standard
enum userValues: String {

case auth_token
case email
case fname
case mobile
case title
case userId
case userType
case OTP
case isApproved
}
//MARK: - Getting here User Details

static func getUserSessionDetails()->[String:AnyObject]? {
let dictionary = defaults.object(forKey: "LoginSession") as? [String:AnyObject]
return dictionary
}
//MARK: - Saving Device Token

static func saveDeviceToken(_ token:String){
guard (gettingDeviceToken() ?? "").isEmpty else {
return
}
defaults.removeObject(forKey: "deviceToken")
defaults.set(token, forKey: "deviceToken")
defaults.synchronize()
}
//MARK: - Getting Token here

static func gettingDeviceToken()->String?{
let token = defaults.object(forKey: "deviceToken") as? String
if token == nil{
return ""
}else{ return token}
}
//MARK: - Setting here User Details

static func setUserSessionDetails(_ dic :[String : AnyObject]){
defaults.removeObject(forKey: "LoginSession")
defaults.set(dic, forKey: "LoginSession")
}
//MARK:- Removing here all Default Values

static func userSessionLogout(){
//Set Activity
defaults.removeObject(forKey: "LoginSession")
}
//MARK: - Get value from session here

static func getUserValues(value: userValues) -> String? {
let dic = getUserSessionDetails() ?? [:]
guard let value = dic[value.rawValue] else{
return ""
}
return value as? String
}
Use of UserDefaults Class
//Saving user Details

Session.setUserSessionDetails(json ?? [:])
//Retriving user Details

let userId = Session.getUserValues(value: .userId) ?? ""
Read NSUserDefaults online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3150/nsuserdefaults
Chapter 124: Objective-C Associated Objects
Introduction
First introduced in iOS 3.1 as part of the Objective-C runtime, associated objects provide a way to
add instance variables to an existing class object (w\o subclassing.
This means you'll be able to attach any object to any other object without subclassing.
Syntax
• void objc_setAssociatedObject(id object, void *key, id value, objc_AssociationPolicy policy)
• id objc_getAssociatedObject(id object, void *key)
• void objc_removeAssociatedObjects(id object)
Parameters
Param Details
object The existing object you want to modify
This can basically be any pointer that has a constant memory address, but a nice
key
practice is to use here a computed property (getter)
value The object you want to add
The memory policy for this new value i.e. should it be retained / assigned, copied
policy
etc.. just like any other property you'd declare
Remarks
More details here:
NSHipster
@kostiakoval
kingscocoa
Examples
Basic Associated Object Example
Assume we need to add an NSString object to SomeClass (we cant subclass).
In this example we not only create an associated object but also wrap it in a computed property in
a category for extra neatness
@interface SomeClass (MyCategory)

// This is the property wrapping the associated object. below we implement the setter and
getter which actually utilize the object association
@property (nonatomic, retain) NSString *associated;
@end
@implementation SomeClass (MyCategory)
- (void)setAssociated:(NSString *)object {
objc_setAssociatedObject(self, @selector(associated), object,
OBJC_ASSOCIATION_RETAIN_NONATOMIC);
}
- (NSString *)associated {
return objc_getAssociatedObject(self, @selector(associated));
}
Now it would be as easy as this to use the property
SomeClass *instance = [SomeClass alloc] init];

instance.associated = @"this property is an associated object under the hood";
Read Objective-C Associated Objects online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9102/objective-c-

associated-objects
Chapter 125: OpenGL
Introduction
OpenGL ES is a graphics library that iOS uses to do 3D rendering.
Examples
Example Project
An example project (Git repo) that can be used as a starting point for doing some 3D rendering.
The code for setting up OpenGL and the shaders is quite long and tedious so it wont fit well under
this example format. Later pieces of it can be shown in separate examples detailing what exactly
is going on with each piece of code, but for now here is the Xcode project.
Read OpenGL online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9324/opengl
Chapter 126: Passing Data between View
Controllers
Examples
Using Segues (passing data forward)
To pass data from the current view controller to the next new view controller (not a previous view
controller) using segues, first create a segue with an identifier in the relevant storyboard. Override
your current view controller's prepareForSegue method. Inside the method check for the segue you
just created by its identifier. Cast the destination view controller and pass data to it by setting
properties on the downcast view controller.
Setting an identifier for a segue:
Segues can be performed programatically or using button action event set in the storyboard by
ctrl+drag to destination view controller. You can call for a segue programatically, when needed,
using segue identifier in the view controller:
Objective-C
- (void)showDetail {
[self performSegueWithIdentifier:@"showDetailingSegue" sender:self];
}
Swift
func showDetail() {
self.performSegue(withIdentifier: "showDetailingSegue", sender: self)
}
You can configure segue payload in the overrided version of prepareForSegue method. You can set
required properties before destination view controller is loaded.
Objective-C
- (void)prepareForSegue:(UIStoryboardSegue *)segue sender:(id)sender {

if([segue.identifier isEqualToString:@"showDetailingSegue"]){
DetailViewController *controller = (DetailViewController
*)segue.destinationViewController;
controller.isDetailingEnabled = YES;
}
}
Swift
override func prepare(for segue: UIStoryboardSegue, sender: Any?) {

if segue.identifier == "showDetailingSegue" {
let controller = segue.destinationViewController as! DetailViewController
controller.isDetailingEnabled = true
}
}
DetailViewController is the name of the second view controller and isDetailingEnabled is a public
variable in that view controller.
To expand on this pattern, you can treat a public method on DetailViewController as a pseudo
initializer, to help initialize any required variables. This will self document variables that need to be
set on DetailViewController without having to read through it's source code. It's also a handy place
to put defaults.
Objective-C
- (void)initVC:(BOOL *)isDetailingEnabled {
self.isDetailingEnabled = isDetailingEnabled
}
Swift
func initVC(isDetailingEnabled: Bool) {

self.isDetailingEnabled = isDetailingEnabled
}
Using the Delegate Pattern (passing data back)
To pass data from the current view controller back to the previous view controller, you can use the
delegate pattern.
This example assumes that you have made a segue in the Interface Builder and that you set the
segue identifier to showSecondViewController. The outlets and actions must also be hooked up to the
names in the following code.
First View Controller
The code for the First View Controller is
Swift
class FirstViewController: UIViewController, DataEnteredDelegate {
@IBOutlet weak var label: UILabel!
override func prepare(for segue: UIStoryboardSegue, sender: Any?) {

if segue.identifier == "showSecondViewController", let secondViewController =
segue.destinationViewController as? SecondViewController {
secondViewController.delegate = self
}
}
// required method of our custom DataEnteredDelegate protocol

func userDidEnterInformation(info: String) {
label.text = info
navigationController?.popViewControllerAnimated(true)
}
}
Objective-C
@interface FirstViewController : UIViewController <DataEnteredDelegate>

@property (weak, nonatomic) IBOutlet UILabel *label;
@end
@implementation FirstViewController
}
- (void)prepareForSegue:(UIStoryboardSegue *)segue sender:(id)sender {
SecondViewController *secondViewController = segue.destinationViewController;
secondViewController.delegate = self;
}
-(void)userDidEnterInformation:(NSString *)info {
_label.text = info
[self.navigationController popViewControllerAnimated:YES];
}
@end
Note the use of our custom DataEnteredDelegate protocol.
Second View Controller and Protocol
The code for the second view controller is
Swift
// protocol used for sending data back

protocol DataEnteredDelegate: class {
func userDidEnterInformation(info: String)
}
class SecondViewController: UIViewController {
// making this a weak variable so that it won't create a strong reference cycle
weak var delegate: DataEnteredDelegate?
@IBAction func sendTextBackButton(sender: AnyObject) {
// call this method on whichever class implements our delegate protocol (the first
view controller)
delegate?.userDidEnterInformation(textField.text ?? "")
}
}
Objective-C
@protocol DataEnteredDelegate <NSObject>

-(void)userDidEnterInformation:(NSString *)info;
@end
@interface SecondViewController : UIViewController

@property (nonatomic) id <DataEnteredDelegate> delegate;
@property (weak, nonatomic) IBOutlet UITextField *textField;
@end
@implementation SecondViewController
}
- (IBAction) sendTextBackButton:(id)sender{
[_delegate userDidEnterInformation:textField.text];
}
@end
Note that the protocol is outside of the View Controller class.
Passing data backwards using unwind to segue
In contrast to segue that lets you pass data "forward" from current view controller to destination
view controller:
(VC1) -> (VC2)
Using "unwind" you can do the opposite, pass data from the destination or current view controller
to its presenting view controller:
(VC1) <- (VC2)
NOTE: Pay attention that using unwind lets you pass the data first and afterwards the current view
controller (VC2) will get deallocated.
Here's how to do it:
First, you will need to add the following declaration at the presenting view controller (VC1) which is
the view controller that we want to pass the data to:
@IBAction func unwindToPresentingViewController(segue:UIStoryboardSegue)
The important thing is to use the prefix unwind, this "informs" Xcode that this is an unwind method
giving you the option to use it in storyboard as well.
Afterwards you will need to implement the method, it looks almost the same as an actual segue:
@IBAction func unwindToPresentingViewController(segue:UIStoryboardSegue)

{
if segue.identifier == "YourCustomIdentifer"
{
if let VC2 = segue.sourceViewController as? VC2
{
// Your custom code in here to access VC2 class member
}
Now you have 2 options to invoke the unwind calls:
1. You can "hard code" invoke the: self.performSegueWithIdentifier("YourCustomIdentifier",

sender: self) which will do the unwind for you whenever you will performSegueWithIdentifier.
2. You can link the unwind method using the storyboard to your "Exit" object: ctrl + drag the
button you want to invoke the unwind method, to the "Exit" object:
Release and you will have the option to choose your custom unwind method:
Using callback closure(block) passing data back
this topic is a classical issue in iOS development, and its solution is various as other example
already shown. In this example I'll show another daily common use one: passing data using
closure by adapting delegate pattern example on this page into callback closure!
one thing this method is superior to delegate pattern is instead of split the setting up code in two
different place( look at delegate example on this page, prepareForSegue ,userDidEnterInformation )
rather gathering them together( only in prepareForSegue, I'll show it )
Start from Second View Controller
we must figure out how to use callback, then can we write it, this is why we start from second view
controller since it's where we use callback: when we got the new text input, we call our callback,
using callback's parameter as a medium to passing data back to first ViewController, notice that
I said using callback's parameter, this is very important, novices(as I was) always overlook this
and don't know where to start to write callback closure properly
so in this case, we know that our callback only take one parameter: text and its type is String, let's
declare it and make it property since we need populate from our first view controller
I just comment all the delegate part and keep it for comparing
//weak var delegate: DataEnteredDelegate? = nil

var callback: ((String?)->())?
@IBAction func sendTextBackButton(sender: AnyObject) {
//delegate?.userDidEnterInformation(textField.text!)
callback?(input.text)
self.navigationController?.popViewControllerAnimated(true)
}
}
Finish first view controller
all you have to do is passing callback closure, and we are done, closure will do the future work for
us since we already set it up in second view controller
look how it make our code shorter compared to the delegate pattern
//no more DataEnteredDelegate

class FirstViewController: UIViewController {
@IBOutlet weak var label: UILabel!
override func prepareForSegue(segue: UIStoryboardSegue, sender: AnyObject?) {

if segue.identifier == "showSecondViewController" {
let secondViewController = segue.destinationViewController as!
SecondViewController
//secondViewController.delegate = self
secondViewController.callback = { text in self.label.text = text }
}
}
// required method of our custom DataEnteredDelegate protocol

//func userDidEnterInformation(info: String) {
// label.text = info
//}
}
and in the last, maybe someone of you will confused by the looking that we only passing the
data(closure in this case) only in one way, from first view controller to second, no directly coming
back from second view controller, how can we consider it as a communicating tool? maybe you
really should run it and prove it yourself, all I will say it's parameter, it's callback closure's
parameter that passing data back!
Passing data using closures (passing data back)
Instead of using the delegate pattern, that split the implementation in various part of the
UIViewController class, you can even use closures to pass data back and forward. By assuming
that you're using the UIStoryboardSegue, in the prepareForSegue method you can easily setup the
new controller in one step
final class DestinationViewController: UIViewController {

var onCompletion: ((success: Bool) -> ())?
@IBAction func someButtonTapped(sender: AnyObject?) {

onCompletion?(success: true)
}
}
final class MyViewController: UIViewController {

guard let destinationController = segue.destinationViewController as?

DestinationViewController else { return }
destinationController.onCompletion = { success in
// this will be executed when `someButtonTapped(_:)` will be called
print(success)
}
}
}
This is an example of use and it's better to use on Swift, Objective-C block's syntax is not so easy
to make the code more readable
By assigning property (Passing data forward)
You can pass data directly by assigning the property of the next view controller before you push or
present it.
class FirstViewController: UIViewController {
func openSecondViewController() {
// Here we initialize SecondViewController and set the id property to 492

let secondViewController = SecondViewController()
secondViewController.id = 492
// Once it was assign we now push or present the view controller

present(secondViewController, animated: true, completion: nil)
}
var id: Int?
super.viewDidLoad()
// Here we unwrapped the id and will get the data from the previous view controller.
if let id = id {
print("Id was set: \(id)")
}
}
}
Read Passing Data between View Controllers online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/434/passing-data-between-view-controllers
Chapter 127: Passing Data between View
Controllers (with MessageBox-Concept)
Introduction
MessageBox is a simple concept for decoupling entities.
For example entity A can place a message that entity B can read whenever suitable.
A view controller would like to talk to another view controller, but you don't want to create a strong
or weak relationship.
Examples
Simple Example Usage
let messageBox:MessageBox = MessageBox()
// set
messageBox.setObject("TestObject1", forKey:"TestKey1")
// get
// but don't remove it, keep it stored, so that it can still be retrieved later
let someObject:String = messageBox.getObject(forKey:"TestKey1", removeIfFound:false)
// get
// and remove it
let someObject:String = messageBox.getObject(forKey:"TestKey1", removeIfFound:true)
Read Passing Data between View Controllers (with MessageBox-Concept) online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9118/passing-data-between-view-controllers--with-
messagebox-concept-
Chapter 128: PDF Creation in iOS
Examples
Create PDF
UIGraphicsBeginPDFContextToFile(fileName, CGRectZero, nil);
UIGraphicsBeginPDFPageWithInfo(CGRectMake(0, 0, 612, 792), nil);
[self drawText];
UIGraphicsEndPDFContext();
fileName is the document file where You are going to append or attach
NSString* temporaryFile = @"firstIOS.PDF";

NSArray *arrayPaths =
NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains(
NSDocumentDirectory,
NSUserDomainMask,
YES);
NSString *path = [arrayPaths objectAtIndex:0];
NSString* fileName = [path stringByAppendingPathComponent:fileName];
Where drawText is
(void)drawText
{
NSString* textToDraw = @"Lorem Ipsum is simply dummy text of the printing and typesetting
industry. Lorem Ipsum has been the industry's standard dummy text ever since the 1500s, when
an unknown printer took a galley of type and scrambled it to make a type specimen book.";
CFStringRef stringRef = (__bridge CFStringRef)textToDraw;
CFAttributedStringRef currentText = CFAttributedStringCreate(NULL, stringRef, NULL);
CTFramesetterRef framesetter = CTFramesetterCreateWithAttributedString(currentText);
CGRect frameRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, 300, 100);
CGMutablePathRef framePath = CGPathCreateMutable();
CGPathAddRect(framePath, NULL, frameRect);
CFRange currentRange = CFRangeMake(0, 0);
CTFrameRef frameRef = CTFramesetterCreateFrame(framesetter, currentRange, framePath,

NULL);
CGPathRelease(framePath);
CGContextRef currentContext = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext();
CGContextSetTextMatrix(currentContext, CGAffineTransformIdentity);
CGContextTranslateCTM(currentContext, 0, 450);
CGContextScaleCTM(currentContext, 2, -2);
CTFrameDraw(frameRef, currentContext);
CFRelease(frameRef);
CFRelease(stringRef);
CFRelease(framesetter);
}
Show PDF
NSString* fileName = @"firstIOS.PDF";
NSArray *arrayPaths =
NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains(
NSDocumentDirectory,
NSUserDomainMask,
YES);
NSString *path = [arrayPaths objectAtIndex:0];
NSString* pdfFileName = [path stringByAppendingPathComponent:fileName];
UIWebView* webView = [[UIWebView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 320, 480)];
NSURL *url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:pdfFileName];
NSURLRequest *request = [NSURLRequest requestWithURL:url];
[webView setScalesPageToFit:YES];
[webView loadRequest:request];
[self.view addSubview:webView];
Multiple page PDF
UIGraphicsBeginPDFContextToFile(fileName, CGRectZero, nil);
Create PDF from any Microsoft Document loaded in UIWebview
#define kPaperSizeA4 CGSizeMake(595.2,841.8)
First of all implement UIPrintPageRenderer protocol
@interface UIPrintPageRenderer (PDF)
- (NSData*) printToPDF;
@end
@implementation UIPrintPageRenderer (PDF)
- (NSData*) printToPDF
{
NSMutableData *pdfData = [NSMutableData data];
UIGraphicsBeginPDFContextToData( pdfData, self.paperRect, nil );
[self prepareForDrawingPages: NSMakeRange(0, self.numberOfPages)];
CGRect bounds = UIGraphicsGetPDFContextBounds();
for ( int i = 0 ; i < self.numberOfPages ; i++ )
{
UIGraphicsBeginPDFPage();
[self drawPageAtIndex: i inRect: bounds];
}
return pdfData;
}
@end
Then, call below method after document finished loading in UIWebView
-(void)createPDF:(UIWebView *)webView {
UIPrintPageRenderer *render = [[UIPrintPageRenderer alloc] init];

[render addPrintFormatter:webView.viewPrintFormatter startingAtPageAtIndex:0];
float padding = 10.0f;

CGRect paperRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, kPaperSizeA4.width, kPaperSizeA4.height);
CGRect printableRect = CGRectMake(padding, padding, kPaperSizeA4.width-(padding * 2),
kPaperSizeA4.height-(padding * 2));
[render setValue:[NSValue valueWithCGRect:paperRect] forKey:@"paperRect"];

[render setValue:[NSValue valueWithCGRect:printableRect] forKey:@"printableRect"];
NSData *pdfData = [render printToPDF];
if (pdfData) {
[pdfData writeToFile:directoryPath atomically: YES];
}
else
{
NSLog(@"PDF couldnot be created");
}
});}
Read PDF Creation in iOS online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2416/pdf-creation-in-ios
Chapter 129: plist iOS
Introduction
Plist is used for storage of data in iOS app. Plist save data in form of Array and Dictionaries. In
plist we can save data as: 1. Static data to be used in app. 2. Data that will be coming from server.
Examples
Example:
1. Static data to be used in app.
To save static data in plist follow these methods:
a) Add a new file
b) Click Property list in Resources
c) Name the propertylist and a file will be created as(data.plist here)
d) You can create a plist of Arrays and Dictionaries as:
// Read plist from bundle and get Root Dictionary out of it
NSDictionary *dictRoot = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle]

pathForResource:@"Data" ofType:@"plist"]];
// Your dictionary contains an array of dictionary // Now pull an Array out of it.
NSArray *arrayList = [NSArray arrayWithArray:[dictRoot objectForKey:@"Object1"]];
for(int i=0; i< [arrayList count]; i++)

{
NSMutableDictionary *details=[arrayList objectAtIndex:i];
}
Save and edit/delete data from Plist
You have already created a plist. This plist will remain same in app. If you want to edit the data in
this plist, add new data in plist or remove data from plist, you can't make changes in this file.
For this purpose you will have to store your plist in Document Directory. You can edit your plist
saved in document directory.
Save plist in document directory as:
NSString *filePath = [[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForResource:@"Data" ofType:@"plist"];
NSDictionary *dict = [[NSDictionary alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:filePath];
NSDictionary *plistDict = dict;
NSFileManager *fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
NSString *error = nil;
NSData *plistData = [NSPropertyListSerialization dataFromPropertyList:plistDict

format:NSPropertyListXMLFormat_v1_0 errorDescription:&error];
if (![fileManager fileExistsAtPath: plistPath]) {
if(plistData)
{
[plistData writeToFile:plistPath atomically:YES];
}
}
else
{
Retreive data from Plist as:
NSArray *paths = NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains (NSDocumentDirectory,

NSUserDomainMask, YES);
NSString *documentsPath = [paths objectAtIndex:0];
NSString *plistPath = [documentsPath stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Data.plist"];
NSDictionary *dict = [[NSDictionary alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:plistPath];
NSArray *usersArray = [dict objectForKey:@"Object1"];
You can edit remove, add new data as per your requirement and save the plist again to Document
Directory.
Read plist iOS online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8141/plist-ios
Chapter 130: Profile with Instruments
Introduction
Xcode includes a performance tuning application named Instruments that you can use to profile
your application using all sorts of different metrics. They have tools to inspect CPU usage,
memory usage, leaks, file/network activity, and energy usage, just to name a few. It’s really easy
to start profiling your app from Xcode, but it’s sometimes not as easy to understand what you see
when it’s profiling, which deters some developers from being able to use this tool to its fullest
potential.
Examples
Time Profiler
The first instrument you’ll look at is the Time Profiler. At measured intervals, Instruments will halt
the execution of the program and take a stack trace on each running thread. Think of it as
pressing the pause button in Xcode’s debugger.Here’s a sneak preview of the Time Profiler :-
This screen displays the Call Tree. The Call Tree
shows the amount of time spent executing in various methods within an app. Each row is a
different method that the program’s execution path has followed. The time spent in each method
can be determined from the number of times the profiler is stopped in each method. For instance,
if 100 samples are done at 1 millisecond intervals, and a particular method is found to be at the
top of the stack in 10 samples, then you can deduce that approximately 10% of the total execution
time — 10 milliseconds — was spent in that method. It’s a fairly crude approximation, but it
works!
From Xcode’s menu bar, select Product\Profile, or press I. This will build the app and launch
Instruments. You will be greeted with a selection window that looks like this:
These are all different templates that come with Instruments.
Select the Time Profiler instrument and click Choose. This will open up a new Instruments
document. Click the red record button in the top left to start recording and launch the app. You
may be asked for your password to authorize Instruments to analyze other processes — fear not,
it’s safe to provide here! In the Instruments window, you can see the time counting up, and a
little arrow moving from left to right above the graph in the center of the screen. This indicates that
the app is running.
Now, start using the app. Search for some images, and drill down into one or more of the search
results. You have probably noticed that going into a search result is tediously slow, and scrolling
through a list of search results is also incredibly annoying – it’s a terribly clunky app!
Well, you’re in luck, for you’re about to embark on fixing it! However, you’re first going to get a
quick run down on what you’re looking at in Instruments. First, make sure the view selector on
the right hand side of the toolbar has both options selected, like so:
That will ensure that all panels are open. Now study the screenshot below and the explanation of
each section beneath it:
. The red ‘record’ button will stop & start the app currently being profiled when it is clicked (it
toggles between a record and stop icon). The pause button does exactly what you’d expect and
pauses the current execution of the app.
2. This is the run timer. The timer counts how long the app being profiled has been running, and
how many times it has been run. If you stop and then restart the app using the recording controls,
that would start a new run and the display would then show Run 2 of 2.
3. This is called a track. In the case of the Time Profiler template you selected, there’s just one
instrument so there’s just one track. You’ll learn more about the specifics of the graph shown here
later in the tutorial.
4. This is the detail panel. It shows the main information about the particular instrument you’re
using. In this case, it’s showing the methods which are “hottest” — that is, the ones that have used
up the most CPU time. If you click on the bar at the top which says Call Tree (the left hand one)
and select Sample List, then you are presented with a different view of the data. This view is
showing every single sample. Click on a few samples, and you’ll see the captured stack trace
appear in the Extended Detail inspector.
5. This is the inspectors panel. There are three inspectors: Record Settings, Display Settings, and
Extended Detail. You’ll be learning more about some of these options shortly.
Drilling Deep
Perform an image search, and drill into the results. I personally like searching for “dog”, but
choose whatever you wish – you might be one of those cat people!
Now, scroll up and down the list a few times so that you’ve got a good amount of data in the Time
Profiler. You should notice the numbers in the middle of the screen changing and the graph filling
in; this tells you that CPU cycles are being used.
You really wouldn’t expect any UI to be as clunky as this no table view is ready to ship until it
scrolls like butter! To help pinpoint the problem, you need to set some options.
On the right hand side, select the Display Settings inspector (or press +2). In the inspector,
under the Call Tree section, select Separate by Thread, Invert Call Tree, Hide Missing Symbols
and Hide System Libraries. It will look like this:
Here’s what each option is doing to the data displayed in the table to the left:
Separate by Thread: Each thread should be considered separately. This enables you to
understand which threads are responsible for the greatest amount of CPU use.
Invert Call Tree: With this option, the stack trace is considered from top to bottom. This is usually
what you want, as you want to see the deepest methods where the CPU is spending its time.
Hide Missing Symbols: If the dSYM file cannot be found for your app or a system framework, then
instead of seeing method names (symbols) in the table, you’ll just see hex values corresponding to
addresses inside the binary. If this option is selected, then only fully resolved symbols are
displayed and the unresolved hex values are hidden. This helps to declutter the data presented.
Hide System Libraries: When this option is selected, only symbols from your own app are
displayed. It’s often useful to select this option, since usually you only care about where the CPU
is spending time in your own code – you can’t do much about how much CPU the system libraries
are using!
Flatten Recursion: This option treats recursive functions (ones which call themselves) as one
entry in each stack trace, rather than multiple.
Top Functions: Enabling this makes Instruments consider the total time spent in a function as the
sum of the time directly within that function, as well as the time spent in functions called by that
function.
So if function A calls B, then A’s time is reported as the time spent in A PLUS the time spent in B.
This can be really useful, as it lets you pick the largest time figure each time you descend into the
call stack, zeroing in on your most time-consuming methods.
If you’re running an Objective-C app, there’s also an option of Show Obj-C Only: If this is selected,
then only Objective-C methods are displayed, rather than any C or C++ functions. There are none in
your program, but if you were looking at an OpenGL app, it might have some C++, for example.
Although some values may be slightly different, the order of the entries should be similar to the
table below once you have enabled the options above:
Well, that certainly doesn’t look too good. The vast majority of time is spent in the method that
applies the ‘tonal’ filter to the thumbnail photos. That shouldn’t come as too much of a shock to
you, as the table loading and scrolling were the clunkiest parts of the UI, and that’s when the table
cells are constantly being updated.
To find out more about what’s going on within that method, double click its row in the table. Doing
so will bring up the following view:
Well that’s interesting, isn’t it! applyTonalFilter() is a method added to UIImage in an extension, and
almost 100% of the time spent in it is spent creating the CGImage output after applying the image
filter.
There’s not really much that can be done to speed this up: creating the image is quite an intensive
process, and takes as long as it takes. Let’s try stepping back and seeing where
applyTonalFilter() is called from. Click Call Tree in the breadcrumb trail at the top of the code
view to get back to the previous screen:
Now click the small arrow to the left of the applyTonalFilter row at the top of the table. This will
unfold the Call Tree to show the caller of applyTonalFilter. You may need to unfold the next row
too; when profiling Swift, there will sometimes be duplicate rows in the Call Tree, prefixed with
@objc. You’re interested in the first row that’s prefixed with your app’s target name
(InstrumentsTutorial):
In this case, this row refers to

the results collection view’s cellForItemAtIndexPath. Double click the row to see the associated
code from the project.
Now you can see what the problem is. The method to apply the tonal filter takes a long time to
execute, and it’s called directly from cellForItemAtIndexPath, which will block the main thread (and
therefore the entire UI) each time it’s ask for a filtered image.
Allocations
There are detailed information about all the objects that are being created and the memory that
backs them; it also shows you retain counts of each object. To start afresh with a new instruments
profile, quit the Instruments app. This time, build and run the app, and open the Debug Navigator
in the Navigators area. Then click on Memory to display graphs of memory usage in the main
window:
These graphs are useful for to get a quick idea about how your app is performing. But you’re going
to need a bit more power. Click the Profile in Instruments button and then Transfer to bring this
session into Instruments. The Allocations instrument will start up automatically.
This time you’ll notice two tracks. One is called Allocations, and one is called Leaks. The
Allocations track will be discussed in detail later on; the Leaks track is generally more useful in
Objective-C, and won’t be covered in this tutorial. So what bug are you going to track down next?
There’s something hidden in the project that you probably don’t know is there. You’ve likely heard
about memory leaks. But what you may not know is that there are actually two kinds of leaks:
True memory leaks are where an object is no longer referenced by anything but still allocated –
that means the memory can never be re-used. Even with Swift and ARC helping manage memory,
the most common kind of memory leak is a retain cycle or strong reference cycle. This is when
two objects hold strong references to one another, so that each object keeps the other one from
being deallocated. This means that their memory is never released!
Unbounded memory growth is where memory continues to be allocated and is never given a
chance to be deallocated. If this continues forever, then at some point the system’s memory will be
filled and you’ll have a big memory problem on your hands. In iOS this means that the app will be
killed by the system.
With the Allocations instrument running on the app, make five different searches in the app but
do not drill down into the results yet. Make sure the searches have some results! Now let the app
settle a bit by waiting a few seconds.
You should have noticed that the graph in the Allocations track has been rising. This is telling you
that memory is being allocated. It’s this feature that will guide you to finding unbounded memory
growth.
What you’re going to perform is a generation analysis. To do this, press the button called Mark
Generation. You’ll find the button at the top of the Display Settings inspector:
Press it and you will see a red flag appear in the track, like so:
The purpose of generation analysis is to perform an action multiple times, and see if memory is
growing in an unbounded fashion. Drill into a search, wait a few seconds for the images to load, and
then go back to the main page. Then mark the generation again. Do this repeatedly for different
searches. After a drilling into a few searches, Instruments will look like this:
At this point, you should be getting suspicious. Notice how the blue graph is going up with each
search that you drill into. Well, that certainly isn’t good. But wait, what about memory warnings? You
know about those, right? Memory warnings are iOS’s way of telling an app that things are getting
tight in the memory department, and you need to clear out some memory.
It’s possible that this growth is not just due to your app; it could be something in the depths of
UIKit that’s holding onto memory. Give the system frameworks and your app a chance to clear
their memory first before pointing a finger at either one.
Simulate a memory warning by selecting Instrument\Simulate Memory Warning in Instruments’ menu

bar, or Hardware\Simulate Memory Warning from the simulator’s menu bar. You’ll notice that memory
usage dips a little, or perhaps not at all. Certainly not back to where it should be. So there’s still
unbounded memory growth happening somewhere.
The reason for marking a generation after each iteration of drilling into a search is that you can
see what memory has been allocated between each generation. Take a look in the detail panel
and you’ll see a bunch of generations.
Read Profile with Instruments online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9629/profile-with-

instruments
Chapter 131: Push Notifications
Syntax
• UIUserNotificationSettings.types: UIUserNotificationType // A bitmask of the notification
types that your app is allowed to use
• UIUserNotificationSettings.categories: Set // The app’s registered groups of actions
Parameters
Parameter Description
A dictionary that contains remote notification info, potentially including a badge

userInfo number for the app icon, alert sound, alert message, a notification identifier, and
custom data.
Examples
Registering device for Push Notifications
To register your device for push notifications, add the following code to your AppDelegate file in
didFinishLaunchingWithOptions method:
Swift

[NSObject: AnyObject]?) -> Bool {
// Override point for customization after application launch.
if UIDevice.currentDevice().systemVersion.compare(v, options: .NumericSearch) ==
NSOrderedAscending {
// Register for Push Notitications, if running iOS < 8
if application.respondsToSelector("registerUserNotificationSettings:") {
let types:UIUserNotificationType = (.Alert | .Badge | .Sound)
let settings:UIUserNotificationSettings = UIUserNotificationSettings(forTypes:
types, categories: nil)
} else {
// Register for Push Notifications before iOS 8
application.registerForRemoteNotificationTypes(.Alert | .Badge | .Sound)
}
} else {
var center = UNUserNotificationCenter.currentNotificationCenter()
center.delegate = self
center.requestAuthorizationWithOptions((UNAuthorizationOptionSound |
UNAuthorizationOptionAlert | UNAuthorizationOptionBadge)) {(granted: Bool, error: NSError) ->
Void in
if !error {
UIApplication.sharedApplication().registerForRemoteNotifications()
// required to get the app to do anything at all about push notifications
print("Push registration success.")
} else {
print("Push registration FAILED")
print("ERROR: \(error.localizedFailureReason!) -
\(error.localizedDescription)")
print("SUGGESTIONS: \(error.localizedRecoveryOptions) -
\(error.localizedRecoverySuggestion!)")
})
}
return true
}
Objective-C
#define SYSTEM_VERSION_LESS_THAN(v) ([[[UIDevice currentDevice] systemVersion] compare:v

options:NSNumericSearch] == NSOrderedAscending)
if( SYSTEM_VERSION_LESS_THAN( @"10.0" ) )

{
if ([application respondsToSelector:@selector(isRegisteredForRemoteNotifications)])
{
// iOS 8 Notifications
[application registerUserNotificationSettings:[UIUserNotificationSettings
settingsForTypes:(UIUserNotificationTypeSound | UIUserNotificationTypeAlert |
UIUserNotificationTypeBadge) categories:nil]];
[application registerForRemoteNotifications];
}
else
{
// iOS < 8 Notifications
[application registerForRemoteNotificationTypes:
(UIRemoteNotificationTypeBadge | UIRemoteNotificationTypeAlert |
UIRemoteNotificationTypeSound)];
}
}
else
{
UNUserNotificationCenter *center = [UNUserNotificationCenter currentNotificationCenter];
center.delegate = self;
[center requestAuthorizationWithOptions:(UNAuthorizationOptionSound |
UNAuthorizationOptionAlert | UNAuthorizationOptionBadge) completionHandler:^(BOOL granted,
NSError * _Nullable error)
{
if( !error )
{
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] registerForRemoteNotifications]; // required
to get the app to do anything at all about push notifications
NSLog( @"Push registration success." );
}
else
{
NSLog( @"Push registration FAILED" );
NSLog( @"ERROR: %@ - %@", error.localizedFailureReason,
error.localizedDescription );
NSLog( @"SUGGESTIONS: %@ - %@", error.localizedRecoveryOptions,
error.localizedRecoverySuggestion );
}
}];
}
//to check if your App lunch from Push notification

//---------------------------------------------------
//Handel Push notification
if (launchOptions != nil)
{
// Here app will open from pushnotification
//RemoteNotification
NSDictionary* dictionary1 = [launchOptions
objectForKey:UIApplicationLaunchOptionsRemoteNotificationKey];
//LocalNotification
NSDictionary* dictionary2 = [launchOptions
objectForKey:UIApplicationLaunchOptionsLocalNotificationKey];
if (dictionary1 != nil)
{
//RemoteNotification Payload
NSLog(@"Launched from push notification: %@", dictionary1);
//here handle your push notification
}
if (dictionary2 != nil)
{
NSLog(@"Launched from dictionary2dictionary2dictionary2 notification: %@",
dictionary2);
double delayInSeconds = 7;
dispatch_time_t popTime = dispatch_time(DISPATCH_TIME_NOW,
(int64_t)(delayInSeconds * NSEC_PER_SEC));
dispatch_after(popTime, dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^(void){
// [self addMessageFromRemoteNotification:dictionary2 updateUI:NO];
});
}
}
else
{}
//------------------------------------------------
The above code will try to communicate with APNs server to get device token (prerequiesites are
you have APNs enabled in your iOS provisioning profile).
Once it establishes reliable connection with APNs server, the server provides you a device token.
After adding the code above, add these methods to the AppDelegate class:
Swift

print("DEVICE TOKEN = \(deviceToken)")
}
error: NSError) {
print(error)
}
Objective-C
- (void)application:(UIApplication *)application
didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken:(NSData *)deviceToken
{
NSString * deviceTokenString = [[[[deviceToken description]
stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString: @"<" withString: @""]
stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString: @">" withString: @""]
stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString: @" " withString: @""];
NSLog(@"The generated device token string is : %@",deviceTokenString);

}
- (void)application:(UIApplication*)application
didFailToRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithError:(NSError*)error
{
NSLog(@"Failed to get token, error: %@", error.description);
}
The above methods are called according to registration success or failure scenario.
Success scenario calls:
Swift

print("DEVICE TOKEN = \(deviceToken)")
}
In Swift3:
@objc(userNotificationCenter:willPresentNotification:withCompletionHandler:) @available(iOS
10.0, *)
func userNotificationCenter(_ center: UNUserNotificationCenter, willPresent notification:
UNNotification, withCompletionHandler completionHandler: @escaping
(UNNotificationPresentationOptions) -> Void)
{
//To show notifications in foreground.
print("Userinfo2 \(notification.request.content.userInfo)")
}
Objective-C
didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken:(NSData *)deviceToken
{
if(application.applicationState == UIApplicationStateInactive) {
NSLog(@"Inactive - the user has tapped in the notification when app was closed or in
background");
//do some tasks
[self handelPushNotification:userInfo];
}
else if (application.applicationState == UIApplicationStateBackground) {
NSLog(@"application Background - notification has arrived when app was in background");
[self handelPushNotification:userInfo];
}
else {
NSLog(@"application Active - notication has arrived while app was opened");
//Show an in-app banner
//do tasks
}
}
Failure scenario calls:
Swift

error: NSError) {
print(error)
}
Objective-C
- (void)application:(UIApplication*)application
didFailToRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithError:(NSError*)error
Note
If none of the above methods are getting called, your device is not able to create
reliable connection with APNs server, which might be because of internet access
problems.
Testing push notifications
It is always a good practice to test how push notifications work even before you have your server
side ready for them, just to make sure that everything is set up correctly on your side. It is quite
easy to send yourself a push notification using a following PHP script.
1. Save the script as a file (send_push.php for example) in the same folder as your certificate
(development or production)
2. Edit it to put your device token, password from the certificate
3. Choose the correct path for opening a connection, dev_path or prod_path (this is where
'Open a connection to the APNS server' happens in the script)
4. cd to the folder in Terminal and run command 'php send_push'
5. Receive the notification on your device
<?php
// Put your device token here (without spaces):

$deviceToken = '20128697f872d7d39e48c4a61f50cb11d77789b39e6fc6b4cd7ec80582ed5229';
// Put your final pem cert name here. it is supposed to be in the same folder as this script
$cert_name = 'final_cert.pem';
// Put your private key's passphrase here:
$passphrase = '1234';
// sample point
$alert = 'Hello world!';
$event = 'new_incoming_message';
// You can choose either of the paths, depending on what kind of certificate you are using
$dev_path = 'ssl://gateway.sandbox.push.apple.com:2195';
$prod_path = 'ssl://gateway.push.apple.com:2195';
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
$ctx = stream_context_create();
stream_context_set_option($ctx, 'ssl', 'local_cert', $cert_name);
stream_context_set_option($ctx, 'ssl', 'passphrase', $passphrase);
// Open a connection to the APNS server

$fp = stream_socket_client(
$dev_path, $err,
$errstr, 60, STREAM_CLIENT_CONNECT|STREAM_CLIENT_PERSISTENT, $ctx);
if (!$fp)
exit("Failed to connect: $err $errstr" . PHP_EOL);
echo 'Connected to APNS' . PHP_EOL;
// Create the payload body

// it should be as short as possible
// if the notification doesnt get delivered that is most likely
// because the generated message is too long
$body['aps'] = array(
'alert' => $alert,
'sound' => 'default',
'event' => $event
);
// Encode the payload as JSON

$payload = json_encode($body);
// Build the binary notification

$msg = chr(0) . pack('n', 32) . pack('H*', $deviceToken) . pack('n', strlen($payload)) .
$payload;
// Send it to the server

$result = fwrite($fp, $msg, strlen($msg));
if (!$result)
echo 'Message not delivered' . PHP_EOL;
else
echo 'Message successfully delivered' . PHP_EOL;
// Close the connection to the server
fclose($fp);
Generating a .pem certificate from your .cer file, to pass on to the server
developer
1. Save aps.cer to a folder
2. Open "Keychain access" and export the key that is under that certificate to a .p12 file (call it
key.p12). To do that right click on it and choose Export. Save it to the same folder as step 1.
On export you will be prompted for a password. Make something up and memorize it.
3. cd to that folder in Terminal and execute the following commands:
4. Convert .cer to a .pem certificate
openssl x509 -in aps.cer -inform der -out aps.pem
5. Convert your key to .pem format. To open the key, enter the password you exported it with
from the keychain, in step 2. Then, enter another password that will protect the exported file.
You will be prompted to enter it twice for confirmation.
openssl pkcs12 -nocerts -out key.pem -in key.p12
6. Merge the files into one final file
cat key.pem aps.pem > final_cert.pem
7. The final_cert.pem is the final result. Pass it on to server developers with the password from
step 5, so that they will be able to use the protected certificate.
Setting the application icon badge number
Use the following piece of code to set the badge number from within your application (suppose
someNumber has been declared before):
Objective-C
[UIApplication sharedApplication].applicationIconBadgeNumber = someNumber;
Swift
UIApplication.shared.applicationIconBadgeNumber = someNumber
In order to remove the badge completely, just set someNumber = 0.
Unregistering From Push Notifications
To unregister from Remote Notifications programatically you can use
Objective-C
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] unregisterForRemoteNotifications];
Swift
UIApplication.sharedApplication().unregisterForRemoteNotifications()
this is similar to going into the setting of your phone and manually switching off Notifications for the
application.
NOTE: There may be rare cases where you would need this(eg: when your app no longer
supports push notifications)
If you just want to allow the user to temporarily disable Notifications. You should implement a
method to remove device token in the database on your server. else if you only disable Notification
locally on your device your server will still send messages.
Registering App ID for use with Push Notifications
Things you need

• A paid Apple Developer Program Membership
• A valid App ID and identifier for you app (like com.example.MyApp) which is not
used before anywhere
• Access to developer.apple.com and Member Center
• An iOS Device to test (as Push Notifications don't work on Simulator)
Enabling the APNs access for App ID in

Apple Developer Center
1- Log in to developer.apple.com Member Center (the Account link on the home page)
2- Go to "Certificates"
3- Select "App ID" from left panel
4- Click on "+" on top right
5- Add App ID with Push Notifications option checked
6- Click on created App ID and select Edit
7- Click Configure in Push Notifications panel
8- Open Keychain Access app in your Mac
9- From Keychain Access menu, click Certificate Assistant -> Request a Certificate from a
Certificate Authority
10- Enter your mail in the first text field
11- Enter your name in the second text field
12- Leave CA Email Address empty
13- Select Saved to disk rather than Emailed to the CA
14- Click Continue and upload the generated file
15- Download the generated file by Apple and open it while Keychain Access is open
Enabling the APNs access in Xcode

1- Select your project
2- Open Capabilities tab
3- Find Push Notifications and turn it on
4-Find Background Modes and turn it on and check Remote Notifications
Checking if your app is already registered for Push Notification
Swift
let isPushEnabled = UIApplication.sharedApplication().isRegisteredForRemoteNotifications()
Registering for (Non Interactive) Push Notification
The logic of registering for push notification is recommended to be added in AppDelegate.swift as

the callback functions (success, failure) will be called their. To register just do the following:
let application = UIApplication.sharedApplication()

let settings = UIUserNotificationSettings(forTypes: [.Alert, .Badge, .Sound], categories: nil)
Then the callback function didRegisterUserNotificationSettings will be called and in that case you
just trigger the register like this:
func application(application: UIApplication, didRegisterUserNotificationSettings

notificationSettings: UIUserNotificationSettings) {
}
And in that case and system alert will be shown asking for persmission to receive push
notification. One of the following callback functions will be called:

let tokenChars = UnsafePointer<CChar>(deviceToken.bytes)
var tokenString = ""
for i in 0..<deviceToken.length {
tokenString += String(format: "%02.2hhx", arguments: [tokenChars[i]])
}
print("Push token: \(tokenString)")

}

error: NSError) {
print("didFailToRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithError: \(error)")
In very rare cases, neither success or failure callback functions are called. This happens when you
have internet connection problems or the APNS Sandbox is down. The system do an API call to
APNS to do some verification, failing to do so will lead to none of the two callbacks functions will
be called. Visit Apple system status to make sure its fine.
Handling Push Notification
Once user clicks on a push notification, the following callback function will be called. You can
parse the JSON to get any specific info sent from backend that will helps you in deep linking:
Swift
func application(application: UIApplication, didReceiveRemoteNotification userInfo: [NSObject

: AnyObject]) {
print("Received notification: \(userInfo)")
}
Objective C
- (void)application:(UIApplication *)application didReceiveRemoteNotification: (NSDictionary

*)userInfo
{
NSLog(@"Received notification: %@", userInfo);
}
iOS 10
#define SYSTEM_VERSION_GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO(v) ([[[UIDevice currentDevice] systemVersion]

compare:v options:NSNumericSearch] != NSOrderedAscending)
-(void) application:(UIApplication *)application didReceiveRemoteNotification:(NSDictionary

*)userInfo fetchCompletionHandler:(void
(^)(UIBackgroundFetchResult))completionHandler
{
// iOS 10 will handle notifications through other methods
NSLog(@"Received notification: %@", userInfo);
if( SYSTEM_VERSION_GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO( @"10.0" ) )

{
NSLog( @"iOS version >= 10. Let NotificationCenter handle this one." );
// set a member variable to tell the new delegate that this is background
return;
}
NSLog( @"HANDLE PUSH, didReceiveRemoteNotification: %@", userInfo );
// custom code to handle notification content
if( [UIApplication sharedApplication].applicationState == UIApplicationStateInactive )

{
NSLog( @"INACTIVE" );
completionHandler( UIBackgroundFetchResultNewData );
}
else if( [UIApplication sharedApplication].applicationState == UIApplicationStateBackground
)
{
NSLog( @"BACKGROUND" );
}
else
{
NSLog( @"FOREGROUND" );
}
}
- (void)userNotificationCenter:(UNUserNotificationCenter *)center
willPresentNotification:(UNNotification *)notification
withCompletionHandler:(void (^)(UNNotificationPresentationOptions
options))completionHandler
{
NSLog( @"Handle push from foreground" );
// custom code to handle push while app is in the foreground
NSLog(@"%@", notification.request.content.userInfo);
}
- (void)userNotificationCenter:(UNUserNotificationCenter *)center
didReceiveNotificationResponse:(UNNotificationResponse *)response
withCompletionHandler:(void (^)())completionHandler
{
NSLog( @"Handle push from background or closed" );

// if you set a member variable in didReceiveRemoteNotification, you will know if this is
from closed or background
NSLog(@"%@", response.notification.request.content.userInfo);
}
Read Push Notifications online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3492/push-notifications
Chapter 132: QR Code Scanner
Introduction
QR (Quick Response) codes are two-dimensional barcodes which are widely used on machine-
readable optical labels. iOS do provide a way to read the QR codes by using AVFoundation
framework from iOS 7 onwards. This framework provides set of API's to setup/open the camera
and read QR codes from the camera feed.
Examples
UIViewController scanning for QR and displaying video input
import AVFoundation
class QRScannerViewController: UIViewController,
AVCaptureMetadataOutputObjectsDelegate {
func viewDidLoad() {
self.initCaptureSession()
}
private func initCaptureSession() {

let captureDevice = AVCaptureDevice
.defaultDevice(withMediaType: AVMediaTypeVideo)
do {
let input = try AVCaptureDeviceInput(device: captureDevice)
let captureMetadataOutput = AVCaptureMetadataOutput()
self.captureSession?.addOutput(captureMetadataOutput)
captureMetadataOutput.setMetadataObjectsDelegate(self,
queue: DispatchQueue.main)
captureMetadataOutput
.metadataObjectTypes = [AVMetadataObjectTypeQRCode]
self.videoPreviewLayer =
AVCaptureVideoPreviewLayer(session: self.captureSession)
self.videoPreviewLayer?
.videoGravity = AVLayerVideoGravityResizeAspectFill
self.videoPreviewLayer?.frame =
self.view.layer.bounds
self._viewController?.view.layer
.addSublayer(videoPreviewLayer!)
self.captureSession?.startRunning()
} catch {
//TODO: handle input open error
}
}
private func dismissCaptureSession() {
if let running = self.captureSession?.isRunning, running {
self.captureSession?.stopRunning()
}
self.captureSession = nil
self.videoPreviewLayer?.removeFromSuperLayer()
self.videoPreviewLayer = nil
}
func captureOutput(_ captureOutput: AVCaptureOutput,

didOutputMetadataObjects metadataObjects: [Any]!,
from connection: AVCaptureConnection) {
guard metadataObjects != nil && metadataObjects.count != 0 else {
//Nothing captured
return
}
if let metadataObj =
metadataObjects[0] as? AVMetadataMachineReadableCodeObject {
guard metadataObj.type == AVMetadataObjectTypeQRCode else {
return
}
let barCodeObject = videoPreviewLayer?

.transformedMetadataObject(for:
metadataObj as AVMetadataMachineReadableCodeObject)
as! AVMetadataMachineReadableCodeObject
if let qrValue = metadataObj.stringValue {

self.handleQRRead(value: qrValue)
}
}
}
private handleQRRead(value: String) {

//TODO: Handle the read qr
}
private captureSession: AVCaptureSession?
private videoPreviewLayer: AVCaptureVideo
}
handleQRRead- will be called on a successful scan initCaptureSession - initialize scanning for QR

and camera input dismissCaptureSession - hide the camera input and stop scanning
Scanning QR code with AVFoudation framework
Prior to iOS 7 when you want to scan a QR code, we might need to rely on third party frameworks
or libraries like zBar or zXing. But Apple introduced AVCaptureMetaDataOutput from iOS 7 for reading
barcodes.
To read QR code using AVFoundation we need to setup/create AVCaptureSession and use

captureOutput:didOutputMetadataObjects:fromConnection: delegate method.
Step 1
Import AVFoundation framework and confirm to AVCaptureMetadataOutputObjectsDelegate protocol
import AVFoundation
class ViewController: UIViewController, AVCaptureMetadataOutputObjectsDelegate
Step 2
QR code reading is totally based on video capture. So to capture continuous video create an
AVCaptureSession and set up device input and output. Add the below code in view controller
viewDidLoad method
// Create an instance of the AVCaptureDevice and provide the video as the media type
parameter.
let captureDevice = AVCaptureDevice.defaultDevice(withMediaType: AVMediaTypeVideo)
do {
// Create an instance of the AVCaptureDeviceInput class using the device object and
intialise capture session
let input = try AVCaptureDeviceInput(device: captureDevice)
captureSession = AVCaptureSession()
captureSession?.addInput(input)
// Create a instance of AVCaptureMetadataOutput object and set it as the output device the
capture session.
let captureMetadataOutput = AVCaptureMetadataOutput()
captureSession?.addOutput(captureMetadataOutput)
// Set delegate with a default dispatch queue
captureMetadataOutput.setMetadataObjectsDelegate(self, queue: DispatchQueue.main)
//set meta data object type as QR code, here we can add more then one type as well
captureMetadataOutput.metadataObjectTypes = [AVMetadataObjectTypeQRCode]
// Initialize the video preview layer and add it as a sublayer to the viewcontroller
view's layer.
videoPreviewLayer = AVCaptureVideoPreviewLayer(session: captureSession)
videoPreviewLayer?.videoGravity = AVLayerVideoGravityResizeAspectFill
videoPreviewLayer?.frame = view.layer.bounds
view.layer.addSublayer(videoPreviewLayer!)
// Start capture session.

captureSession?.startRunning()
} catch {
// If any error occurs, let the user know. For the example purpose just print out the
error
print(error)
return
}
Step 3
Implement AVCaptureMetadataOutputObjectsDelegate delegate method to read the QR code
func captureOutput(_ captureOutput: AVCaptureOutput!, didOutputMetadataObjects

metadataObjects: [Any]!, from connection: AVCaptureConnection!) {
// Check if the metadataObjects array contains at least one object. If not no QR code is
in our video capture
if metadataObjects == nil || metadataObjects.count == 0 {
// NO QR code is being detected.
return
}
// Get the metadata object and cast it to ÀVMetadataMachineReadableCodeObject`

let metadataObj = metadataObjects[0] as! AVMetadataMachineReadableCodeObject
if metadataObj.type == AVMetadataObjectTypeQRCode {
// If the found metadata is equal to the QR code metadata then get the string value
from meta data
let barCodeObject = videoPreviewLayer?.transformedMetadataObject(for: metadataObj)
if metadataObj.stringValue != nil {
// metadataObj.stringValue is our QR code
}
}
}
here metadata object can give you the bounds of the QR code read on the camera feed as well.
To get the bounds simply pass the metadata object to videoPreviewLayer' s
transformedMetadataObject method like below.
let barCodeObject = videoPreviewLayer?.transformedMetadataObject(for: metadataObj)

qrCodeFrameView?.frame = barCodeObject!.bounds
Read QR Code Scanner online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7963/qr-code-scanner
Chapter 133: Realm
Remarks
Adding a new RLMObject to an existing Realm - Schema and Migrations
Adding new model classes to a Realm does not require a migration or a schema version bump;
only making changes to an existing Realm.
Examples
RLMObject Base Model Class with Primary Key - Objective-C
An example of a RLMObject base model class that uses a primary key and some generic default
properties. Subclasses can then set metadata specific to their needs.
@interface BaseModel : RLMObject
@property NSString *uuid;

@property NSString *metadata;
@end
@implementation BaseModel
+ (NSString *)primaryKey
{
return @"uuid";
}
+ (NSDictionary *)defaultPropertyValues
{
NSMutableDictionary *defaultPropertyValues = [NSMutableDictionary
dictionaryWithDictionary:[super defaultPropertyValues]];
NSString *uuid = [[NSUUID UUID] UUIDString];
[defaultPropertyValues setValue:@"" forKey:@"metadata"];
[defaultPropertyValues setValue:uuid forKey:@"uuid"];
return defaultPropertyValues;
}
+ (NSArray *)ignoredProperties
{
return @[];
}
@end
Read Realm online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4084/realm
Chapter 134: Resizing UIImage
Parameters
Levels of interpolation quality for rendering

CGInterpolationQuality
an image.
Interpolation quality is a graphics state typedef enum CGInterpolationQuality

parameter CGInterpolationQuality;
Examples
Resize any image by size & quality
- (UIImage *)drawImageBySize:(CGSize)size quality:(CGInterpolationQuality)quality

{
UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(size, NO, 0.0);
CGContextSetInterpolationQuality(context, quality);
[self drawInRect: CGRectMake (0, 0, size.width, size.height)];
UIImage *resizedImage = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext();
return resizedImage;
}
Read Resizing UIImage online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6422/resizing-uiimage
Chapter 135: Rich Notifications
Introduction
The Rich Notifications lets you customize the appearance of local and remote notifications when
they appear on the user’s device.Rich notification mostly includes UNNotificationServiceExtension
and UNNotificationContentExtension ie displaying the normal notification in an extended manner
Examples
Creating a simple UNNotificationContentExtension
Step 1
Making the environment suitable for Notification. Make sure you enabled Background Modes and
Push Notification
Step 2: Creating an UNNotificationContentExtension
Click on the + icon in the bottom which creates a target template and select Notification Content
Extention -> next -> create a name for the content extension -> finish
• UNNotificationDefaultContentHidden: This boolean determines whether the default body of
the notification is to be hidden or not
• UNNotificationCategory: Category is created in UNUserNotificationCenter in your application.
Here it can be either a string or an array of strings, so each category can gave different types
of data from which we can create different UI's. The payload we send must contain the
category name in order to display this particular extension
in your application. Here it can be either a string or an array of strings, so each category can
gave different types of data from which we can create different UI's. The payload we send
must contain the category name in order to display this particular extension
• UNNotificationExtensionInitialContentSizeRatio: The size of the initial content ie when
displaying the ContentExtension for the first time the initial size with respect to width of the
device. here 1 denotes the height will be equal to the width
Step 4: Creating UNNotificationAction and UNNotificationCategory in our application
In your app's AppDelegate.swift didFinishLaunchingWithOptions function add
let userNotificationAction:UNNotificationAction = UNNotificationAction.init(identifier:

"ID1", title: "வணக்கம்", options: .destructive)
let userNotificationAction2:UNNotificationAction = UNNotificationAction.init(identifier:
"ID2", title: "Success", options: .destructive)
let notifCategory:UNNotificationCategory = UNNotificationCategory.init(identifier:

"CATID1", actions: [userNotificationAction,userNotificationAction2], intentIdentifiers:
["ID1","ID2"] , options:.customDismissAction)
UNUserNotificationCenter.current().delegate = self
UNUserNotificationCenter.current().setNotificationCategories([notifCategory])
UIApplication.shared.registerForRemoteNotifications()
We created two UNNotificationAction with identifiers ID1 and ID2 and added those actions to a
UNNotificationCategory with identifier CATID1 (the categoryID in ContentExtension's info.plist file are
same, what we created here should be used in payload and the plist file). We set the category to
our application's UNUserNotificationCenter and in next line we are registering for the notification
which calls the didRegisterForRemoteNotificationsWithDeviceToken function where we get the device
token
Note: dont forget to importUserNotifications in your AppDelegate.swift and add

UNUserNotificationCenterDelegate
Step 5: Sample payload for the NotificationContent
'aps': {
'badge': 0,
'alert': {
'title': "Rich Notification",
'body': "Body of RICH NOTIFICATION",
},
'sound' : "default",
'category': "CATID1",
'mutable-content':"1",
},
'attachment': "2"
Step 6: Configuring the ContentExtension
The corresponding actions for the category is automatically displayed while the notification action
is performed. Lets us see the code how its being performed
import UIKit
import UserNotifications
import UserNotificationsUI
class NotificationViewController: UIViewController, UNNotificationContentExtension {
@IBOutlet var imageView: UIImageView?

super.viewDidLoad()
}
func didReceive(_ notification: UNNotification) {

self.title = "Koushik"
imageView?.backgroundColor = UIColor.clear
imageView?.image = #imageLiteral(resourceName: "welcome.jpeg")
}
func didReceive(_ response: UNNotificationResponse, completionHandler completion: @escaping

(UNNotificationContentExtensionResponseOption) -> Void) {
self.title = "Koushik"
imageView?.image = UIImage.init(named: "Success.jpeg")
if(response.actionIdentifier == "ID1")
{
imageView?.image = UIImage.init(named: "Success.jpeg")
}
else
{
imageView?.image = UIImage.init(named: "welcome.jpeg")
}
}
}
Step 7: Result
After receiving and long press/Clicking View notification, the notification looks like this
UNNotificationExtensionOverrideDefaultTitle as YES. In step 3 we gave
UNNotificationExtensionDefaultContentHidden as NO if its YES then the notification will look like
images 3 and 4.
Read Rich Notifications online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10769/rich-notifications
Chapter 136: Runtime in Objective-C
Examples
Using Associated Objects
Associated objects are useful when you want to add functionality to existing classes which
requires holding state.
For example, adding a activity indicator to every UIView:
Objective-C Implementation
static char ActivityIndicatorKey;
@implementation UIView (ActivityIndicator)
- (UIActivityIndicatorView *)activityIndicator {
return (UIActivityIndicatorView *)objc_getAssociatedObject(self, &ActivityIndicatorKey);
}
- (void)setActivityIndicator: (UIActivityIndicatorView *)activityIndicator {

objc_setAssociatedObject(self, &ActivityIndicatorKey, activityIndicator,
OBJC_ASSOCIATION_RETAIN_NONATOMIC);
}
- (void)showActivityIndicator {
UIActivityIndicatorView *activityIndicator = [[UIActivityIndicatorView alloc]
initWithActivityIndicatorStyle: UIActivityIndicatorViewStyleGray];
[self setActivityIndicator:activityIndicator];
activityIndicator.center = self.center;
activityIndicator.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleTopMargin |
UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleLeftMargin | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleRightMargin |
UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleBottomMargin;
[activityIndicator startAnimating];
[self addSubview: activityIndicator];

}
- (void)hideActivityIndicator {
UIActivityIndicatorView * activityIndicator = [self activityIndicator];
if (activityIndicator != nil) {
[[self activityIndicator] removeFromSuperview];
}
}
@end
You can also access the Objective-C runtime through Swift:
Swift Code
extension UIView {
private struct AssociatedKeys {
static var activityIndicator = "UIView.ActivityIndicatorView"
}
private var activityIndicatorView: UIActivityIndicatorView? {

get {
return objc_getAssociatedObject(self, &AssociatedKeys.activityIndicator) as?
UIActivityIndicatorView
}
set (activityIndicatorView) {
objc_setAssociatedObject(self, &AssociatedKeys.activityIndicator,
activityIndicatorView, .OBJC_ASSOCIATION_RETAIN_NONATOMIC)
}
}
func showActivityIndicator() {
activityIndicatorView = UIActivityIndicatorView(activityIndicatorStyle: .gray)
activityIndicatorView.center = center
activityIndicatorView.autoresizingMask = [.flexibleLeftMargin, .flexibleRightMargin,
.flexibleTopMargin, .flexibleBottomMargin]
activityIndicatorView.startAnimating()
addSubview(activityIndicatorView)
}
func hideActivityIndicator() {
activityIndicatorView.removeFromSuperview()
}
}
Read Runtime in Objective-C online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10120/runtime-in-

objective-c
Chapter 137: Safari Services
Examples
Implement SFSafariViewControllerDelegate
You should implement SFSafariViewControllerDelegate so that your class is notified when the user
hits the Done button on the SafariViewController and you can dismiss it as well.
First declare your class to implement the protocol.
class MyClass: SFSafariViewControllerDelegate {
Implement the delegate method to be notified on dismissal.
func safariViewControllerDidFinish(controller: SFSafariViewController) {

// Dismiss the SafariViewController when done
controller.dismissViewControllerAnimated(true, completion: nil)
}
Don't forget to set your class as the SafariViewController's delegate.
let safariVC = SFSafariViewController(URL: yourURL)

safariVC.delegate = self
Additional delegate methods you can implement are:
// Called when the initial URL load is complete.

safariViewController(_ controller: SFSafariViewController, didCompleteInitialLoad
didLoadSuccessfully: Bool) { }
// Called when the user taps an Action button.

safariViewController(_ controller: SFSafariViewController, activityItemsFor URL: URL, title:
String?) -> [UIActivity] { }
Add Items to Safari Reading List
You can add items to a user's Reading List in Safari by calling the addItem method on the
SSReadingList singleton.
let readingList = SSReadingList.default()

readingList?.addItem(with: yourURL, title: "optional title", previewText: "optional preview
text")
The default Reading List can be nil if access to the Reading List is not permitted.
Additionally you can check if the Reading List supports a URL by calling supportsURL.
SSReadingList.default().supportsURL(URL(string: "https://example.com")!)
This will return either true or false indicating if the given URL is supported by Safari Reading List.
Use this for example to determine whether to show a button to add a URL to the Reading List.
Open a URL with SafariViewController
Don't forget to import the necessary framework first.
import SafariServices
//Objective-C
@import SafariServices;
Instantiate a SafariViewController instance.
let safariVC = SFSafariViewController(URL: URL(string: "your_url")!)

//Objective-C
@import SafariServices;
NSURL *URL = [NSURL URLWithString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"http://www.google.com"]];
SFSafariViewController *sfvc = [[SFSafariViewController alloc] initWithURL:URL];
Optionally you can also tell SafariViewController to enter reading mode if possible once it's done
loading.
let safariVC = SFSafariViewController(URL: URL(string: "your_url")!, entersReaderIfAvailable:

true)
//Objective-C
NSURL *URL = [NSURL URLWithString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"http://www.google.com"]];
SFSafariViewController *sfvc = [[SFSafariViewController alloc] initWithURL:URL
entersReaderIfAvailable:YES];
Present the view controller.
present(safariVC, animated: true, completion: nil)

//Objective-C
[self presentViewController:sfvc animated:YES completion:nil];
Read Safari Services online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1371/safari-services
Chapter 138: Security
Introduction
Security in iOS is related to data security, transport security, code security, etc
Examples
Transport Security using SSL
iOS apps needs to be written in a way to provide security to data which is being transported over
network.
SSL is the common way to do it.
Whenever app tries to call web services to pull or push data to servers, it should use SSL over
HTTP, i.e. HTTPS.
To do this, app must call https://server.com/part such web services and not
http://server.com/part.
In this case, app needs to trust the server server.com using SSL certificate.
Here is the example of validating server trust-
Implement URLSessionDelegate as:
func urlSession(_ session: URLSession, didReceive challenge: URLAuthenticationChallenge,

completionHandler: @escaping (URLSession.AuthChallengeDisposition, URLCredential?) -> Void) {
if challenge.protectionSpace.authenticationMethod == NSURLAuthenticationMethodServerTrust
{
let serverTrust:SecTrust = challenge.protectionSpace.serverTrust!
func acceptServerTrust() {
let credential:URLCredential = URLCredential(trust: serverTrust)
challenge.sender?.use(credential, for: challenge)
completionHandler(.useCredential, URLCredential(trust:
challenge.protectionSpace.serverTrust!))
}
let success = SSLTrustManager.shouldTrustServerTrust(serverTrust, forCert:

"Server_Public_SSL_Cert")
if success {
acceptServerTrust()
return
}
}
else if challenge.protectionSpace.authenticationMethod ==
NSURLAuthenticationMethodClientCertificate {
completionHandler(.rejectProtectionSpace, nil);
return
}
completionHandler(.cancelAuthenticationChallenge, nil)
}
Here is trust manager: (couldn't found Swift code)
@implementation SSLTrustManager
+ (BOOL)shouldTrustServerTrust:(SecTrustRef)serverTrust forCert:(NSString*)certName {
// Load up the bundled certificate.
NSString *certPath = [[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForResource:certName ofType:@"der"];
NSData *certData = [[NSData alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:certPath];
CFDataRef certDataRef = (__bridge_retained CFDataRef)certData;
SecCertificateRef cert = SecCertificateCreateWithData(NULL, certDataRef);
// Establish a chain of trust anchored on our bundled certificate.

CFArrayRef certArrayRef = CFArrayCreate(NULL, (void *)&cert, 1, NULL);
SecTrustSetAnchorCertificates(serverTrust, certArrayRef);
// Verify that trust.

SecTrustResultType trustResult;
SecTrustEvaluate(serverTrust, &trustResult);
// Clean up.
CFRelease(certArrayRef);
CFRelease(cert);
CFRelease(certDataRef);
// Did our custom trust chain evaluate successfully?

return trustResult == kSecTrustResultUnspecified;
}
@end
Server_Public_SSL_Cert.der is servers' public SSL key.
Using this approach our app can make sure that it is communicating to the intended server and no
one is intercepting the app-server communication.
Securing Data in iTunes Backups
If we want our app data to be protected against iTunes backups, we have to skip our app data
from being backed up in iTunes.
Whenever iOS device backed up using iTunes on macOS, all the data stored by all the apps is
copied in that backup and stored on backing computer.
But we can exclude our app data from this backup using URLResourceKey.isExcludedFromBackupKey
key.
Here is the directory structure of our app:
Note: Generally sensitive data is stored in 'Application Support' directory.
e.g. If we want to exclude all our data stored in Application Support directory then we can use
above mentioned key as follow:
let urls = FileManager.default.urls(for: .applicationSupportDirectory, in:

.userDomainMask)
let baseURL = urls[urls.count-1];
let bundleIdentifier = Bundle.main.object(forInfoDictionaryKey: "CFBundleIdentifier") as!

String
let pathURL = baseURL.appendingPathComponent(bundleIdentifier)
let persistentStoreDirectoryPath = pathURL.path
if !FileManager.default.fileExists(atPath: persistentStoreDirectoryPath) {
do {
try FileManager.default.createDirectory(atPath: path, withIntermediateDirectories:
true, attributes: nil)
}catch {
//handle error
}
}
let dirURL = URL.init(fileURLWithPath: persistentStoreDirectoryPath, isDirectory: true)
do {
try (dirURL as NSURL).setResourceValue((true), forKey: .isExcludedFromBackupKey)
} catch {
//handle error
}
There are lots of tools available to see iTunes backups for all the backed up data to confirm
whether above approach works or not.
iExplorer is good one to explore iTunes backups.
Read Security online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9999/security
Chapter 139: Segues
Examples
An Overview
From the Apple documentation:
A UIStoryboardSegue object is responsible for performing the visual transition

between two view controllers. In addition, segue objects are used to prepare for the
transition from one view controller to another. Segue objects contain information
about the view controllers involved in a transition. When a segue is triggered, but
before the visual transition occurs, the storyboard runtime calls the current view
controller’s prepareForSegue:sender: method so that it can pass any needed data to
the view controller that is about to be displayed.
Attributes
Swift
sourceViewController: UIViewController {get}

destinationViewController: UIViewController {get}
identifier: String? {get}
References:
• UIViewController Class Reference

• UIStoryBoardSegue Class Reference
Preparing your view controller before a triggering a Segue
PrepareForSegue:
func prepareForSegue(_ segue:UIStoryboardSegue, sender sender:AnyObject?)
Notifies the view controller that a segue is about to be performed
Parameters
segue: The segue object.
sender: The object that initialized the segue.
Example in Swift
Perform a task if the identifier of the segue is "SomeSpecificIdentifier"

if segue.identifier == "SomeSpecificIdentifier" {
//- Do specific task
}
}
Deciding if an invoked Segue should be performed.
ShouldPerformSegueWithIdentifier:
func shouldPerformSegueWithIdentifier(_ identifier:String, sender sender:AnyObject?) -> Bool
Determines whether the segue with the specified identifier should be performed.
Parameters
Identifier: String that identifies the triggered segue
Sender: The object that initialized the segue.
Example in Swift
Only perform segue if the identifier is "SomeSpecificIdentifier"
override func shouldPerformSegueWithIdentifier(identifier:String, sender:AnyObject?) -> Bool {

if identifier == "SomeSpecificIdentifier" {
return true
}
return false
}
Using Segues to navigate backwards in the navigation stack
Unwind Segues
Unwind Segues give you a way to “unwind” the navigation stack and specify a
destination to go back to. The signature of this function is key to Interface Builder
recognizing it. It must have a return value of IBAction and take one parameter of
UIStoryboardSegue. The name of the function does not matter. In fact, the function
does not even have to do anything. It’s just there as a marker of which
UIViewController is the destination of the Unwind Segue. [source][1]
Required signature of an unwind segue
Objective C:
-(IBAction)prepareForUnwind:(UIStoryboardSegue *)segue {
}
Swift:
@IBAction func prepareForUnwind(segue: UIStoryboardSegue) {

}
Trigger Segue Programmatically
PerformSegueWithIdentifier:
func performSegueWithIdentifier(_ identifier:String, sender sender:AnyObject?)
Initiates the segue with the specified identifier from the current view controller's
storyboard file
Parameters
Identifier: String that identifies the triggered segue
Sender: The object that will initiate the segue.
Example in Swift
Performing a segue with identifier "SomeSpecificIdentifier" from a table view row selection:
func tableView(tableView: UITableView, didSelectRowAtIndexPath indexPath: NSIndexPath) {

performSegueWithIdentifier("SomeSpecificIdentifier", sender: indexPath.item)
}
Read Segues online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5575/segues
Chapter 140: Set View Background
Examples
Set View background
Objective C:
view.backgroundColor = [UIColor redColor];
Swift:
view.backgroundColor! = UIColor.redColor()
Swift 3
view.backgroundColor = UIColor.redColor
Fill background Image of a UIView
Objective-C
UIGraphicsBeginImageContext(self.view.frame.size);
[[UIImage imageNamed:@"image.png"] drawInRect:self.view.bounds];
self.view.backgroundColor = [UIColor colorWithPatternImage:image];
Creating a gradient background view
To create a background with a gradient you can use the CAGradientLayer class:
Swift 3.1:
func createGradient() {
let caLayer = CAGradientLayer()
caLayer.colors = [UIColor.white, UIColor.green, UIColor.blue]
caLayer.locations = [0, 0.5, 1]
caLayer.bounds = self.bounds
self.layer.addSublayer(caLayer)
}
This can be called on viewDidLoad() like so:

super.viewDidLoad()
createGradient()
}
The CAGradientLayer locations and bounds variables can take multiple values to create a gradient
layer with how ever many colors you desire. From the documentation:
By default, the colors are spread uniformly across the layer, but you can optionally
specify locations for control over the color positions through the gradient.
Set View backround with image
self.view.backgroundColor = [UIColor colorWithPatternImage:[UIImage

imageNamed:@"Background.png"]];
Read Set View Background online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6854/set-view-background
Chapter 141: Simulating Location Using GPX
files iOS
Examples
Your .gpx file: MPS_HQ.gpx
<gpx xmlns="http://www.topografix.com/GPX/1/1"
xmlns:gpxx = "http://www.garmin.com/xmlschemas/GpxExtensions/v3"
xmlns:xsi = "http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.topografix.com/GPX/1/1
http://www.topografix.com/GPX/1/1/gpx.xsd
http://www.garmin.com/xmlschemas/GpxExtensions/v3
http://www8.garmin.com/xmlschemas/GpxExtensions/v3/GpxExtensionsv3.xsd"
version="1.1"
creator="gpx-poi.com">
<wpt lat="38.9072" lon="77.0369">38.9072/-77.0369
<time>2015-04-16T22:20:29Z</time>
<name>Washington, DC</name>
<extensions>
<gpxx:WaypointExtension>
<gpxx:Proximity>10</gpxx:Proximity>
<gpxx:Address>
<gpxx:StreetAddress>Washington DC</gpxx:StreetAddress>
<gpxx:City>Washington</gpxx:City>
<gpxx:State>DC</gpxx:State>
<gpxx:Country>United States</gpxx:Country>
<gpxx:PostalCode> 20005 </gpxx:PostalCode>
</gpxx:Address>
</gpxx:WaypointExtension>
</extensions>
To set this location:
1. Go to Edit Scheme.
2. Select Run -> Options.
3. Check "Allow Location Simulation".
4. Select the *.GPX File Name from the "Default Location" drop down list.
Read Simulating Location Using GPX files iOS online:
http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9883/simulating-location-using-gpx-files-ios
Chapter 142: Simulator
Introduction
iOS, watchOS and tvOS Simulators are great ways to test your apps without using an actual
device. Here we will talk about working with Simulators.
Remarks
Different Types of Simulators

• iOS Simulator
• watchOS Simulator
• tvOS Simulator
• Touch Bar Simulator
There is no simulator for macOS, because Xcode is run on macOS and whenever
needed, it will run the apps native.
Getting Help
You could always visit Simulator help at Help -> Simulator help:
Chapter 143: Simulator Builds
Introduction
Where to find simulator build ?
Go to ~/Library/Developer/CoreSimulator/Devices/
You will find directories with alphanumeric names
then click on the one of the directories and make following selection
Data/Containers/Bundle/Application/
Again you will find directories with alphanumeric names if you click on that you will find
Simulator build over there
Note:
Installing iOS device build on simulator will not work out.
iPhone simulator uses i386 architecture iPad simulator builds uses x8
Examples
Installing the build manually on simulator
xcrun simctl install booted *.app
Read Simulator Builds online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9813/simulator-builds
Chapter 144: SiriKit
Remarks
Different types of Siri requests

• Ride Booking (e.g. Get me a ride to New York via MyApp)
• Messaging (e.g. Send a text to John using MyApp)
• Photo Search (e.g. Look for beach photos taken last summer in MyApp)
• Payments (e.g. Send $20 to John for dinner last night using MyApp)
• VoIP Calling (e.g. Call Mike on my MyApp)
• Workouts (e.g. Start my daily run workout from MyApp)
• Climate and Radio (specifically designed for CarPlay, e.g. Set the heater to 72 degrees)
Examples
Adding Siri Extension to App
To integrate Siri capabilities in your app, you should add an extensions as you would do while
creating an iOS 10 Widget (old Today View Extension) or a custom keyboard.
Adding capability
1- In the project settings, select your iOS app target and go to Capabilities tab
2- Enable the Siri capability
Adding the extension

1- Go to File -> New -> Target...
2- Select iOS -> Application Extension from the left pane
3- Double-click Intents Extension from right
According to Apple:
Intents Extension template builds an Intents extension that allows your app to handle
intents issued by system services like Siri and Maps.
4- Choose a name, and be sure to check "Include UI Extension"
By doing this steps, two new targets (Intents Extension and UI Extension) are created, and by
default they contain Workout Intent code. For different types of Siri requests, see Remarks.
Note
Anytime you want to debug your extension, just select the Intent scheme from the
available schemes.
Note
You can't test SiriKit apps in the Simulator. Instead, you need a real device.
Read SiriKit online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5869/sirikit
Chapter 145: Size Classes and Adaptivity
Remarks
As you build adaptive apps, keep in mind the limitations of size classes: they are generalizations,
not specific guides for exact pixel sizes or devices. Never attempt to determine what device your
app is running on, or whether it's in a split-screen mode, based on the size classes.
Instead, make high-level layout decisions on size class, and use Auto Layout to change precise
view frames. (See also the UIViewController method viewWillTransition(to:with:) for a more
precise notification of how big a controller's view will be after a transition.)
Examples
Trait Collections
In an iOS app, your user interface can take on one of a few different general shapes and sizes.
These are defined using size classes, which are available through a view or view controller's trait
collection.
Apple defines two size classes: regular and compact. Each of these size classes are available on
both axes of the device (horizontal and vertical). Your app may exist in any these four states
throughout its lifetime. As a shorthand, developers often describe a size class combination by
saying or writing the two size classes, with the horizontal axis first: "Compact/Regular" describes
an interface that is horizontally compact but vertically regular.
In your app, use methods on the UITraitEnvironment protocol to check your current size class and
respond to changes:
class MyViewController: UIViewController {

override func viewDidAppear(_ animated: Bool) {
super.viewDidAppear(animated)
print("Horizontal size class: \(traitCollection.horizontalSizeClass)")
print("Vertical size class: \(traitCollection.verticalSizeClass)")
}
override func traitCollectionDidChange(_ previousTraitCollection: UITraitCollection?) {

super.traitCollectionDidChange(previousTraitCollection)
print("Trait collection changed; size classes may be different.")
}
}
Both UIView and UIViewController conform to UITraitEnvironment, so you can look at your current
trait collection and handle changes in subclasses of either.
Updating Auto Layout with Trait Collection Changes
Making an app adaptive – that is, responding to size class changes by changing your layout –
often involves lots of help from the Auto Layout system. One of the primary ways apps become
adaptive is by updating the active Auto Layout constraints when a view's size class changes.
For example, consider an app that uses a UIStackView to arrange two UILabels. We might want
these labels to stack on top of each other in horizontally compact environments, but sit next to
each other when we have a little more room in horizontally regular environments.

var stackView: UIStackView!

super.viewDidLoad()
stackView = UIStackView()
for text in ["foo", "bar"] {
let label = UILabel()
label.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
label.text = text
stackView.addArrangedSubview(label)
}
view.addSubview(stackView)
stackView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
stackView.centerXAnchor.constraint(equalTo: view.centerXAnchor).isActive = true
stackView.centerYAnchor.constraint(equalTo: view.centerYAnchor).isActive = true
}
override func viewDidAppear(_ animated: Bool) {

super.viewDidAppear(animated)
updateAxis(forTraitCollection: traitCollection)
}
override func traitCollectionDidChange(_ previousTraitCollection: UITraitCollection?) {

super.traitCollectionDidChange(previousTraitCollection)
updateAxis(forTraitCollection: traitCollection)
}
private func updateAxis(forTraitCollection traitCollection: UITraitCollection) {

switch traitCollection.horizontalSizeClass {
case .regular:
stackView.axis = .horizontal
case .compact:
stackView.axis = .vertical
case .unspecified:
print("Unspecified size class!")
}
}
}
Supporting iOS Multitasking on iPad
A key piece of adaptivity in a modern iOS app is supporting multitasking on iPad. By default, apps
created in Xcode 7 and newer will be configured to support multitasking: they'll have a
LaunchScreen.storyboard file that uses Auto Layout.
The easiest way for existing apps to opt in to multitasking is to create such a storyboard, then set it
as the project's Launch Screen:
Once your app supports iPad multitasking, audit existing views and view controllers to make sure
that they use Auto Layout and can support a variety of size class combinations.
Read Size Classes and Adaptivity online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4628/size-classes-

and-adaptivity
Chapter 146: Size Classes and Adaptivity
Remarks
For more details ( Size Classes and Adaptivity through Storyboard) of using auto layout for
adaptivity in iOS, we can follow the apple developer site link.
We can also add constraints Programatically using Visual Format Language as described here
at apple developer site.
Examples
Size Classes and Adaptivity through Storyboard
We can add adaptivity to any subclass of UIView which we add on view controller in nib file.
Lets take an example of adding adaptivity using size classes to a view.
1. Add a view on view controller as:
constraints as:
3. We can see the added constraints as:
http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6424/size-classes-and-adaptivity
Chapter 147: SLComposeViewController
Examples
SLComposeViewController for Twitter, facebook, SinaWelbo and
TencentWelbo
Objective-C
First add the Social Framework to the XCode project.
Import the #import "Social/Social.h" class to the required ViewController
Twitter with text, image and link
//- - To Share text on twitter - -

if([SLComposeViewController isAvailableForServiceType:SLServiceTypeTwitter])
{
//Tweet
SLComposeViewController *twitterVC=[SLComposeViewController
composeViewControllerForServiceType:SLServiceTypeTwitter];
//To send link together with text
[twitterVC addURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"https://twitter.com/IbrahimH_ss_n"]];
//To add a photo to a link
[twitterVC addImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"image"]];
//Sending link and Image with the tweet
[twitterVC setInitialText:text];
/* While adding link and images in a tweet the effective length of a tweet i.e.
the number of characters which can be entered by the user decreases.
The default maximum length of a tweet is 140 characters*/
[self presentViewController:twitterVC animated:YES completion:nil];
}
else
{//Shows alert if twitter is not signed in
UIAlertController *alertCont=[UIAlertController alertControllerWithTitle:@"SocialShare"
message:@"You are not signed in to twitter."preferredStyle:UIAlertControllerStyleAlert];
[self presentViewController:alertCont animated:YES completion:nil];
UIAlertAction *okay=[UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Okay"
style:UIAlertActionStyleDefault handler:nil];
[alertCont addAction:okay];
}
}
Facebook with Text, Image and Link
if([SLComposeViewController isAvailableForServiceType:SLServiceTypeFacebook])
{
SLComposeViewController *fbVC=[SLComposeViewController
composeViewControllerForServiceType:SLServiceTypeFacebook];
[fbVC setInitialText:text];
//To send link together with text
[fbVC addURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"https://twitter.com/IbrahimH_ss_n"]];
//To add a photo to a link
[fbVC addImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"image"]];
[self presentViewController:fbVC animated:YES completion:nil];
}
else
{//Shows alert if twitter is not signed in
message:@"You are not signed in to twitter."preferredStyle:UIAlertControllerStyleAlert];
UIAlertAction *okay=[UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Okay"
style:UIAlertActionStyleDefault handler:nil];
}
SinaWeibo
//- - SinaWeibo - -
if([SLComposeViewController isAvailableForServiceType:SLServiceTypeSinaWeibo]){
SLComposeViewController *SinaWeiboVC=[SLComposeViewController
composeViewControllerForServiceType:SLServiceTypeSinaWeibo];
[SinaWeiboVC setInitialText:text];
[self presentViewController:SinaWeiboVC animated:YES completion:nil];

}
else
{
message:@"You are not signed in to SinaWeibo."preferredStyle:UIAlertControllerStyleAlert];
UIAlertAction *okay=[UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Okay" style:UIAlertActionStyleDefault
handler:nil];
}
TencentWeibo
//- -TencentWeibo text share

if([SLComposeViewController isAvailableForServiceType:SLServiceTypeTencentWeibo])
{
SLComposeViewController *tencentWeiboVC=[SLComposeViewController
composeViewControllerForServiceType:SLServiceTypeTencentWeibo];
[tencentWeibo setInitialText:text];
[self presentViewController:tencentWeibo animated:YES completion:nil];
}
else
{
message:@"You are not signed in to SinaWeibo."preferredStyle:UIAlertControllerStyleAlert];
UIAlertAction *okay=[UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Okay" style:UIAlertActionStyleDefault
handler:nil];
}
Read SLComposeViewController online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7366/slcomposeviewcontroller
Chapter 148: Snapshot of UIView
Examples
Getting the Snapshot
- (UIImage *)getSnapshot
{
UIScreen *screen = [UIScreen mainScreen];
CGRect bounds = [self.view bounds];
UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(bounds.size, false, screen.scale);
CGContextSetInterpolationQuality(context, kCGInterpolationHigh);
[self.view drawViewHierarchyInRect:bounds afterScreenUpdates:YES];
return image;
}
Swift
var screenshot: UIImage

{
UIGraphicsBeginImageContext(self.bounds.size);
let context = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext();
self.layer.render(in: context)
let screenShot = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext();
return screenShot
}
Snapshot with subview with other markup and text
• Support Portrait and Landscape both type of image

• Drawing and other subviews can be merged in my case I'm adding label to draw
{
CGSize fullSize = getImageForEdit.size;
CGSize sizeInView = AVMakeRectWithAspectRatioInsideRect(imgViewFake.image.size,
imgViewFake.bounds).size;
CGFloat orgScale = orgScale = fullSize.width/sizeInView.width;
CGSize newSize = CGSizeMake(orgScale * img.image.size.width, orgScale *
img.image.size.height);
if(newSize.width <= fullSize.width && newSize.height <= fullSize.height){
newSize = fullSize;
}
CGRect offsetRect;
if (getImageForEdit.size.height > getImageForEdit.size.width){
CGFloat scale = newSize.height/fullSize.height;
CGFloat offset = (newSize.width - fullSize.width*scale)/2;
offsetRect = CGRectMake(offset, 0, newSize.width-offset*2, newSize.height);
}
else{
CGFloat scale = newSize.width/fullSize.width;
CGFloat offset = (newSize.height - fullSize.height*scale)/2;
offsetRect = CGRectMake(0, offset, newSize.width, newSize.height-offset*2);
}
UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(newSize, NO, getImageForEdit.scale);
[getImageForEdit drawAtPoint:offsetRect.origin];
// [img.image drawInRect:CGRectMake(0,0,newSize.width,newSize.height)];
CGFloat oldScale = img.contentScaleFactor;
img.contentScaleFactor = getImageForEdit.scale;
[img drawViewHierarchyInRect:CGRectMake(0, 0, newSize.width, newSize.height)
afterScreenUpdates:YES];
img.contentScaleFactor = oldScale;
UIImage *combImage = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext();
imageData = UIImageJPEGRepresentation(combImage, 1);
}
Read Snapshot of UIView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4622/snapshot-of-uiview
Chapter 149: SqlCipher integration
Introduction
SQLite is already a popular API for persistent data storage in iOS apps so the upside for
development is obvious. As a programmer you work with a stable, well-documented API that
happens to have many good wrappers available in Objective-C, such as FMDB and Encrypted
Core Data. All security concerns are cleanly decoupled from application code and managed by the
underlying framework.
Remarks
1. Open the Terminal, switch into your project's root directory and checkout the SQLCipher
project code using Git:
$ git clone https://github.com/sqlcipher/sqlcipher.git
2. Right click on the project and choose "Add Files to "My App"" (the label will vary depending
on your app's name). Since we cloned SQLCipher directly into the same folder as your iOS
app you should see a sqlcipher folder in your root project folder. Open this folder and select
sqlcipher.xcodeproj
3. Select the Build Settings pane. In the search field, type in "Header Search Paths". Double-
click on the field under the target column and add the following path:
$(PROJECT_DIR)/sqlcipher/src
4. Start typing "Other Linker Flags" into the search field until the setting appears, double click to
edit it, and add the following value: $(BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR)/libsqlcipher.a
5. Start typing "Other C Flags" into the search field until the setting appears, double click to edit
it, and in the pop-up add the following value: -DSQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6. Expand Target Dependencies and click on the + button at the end of the list. In the browser
that opens, select the sqlcipher static library target:
7. Expand Link Binary With Libraries, click on the +button at the end of the list, and select the
libsqlcipher.a library.
8. Finally, also under Link With Libraries, add Security.framework.
Examples
Integration of code:
Integration to open database using password.
-(void)checkAndOpenDB{
sqlite3 *db;
NSString *strPassword = @"password";
if (sqlite3_open_v2([[databaseURL path] UTF8String], &db, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |

SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, NULL) == SQLITE_OK) {
const char* key = [strPassword UTF8String];
sqlite3_key(db, key, (int)strlen(key));
if (sqlite3_exec(db1, (const char*) "SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master;", NULL,
NULL, NULL) == SQLITE_OK) {
NSLog(@"Password is correct, or a new database has been initialized");
} else {
NSLog(@"Incorrect password!");
}
sqlite3_close(db);
}
}
- (NSURL *)databaseURL
{
NSArray *URLs = [[NSFileManager defaultManager] URLsForDirectory:NSDocumentDirectory
inDomains:NSUserDomainMask];
NSURL *directoryURL = [URLs firstObject];
NSURL *databaseURL = [directoryURL URLByAppendingPathComponent:@"database.sqlite"];
return databaseURL;
}
Read SqlCipher integration online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9969/sqlcipher-integration
Chapter 150: StoreKit
Examples
Get localized product information from the App Store
Get localized product information from a set of product identifier strings using SKProductsRequest:
import StoreKit
let productIdentifierSet = Set(["yellowSubmarine", "pennyLane"])

let productsRequest = SKProductsRequest(productIdentifiers: productIdentifierSet)
In order to process the products from the productsRequest, we need to assign a delegate to the
request that handles the response. The delegate needs to conform to the
SKProductsRequestDelegate protocol, which means that it must inherit from NSObject (i.e. any
Foundation object) and implement the productsRequest method:
class PaymentManager: NSObject, SKProductsRequestDelegate {
var products: [SKProduct] = []
func productsRequest(request: SKProductsRequest,

didReceiveResponse response: SKProductsResponse) {
products = response.products
To initiate the productsRequest we assign PaymentManager as the products-request's delegate, and

call the start() method on the request:
let paymentManager = PaymentManager()

productsRequest.delegate = paymentManager
productsRequest.start()
If the requests succeeds the products will be in paymentManager.products.
Read StoreKit online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/6025/storekit
Chapter 151: Storyboard
Introduction
Normally, view controllers in a storyboard are instantiated and created automatically in response
to actions defined within the storyboard itself. However, you can use a storyboard object to
instantiate the initial view controller in a storyboard file or instantiate other view controllers that you
want to present programmatically. Below you will find examples of both use cases.
Examples
Initialize
//Swift
let storyboard = UIStoryboard(name: "Main", bundle: NSBundle.mainBundle())
//Objective-c
UIStoryboard *storyboard = [UIStoryboard storyboardWithName:@"Main" bundle:[NSBundle
mainBundle]];
Fetch Initial ViewController
//Swift
let initialScreen = storyboard.instantiateInitialViewController()
//Objective-c
UIViewController *initailScreen = [storyboard instantiateInitialViewController];
Fetch ViewController
//Swift
let viewController = storyboard.instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier("identifier")
//Objective-c
UIViewController *viewController = [storyboard
instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier:@"identifier"];
Read Storyboard online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3514/storyboard
Chapter 152: Swift and Objective-C
interoperability
Examples
Using Objective-C Classes in Swift
If you have an existing class that you'd like to use, perform Step 2 and then skip to
Step 5. (For some cases, I had to add an explicit #import <Foundation/Foundation.h to
an older ObjC File)
Step 1: Add Objective-C Implementation -- .m
Add a .m file to your class, and name it CustomObject.m
Step 2: Add Bridging Header
When adding your .m file, you'll likely be hit with a prompt that looks like this:
Click YES !
If you did not see the prompt, or accidentally deleted your bridging header, add a new .h file to
your project and name it <#YourProjectName#>-Bridging-Header.h
In some situations, particularly when working with ObjC frameworks, you don't add an Objective-C
class explicitly and Xcode can't find the linker. In this case, create your .h file named as mentioned
above, then make sure you link its path in your target's project settings like so:
Note
It's best practice to link your project using the $(SRCROOT) macro so that if you move your project, or
work on it with others using a remote repo, it will still work. $(SRCROOT) can be thought of as the
directory that contains your .xcodeproj file. It might look like this:
$(SRCROOT)/Folder/Folder/<#YourProjectName#>-Bridging-Header.h
Step 3: Add Objective-C Header -- .h
Add another .h file and name it CustomObject.h
Step 4: Build your Objective-C Class
In CustomObject.h
@interface CustomObject : NSObject
@property (strong, nonatomic) id someProperty;
- (void) someMethod;
@end
In CustomObject.m
#import "CustomObject.h"
@implementation CustomObject
- (void) someMethod {
NSLog(@"SomeMethod Ran");
}
@end
Step 5: Add Class to Bridging-Header
In YourProject-Bridging-Header.h:
#import "CustomObject.h"
Step 6: Use your Object
In SomeSwiftFile.swift:
var instanceOfCustomObject: CustomObject = CustomObject()

instanceOfCustomObject.someProperty = "Hello World"
println(instanceOfCustomObject.someProperty)
instanceOfCustomObject.someMethod()
No need to import explicitly, that's what the bridging header is for.
Using Swift Classes in Objective-C
Step 1: Create New Swift Class
Add a .swift file to your project, and name it MySwiftObject.swift
In MySwiftObject.swift:
import Foundation
class MySwiftObject : NSObject {
var someProperty: AnyObject = "Some Initializer Val"
init() {}
func someFunction(someArg:AnyObject) -> String {

var returnVal = "You sent me \(someArg)"
return returnVal
}
Step 2: Import Swift Files to ObjC Class
In SomeRandomClass.m:
#import "<#YourProjectName#>-Swift.h"
The file:<#YourProjectName#>-Swift.h should already be created automatically in your project, even

if you can not see it.
Step 3: Use your class
MySwiftObject * myOb = [MySwiftObject new];

NSLog(@"MyOb.someProperty: %@", myOb.someProperty);
myOb.someProperty = @"Hello World";
NSLog(@"MyOb.someProperty: %@", myOb.someProperty);
NSString * retString = [myOb someFunction:@"Arg"];
NSLog(@"RetString: %@", retString);
Note:
1. CodeCompletion wasn't behaving as accurately as I'd like it to. On my system, running a quick
build w/ "cmd + r" seemed to help Swift find some of the Objc code and vice versa.
2. If you add .swift file to an older project and get error: dyld: Library not loaded:
@rpath/libswift_stdlib_core.dylib, try completely restarting Xcode.
3. While it was originally possible to use pure Swift classes in Objective-C by using the @objc
prefix, after Swift 2.0, this is no longer possible. See edit history for original explanation. If this
functionality is reenabled in future Swift versions, the answer will be updated accordingly.
Read Swift and Objective-C interoperability online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1497/swift-

and-objective-c-interoperability
Chapter 153: Swift: Changing the
rootViewController in AppDelegate to present
main or login/onboarding flow
Introduction
It is often useful to present a first-run experience to new users of your App. This could be for any
number of reasons, such as prompting them to sign in (if required for your situation), explaining
how to use the App, or simply informing them of new features in an update (as Notes, Photos and
Music do in iOS11).
Remarks
Firstly, as you are dealing with multiple flows, this is where Storyboards can be used effectively.
By default your Application uses Main.storyboard for your primary flow. Your onboarding/alternative
flow can be contained in a secondary storyboard, eg. Onboarding.storyboard
This has a number of advantages:
• in a team of developers, the work on each user flow can be separated

• clearer source control (git)
• separation of concerns
When your App launches, you can determine which flow should be presented. The logic for this
can be contained in your AppDelegate:
func application(_ application: UIApplication, didFinishLaunchingWithOptions launchOptions:

[UIApplicationLaunchOptionsKey: Any]?) -> Bool {
let isFirstRun = true // logic to determine goes here
if isFirstRun {
showOnboarding()
}
return true
}
In order to show the Onboarding flow, it's worth considering how you'd like to handle the
experience of dismissing it once the person using it has completed the journey, and which is
semantically correct for what you are trying to create.
Approaches:
The two main approaches are:
1. Swap the root view controller of the App's main window
2. Present the Onboarding flow as a modal journey, overlapping the Main flow.
The implementation of this should be contained in an extension to AppDelegate.
Examples
Option 1: Swap the Root View Controller (Good)
There are benefits to switching the root view controller, although the transition options are limited
to those supported by UIViewAnimationOptions, so depending on how you wish to transition between
flows might mean you have to implement a custom transition - which can be cumbersome.
You can show the Onboarding flow by simply setting the

UIApplication.shared.keyWindow.rootViewController
Dismissal is handled by utilizing UIView.transition(with:) and passing the transition style as a

UIViewAnimationOptions, in this case Cross Dissolve. (Flips and Curls are also supported).
You also have to set the frame of the Main view before you transition back to it, as you're
instantiating it for the first time.
// MARK: - Onboarding
extension AppDelegate {
func showOnboarding() {
if let window = UIApplication.shared.keyWindow, let onboardingViewController =
UIStoryboard(name: "Onboarding", bundle: nil).instantiateInitialViewController() as?
OnboardingViewController {
onboardingViewController.delegate = self
window.rootViewController = onboardingViewController
}
}
func hideOnboarding() {
if let window = UIApplication.shared.keyWindow, let mainViewController =
UIStoryboard(name: "Main", bundle: nil).instantiateInitialViewController() {
mainViewController.view.frame = window.bounds
UIView.transition(with: window, duration: 0.5, options: .transitionCrossDissolve,
animations: {
window.rootViewController = mainViewController
}, completion: nil)
}
}
}
Option 2: Present Alternative Flow Modally (Better)
In the most straightforward implementation, the Onboarding flow can simply be presented in a
modal context, since semantically the User is on a single journey.
[Apple Human Interface Guidelines – Modality][1]:
Consider creating a modal context only when it’s critical to get someone’s attention,
when a task must be completed or abandoned to continue using the app, or to save
important data.
Presenting modally allows the simple option of dismissal at the end of the journey, with little of the
cruft of swapping controllers.
Custom transitions are also supported in the standard way, since this uses the
ViewController.present() API:
// MARK: - Onboarding
extension AppDelegate {
func showOnboarding() {
if let window = window, let onboardingViewController = UIStoryboard(name:
"Onboarding", bundle: nil).instantiateInitialViewController() as? OnboardingViewController {
onboardingViewController.delegate = self
window.makeKeyAndVisible()
window.rootViewController?.present(onboardingViewController, animated: false,
completion: nil)
}
}
func hideOnboarding() {
if let window = UIApplication.shared.keyWindow {
window.rootViewController?.dismiss(animated: true, completion: nil)
}
}
}
Read Swift: Changing the rootViewController in AppDelegate to present main or login/onboarding

flow online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10880/swift--changing-the-rootviewcontroller-in-
appdelegate-to-present-main-or-login-onboarding-flow
Chapter 154: SWRevealViewController
Remarks
Using the SWRevealViewController class as the main navigation might not always result in the
best user experience. If the sidebar contains only 5 or less entries (or the content can be
compressed into 5 or less entries), you should consider using the default tab bar.
The tab bar is intuitive and allows the user to quickly change between views/contexts. On the
other hand, the sidebar navigation can perform more actions than switching the view/context and
uses less space when collapsed.
For more information check out Apple's iOS Human Interface Guidelines.
Examples
Setting up a basic app with SWRevealViewController
Create a basic application with single view application template with swift as language
Add SWRevealViewController.h and SWRevealViewController.m
then click on Create Bridging Header button
and add
#import "SWRevealViewController.h"
on the Bridging header
Then select viewController on storyboard and change class to SWRevealViewController
Then rename the viewController on files to MainViewController and add new ViewController with
RightViewController name
then we add two segues from SWRevealViewController to MainViewController and from
SWRevealViewController to RightViewController, then we need to select the first (from
SWRevealViewController to MainViewController) and edit properties
on identifier set sw_front on Class set SWRevealViewControllerSegueSetController
after this we need to do the same with the segue (from SWRevealViewController to
RightViewController)
on identifier set sw_rear on Class set SWRevealViewControllerSegueSetController
then on MainViewController add this line on viewDidLoad method
self.view.addGestureRecognizer(self.revealViewController().panGestureRecognizer());
And this is all, you have a basic app with SWRevealViewController integrated, you can swipe to
right to show RightViewController as lateral menu
Read SWRevealViewController online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4614/swrevealviewcontroller
Chapter 155: UI Testing
Syntax
• XCUIApplication() // Proxy for an application. The information identifying the application is
specified in the Xcode target settings as the "Target Application".
• XCUIElement() // A user interface element in an application.
Examples
Adding Test Files to Xcode Project
When creating the project

You should check "Include UI Tests" in the project creation dialog.
After creating the project

If you missed checking UI target while creating project, you could always add test target later.
Setps:
• While project open go to File -> New -> Target

• Find iOS UI Testing Bundle
Accessibility Identifier
When Accessibility enabled in Utilities
• Select storyboard.
• Expand the Utilities
• Select Identity Inspector
• Select your element on storyboard
• Add new Accessibility Identifier (in example addButton)
When Accessibility disabled in Utilities

• Select storyboard.
• Expand the Utilities
• Select Identity Inspector
• Select your element on storyboard
• Add attribute in User Defined Runtime Attributes
• For Key Path type - accessibilityIdentifier
• For Type - `String
• For Value - new accessibility identifier for your element (in example view)
Setting up in UITest file
import XCTest
class StackOverFlowUITests: XCTestCase {
private let app = XCUIApplication()
//Views
private var view: XCUIElement!
//Buttons
private var addButton: XCUIElement!
override func setUp() {

super.setUp()
app.launch()
//Views
view = app.otherElements["view"]
//Buttons
addButton = app.buttons["addButton"]
}
func testMyApp() {
addButton.tap()
view.tap()
}
}
In [ ] add Accessibility Identifier for element.
UIView, UIImageView, UIScrollView
let imageView = app.images["imageView"]

let scrollView = app.scrollViews["scrollView"]
let view = app.otherElements["view"]
UILabel
let label = app.staticTexts["label"]
UIStackView
let stackView = app.otherElements["stackView"]
UITableView
let tableView = app.tables["tableView"]
UITableViewCell
let tableViewCell = tableView.cells["tableViewCell"]
UITableViewCell elements
let tableViewCellButton = tableView.cells.element(boundBy: 0).buttons["button"]
UICollectionView
let collectionView = app.collectionViews["collectionView"]
UIButton, UIBarButtonItem
let button = app.buttons["button"]
let barButtonItem = app.buttons["barButtonItem"]
UITextField
• normal UITextField
let textField = app.textFields["textField"]
• password UITextField
let passwordTextField = app.secureTextFields["passwordTextField"]
UITextView
let textView = app.textViews["textView"]
UISwitch
let switch = app.switches["switch"]
Alerts
let alert = app.alerts["About yourself"] // Title of presented alert
Disable animations during UI Testing
In a test you can disable animations by adding in setUp:
app.launchEnvironment = ["animations": "0"]
Where app is instance of XCUIApplication.
Lunch and Terminate application while executing
Lunch application for testing

super.setUp()
let app = XCUIApplication()
app.launch()
}
Terminating application
func testStacOverFlowApp() {
app.terminate()
}
Rotate devices
Device can be rotate by changing orientation in XCUIDevice.shared().orientation:
XCUIDevice.shared().orientation = .landscapeLeft
XCUIDevice.shared().orientation = .portrait
Read UI Testing online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7526/ui-testing
Chapter 156: UIActivityViewController
Parameters
Parameter Name Description
Contains array of object to perform the activity. This array must not be
activityItems
nil and must contain at least one object.
An array of UIActivity objects representing the custom services that

applicationActivities
your application supports. This parameter can be nil.
Examples
Initializing the Activity View Controller
Objective-C
NSString *textToShare = @"StackOverflow Documentation!! Together, we can do for Documentation

what we did for Q&A.";
NSURL *documentationURL = [NSURL
URLWithString:@"http://stackoverflow.com/tour/documentation"];
NSArray *objectsToShare = @[textToShare, documentationURL];
UIActivityViewController *activityVC = [[UIActivityViewController alloc]

initWithActivityItems:objectsToShare applicationActivities:nil];
[self presentViewController:activityVC animated:YES completion:nil];
Swift
let textToShare = "StackOverflow Documentation!! Together, we can do for Documentation what we

did for Q&A."
let documentationURL = NSURL(string:"http://stackoverflow.com/tour/documentation")
let objToShare : [AnyObject] = [textToShare, documentationURL!]
let activityVC = UIActivityViewController(activityItems: objToShare, applicationActivities:

nil)
self.presentViewController(activityVC, animated: true, completion: nil)
Read UIActivityViewController online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2889/uiactivityviewcontroller
Chapter 157: UIAlertController
Remarks
A UIAlertController object displays an alert message to the user. This class replaces
the UIActionSheet and UIAlertView classes for displaying alerts. After configuring the
alert controller with the actions and style you want, present it using the
presentViewController:animated:completion: method.
From Apple's Documentation
UIAlertController in Swift
Examples
AlertViews with UIAlertController
UIAlertView and UIActionSheet are Deprecated in iOS 8 and Later. So Apple introduced a new
controller for AlertView and ActionSheet called UIAlertController , changing the preferredStyle, you
can switch between AlertView and ActionSheet. There is no delegate method for it because all
button events are handled in their blocks.
Simple AlertView
Swift:
let alert = UIAlertController(title: "Simple", message: "Simple alertView demo with Cancel and
OK.", preferredStyle: .alert)
alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "Cancel", style: .cancel) { _ in

print("Cancel")
})
alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "OK", style: .default) { _ in
print("OK")
})
present(alert, animated: true)
Objective-C:
UIAlertController *alertController = [UIAlertController alertControllerWithTitle:@"Simple"

message:@"Simple alertView demo with Cancel and OK."
preferredStyle:UIAlertControllerStyleAlert];
UIAlertAction *cancelAction = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Cancel"
style:UIAlertActionStyleCancel handler:^(UIAlertAction * action) {
NSLog(@"Cancel");
}];
UIAlertAction *okAction = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"OK"
style:UIAlertActionStyleDefault handler:^(UIAlertAction * action) {
NSLog(@"OK");
}];
[alertController addAction:cancelAction];
[alertController addAction:okAction];
[self presentViewController:alertController animated: YES completion: nil];
Destructive AlertView
Swift:
let alert = UIAlertController(title: "Simple", message: "Simple alertView demo with Cancel and
OK.", preferredStyle: .alert)
alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "Destructive", style: .destructive) { _ in

print("Destructive")
})
alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "OK", style: .default) { _ in
print("OK")
})
present(alert, animated: true)
Objective-C:
UIAlertController *alertController = [UIAlertController

alertControllerWithTitle:@"Destructive" message:@"Simple alertView demo with Destructive and
OK." preferredStyle:UIAlertControllerStyleAlert];
UIAlertAction *destructiveAction = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Cancel"
style:UIAlertActionStyleDestructive handler:^(UIAlertAction * action) {
NSLog(@"Destructive");
}];
UIAlertAction *okAction = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"OK"
NSLog(@"OK");
}];
[alertController addAction:destructiveAction];
Adding Text Field in UIAlertController like a prompt Box
Swift
let alert = UIAlertController(title: "Hello",

message: "Welcome to the world of iOS",
preferredStyle: UIAlertControllerStyle.alert)
let defaultAction = UIAlertAction(title: "OK", style: UIAlertActionStyle.default) { (action)
in
}
defaultAction.isEnabled = false
alert.addAction(defaultAction)
alert.addTextFieldWithConfigurationHandler { (textField) in
textField.delegate = self
}
present(alert, animated: true, completion: nil)
Objective-C
UIAlertController* alert = [UIAlertController alertControllerWithTitle:@"Hello"

message:@"Welcome to the world
of iOS"
UIAlertAction* defaultAction = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"OK"

style:UIAlertActionStyleDefault
handler:^(UIAlertAction * action) {}];
defaultAction.enabled = NO;
[alert addAction:defaultAction];
[alert addTextFieldWithConfigurationHandler:^(UITextField *textField) {

textField.delegate = self;
}];
[self presentViewController:alert animated:YES completion:nil];
Action Sheets with UIAlertController
With UIAlertController, action sheets like the deprecated UIActionSheet are created with the same
API as you use for AlertViews.
Simple Action Sheet with two buttons

Swift
let alertController = UIAlertController(title: "Demo", message: "A demo with two buttons",
preferredStyle: UIAlertControllerStyle.actionSheet)
Objective-C
UIAlertController *alertController = [UIAlertController alertControllerWithTitle:@"Demo"

message:@"A demo with two buttons" preferredStyle:UIAlertControllerStyleActionSheet];
Create the buttons "Cancel" and "Okay"
Swift
let cancelAction = UIAlertAction(title: "Cancel", style: .cancel) { (result : UIAlertAction) -

> Void in
//action when pressed button
}
let okAction = UIAlertAction(title: "Okay", style: .default) { (result : UIAlertAction) ->
Void in
}
Objective-C
UIAlertAction *cancelAction = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Cancel"

}];
UIAlertAction * okAction = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Okay"
}];
And add them to the action sheet:
Swift
alertController.addAction(cancelAction)
alertController.addAction(okAction)
Objective-C
[alertController addAction:cancelAction];
Now present the UIAlertController:
Swift
self.present(alertController, animated: true, completion: nil)
Objective-C
This should be the result:
Action Sheet with destructive button
Using the UIAlertActionStyle .destructive for an UIAlertAction will create a button with red tint
color.
For this example, the okAction from above was replaced by this UIAlertAction:
Swift
let destructiveAction = UIAlertAction(title: "Delete", style: .destructive) { (result :

UIAlertAction) -> Void in
}
Objective-C
UIAlertAction * destructiveAction = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Delete"

style:UIAlertActionStyleDestructive handler:^(UIAlertAction * action) {
}];
Temporary toast-like pop up
Good for quick notifications that don't require interaction.
Swift
let alert = UIAlertController(title: "Toast", message: "Hello World", preferredStyle: .Alert)
presentViewController(alert, animated: true) {
let delay_s:Double = 2
let delayTime = dispatch_time(DISPATCH_TIME_NOW, Int64(delay_s * Double(NSEC_PER_SEC)))
dispatch_after(delayTime, dispatch_get_main_queue()) {
alert.dismissViewControllerAnimated(true, completion: nil)
}
}
Highlighting an action button
Alert controller has a property which is used to put emphases on an action added in the alert
controller. This property can be used to highlight a particular action for user attention.For objective
C;
@property(nonatomic, strong) UIAlertAction *preferredAction
An action which is already added in alert controller can be assigned to this property.The Alert
Controller will highlight this action.
This property can only be used with UIAlertControllerStyleAlert.
Following example shows how to use it.
UIAlertController *alertController = [UIAlertController alertControllerWithTitle:@"Cancel

edit" message:@"Are you really want to cancel your edit?"
UIAlertAction *cancel = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"Cancel"

NSLog(@"Cancel");
}];
UIAlertAction *no = [UIAlertAction actionWithTitle:@"NO" style:UIAlertActionStyleDefault

handler:^(UIAlertAction * action) {
NSLog(@"Highlighted button is pressed.");
}];
[alertController addAction:cancel];
[alertController addAction:no];
//add no action to preffered action.

//Note
//the action should already be added to alert controller
alertController.preferredAction = no;
Alert Controller with preferred action set.The NO button is highlighted.
Alert Controller with preferred action not set.The NO button is not highlighted.
Displaying and handling alerts
One Button
Swift
@IBAction func showAlertButtonTapped(sender: UIButton) {
// create the alert

let alert = UIAlertController(title: "My Title", message: "This is my message.",
preferredStyle: UIAlertControllerStyle.Alert)
// add an action (button)

alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "OK", style: UIAlertActionStyle.Default, handler:
nil))
// show the alert

self.presentViewController(alert, animated: true, completion: nil)
}
}
Two Buttons
Swift
// create the alert

let alert = UIAlertController(title: "UIAlertController", message: "Would you like to
continue learning how to use iOS alerts?", preferredStyle: UIAlertControllerStyle.Alert)
// add the actions (buttons)

alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "Continue", style: UIAlertActionStyle.Default,
handler: nil))
alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "Cancel", style: UIAlertActionStyle.Cancel,
handler: nil))
// show the alert

}
}
Three Buttons
Swift
// create the alert

let alert = UIAlertController(title: "Notice", message: "Lauching this missile will
destroy the entire universe. Is this what you intended to do?", preferredStyle:
UIAlertControllerStyle.Alert)
// add the actions (buttons)

alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "Remind Me Tomorrow", style:
UIAlertActionStyle.Default, handler: nil))
alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "Cancel", style: UIAlertActionStyle.Cancel,
handler: nil))
alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "Launch the Missile", style:
UIAlertActionStyle.Destructive, handler: nil))
// show the alert

}
}
Handling Button Taps

The handler was nil in the above examples. You can replace nil with a closure to do something
when the user taps a button, like the example below:
Swift
alert.addAction(UIAlertAction(title: "Launch the Missile", style:

UIAlertActionStyle.Destructive, handler: { action in
// do something like...
self.launchMissile()
}))
Notes
• Multiple buttons do not necessarily need to use different UIAlertActionStyle types. They
could all be .Default.
• For more than three buttons consider using an Action Sheet. The setup is very similar. Here
is an example.
Read UIAlertController online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/874/uialertcontroller
Chapter 158: UIAppearance
Examples
Set appearance of all instances of the class
To customize appearance of all instances of a class, access appearance proxy of the desired
class. For example:
Set UIButton tint color
Swift:
UIButton.appearance().tintColor = UIColor.greenColor()
Objective-C:
[UIButton appearance].tintColor = [UIColor greenColor];
Set UIButton background color
Swift:
UIButton.appearance().backgroundColor = UIColor.blueColor()
Objective-C:
[UIButton appearance].backgroundColor = [UIColor blueColor];
Set UILabel text color
Swift:
UILabel.appearance().textColor = UIColor.redColor()
Objective-C:
[UILabel appearance].textColor = [UIColor redColor];
Set UILabel background color
Swift:
UILabel.appearance().backgroundColor = UIColor.greenColor()
Objective-C:
[UILabel appearance].backgroundColor = [UIColor greenColor];
Set UINavigationBar tint color
Swift:
UINavigationBar.appearance().tintColor = UIColor.cyanColor()
Objective-C:
[UINavigationBar appearance].tintColor = [UIColor cyanColor];
Set UINavigationBar background color
Swift:
UINavigationBar.appearance().backgroundColor = UIColor.redColor()
Objective-C:
[UINavigationBar appearance].backgroundColor = [UIColor redColor];
Appearance for class when contained in container class
Use appearanceWhenContainedInInstancesOfClasses: to customize the appearance for instance of a

class when contained within an instance of container class. For example customization of UILabel's
textColor and backgroundColor within ViewController class will look like this:
Set UILabel text color
Swift:
UILabel.appearanceWhenContainedInInstancesOfClasses([ViewController.self]).textColor =
UIColor.whiteColor()
Objective-C:
[UILabel appearanceWhenContainedInInstancesOfClasses:@[[ViewController class]]].textColor =

[UIColor whiteColor];
Set UILabel background color
Swift:
UILabel.appearanceWhenContainedInInstancesOfClasses([ViewController.self]).backgroundColor =
UIColor.blueColor()
Objective-C:
[UILabel appearanceWhenContainedInInstancesOfClasses:@[[ViewController
class]]].backgroundColor = [UIColor blueColor];
Read UIAppearance online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3422/uiappearance
Chapter 159: UIBarButtonItem
Parameters
Parameter Description
title The UIBarButtonItem title
style The style of the UIBarButtonItem
target The object to receive the UIBarButtonItem action
action The selector (method) to be performed when the UIBarButtonItem is pressed
Remarks
Referencing self.navigationItem assumes that the UIViewController is embedded inside a
UINavigationController.
Examples
Creating a UIBarButtonItem in the Interface Builder
The example below shows how to add a navigation bar button (called a UIBarButtonItem) in the
Interface Builder.
Add a Navigation Controller to your

Storyboard
Select your View Controller and then in the Xcode menu choose Editor > Embed In > Navigation
Controller.
Alternatively, you could add a UINavigationBar from the Object Library.
Add a Bar Button Item

Drag a UIBarButtonItem from the Object Library to the top navigation bar.
It should look like this:
Set the Attributes
You could double-click "Item" to change the text to something like "Refresh", but there is an actual
icon for Refresh that you can use. Just select the Attributes Inspector for the UIBarButtonItem and
for System Item choose Refresh.
That will give you the default Refresh icon.
Add an IB Action
Control drag from the UIBarButtonItem to the View Controller to add an @IBAction.
@IBAction func refreshBarButtonItemTap(sender: UIBarButtonItem) {
print("How refreshing!")
}
That's it.
Notes
• This example originally comes from this Stack Overflow answer.
Bar Button Item Original Image with no Tint Color
Provided that barButtonItem has a non-null image property (e.g. set in the Interface Builder).
Objective-C
barButtonItem.image = [barButtonItem.image
imageWithRenderingMode:UIImageRenderingModeAlwaysOriginal];
Creating a UIBarButtonItem
//Swift
let barButtonItem = UIBarButtonItem(title: "Greetings!", style: .Plain, target: self, action:
#selector(barButtonTapped))
self.navigationItem.rightBarButtonItem = barButtonItem
//Objective-C
UIBarButtonItem *barButtonItem = [[UIBarButtonItem alloc] initWithTitle:@"Greetings!"
style:UIBarButtonItemStylePlain target:self action:@selector(barButtonTaped)];
self.navigationItem.rightBarButtonItem = barButtonItem;
Read UIBarButtonItem online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1543/uibarbuttonitem
Chapter 160: UIBezierPath
Examples
How to apply corner radius to rectangles drawn by UIBezierPath
Corner radius for all 4 edges:
UIBezierPath* rectanglePath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRoundedRect:

CGRectMake(x,y,width,height) cornerRadius: 11];
[UIColor.grayColor setFill];
[rectanglePath fill];
Corner radius for top-left edge:

CGRectMake(x,y,width,height) byRoundingCorners: UIRectCornerTopLeft cornerRadii:
CGSizeMake(11, 11)];
[rectanglePath closePath];
Corner radius for top-right edge:

CGRectMake(x,y,width,height) byRoundingCorners: UIRectCornerTopRight cornerRadii:
corner radius for bottom-left edge:

CGRectMake(x,y,width,height) byRoundingCorners: UIRectCornerBottomLeft cornerRadii:
corner radius for bottom-right edge:

CGRectMake(x,y,width,height) byRoundingCorners: UIRectCornerBottomRight cornerRadii:
corner radius for bottom edges:

CGRectMake(x,y,width,height) byRoundingCorners: UIRectCornerBottomLeft |
UIRectCornerBottomRight cornerRadii: CGSizeMake(11, 11)];
corner radius for top edges:

CGRectMake(x,y,width,height) byRoundingCorners: UIRectCornerTopLeft | UIRectCornerTopRight
cornerRadii: CGSizeMake(11, 11)];
How to create a simple shapes using UIBezierPath
For a simple circle:
UIBezierPath* ovalPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithOvalInRect: CGRectMake(0,0,50,50)];

[ovalPath fill];
Swift:
let ovalPath = UIBezierPath(ovalInRect: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 50, height: 50))

UIColor.grayColor().setFill()
ovalPath.fill()
For a simple Rectangle:
UIBezierPath* rectanglePath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect: CGRectMake(0,0,50,50)];
Swift:
let rectanglePath = UIBezierPath(rect: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 50, height: 50))

rectanglePath.fill()
For a simple Line:
UIBezierPath* bezierPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPath];

[bezierPath moveToPoint: CGPointMake(x1,y1)];
[bezierPath addLineToPoint: CGPointMake(x2,y2)];
[UIColor.blackColor setStroke];
bezierPath.lineWidth = 1;
[bezierPath stroke];
Swift:
let bezierPath = UIBezierPath()

bezierPath.moveToPoint(CGPoint(x: x1, y: y1))
bezierPath.addLineToPoint(CGPoint(x: x2, y: y2))
UIColor.blackColor().setStroke()
bezierPath.lineWidth = 1
bezierPath.stroke()
For a half circle:
CGRect ovalRect = CGRectMake(x,y,width,height);

UIBezierPath* ovalPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPath];
[ovalPath addArcWithCenter: CGPointMake(0, 0) radius: CGRectGetWidth(ovalRect) / 2 startAngle:
180 * M_PI/180 endAngle: 0 * M_PI/180 clockwise: YES];
[ovalPath addLineToPoint: CGPointMake(0, 0)];
[ovalPath closePath];
CGAffineTransform ovalTransform = CGAffineTransformMakeTranslation(CGRectGetMidX(ovalRect),

CGRectGetMidY(ovalRect));
ovalTransform = CGAffineTransformScale(ovalTransform, 1, CGRectGetHeight(ovalRect) /
CGRectGetWidth(ovalRect));
[ovalPath applyTransform: ovalTransform];
[ovalPath fill];
Swift:
let ovalRect = CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 50, height: 50)

let ovalPath = UIBezierPath()
ovalPath.addArcWithCenter(CGPoint.zero, radius: ovalRect.width / 2, startAngle: 180 *
CGFloat(M_PI)/180, endAngle: 0 * CGFloat(M_PI)/180, clockwise: true)
ovalPath.addLineToPoint(CGPoint.zero)
ovalPath.closePath()
var ovalTransform = CGAffineTransformMakeTranslation(CGRectGetMidX(ovalRect),

CGRectGetMidY(ovalRect))
ovalTransform = CGAffineTransformScale(ovalTransform, 1, ovalRect.height / ovalRect.width)
ovalPath.applyTransform(ovalTransform)
ovalPath.fill()
For a simple triangle:
UIBezierPath* polygonPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPath];

[polygonPath moveToPoint: CGPointMake(x1, y1)];
[polygonPath addLineToPoint: CGPointMake(x2, y2)];
[polygonPath addLineToPoint: CGPointMake(x3, y2)];
[polygonPath closePath];
[polygonPath fill];
Swift:
let polygonPath = UIBezierPath()

polygonPath.moveToPoint(CGPoint(x: x1, y: y1))
polygonPath.addLineToPoint(CGPoint(x: x2, y: y2))
polygonPath.addLineToPoint(CGPoint(x: x3, y: y3))
polygonPath.closePath()
polygonPath.fill()
UIBezierPath + AutoLayout
For bezier path to get resized based on the view frame, override the drawRect of view that you are
drawing the bezier path :
- (void)drawRect:(CGRect)frame
{
UIBezierPath* rectanglePath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect:
CGRectMake(CGRectGetMinX(frame), CGRectGetMinY(frame), CGRectGetWidth(frame),
CGRectGetHeight(frame))];
}
How to apply shadows to UIBezierPath
Consider a simple rectangle that is drawn by the bezier path.
UIBezierPath* rectanglePath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect:

CGRectMake(x,y,width,height)];
Basic Outer-fill shadow:
NSShadow* shadow = [[NSShadow alloc] init];

[shadow setShadowColor: UIColor.blackColor];
[shadow setShadowOffset: CGSizeMake(7.1, 5.1)];
[shadow setShadowBlurRadius: 5];
UIBezierPath* rectanglePath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect: CGRectMake(x,y,width,height)];

CGContextSaveGState(context);
CGContextSetShadowWithColor(context, shadow.shadowOffset, shadow.shadowBlurRadius,
[shadow.shadowColor CGColor]);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
Basic Inner fill shadow:
NSShadow* shadow = [[NSShadow alloc] init];

[shadow setShadowColor: UIColor.blackColor];
[shadow setShadowOffset: CGSizeMake(9.1, -7.1)];
[shadow setShadowBlurRadius: 6];
UIBezierPath* rectanglePath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect: CGRectMake(x,y,width,height)];

CGContextSaveGState(context);
UIRectClip(rectanglePath.bounds);
CGContextSetShadowWithColor(context, CGSizeZero, 0, NULL);
CGContextSetAlpha(context, CGColorGetAlpha([shadow.shadowColor CGColor]));

CGContextBeginTransparencyLayer(context, NULL);
{
UIColor* opaqueShadow = [shadow.shadowColor colorWithAlphaComponent: 1];
CGContextSetShadowWithColor(context, shadow.shadowOffset, shadow.shadowBlurRadius,
[opaqueShadow CGColor]);
CGContextSetBlendMode(context, kCGBlendModeSourceOut);
CGContextBeginTransparencyLayer(context, NULL);
[opaqueShadow setFill];
CGContextEndTransparencyLayer(context);
}
CGContextEndTransparencyLayer(context);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
Designing and drawing a Bezier Path
This example shows the process from designing the shape you want to drawing it on a view. A
specific shap is used but the concepts you learn can be applied to any shape.
How to draw a Bézier path in a custom view

These are the main steps:
1. Design the outline of the shape you want.

2. Divide the outline path into segments of lines, arcs, and curves.
3. Build that path programmatically.
4. Draw the path either in drawRect or using a CAShapeLayer.
Design shape outline
You could do anything, but as an example I have chosen the shape below. It could be a popup key
on a keyboard.
Divide the path into segments

Look back at your shape design and break it down into simpler elements of lines (for straight
lines), arcs (for circles and round corners), and curves (for anything else).
Here is what our example design would look like:
• Black are line segments
• Light blue are arc segments
• Red are curves
• Orange dots are the control points for the curves
• Green dots are the points between path segments
• Dotted lines show the bounding rectangle
• Dark blue numbers are the segments in the order that they will be added programmatically
Build the path programmatically

We'll arbitrarily start in the bottom left corner and work clockwise. I'll use the grid in the image to
get the x and y values for the points. I'll hardcode everything here, but of course you wouldn't do
that in a real project.
The basic process is:
1. Create a new UIBezierPath

2. Choose a starting point on the path with moveToPoint
3. Add segments to the path
• line: addLineToPoint
• arc: addArcWithCenter
• curve: addCurveToPoint
4. Close the path with closePath
Here is the code to make the path in the image above.
func createBezierPath() -> UIBezierPath {
// create a new path

let path = UIBezierPath()
// starting point for the path (bottom left)

path.moveToPoint(CGPoint(x: 2, y: 26))
// *********************
// ***** Left side *****
// *********************
// segment 1: line
path.addLineToPoint(CGPoint(x: 2, y: 15))
// segment 2: curve
path.addCurveToPoint(CGPoint(x: 0, y: 12), // ending point
controlPoint1: CGPoint(x: 2, y: 14),
controlPoint2: CGPoint(x: 0, y: 14))
// segment 3: line
// *********************
// ****** Top side *****
// *********************
// segment 4: arc
path.addArcWithCenter(CGPoint(x: 2, y: 2), // center point of circle
radius: 2, // this will make it meet our path line
startAngle: CGFloat(M_PI), // π radians = 180 degrees = straight left
endAngle: CGFloat(3*M_PI_2), // 3π/2 radians = 270 degrees = straight up
clockwise: true) // startAngle to endAngle goes in a clockwise direction
// segment 5: line
// segment 6: arc
path.addArcWithCenter(CGPoint(x: 8, y: 2),
radius: 2,
startAngle: CGFloat(3*M_PI_2), // straight up
endAngle: CGFloat(0), // 0 radians = straight right
clockwise: true)
// *********************
// ***** Right side ****
// *********************
// segment 7: line
// segment 8: curve
path.addCurveToPoint(CGPoint(x: 8, y: 15), // ending point
controlPoint1: CGPoint(x: 10, y: 14),
controlPoint2: CGPoint(x: 8, y: 14))
// segment 9: line
// *********************
// **** Bottom side ****
// *********************
// segment 10: line

path.closePath() // draws the final line to close the path
return path
}
Note: Some of the above code can be reduced by adding a line and an arc in a single command
(since the arc has an implied starting point). See here for more details.
Draw the path

We can draw the path either in a layer or in drawRect.
Method 1: Draw path in a layer
Our custom class looks like this. We add our Bezier path to a new CAShapeLayer when the view is
initialized.
import UIKit
class MyCustomView: UIView {

setup()
}

setup()
}
func setup() {
// Create a CAShapeLayer
let shapeLayer = CAShapeLayer()
// The Bezier path that we made needs to be converted to

// a CGPath before it can be used on a layer.
shapeLayer.path = createBezierPath().CGPath
// apply other properties related to the path

shapeLayer.strokeColor = UIColor.blueColor().CGColor
shapeLayer.fillColor = UIColor.whiteColor().CGColor
shapeLayer.lineWidth = 1.0
shapeLayer.position = CGPoint(x: 10, y: 10)
// add the new layer to our custom view

self.layer.addSublayer(shapeLayer)
}
// see previous code for creating the Bezier path

}
}
And creating our view in the View Controller like this

super.viewDidLoad()
// create a new UIView and add it to the view controller

let myView = MyCustomView()
myView.frame = CGRect(x: 100, y: 100, width: 50, height: 50)
myView.backgroundColor = UIColor.yellowColor()
view.addSubview(myView)
We get...
Hmm, that's a little small because I hardcoded all the numbers in. I can scale the path size up,
though, like this:
let path = createBezierPath()

let scale = CGAffineTransformMakeScale(2, 2)
path.applyTransform(scale)
shapeLayer.path = path.CGPath
Method 2: Draw path in drawRect
Using drawRect is slower than drawing to the layer, so this is not the recommended method if you
don't need it.
Here is the revised code for our custom view:
import UIKit
class MyCustomView: UIView {
override func drawRect(rect: CGRect) {
// create path (see previous code)

let path = createBezierPath()
// fill
let fillColor = UIColor.whiteColor()
fillColor.setFill()
// stroke
path.lineWidth = 1.0
let strokeColor = UIColor.blueColor()
strokeColor.setStroke()
// Move the path to a new location

path.applyTransform(CGAffineTransformMakeTranslation(10, 10))
// fill and stroke the path (always do these last)

path.fill()
path.stroke()
// see previous code for creating the Bezier path

}
}
which gives us the same result...
Further study
Excellent articles for understanding Bezier paths.
• Thinking like a Bézier path (Everything I've ever read from this author is good and the
inspiration for my example above came from here.)
• Coding Math: Episode 19 - Bezier Curves (entertaining and good visual illustrations)
• Bezier Curves (how they are used in graphics applications)
• Bezier Curves (good description of how the mathematical formulas are derived)
Notes
• In your actual projects you probably shouldn't use hard coded numbers, but rather get the
sizes from your view's bounds.
pie view & column view with UIBezierPath
• pie view
- (void)drawRect:(CGRect)rect {
NSArray *data = @[@30, @15, @5, @17, @3, @10, @20];
// 1. context
CGContextRef cxtRef = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext();
CGPoint center = CGPointMake(150, 150);

CGFloat radius = 150;
__block CGFloat startAngle = 0;
[data enumerateObjectsUsingBlock:^(NSNumber * _Nonnull obj, NSUInteger idx, BOOL *
_Nonnull stop) {
// 2. create path
CGFloat endAngle = obj.floatValue / 100 * M_PI * 2 + startAngle;
UIBezierPath *circlePath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithArcCenter:center radius:radius
startAngle:startAngle endAngle:endAngle clockwise:YES];
[circlePath addLineToPoint:center];
// 3. add path
CGContextAddPath(cxtRef, circlePath.CGPath);
// set color
[[UIColor colorWithRed:((float)arc4random_uniform(256) / 255.0)
green:((float)arc4random_uniform(256) / 255.0) blue:((float)arc4random_uniform(256) / 255.0)
alpha:1.0] setFill];
// 4. render
CGContextDrawPath(cxtRef, kCGPathFill);
// reset angle
startAngle = endAngle;
}];
}
override func draw(_ rect: CGRect) {

// define data to create pie chart
let data: [Int] = [30, 15, 5, 17, 3, 10, 20]
// 1. find center of draw rect

let center: CGPoint = CGPoint(x: rect.midX, y: rect.midY)
// 2. calculate radius of pie

let radius = min(rect.width, rect.height) / 2.0
var startAngle: CGFloat = 0.0

for value in data {
// 3. calculate end angle for slice

let endAngle = CGFloat(value) / 100.0 * CGFloat.pi * 2.0 + startAngle
// 4. create UIBezierPath for slide

let circlePath = UIBezierPath(arcCenter: center, radius: radius, startAngle: startAngle,
endAngle: endAngle, clockwise: true)
// 5. add line to center to close path

circlePath.addLine(to: center)
// 6. set fill color for current slice

UIColor(red: (CGFloat(arc4random_uniform(256)) / 255.0), green:
(CGFloat(arc4random_uniform(256)) / 255.0), blue: (CGFloat(arc4random_uniform(256)) / 255.0),
alpha: 1.0).setFill()
// 7. fill slice path

circlePath.fill()
// 8. set end angle as start angle for next slice

startAngle = endAngle
}
}
• column view
NSArray *data = @[@300, @150.65, @55.3, @507.7, @95.8, @700, @650.65];
// 1.
CGContextRef cxtRef = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext();
NSInteger columnCount = 7;
CGFloat width = self.bounds.size.width / (columnCount + columnCount - 1);
for (NSInteger i = 0; i < columnCount; i++) {
// 2.
CGFloat height = [data[i] floatValue] / 1000 * self.bounds.size.height; // floatValue
CGFloat x = 0 + width * (2 * i);
CGFloat y = self.bounds.size.height - height;
UIBezierPath *rectPath = [UIBezierPath bezierPathWithRect:CGRectMake(x, y, width,
height)];
CGContextAddPath(cxtRef, rectPath.CGPath);
// 3.
[[UIColor colorWithRed:((float)arc4random_uniform(256) / 255.0)
green:((float)arc4random_uniform(256) / 255.0) blue:((float)arc4random_uniform(256) / 255.0)
alpha:1.0] setFill];
CGContextDrawPath(cxtRef, kCGPathFill);
}
}
override func draw(_ rect: CGRect) {

// define data for chart
let data: [CGFloat] = [300, 150.65, 55.3, 507.7, 95.8, 700, 650.65]
// 1. calculate number of columns

let columnCount = data.count
// 2. calculate column width

let columnWidth = rect.width / CGFloat(columnCount + columnCount - 1)
for (columnIndex, value) in data.enumerated() {

// 3. calculate column height
let columnHeight = value / 1000.0 * rect.height
// 4. calculate column origin

let columnOrigin = CGPoint(x: (columnWidth * 2.0 * CGFloat(columnIndex)), y:
(rect.height - columnHeight))
// 5. create path for column

let columnPath = UIBezierPath(rect: CGRect(origin: columnOrigin, size: CGSize(width:
columnWidth, height: columnHeight)))
// 6. set fill color for current column

UIColor(red: (CGFloat(arc4random_uniform(256)) / 255.0), green:
(CGFloat(arc4random_uniform(256)) / 255.0), blue: (CGFloat(arc4random_uniform(256)) / 255.0),
alpha: 1.0).setFill()
// 7. fill column path

columnPath.fill()
}
}
Read UIBezierPath online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3186/uibezierpath
Chapter 161: UIButton
Introduction
UIButton : UIControl intercepts touch events and sends an action message to a target object when
it's tapped. You can set the title, image, and other appearance properties of a button. In addition,
you can specify a different appearance for each button state.
Remarks
Button Types
A button’s type defines its basic appearance and behavior. After creating a button, you cannot
change its type. The most commonly used button types are the Custom and System types, but
use the other types when appropriate
• UIButtonTypeCustom
No button style.
• UIButtonTypeSystem
A system style button, such as those shown in navigation bars and toolbars.
• UIButtonTypeDetailDisclosure
A detail disclosure button.
• UIButtonTypeInfoLight
An information button that has a light background.
• UIButtonTypeInfoDark
An information button that has a dark background.
• UIButtonTypeContactAdd
A contact add button.
When creating a custom button—that is a button with the type custom—the frame of the button is
set to (0, 0, 0, 0) initially. Before adding the button to your interface, you should update the frame
to a more appropriate value.
Examples
Attaching a Method to a Button
To add a method to a button, first create an action method:
Objective-C
-(void) someButtonAction{
NSLog(@"Button is tapped");
Swift
func someButtonAction() {
print("Button is tapped")
}
Now to add this action method to your button, you have to write following line of code:
Objective C
[yourButtonInstance addTarget:self action:@selector(someButtonAction)

Swift
yourButtonInstance.addTarget(self, action: #selector(someButtonAction), forControlEvents:

.touchUpInside)
For ControlEvents, all members of ENUM UIControlEvents are valid.
Creating a UIButton
UIButtons can be initialized in a frame:
Swift
let button = UIButton(frame: CGRect(x: x, y: y, width: width, height: height)
Objective C
UIButton *button = [[UIButton alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(x, y, width, height)];
A specific type of UIButton can be created like this:
Swift
let button = UIButton(type: .Custom)
Objective C
UIButton *button = [UIButton buttonWithType:UIButtonTypeCustom];
where type is a UIButtonType:
enum UIButtonType : Int {

case Custom
case System
case DetailDisclosure
case InfoLight
case InfoDark
case ContactAdd
static var RoundedRect: UIButtonType { get }
}
Set title
Swift
button.setTitle(titleString, forState: controlState)
Objective C
[button setTitle:(NSString *) forState:(UIControlState)];
To set the default title to "Hello, World!"
Swift
button.setTitle("Hello, World!", forState: .normal)
Objective C
[button setTitle:@"Hello, World!" forControlState:UIControlStateNormal];
Set title color
//Swift
button.setTitleColor(color, forControlState: controlState)
//Objective-C
[button setTitleColor:(nullable UIColor *) forState:(UIControlState)];
To set the title color to blue
//Swift
button.setTitleColor(.blue, for: .normal)
//Objective-C
[button setTitleColor:[UIColor blueColor] forState:UIControlStateNormal]
Horizontally aligning contents
Swift
//Align contents to the left of the frame

button.contentHorizontalAlignment = .left
//Align contents to the right of the frame

button.contentHorizontalAlignment = .right
//Align contents to the center of the frame

button.contentHorizontalAlignment = .center
//Make contents fill the frame

button.contentHorizontalAlignment = .fill
Objective C
//Align contents to the left

button.contentHorizontalAlignment = UIControlContentHorizontalAlignmentLeft;
//Align contents to the right

button.contentHorizontalAlignment = UIControlContentHorizontalAlignmentRight;
//Align contents to the center

button.contentHorizontalAlignment = UIControlContentHorizontalAlignmentCenter;
//Align contents to fill the frame

button.contentHorizontalAlignment = UIControlContentHorizontalAlignmentFill;
Getting the title label
The underlying title label, if one exists, can be fetched using
Swift
var label: UILabel? = button.titleLabel
Objective C
UILabel *label = button.titleLabel;
This can be used to set the font of the title label, for example
Swift
button.titleLabel?.font = UIFont.boldSystemFontOfSize(12)
Objective C
button.titleLabel.font = [UIFont boldSystemFontOfSize:12];
Disabling a UIButton
A button can be disabled by
Swift
myButton.isEnabled = false
Objective-C:
myButton.enabled = NO;
The button will become gray:
If you don't want the button appearance to change when disabled set adjustsImageWhenDisabled to
false / NO
Adding an action to an UIButton via Code (programmatically)
To add a method to a button, first create an action method:
Objective-C
-(void)someButtonAction:(id)sender {
// sender is the object that was tapped, in this case its the button.
NSLog(@"Button is tapped");
}
Swift
func someButtonAction() {
print("Button is tapped")
}
Now to add this action method to your button, you have to write following line of code:
Objective C
[yourButtonInstance addTarget:self action:@selector(someButtonAction)
Swift
yourButtonInstance.addTarget(self, action: #selector(someButtonAction), forControlEvents:

.TouchUpInside)
For ControlEvents parameter, all members of ENUM UIControlEvents are valid.
Setting Font
Swift
myButton.titleLabel?.font = UIFont(name: "YourFontName", size: 20)
Objective C
myButton.titleLabel.font = [UIFont fontWithName:@"YourFontName" size:20];
Get UIButton's size strictly based on its text and font
To get the the exact size of a UIButton's text based on its font, use the function
intrinsicContentSize.
Swift
button.intrinsicContentSize.width
Objective-C
button.intrinsicContentSize.width;
Set Image
Swift
button.setImage(UIImage(named:"test-image"), forState: .normal)
Objective C
[self.button setImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"test-image"] forState:UIControlStateNormal];
Multiple Control States

You can also set an image for multiple UIControlStates, for example to set the same image for the
Selected and Highlighted state:
Swift
button.setImage(UIImage(named:"test-image"), forState:[.selected, .highlighted])
Objective C
[self.button setImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"test-image"]

forState:UIControlStateSelected|UIControlStateHighlighted];
Read UIButton online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/516/uibutton
Chapter 162: UICollectionView
Examples
UICollectionViewDelegate setup and item selection
Sometimes, if an action should be bind to a collection view's cell selection, you have to implement
the UICollectionViewDelegate protocol.
Let's say the collection view is inside a UIViewController MyViewController.
Objective-C
In your MyViewController.h declares that it implements the UICollectionViewDelegate protocol, as

below
@interface MyViewController : UIViewController <UICollectionViewDelegate, .../* previous

existing delegate, as UICollectionDataSource *>
Swift
In your MyViewController.swift add the following
class MyViewController : UICollectionViewDelegate {

}
The method that must be implemented is
Objective-C
-(void)collectionView:(UICollectionView *)collectionView didSelectItemAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath

*)indexPath
{
}
Swift
func collectionView(collectionView: UICollectionView, didSelectItemAtIndexPath indexPath:

NSIndexPath)
{
}
As just an example we can set the background color of selected cell to green.
Objective-C
-(void)collectionView:(UICollectionView *)collectionView didSelectItemAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath

*)indexPath
{
UICollectionViewCell* cell = [collectionView cellForItemAtIndexPath:indexPath];
cell.backgroundColor = [UIColor greenColor];
}
Swift
class MyViewController : UICollectionViewDelegate {

NSIndexPath)
{
var cell : UICollectionViewCell = collectionView.cellForItemAtIndexPath(indexPath)!
cell.backgroundColor = UIColor.greenColor()
}
}
Performing batch updates
You can animate complex changes to your collection view using the performBatchUpdates method.
Inside the update block, you can specify several modifications to have them animate all at once.
collecitonView.performBatchUpdates({
// Perform updates
}, nil)
Inside the update block, you can perform insertions, deletions, moves, and reloads. Here is how to
determine which indexPath to use:
Type NSIndexPath
Insertion Index in new array
Deletion Index in old array
Move from: old array, to: new array
Reload either new or old array (it shouldn't matter)
You should only call reload on cells that have not moved, but their content has changed. It is
important to note that a move will not refresh the content of a cell, but only move its location.
To verify that your batch update will be performed correctly, make sure the set of indexPaths for
deletion, move-from, and reload are unique, and the set of indexPaths for insertion, move-to, and
reload are unique.
Here's an example of a proper batch update:
let from = [1, 2, 3, 4, 5]
let to = [1, 3, 6, 4, 5]
collecitonView.performBatchUpdates({
collectionView.insertItemsAtIndexPaths([NSIndexPath(forItem: 2, inSection: 0)])
collectionView.deleteItemsAtIndexPaths([NSIndexPath(forItem: 1, inSection: 0)])
collectionView.moveItemAtIndexPath(NSIndexPath(forItem: 2, inSection: 0),
toIndexPath: NSIndexPath(forItem: 1, inSection:0))
}, nil)
Create a UICollectionView
Initialize a UICollectionView with a CGRect frame:
Swift:
let collection = UICollectionView(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 200, height: 21))
Objective C:
UICollectionView *collection = [[UICollectionView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 200,

21)];
You can also create a UICollectionView in Interface Builder
UICollectionView - Datasource
Every collection view must have a Datasource object. The Datasource object is the content that your
app will display within the UICollectionView. At a minimum, all Datasource objects must implement
the collectionView:numberOfItemsInSection: and collectionView:cellForItemAtIndexPath: methods.
Required Methods
Swift
func collectionView(collectionView: UICollectionView, numberOfItemsInSection section: Int) ->
Int {
// Return how many items in section
let sectionArray = _data[section]
return sectionArray.count
}
func collectionView(collectionView: UICollectionView, cellForItemAtIndexPath indexPath:

NSIndexPath) -> UICollectionViewCell {
let cell = collectionView.dequeueReusableCellWithReuseIdentifier(MyCellID)

// If you use a custom cell class then cast the cell returned, like:
// as! MyCollectionViewCellClass
// or you will have errors when you try to use features of that class.
//Customize your cell here, default UICollectionViewCells do not contain any inherent
//text or image views (like UITableView), but some could be added,
//or a custom UICollectionViewCell sub-class could be used
return cell
}
Objective C
- (NSInteger)collectionView:(UICollectionView*)collectionView
numberOfItemsInSection:(NSInteger)section {
// Return how many items in section
NSArray *sectionArray = [_data objectAtIndex:section];
return [sectionArray count];
}
- (UICollectionViewCell *)collectionView:(UICollectionView *)collectionView

cellForItemAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath {
// Return a cell
UICollectionViewCell *newCell = [self.collectionView
dequeueReusableCellWithReuseIdentifier:MyCellID
forIndexPath:indexPath];
//Customize your cell here, default UICollectionViewCells do not contain any inherent
//text or image views (like UITableView), but some could be added,
//or a custom UICollectionViewCell sub-class could be used
return newCell;
}
Basic Swift example of a Collection View
Create a new project

It can be just a Single View Application.
Add the code

Create a new Cocoa Touch Class file (File > New > File... > iOS > Cocoa Touch Class). Name it
MyCollectionViewCell. This class will hold the outlets for the views that you add to your cell in the
storyboard.
import UIKit
class MyCollectionViewCell: UICollectionViewCell {

}
We will connect this outlet later.
Open ViewController.swift and make sure you have the following content:
import UIKit
class ViewController: UIViewController, UICollectionViewDataSource, UICollectionViewDelegate {
let reuseIdentifier = "cell" // also enter this string as the cell identifier in the
storyboard
var items = ["1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "10", "11", "12", "13", "14",
"15", "16", "17", "18", "19", "20", "21", "22", "23", "24", "25", "26", "27", "28", "29",
"30", "31", "32", "33", "34", "35", "36", "37", "38", "39", "40", "41", "42", "43", "44",
"45", "46", "47", "48"]
// MARK: - UICollectionViewDataSource protocol
// tell the collection view how many cells to make

func collectionView(collectionView: UICollectionView, numberOfItemsInSection section: Int)
-> Int {
return self.items.count
}
// make a cell for each cell index path

func collectionView(collectionView: UICollectionView, cellForItemAtIndexPath indexPath:
NSIndexPath) -> UICollectionViewCell {
// get a reference to our storyboard cell

let cell = collectionView.dequeueReusableCellWithReuseIdentifier(reuseIdentifier,
forIndexPath: indexPath) as! MyCollectionViewCell
// Use the outlet in our custom class to get a reference to the UILabel in the cell
cell.myLabel.text = self.items[indexPath.item]
cell.backgroundColor = UIColor.yellowColor() // make cell more visible in our example
project
return cell
}
// MARK: - UICollectionViewDelegate protocol

NSIndexPath) {
// handle tap events
print("You selected cell #\(indexPath.item)!")
}
}
Notes
• UICollectionViewDataSourceand UICollectionViewDelegate are the protocols that the collection
view follows. You could also add the UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout protocol to change
the size of the views programmatically, but it isn't necessary.
• We are just putting simple strings in our grid, but you could certainly do images later.
Setup the storyboard

Drag a Collection View to the View Controller in your storyboard. You can add constraints to make
it fill the parent view if you like.
Make sure that your defaults in the Attribute Inspector are also
• Items: 1
• Layout: Flow
The little box in the top left of the Collection View is a Collection View Cell. We will use it as our
prototype cell. Drag a Label into the cell and center it. You can resize the cell borders and add
constraints to center the Label if you like.
Write "cell" (without quotes) in the Identifier box of the Attributes Inspector for the Collection View
Cell. Note that this is the same value as let reuseIdentifier = "cell" in ViewController.swift.
And in the Identity Inspector for the cell, set the class name to MyCollectionViewCell, our custom
class that we made.
Hook up the outlets

• Hook the Label in the collection cell to myLabel in the MyCollectionViewCell class. (You can
Control-drag.)
• Hook the Collection View delegate and dataSource to the View Controller. (Right click
Collection View in the Document Outline. Then click and drag the plus arrow up to the View
Controller.)
Finished
Here is what it looks like after adding constraints to center the Label in the cell and pinning the
Collection View to the walls of the parent.
Making Improvements
If you want to make improvements on the appearance, see the original post that this example
comes from.
Further study
• A Simple UICollectionView Tutorial
• UICollectionView Tutorial Part 1: Getting Started
• UICollectionView Tutorial Part 2: Reusable Views and Cell Selection
Create a Collection View Programmatically
Swift
func createCollectionView() {
let layout: UICollectionViewFlowLayout = UICollectionViewFlowLayout()
let collectionView = UICollectionView(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: view.frame.width,
height: view.frame.height), collectionViewLayout: layout)
collectionView.dataSource = self
collectionView.delegate = self
view.addSubview(collectionView)
}
Objective-C
- (void)createCollectionView {
UICollectionViewFlowLayout *layout = [[UICollectionViewFlowLayout alloc] init];
UICollectionView *collectionView = [[UICollectionView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0,
0, self.view.frame.size.width, self.view.frame.size.height) collectionViewLayout:layout];
[collectionView setDataSource:self];
[collectionView setDelegate:self];
[self.view addSubview:collectionView];
}
Swift - UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout
// MARK: - UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout
extension ViewController: UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout {
func collectionView(collectionView: UICollectionView, layout collectionViewLayout:
UICollectionViewLayout, sizeForItemAtIndexPath indexPath: NSIndexPath) -> CGSize {
return CGSize(width: 50, height: 50)
}
UICollectionViewLayout, insetForSectionAtIndex section: Int) -> UIEdgeInsets {
return UIEdgeInsets(top: 5, left: 5, bottom: 5, right: 5)
}
UICollectionViewLayout, minimumLineSpacingForSectionAtIndex section: Int) -> CGFloat {
return 5.0
}
UICollectionViewLayout, minimumInteritemSpacingForSectionAtIndex section: Int) -> CGFloat {
return 5.0
}
}
Manage Multiple Collection view with DataSource and Flowlayout
Here we are managing multiple collection there delegate methods with didselect events.
extension ProductsVC: UICollectionViewDelegate, UICollectionViewDataSource{
// MARK: - UICollectionViewDataSource
func collectionView(_ collectionView: UICollectionView, numberOfItemsInSection
section: Int) -> Int {
guard collectionView == collectionCategory else {
return arrOfProducts.count
}
return arrOfCategory.count
}
func collectionView(_ collectionView: UICollectionView, cellForItemAt indexPath:
IndexPath) -> UICollectionViewCell {
guard collectionView == collectionProduct else {

let cell = collectionView.dequeueReusableCell(withReuseIdentifier:
"ProductCategoryCell", for: indexPath) as! ProductCategoryCell
cell.viewBackground.layer.borderWidth = 0.5
//Do some thing as per use
return cell
}
let cell = collectionView.dequeueReusableCell(withReuseIdentifier: cellIdentifier,

for: indexPath) as! ProductCell
cell.contentView.layer.borderWidth = 0.5
cell.contentView.layer.borderColor = UIColor.black.cgColor
let json = arrOfProducts[indexPath.row]
//Do something as per use
return cell
}
func collectionView(_ collectionView: UICollectionView, didSelectItemAt indexPath:

IndexPath) {
guard collectionView == collectionCategory else {
let json = arrOfProducts[indexPath.row]
// Do something for collectionProduct here
return
}
let json = arrOfCategory[indexPath.row] as [String: AnyObject]
let id = json["cId"] as? String ?? ""
// Do something
}
}
extension ProductsVC: UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout{
// MARK: - UICollectionViewDelegateFlowLayout
func collectionView(_ collectionView: UICollectionView, layout collectionViewLayout:
UICollectionViewLayout, sizeForItemAt indexPath: IndexPath) -> CGSize {
let collectionWidth = collectionView.bounds.width

guard collectionView == collectionProduct else {
var itemWidth = collectionWidth / 4 - 1;
if(UI_USER_INTERFACE_IDIOM() == .pad) {
itemWidth = collectionWidth / 4 - 1;
}
return CGSize(width: itemWidth, height: 50)
}
var itemWidth = collectionWidth / 2 - 1;

if(UI_USER_INTERFACE_IDIOM() == .pad) {
itemWidth = collectionWidth / 4 - 1;
}
return CGSize(width: itemWidth, height: 250);
}

UICollectionViewLayout, minimumInteritemSpacingForSectionAt section: Int) -> CGFloat {
return 1
}

UICollectionViewLayout, minimumLineSpacingForSectionAt section: Int) -> CGFloat {
return 1
}
Read UICollectionView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2399/uicollectionview
Chapter 163: UIColor
Examples
Undocumented Methods
There are a variety of undocumented methods on UIColorwhich expose alternate colors or

functionality. These can be found in the UIColor private header file. I will document the use of two
private methods, styleString() and _systemDestructiveTintColor().
styleString
Since iOS 2.0 there is a private instance method on UIColor called styleString which returns an
RGB or RGBA string representation of the color, even for colors like whiteColor outside the RGB
space.
Objective-C:
@interface UIColor (Private)
- (NSString *)styleString;
@end
// ...
[[UIColor whiteColor] styleString]; // rgb(255,255,255)

[[UIColor redColor] styleString]; // rgb(255,0,0)
[[UIColor lightTextColor] styleString]; // rgba(255,255,255,0.600000)
In Swift you could use a bridging header to expose the interface. With pure Swift, you will need to
create an @objc protocol with the private method, and unsafeBitCast UIColor with the protocol:
@objc protocol UIColorPrivate {

func styleString() -> String
}
let white = UIColor.whiteColor()

let red = UIColor.redColor()
let lightTextColor = UIColor.lightTextColor()
let whitePrivate = unsafeBitCast(white, UIColorPrivate.self)

let redPrivate = unsafeBitCast(red, UIColorPrivate.self)
let lightTextColorPrivate = unsafeBitCast(lightTextColor, UIColorPrivate.self)
whitePrivate.styleString() // rgb(255,255,255)
redPrivate.styleString() // rgb(255,0,0)
lightTextColorPrivate.styleString() // rgba(255,255,255,0.600000)
_systemDestructiveTintColor()
There is an undocumented class method on UIColor called _systemDestructiveTintColor which will
return the red color used by destructive system buttons:
let red = UIColor.performSelector("_systemDestructiveTintColor").takeUnretainedValue()
It returns an unmanaged object, which you must call .takeUnretainedValue() on, since the color
ownership has not been transferred to our own object.
As with any undocumented API, you should take caution when trying to use this method:
if UIColor.respondsToSelector("_systemDestructiveTintColor") {
if let red = UIColor.performSelector("_systemDestructiveTintColor").takeUnretainedValue()
as? UIColor {
// use the color
}
}
or by using a protocol:
@objc protocol UIColorPrivateStatic {

func _systemDestructiveTintColor() -> UIColor
}
let privateClass = UIColor.self as! UIColorPrivateStatic

privateClass._systemDestructiveTintColor() // UIDeviceRGBColorSpace 1 0.231373 0.188235 1
Color with Alpha component
You can set the opacity to a certain UIColor without creating a new one using the
init(red:_,green:_,blue:_,alpha:_) initializer.
Swift
let colorWithAlpha = UIColor.redColor().colorWithAlphaComponent(0.1)
Swift 3
//In Swift Latest Version

_ colorWithAlpha = UIColor.red.withAlphaComponent(0.1)
Objective-C
UIColor * colorWithAlpha = [[UIColor redColor] colorWithAlphaComponent:0.1];
Make user defined attributes apply the CGColor datatype
By default, Interface Builder doesn't accept the CGColor datatype, so to allow adding a CGColor
using user defined attributes in interface builder; one may want to use an extension like this:
Swift Extension :
extension CALayer {
func borderUIColor() -> UIColor? {
return borderColor != nil ? UIColor(CGColor: borderColor!) : nil
}
func setBorderUIColor(color: UIColor) {

borderColor = color.CGColor
}
}
The new user defined attribute (borderUIColor) will be

recognized and applied without problems.
Creating a UIColor
There are many ways you can create a UIColor:
Swift
• Using one of the predefined colors:
let redColor = UIColor.redColor()

let blueColor: UIColor = .blueColor()
// In Swift 3, the "Color()" suffix is removed:

let redColor = UIColor.red
let blueColor: UIColor = .blue
If the compiler already knows that the variable is an instance of UIColor you can skip the type
all together:
let view = UIView()

view.backgroundColor = .yellowColor()
• Using the grayscale value and the alpha:
let grayscaleColor = UIColor(white: 0.5, alpha: 1.0)
• Using hue, saturation, brightness and alpha:
let hsbColor = UIColor(
hue: 0.4,
saturation: 0.3,
brightness: 0.7,
alpha: 1.0
)
• Using the RGBA values:
let rgbColor = UIColor(

red: 30.0 / 255,
green: 70.0 / 255,
blue: 200.0 / 255,
alpha: 1.0
)
• Using a pattern image:
let patternColor = UIColor(patternImage: UIImage(named: "myImage")!)
Objective-C
• Using one of the predefined colors:
UIColor *redColor = [UIColor redColor];
• Using the grayscale value and the alpha:
UIColor *grayscaleColor = [UIColor colorWithWhite: 0.5 alpha: 1.0];
• Using hue, saturation, brightness and alpha:
UIColor *hsbColor = [UIColor

colorWithHue: 0.4
saturation: 0.3
brightness: 0.7
alpha: 1.0
];
• Using the RGBA values:
UIColor *rgbColor = [UIColor

colorWithRed: 30.0 / 255.0
green: 70.0 / 255.0
blue: 200.0 / 255.0
alpha: 1.0
];
• Using a pattern image:
UIColor *pattenColor = [UIColor colorWithPatternImage:[UIImage
imageNamed:@"myImage.png"]];
Creating a UIColor from hexadecimal number or string
You can create a UIColor from a hexadecimal number or string, e.g. 0xff00cc, "#FFFFFF"
Swift
Int Value
extension UIColor {
convenience init(hex: Int, alpha: CGFloat = 1.0) {
let r = CGFloat((hex >> 16) & 0xff) / 255
let g = CGFloat((hex >> 08) & 0xff) / 255
let b = CGFloat((hex >> 00) & 0xff) / 255
self.init(red: r, green: g, blue: b, alpha: alpha)
}
}
Example:
let color = UIColor(hex: 0xff00cc, alpha: 1.0)
Note that for alpha the default value of 1.0 is provided, so it can be used as follows:
let color = UIColor(hex: 0xff00cc)
String Value
extension UIColor {
convenience init(hexCode: String) {
let hex =
hexCode.stringByTrimmingCharactersInSet(NSCharacterSet.alphanumericCharacterSet().invertedSet)
var int = UInt32()
NSScanner(string: hex).scanHexInt(&int)
let a, r, g, b: UInt32
switch hex.characters.count {
case 3:
(a, r, g, b) = (255, (int >> 8) * 17, (int >> 4 & 0xF) * 17, (int & 0xF) * 17)
case 6:
(a, r, g, b) = (255, int >> 16, int >> 8 & 0xFF, int & 0xFF)
case 8:
(a, r, g, b) = (int >> 24, int >> 16 & 0xFF, int >> 8 & 0xFF, int & 0xFF)
default:
(a, r, g, b) = (1, 1, 1, 0)
}
self.init(red: CGFloat(r) / 255, green: CGFloat(g) / 255, blue: CGFloat(b) / 255,

alpha: CGFloat(a) / 255)
}
}
Example Usage:
Hex with alpha
let color = UIColor("#80FFFFFF")
Hex with no alpha (color alpha will equal 1.0)
let color = UIColor("#FFFFFF")

let color = UIColor("#FFF")
Objective-C
Int Value
@interface UIColor (Hex)

+ (UIColor *)colorWithHex:(NSUInteger)hex alpha:(CGFloat)alpha;
@end
@implementation UIColor (Hex)

+ (UIColor *)colorWithHex:(NSUInteger)hex alpha:(CGFloat)alpha {
return [UIColor colorWithRed:((CGFloat)((hex & 0xFF0000) >> 16))/255.0
green:((CGFloat)((hex & 0xFF00) >> 8))/255.0
blue:((CGFloat)(hex & 0xFF))/255.0
alpha:alpha];
}
@end
Example:
UIColor *color = [UIColor colorWithHex:0xff00cc alpha:1.0];
String Value
- (UIColor*) hex:(NSString*)hexCode {
NSString *noHashString = [hexCode stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"#"

withString:@""];
NSScanner *scanner = [NSScanner scannerWithString:noHashString];
[scanner setCharactersToBeSkipped:[NSCharacterSet symbolCharacterSet]];
unsigned hex;
if (![scanner scanHexInt:&hex]) return nil;
int a;
int r;
int g;
int b;
switch (noHashString.length) {
case 3:
a = 255;
r = (hex >> 8) * 17;
g = ((hex >> 4) & 0xF) * 17;
b = ((hex >> 0) & 0xF) * 17;
break;
case 6:
a = 255;
r = (hex >> 16);
g = (hex >> 8) & 0xFF;
b = (hex) & 0xFF;
break;
case 8:
a = (hex >> 24);
r = (hex >> 16) & 0xFF;
g = (hex >> 8) & 0xFF;
b = (hex) & 0xFF;
break;
default:
a = 255.0;
r = 255.0;
b = 255.0;
g = 255.0;
break;
}
return [UIColor colorWithRed:r / 255.0f green:g / 255.0f blue:b / 255.0f alpha:a / 255];
}
Example usage:
Hex with alpha
UIColor* color = [self hex:@"#80FFFFFF"];
Hex with no alpha (color alpha will equal 1)
UIColor* color = [self hex:@"#FFFFFF"];

UIColor* color = [self hex:@"#FFF"];
Adjusted Brightness of Color from UIColor
The below code example will give you an adjusted version of that color where a higher percentage
will be brighter and a lower percentage will be darker.
Objective-C
+ (UIColor *)adjustedColorForColor:(UIColor *)c : (double)percent

{
if (percent < 0) percent = 0;
CGFloat r, g, b, a;
if ([c getRed:&r green:&g blue:&b alpha:&a])
return [UIColor colorWithRed:MAX(r * percent, 0.0)
green:MAX(g * percent, 0.0)
blue:MAX(b * percent, 0.0)
alpha:a];
return nil;
}
Swift
func adjustedColorForColor( c: UIColor, var percent: CGFloat) -> UIColor {

if percent < 0 {
percent = 0
}
var r,g,b,a: CGFloat

r = 0.0
g = 0.0
b = 0.0
a = 0.0
if c.getRed(&r, green: &g, blue: &b, alpha: &a) {

return UIColor(red: max(r * percent, 0.0), green: max(g * percent, 0.0), blue: max(b *
percent, 0.0), alpha: a)
}
return UIColor()
}
UIColor from an image pattern
You can create a UIColor object using an image pattern by using the UIColor(patternImage:_)
method.
btn.backgroundColor = UIColor(patternImage: UIImage(named: "image")!)
Lighter and Darker Shade of a given UIColor
The code example below demonstrate how you can get a lighter and darker shade of a given
color, useful in applications having dynamic themes
For Darker Color
+ (UIColor *)darkerColorForColor:(UIColor *)c

{
CGFloat r, g, b, a;
return [UIColor colorWithRed:MAX(r - 0.2, 0.0)
green:MAX(g - 0.2, 0.0)
blue:MAX(b - 0.2, 0.0)
alpha:a];
return nil;
}
For Lighter Color
+ (UIColor *)lighterColorForColor:(UIColor *)c
{
CGFloat r, g, b, a;
return [UIColor colorWithRed:MIN(r + 0.2, 1.0)
green:MIN(g + 0.2, 1.0)
blue:MIN(b + 0.2, 1.0)
alpha:a];
return nil;
}
See Visual differences below, considering given color is [UIColor orangeColor]
Read UIColor online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/956/uicolor
Chapter 164: UIControl - Event Handling with
Blocks
Examples
Introduction
Typically, when using UIControl or UIButton, we add a selector as a callback action for when an
event occurs on a button or control, such as the user pressing the button or touching the control.
For example, we would do the following:
import UIKit

@IBOutlet weak var button: UIButton!

super.viewDidLoad()
let button = UIButton(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 100, height: 44))

button.addTarget(self, action: #selector(self.onButtonPress(_:)), for: .touchUpInside)
self.view.addSubview(button)
}

}
func onButtonPress(_ button: UIButton!) {

print("PRESSED")
}
}
When it comes to selector, the compiler only needs to know that it exists.. This can be done
through a protocol and not be implemented.
For example, the following would crash your application:
import UIKit
@objc
protocol ButtonEvent {
@objc optional func onButtonPress(_ button: UIButton)
}
class ViewController: UIViewController, ButtonEvent {

@IBOutlet weak var button: UIButton!

super.viewDidLoad()
button.addTarget(self, action: #selector(ButtonEvent.onButtonPress(_:)), for:
.touchUpInside)
}

}
}
This is because your application does NOT implement the onButtonPress function.
Now what if you could do all of this alongside the initialization of the button? What if you didn't
have to specify callbacks and could instead specify blocks that can be added and removed at any
time? Why worry about implementing selectors?
Solution
import Foundation
import UIKit
protocol RemovableTarget {
func enable();
func disable();
}
extension UIControl {
func addEventHandler(event: UIControlEvents, runnable: (control: UIControl) -> Void) ->
RemovableTarget {
class Target : RemovableTarget {

private var event: UIControlEvents
private weak var control: UIControl?
private var runnable: (control: UIControl) -> Void
private init(event: UIControlEvents, control: UIControl, runnable: (control:

UIControl) -> Void) {
self.event = event
self.control = control
self.runnable = runnable
}
@objc
private func run(_ control: UIControl) {
runnable(control: control)
}
private func enable() {

control?.addTarget(self, action: #selector(Target.run(_:)), for: event)
objc_setAssociatedObject(self, unsafeAddress(of: self), self,
.OBJC_ASSOCIATION_RETAIN)
}
private func disable() {

control?.removeTarget(self, action: #selector(Target.run(_:)), for:
self.event)
objc_setAssociatedObject(self, unsafeAddress(of: self), nil,
.OBJC_ASSOCIATION_ASSIGN)
}
}
let target = Target(event: event, control: self, runnable: runnable)

target.enable()
return target
}
}
The above is a simple extension on UIControl. It adds an inner private class that has a callback
func run(_ control: UIControl) that is used as the events' action.
Next we use object association to add and remove the target because it will not be retained by the
UIControl.
The event handler function returns a Protocol in order to hide the inner workings of the Target
class but also to allow you to enable and disable the target at any given time.
Usage Example:
import Foundation
import UIKit

super.viewDidLoad()
//Create a button.
//Add an event action block/listener -- Handles Button Press.

let target = button.addEventHandler(event: .touchUpInside) { (control) in
print("Pressed")
}
//Example of enabling/disabling the listener/event-action-block.

DispatchQueue.main.after(when: DispatchTime.now() + 5) {
target.disable() //Disable the listener.
DispatchQueue.main.after(when: DispatchTime.now() + 5) {
target.enable() //Enable the listener.
}
}
}

}
}
Read UIControl - Event Handling with Blocks online:
http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3180/uicontrol---event-handling-with-blocks
Chapter 165: UIDatePicker
Remarks
UIDatePicker does not inherit from UIPickerView, but it manages a custom picker-view object as a
subview.
Examples
Create a Date Picker
Swift
let datePicker = UIDatePicker(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 320, height: 200)
Objective-C
UIDatePicker *datePicker = [[UIDatePicker alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(x: 0, y: 0, width:

320, height: 200)];
Setting Minimum-Maximum Date
You can set the minimum and the maximum date that UIDatePicker can show.
Minimum date
[datePicker setMinimumDate:[NSDate date]];
Maximum date
[datePicker setMaximumDate:[NSDate date]];
Modes
UIDatePicker has various picker modes.
enum UIDatePickerMode : Int {

case Time
case Date
case DateAndTime
case CountDownTimer
}
• - The date picker displays hours, minutes, and (optionally) an AM/PM designation.
Time
• Date - The date picker displays months, days of the month, and years.
• DateAndTime - The date picker displays dates (as unified day of the week, month, and day of
the month values) plus hours, minutes, and (optionally) an AM/PM designation.
• CountDownTimer - The date picker displays hour and minute values, for example [ 1 | 53 ]. The
application must set a timer to fire at the proper interval and set the date picker as the
seconds tick down.
Setting property datePickerMode

datePicker.datePickerMode = .Date
Setting minute interval
You can change property minuteInterval to set the interval displayed by the minutes wheel. The
default value is 1, the maximum value is 30.

datePicker.minuteInterval = 15
Count Down Duration
The NSTimeInterval value of this property indicates the seconds from which the date picker in
countdown-timer mode counts down. If the mode of the date picker is not CountDownTimer, this
value is ignored. Maximum value is 86,399 seconds (23:59)

datePicker.countDownDuration = 60 * 60
Read UIDatePicker online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5643/uidatepicker
Chapter 166: UIDevice
Parameters
Property Description
name The name identifying the device.
The name of the operating system running on the device represented

systemName: String
by the receiver.
model: String The model of the device.
systemVersion:
The current version of the operating system..
String
Remarks
The UIDevice class provides a Singleton instance representing the current device.
From this instance you can obtain information about the device such as assigned
name, device model, and operating-system name and version.
Examples
Get iOS device model name
Swift 2
import UIKit
extension UIDevice {
var modelName: String {

var systemInfo = utsname()
uname(&systemInfo)
let machineMirror = Mirror(reflecting: systemInfo.machine)
let identifier = machineMirror.children.reduce("") { identifier, element in
guard let value = element.value as? Int8 where value != 0 else { return identifier
}
return identifier + String(UnicodeScalar(UInt8(value)))
}
switch identifier {
case "iPod5,1": return "iPod Touch 5"
case "iPhone3,1", "iPhone3,2", "iPhone3,3": return "iPhone 4"
case "iPhone4,1": return "iPhone 4s"
case "iPhone5,1", "iPhone5,2": return "iPhone 5"
case "iPhone5,3", "iPhone5,4": return "iPhone 5c"
case "iPhone6,1", "iPhone6,2": return "iPhone 5s"
case "iPhone7,2": return "iPhone 6"
case "iPhone7,1": return "iPhone 6 Plus"
case "iPhone8,2": return "iPhone 6s Plus"
case "iPhone9,2", "iPhone9,4": return "iPhone 7 Plus"
case "iPhone8,4": return "iPhone SE"
case "iPad2,1", "iPad2,2", "iPad2,3", "iPad2,4":return "iPad 2"
case "iPad3,1", "iPad3,2", "iPad3,3": return "iPad 3"
case "iPad4,1", "iPad4,2", "iPad4,3": return "iPad Air"
case "iPad5,3", "iPad5,4": return "iPad Air 2"
case "iPad2,5", "iPad2,6", "iPad2,7": return "iPad Mini"
case "iPad4,4", "iPad4,5", "iPad4,6": return "iPad Mini 2"
case "iPad5,1", "iPad5,2": return "iPad Mini 4"
case "iPad6,3", "iPad6,4", "iPad6,7", "iPad6,8":return "iPad Pro"
case "AppleTV5,3": return "Apple TV"
case "i386", "x86_64": return "Simulator"
default: return identifier
}
}
}
if UIDevice.currentDevice().modelName == "iPhone 6 Plus" {

// is an iPhone 6 Plus
}
Swift 3
import UIKit
public extension UIDevice {
var modelName: String {

var systemInfo = utsname()
uname(&systemInfo)
let machineMirror = Mirror(reflecting: systemInfo.machine)
let identifier = machineMirror.children.reduce("") { identifier, element in
guard let value = element.value as? Int8 , value != 0 else { return identifier
}
return identifier + String(UnicodeScalar(UInt8(value)))
}
switch identifier {
case "iPhone3,1", "iPhone3,2", "iPhone3,3": return "iPhone 4"
case "iPhone5,3", "iPhone5,4": return "iPhone 5c"
case "iPhone6,1", "iPhone6,2": return "iPhone 5s"
case "iPhone7,2": return "iPhone 6"
case "iPhone7,1": return "iPhone 6 Plus"
case "iPhone8,2": return "iPhone 6s Plus"
case "iPhone9,2", "iPhone9,4": return "iPhone 7 Plus"
case "iPhone8,4": return "iPhone SE"
case "iPad2,1", "iPad2,2", "iPad2,3", "iPad2,4":return "iPad 2"
case "iPad4,1", "iPad4,2", "iPad4,3": return "iPad Air"
case "iPad5,3", "iPad5,4": return "iPad Air 2"
case "iPad2,5", "iPad2,6", "iPad2,7": return "iPad Mini"
case "iPad5,1", "iPad5,2": return "iPad Mini 4"
case "iPad6,3", "iPad6,4", "iPad6,7", "iPad6,8":return "iPad Pro"
case "AppleTV5,3": return "Apple TV"
case "i386", "x86_64": return "Simulator"
default: return identifier
}
}
}
if UIDevice.current.modelName == "iPhone 7" {

// is an iPhone 7
}
Getting Battery Status and Battery Level

super.viewDidLoad()
Selector(("batteryStateDidChange:")), name: NSNotification.Name.UIDeviceBatteryStateDidChange,
object: nil)
Selector(("batteryLevelDidChange:")), name: NSNotification.Name.UIDeviceBatteryLevelDidChange,
object: nil)
// Stuff...
}
func batteryStateDidChange(notification: NSNotification){

// The stage did change: plugged, unplugged, full charge...
}
func batteryLevelDidChange(notification: NSNotification){
let batteryLevel = UIDevice.current.batteryLevel

if batteryLevel < 0.0 {
print(" -1.0 means battery state is UIDeviceBatteryStateUnknown")
return
}
print("Battery Level : \(batteryLevel * 100)%")

// The battery's level did change (98%, 99%, ...)
}
Identifying the Device and Operating
UIDevice *deviceInfo = [UIDevice currentDevice];

NSLog(@"Device Name %@", deviceInfo.name);
//Ex: myIphone6s
NSLog(@"System Name %@", deviceInfo.systemName);
//Device Name iPhone OS
NSLog(@"System Version %@", deviceInfo.systemVersion);
//System Version 9.3
NSLog(@"Model %@", deviceInfo.model);
//Model iPhone
NSLog(@"Localized Model %@", deviceInfo.localizedModel);
//Localized Model iPhone
int device=deviceInfo.userInterfaceIdiom;
//UIUserInterfaceIdiomPhone=0
//UIUserInterfaceIdiomPad=1
//UIUserInterfaceIdiomTV=2
//UIUserInterfaceIdiomCarPlay=3
//UIUserInterfaceIdiomUnspecified=-1
NSLog(@"identifierForVendor %@", deviceInfo.identifierForVendor);
//identifierForVendor <__NSConcreteUUID 0x7a10ae20> 556395DC-0EB4-4FD5-BC7E-B16F612ECC6D
Getting the Device Orientation
UIDevice *deviceInfo = [UIDevice currentDevice];

int d = deviceInfo.orientation;
deviceInfo.orientation returns an UIDeviceOrientation value which is shown as below:
UIDeviceOrientationUnknown 0
UIDeviceOrientationPortrait 1
UIDeviceOrientationPortraitUpsideDown 2
UIDeviceOrientationLandscapeLeft 3
UIDeviceOrientationLandscapeRight 4
UIDeviceOrientationFaceUp 5
UIDeviceOrientationFaceDown 6
Listening for device orientation changes in a View Controller:
- (void)viewWillAppear:(BOOL)animated
{
[[UIDevice currentDevice] beginGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications];
selector:@selector(deviceOrientationDidChange)
name:UIDeviceOrientationDidChangeNotification
object:nil];
}
-(void)deviceOrientationDidChange
{
UIDeviceOrientation orientation = [[UIDevice currentDevice] orientation];
if (orientation == UIDeviceOrientationPortrait || orientation ==
UIDeviceOrientationPortraitUpsideDown) {
[self changedToPortrait];
} else if (orientation == UIDeviceOrientationLandscapeLeft || orientation ==
UIDeviceOrientationLandscapeRight) {
[self changedToLandscape];
}
-(void)changedToPortrait
{
// Function Body
}
-(void)changedToLandscape
{
// Function Body
}
To disable checking for any orientation change:
- (void)viewWillDisappear:(BOOL)animated {
[super viewWillDisappear:animated];
[[UIDevice currentDevice] endGeneratingDeviceOrientationNotifications];
}
Getting the Device Battery State
//Get permission for Battery Monitoring

[[UIDevice currentDevice] setBatteryMonitoringEnabled:YES];
UIDevice *myDevice = [UIDevice currentDevice];
[myDevice setBatteryMonitoringEnabled:YES];
double batLeft = (float)[myDevice batteryLevel] * 100;
NSLog(@"%.f",batLeft);
int d = myDevice.batteryState;
//Returns an Integer Value
//UIDeviceBatteryStateUnknown 0
//UIDeviceBatteryStateUnplugged 1
//UIDeviceBatteryStateCharging 2
//UIDeviceBatteryStateFull 3
//Using notifications for Battery Monitoring

-(void)startMonitoringForBatteryChanges
{
// Enable monitoring of battery status
[[UIDevice currentDevice] setBatteryMonitoringEnabled:YES];
// Request to be notified when battery charge or state changes
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self selector:@selector(checkBatteryStatus)
name:UIDeviceBatteryLevelDidChangeNotification object:nil];
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self selector:@selector(checkBatteryStatus)
name:UIDeviceBatteryStateDidChangeNotification object:nil];
}
-(void) checkBatteryStatus
{
NSLog (@"Battery Level is %.f",[[UIDevice currentDevice] batteryLevel]*100);
int d=[[UIDevice currentDevice] batteryState];
if (d==0)
{
NSLog(@"Unknown");
}
else if (d==1)
{
NSLog(@"Unplugged");
}
else if (d==2)
{
NSLog(@"Charging");
}
else if (d==3)
{
NSLog(@"Battery Full");
}
}
Using the Proximity Sensor
//Enabling the proximity Sensor

- (void)viewWillAppear:(BOOL)animated {
[[UIDevice currentDevice] setProximityMonitoringEnabled:YES];
selector:@selector(sensorStateMonitor:) name:@"UIDeviceProximityStateDidChangeNotification"
object:nil];
}
- (void)sensorStateMonitor:(NSNotificationCenter *)notification
{
if ([[UIDevice currentDevice] proximityState] == YES)
{
NSLog(@"Device is close to user.");
}
else
{
NSLog(@"Device is not closer to user.");
}
}
Read UIDevice online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4878/uidevice
Chapter 167: UIFeedbackGenerator
Introduction
UIFeedbackGenerator and its subclasses offers a public interface to the Taptic Engine® found on
iOS devices starting with iPhone 7. Haptics, branded Taptics, provide tactile feedback for on-
screen events. While many system controls provide haptics out-of-the-box, developers can use
UIFeedbackGenerator subclasses to add haptics to custom controls and other events.
UIFeedbackGenerator is an abstract class that should not be used directly, rather developers use
one of its subclasses.
Examples
Trigger Impact Haptic
Example shows how to trigger an impact haptic using UIImpactFeedbackGenerator after a button
press.
Swift
class ViewController: UIViewController

{
lazy var button: UIButton =
{
let button = UIButton()
button.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
button.centerXAnchor.constraint(equalTo: self.view.centerXAnchor).isActive = true
button.centerYAnchor.constraint(equalTo: self.view.centerYAnchor).isActive = true
button.setTitle("Impact", for: .normal)
button.setTitleColor(UIColor.gray, for: .normal)
return button
}()
// Choose between heavy, medium, and light for style

let impactFeedbackGenerator = UIImpactFeedbackGenerator(style: .heavy)

{
super.viewDidLoad()
button.addTarget(self, action: #selector(self.didPressButton(sender:)), for:
.touchUpInside)
// Primes feedback generator for upcoming events and reduces latency

impactFeedbackGenerator.prepare()
}
func didPressButton(sender: UIButton)

{
// Triggers haptic
impactFeedbackGenerator.impactOccurred()
}
}
Objective-C
@interface ViewController ()
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIImpactFeedbackGenerator *impactFeedbackGenerator;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIButton *button;
@end
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
[self.button addTarget:self action:@selector(didPressButton:)
// Choose between heavy, medium, and light for style

self.impactFeedbackGenerator = [[UIImpactFeedbackGenerator alloc]
initWithStyle:UIImpactFeedbackStyleHeavy];
// Primes feedback generator for upcoming events and reduces latency

[self.impactFeedbackGenerator prepare];
}
- (void)didPressButton:(UIButton *)sender
{
// Triggers haptic
[self.impactFeedbackGenerator impactOccurred];
}
#pragma mark - Lazy Init

- (UIButton *)button
{
if (!_button)
{
_button = [[UIButton alloc]init];
_button.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
[self.view addSubview:_button];
[_button.centerXAnchor constraintEqualToAnchor:self.view.centerXAnchor].active = YES;
[_button.centerYAnchor constraintEqualToAnchor:self.view.centerYAnchor].active = YES;
[_button setTitle:@"Impact" forState:UIControlStateNormal];
[_button setTitleColor:[UIColor grayColor] forState:UIControlStateNormal];
}
return _button;
}
@end
Read UIFeedbackGenerator online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10048/uifeedbackgenerator
Chapter 168: UIFont
Introduction
UIFont is a class that is used for getting and setting font-related information. It inherits from
NSObject and conforms to Hashable, Equatable, CVarArg and NSCopying.
Examples
Declaring and initializing UIFont
You can declare a UIFont as follows:
var font: UIFont!
UIFont has more init() methods:
• UIFont.init(descriptor: UIFontDescriptor, size: CGFloat)

• UIFont.init(name: String, size: CGFloat)
Therefore, you can initialize a UIFont like this:
let font = UIFont(name: "Helvetica Neue", size: 15)
The default font is System, size 17.
Changing the font of a label
To change a label's text font, you need to access its font property:
label.font = UIFont(name:"Helvetica Neue", size: 15)
The code above will change the font of the label to Helvetica Neue, size 15. Beware that you must
spell the font name correctly, otherwise it will throw this error, because the initialized value above
is an Optional, and thus can be nil:
Unexpectedly found nil while unwrapping an Optional value
Read UIFont online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9792/uifont
Chapter 169: UIGestureRecognizer
Examples
UITapGestureRecognizer (Double Tap)
The double tap, like a single tap, also uses the UITapGestureRecognizer. You simply set the
numberOfTapsRequired to 2.
Swift

super.viewDidLoad()
// Double Tap
let doubleTapGesture = UITapGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
#selector(handleDoubleTap))
doubleTapGesture.numberOfTapsRequired = 2
doubleTapView.addGestureRecognizer(doubleTapGesture)
}
// Double tap action

func handleDoubleTap() {
label.text = "Double tap recognized"
}
Notes
• A sample project can be found here.
• You could recognize a triple tap by setting the numberOfTapsRequired to 3.
UILongPressGestureRecognizer
The UILongPressGestureRecognizer lets you listen for a long press on a view. You can set the length
of delay before the action method is called.
Swift

super.viewDidLoad()
// Long Press
let longPressGesture = UILongPressGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
#selector(handleLongPress(_:)))
longPressView.addGestureRecognizer(longPressGesture)
}
// Long press action

func handleLongPress(gesture: UILongPressGestureRecognizer) {
if gesture.state == UIGestureRecognizerState.Began {
label.text = "Long press recognized"
}
}
Notes
• A fuller sample project can be found here.
• Change the minimumPressDuration to set the length of long press.
UISwipeGestureRecognizer
Swipe gestures allow you to listen for the user moving their finger across the screen quickly in a
certain direction.
Swift

super.viewDidLoad()
// Swipe (right and left)

let swipeRightGesture = UISwipeGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
#selector(handleSwipe(_:)))
let swipeLeftGesture = UISwipeGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
#selector(handleSwipe(_:)))
swipeRightGesture.direction = UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirection.Right
swipeLeftGesture.direction = UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirection.Left
swipeView.addGestureRecognizer(swipeRightGesture)
swipeView.addGestureRecognizer(swipeLeftGesture)
}
// Swipe action
func handleSwipe(gesture: UISwipeGestureRecognizer) {
label.text = "Swipe recognized"
// example task: animate view off screen

let originalLocation = swipeView.center
if gesture.direction == UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirection.Right {
label.text = "Swipe right"
} else if gesture.direction == UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirection.Left {
label.text = "Swipe left"
}
}
Objective-C
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
UISwipeGestureRecognizer *swipeLeft = [[UISwipeGestureRecognizer alloc] initWithTarget:self
action:@selector(handleSwipe:)];
UISwipeGestureRecognizer *swipeRight = [[UISwipeGestureRecognizer alloc] initWithTarget:self
action:@selector(handleSwipe:)];
// Setting the swipe direction.
[swipeLeft setDirection:UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirectionLeft];
[swipeRight setDirection:UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirectionRight];
// Adding the swipe gesture on image view

[self.view addGestureRecognizer:swipeLeft];
[self.view addGestureRecognizer:swipeRight];
}
//Handling Swipe Gesture Events
- (void)handleSwipe:(UISwipeGestureRecognizer *)swipe {
if (swipe.direction == UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirectionLeft) {
NSLog(@"Left Swipe");
}
if (swipe.direction == UISwipeGestureRecognizerDirectionRight) {
NSLog(@"Right Swipe");
}
Notes
• A fuller project example can be found here.
UIPinchGestureRecognizer
Pinches are a two fingered gesture where the fingers move closer or farther from each other. This
gesture is generally used for resizing a view.
Swift

super.viewDidLoad()
// Pinch
let pinchGesture = UIPinchGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
#selector(handlePinch(_:)))
pinchView.addGestureRecognizer(pinchGesture)
}
// Pinch action
func handlePinch(gesture: UIPinchGestureRecognizer) {
label.text = "Pinch recognized"
if gesture.state == UIGestureRecognizerState.Changed {
let transform = CGAffineTransformMakeScale(gesture.scale, gesture.scale)
pinchView.transform = transform
}
}
Notes
• A fuller project example can be found here.
UIRotationGestureRecognizer
Two fingers rotating around a center can be listened for with the UIRotationGestureRecognizer. This
is generally used for rotating a view.
Swift

super.viewDidLoad()
// Rotate
let rotateGesture = UIRotationGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
#selector(handleRotate(_:)))
rotateView.addGestureRecognizer(rotateGesture)
}
// Rotate action
func handleRotate(gesture: UIRotationGestureRecognizer) {
label.text = "Rotate recognized"
if gesture.state == UIGestureRecognizerState.Changed {
let transform = CGAffineTransformMakeRotation(gesture.rotation)
rotateView.transform = transform
}
}
Notes
• A sample project can be found here.
Adding a Gesture recognizer in the Interface Builder
Drag a gesture recognizer from the object library onto your view.
Control drag from the gesture in the Document Outline to your View Controller code in order to
make an Outlet and an Action.
Notes
• This example comes from this fuller sample project demonstrating gesture recognizers.
UIPanGestureRecognizer
Pan gesture recognizers detect dragging gestures. The following example adds an image to a
view controller and lets the user drag it around on screen.
Objective-C
UIImageView *imageView = [[UIImageView alloc] initWithImage:[UIImage

imageNamed:@"imageToDrag"]];
[imageView sizeToFit];
imageView.userInteractionEnabled = YES;
[self.view addSubview:imageView];
UIPanGestureRecognizer *pan = [[UIPanGestureRecognizer alloc] initWithTarget:self

action:@selector(handlePan:)];
[imageView addGestureRecognizer:pan];
}
- (void)handlePan:(UIPanGestureRecognizer *)recognizer {
CGPoint translation = [recognizer translationInView:self.view];
recognizer.view.center = CGPointMake(recognizer.view.center.x + translation.x,
recognizer.view.center.y + translation.y);
[recognizer setTranslation:CGPointZero inView:self.view];
}
Swift
super.viewDidLoad()
let imageView = UIImageView.init(image: UIImage.init(named: "imageToDrag"))

imageView.sizeToFit()
imageView.isUserInteractionEnabled = true
self.view.addSubview(imageView)
let pan = UIPanGestureRecognizer.init(target: self, action:

#selector(handlePan(recognizer:)))
imageView.addGestureRecognizer(pan)
}
func handlePan(recognizer: UIPanGestureRecognizer) {

let translation = recognizer.translation(in: self.view)
if let view = recognizer.view {
view.center = CGPoint(x: view.center.x + translation.x, y: view.center.y +
translation.y)
}
recognizer.setTranslation(CGPoint.zero, in: self.view)
}
Note: Although UIPanGestureRecognizer is useful for detecting any dragging gestures, if

you just want to detect a basic gesture such as user dragging their finger left/right or
up/down, use UISwipeGestureRecognizer. UIPanGestureRecognizer is a better choice if you
need access to methods such as translationInView: or velocityInView:.
UITapGestureRecognizer
Initialize the UITapGestureRecognizer with a target, self in this case, and an action which is a
method that has a single parameter: a UITapGestureRecognizer.
After initialization, add it to the view that it should recognize taps in.
Swift

super.viewDidLoad()
let recognizer = UITapGestureRecognizer(target: self,
action: #selector(handleTap(_:)))
view.addGestureRecognizer(recognizer)
}
func handleTap(recognizer: UITapGestureRecognizer) {
Objective-C
UITapGestureRecognizer *recognizer =
[[UITapGestureRecognizer alloc] initWithTarget:self
action:@selector(handleTap:)];
[self.view addGestureRecognizer:recognizer];
}
- (void)handleTap:(UITapGestureRecognizer *)recognizer {
Example of keyboard dismissal through UITapGestureRecognizer:
First, you create the function for dismissing the keyboard:
func dismissKeyboard() {
}
Then, you add a tap gesture recognizer in your view controller, calling the method we just made
let tap: UITapGestureRecognizer = UITapGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:

"dismissKeyboard")
view.addGestureRecognizer(tap)
Example of getting gesture location UITapGestureRecognizer (Swift 3):
func handleTap(gestureRecognizer: UITapGestureRecognizer) {

print("tap working")
if gestureRecognizer.state == UIGestureRecognizerState.recognized
{
print(gestureRecognizer.location(in: gestureRecognizer.view))
}
}
Read UIGestureRecognizer online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1289/uigesturerecognizer
Chapter 170: UIImage
Remarks
Apple developer topic for UIImage
Examples
Apply UIColor to UIImage
Use same UIImage with multiple theme base app by just applying UIColor to UIImage instance as
following.
// *** Create an UIImage instance with RenderingMode AlwaysTemplate ***

UIImage *imgMenu = [[UIImage imageNamed:@"iconMenu"]
imageWithRenderingMode:UIImageRenderingModeAlwaysTemplate];
// *** Now Apply `tintColor` to ÙIImageView` of UIImageView or UIButton and convert image in
given color ***
[btn setImage:imgMenu forState:UIControlStateNormal]; // Set UIImage in UIButton.
[button.imageView setTintColor:[UIColor blueColor]]; // It changes image color of UIButton to

blue color
Now lets say you want to do same with UIImageView then use following code
[imageView setImage:imgMenu]; // Assign UIImage to UIImageView

[imageView setTintColor:[UIColor greenColor]]; // Change imageview image color to green.
[imageView setTintColor:[UIColor redColor]]; // Change imageview image color to red.
Change UIImage Color
Swift Add this extension to UIImage :
extension UIImage {
func maskWithColor(color: UIColor) -> UIImage? {
let maskImage = self.CGImage

let width = self.size.width
let height = self.size.height
let bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, width, height)
let colorSpace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB()

let bitmapInfo = CGBitmapInfo(rawValue: CGImageAlphaInfo.PremultipliedLast.rawValue)
let bitmapContext = CGBitmapContextCreate(nil, Int(width), Int(height), 8, 0,
colorSpace, bitmapInfo.rawValue) //needs rawValue of bitmapInfo
CGContextClipToMask(bitmapContext, bounds, maskImage)

CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(bitmapContext, color.CGColor)
CGContextFillRect(bitmapContext, bounds)
//is it nil?
if let cImage = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(bitmapContext) {
let coloredImage = UIImage(CGImage: cImage)
return coloredImage
} else {
return nil
}
}
}
Then, to change the color of your UIImage
my_image.maskWithColor(UIColor.blueColor())
Found at this link
Take a Snapshot of a UIView
//Here self.webView is the view whose screenshot I need to take

//The screenshot is saved in jpg format in the application directory to avoid any loss of
quality in retina display devices i.e. all current devices running iOS 10
UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(self.webView.bounds.size, NO, [UIScreen
mainScreen].scale);
[self.webView.layer renderInContext:UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext()];
NSString *jpgPath = [NSHomeDirectory() stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Documents/Test.jpg"];
[UIImageJPEGRepresentation(image, 1.0) writeToFile:jpgPath atomically:YES];
UIImage *pop=[[UIImage alloc]initWithContentsOfFile:jpgPath];
//pop is the final image in jpg format and high quality with the exact resolution of the view
you selected in pixels and not just points
Gradient Image with Colors
Creating Gradient UIImage with colors in CGRect
Swift:
extension UIImage {
static func gradientImageWithBounds(bounds: CGRect, colors: [CGColor]) -> UIImage {
let gradientLayer = CAGradientLayer()
gradientLayer.frame = bounds
gradientLayer.colors = colors
UIGraphicsBeginImageContext(gradientLayer.bounds.size)
gradientLayer.render(in: UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext()!)
let image = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext()
return image!
}
}
Usage:
let image = UIImage.gradientImageWithBounds(CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 200, height: 200),
colors: [UIColor.yellowColor().CGColor, UIColor.blueColor().CGColor])
Objective-C:
+ (UIImage *)gradientImageWithBounds:(CGRect)bounds colors:(NSArray *)colors {

CAGradientLayer *gradientLayer = [CAGradientLayer layer];
gradientLayer.frame = bounds;
gradientLayer.colors = colors;
UIGraphicsBeginImageContext(gradientLayer.bounds.size);
[gradientLayer renderInContext:UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext()];
return image;
}
Gradient Background Layer for Bounds
+ (CALayer *)gradientBGLayerForBounds:(CGRect)bounds colors:(NSArray *)colors

{
CAGradientLayer * gradientBG = [CAGradientLayer layer];
gradientBG.frame = bounds;
gradientBG.colors = colors;
return gradientBG;
}
Convert UIImage to/from base64 encoding
Encoding
//convert the image to NSData first

let imageData:NSData = UIImagePNGRepresentation(image)!
// convert the NSData to base64 encoding
let strBase64:String =
imageData.base64EncodedStringWithOptions(.Encoding64CharacterLineLength)
Decoding
let dataDecoded:NSData = NSData(base64EncodedString: strBase64, options:

NSDataBase64DecodingOptions(rawValue: 0))!
let decodedimage:UIImage = UIImage(data: dataDecoded)!
Creating UIImage
With local image

Swift
let image = UIImage(named: "imageFromBundleOrAsset")
Objective-C
UIImage *image = [UIImage imageNamed:@"imageFromBundleOrAsset"];
Note
The method imageNamed caches the image's contents to memory. Loading many large
images that way can cause low memory warnings which can lead the app to be
terminated. This can be fixed by utilising the method imageWithContentsOfFile of UIImage,
which doesn't use caching.
With NSData
Swift
let imageData = Data(base64Encoded: imageString, options:

Data.Base64DecodingOptions.ignoreUnknownCharacters)
let image = UIImage(data: imageData!)
With UIColor
Swift
let color = UIColor.red

UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(size, false, 0.0)

UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext()!.setFillColor(color.cgColor)
UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext()!.fill(CGRect(origin: .zero, size: size))
let colorImage = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext()
Objective-C
UIColor *color=[UIColor redColor];

CGRect frame = CGRectMake(0, 0, 80, 100);
UIGraphicsBeginImageContext(frame.size);
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, [color CGColor]);
CGContextFillRect(context, frame);
With file content
Objective-C
Example:
UIImage *image = [UIImage imageWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle]

pathForResource:[cellCountry objectForKey:@"Country_Flag"] ofType:nil]];
Using Array:
Example:
NSMutableArray *imageArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
for (int imageNumber = 1; self.myPhoto != nil; imageNumber++) {

NSString *fileName = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.jpg", self.myPhoto];
// check if a file exists

if ([UIImage imageNamed:fileName]) {
// if it exists, add it to the array
[imageArray addObject:[UIImage imageWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle
mainBundle]pathForResource:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", fileName] ofType:@""]]];
} else {
break;
}
}
//Using image array for animations here:
self.myImageView.animationImages = imageArray;
Creating and Initializing Image Objects with file contents
Creating and returning an image object by loading the image data from the file at the specified
path.
Example:
UIImage *image = [UIImage imageWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle]

pathForResource:[cellCountry objectForKey:@"Country_Flag"] ofType:nil]];
Using Array:
Example
NSMutableArray *imageArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
for (int imageNumber = 1; self.myPhoto != nil; imageNumber++) {

NSString *fileName = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.jpg", self.myPhoto];
// check if a file exists

if ([UIImage imageNamed:fileName]) {
// if it exists, add it to the array
[imageArray addObject:[UIImage imageWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle
mainBundle]pathForResource:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", fileName] ofType:@""]]];
} else {
break;
}
}
//Using image array for animations here

self.myImageView.animationImages = imageArray;
Resizable image with caps
In the example of a message bubble illustrated below: the corners of the image should remain
unchanged which is specified by UIEdgeInsets, but the borders and center of the image should
expand to cover the new size.
let insets = UIEdgeInsetsMake(12.0, 20.0, 22.0, 12.0)

let image = UIImage(named: "test")
image?.resizableImageWithCapInsets(insets, resizingMode: .Stretch)
Comparing Images
The isEqual: method is the only reliable way to determine whether two images contain
the same image data. The image objects you create may be different from each other,
even when you initialize them with the same cached image data. The only way to
determine their equality is to use the isEqual: method, which compares the actual
image data. Listing 1 illustrates the correct and incorrect ways to compare images.
Source: Apple Documentation
Swift
// Load the same image twice.
let image1 = UIImage(named: "MyImage")
let image2 = UIImage(named: "MyImage")
// The image objects may be different, but the contents are still equal
if let image1 = image1, image1.isEqual(image2) {
// Correct. This technique compares the image data correctly.
}
if image1 == image2 {
// Incorrect! Direct object comparisons may not work.
}
Objective-C
// Load the same image twice.

UIImage* image1 = [UIImage imageNamed:@"MyImage"];
UIImage* image2 = [UIImage imageNamed:@"MyImage"];
// The image objects may be different, but the contents are still equal
if ([image1 isEqual:image2]) {
// Correct. This technique compares the image data correctly.
}
if (image1 == image2) {
// Incorrect! Direct object comparisons may not work.
}
Create UIImage with UIColor
Swift
let color = UIColor.redColor()

CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext(), color.CGColor)
CGContextFillRect(UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext(), CGRect(origin: .zero, size: size))
Swift 3
let color = UIColor.red()

if let context = UIGraphicsGetCurrentContext() {
context.setFillColor(color.cgColor)
context.fill(CGRect(origin: .zero, size: size))
}
Objective-C:
Add this method as an extension of UIImage:
+ (UIImage *)createImageWithColor: (UIColor *)color {

CGRect rect=CGRectMake(0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
UIGraphicsBeginImageContext(rect.size);
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, [color CGColor]);
CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
UIImage *theImage = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext();

return theImage;
}
Read UIImage online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1409/uiimage
Chapter 171: UIImagePickerController
Introduction
UIImagePickerController provides an almost out of the box solution to allow the user to select an
image from their device or take a picture with the camera and then present that image. By
conforming to the UIImagePickerControllerDelegate, you can create logic that specifies in your
app how to present the image and what to do with it (using didFinishPickingMediaWithInfo) and
also what to do if the user declines to select an image or take a picture (using
imagePickerControllerDidCancel).
Examples
Generic usage of UIImagePickerController
Step 1: Create the controller, set the delegate, and conform to the protocol
//Swift
class ImageUploadViewController: UIViewController, UIImagePickerControllerDelegate,
UINavigationControllerDelegate {
let imagePickerController = UIImagePickerController()

super.viewDidLoad()
imagePickerController.delegate = self
}
}
//Objective-C
@interface ImageUploadViewController : UIViewController
<UIImagePickerControllerDelegate,UINavigationControllerDelegate> {
UIImagePickerController *imagePickerController;
@end
@implementation ImageUploadViewController
imagePickerController.delegate = self;
@end
note: We actually will not implement anything defined in UINavigationControllerDelegate, but
UIImagePickerController inherits from UINavigationController and changes the behavior of
UINavigationController. Therefore, we still need to say our view controller conforms to
UINavigationControllerDelegate.
Step 2: Whenever you need to show UIImagePickerController:
//Swift
self.imagePickerController.sourceType = .Camera // options: .Camera , .PhotoLibrary ,
.SavedPhotosAlbum
self.presentViewController(self.imagePickerController, animated: true, completion: nil)
//Objective-C
imagePickerController.sourceType = UIImagePickerControllerSourceTypeCamera; // options:
UIImagePickerControllerSourceTypeCamera, UIImagePickerControllerSourceTypePhotoLibrary,
UIImagePickerControllerSourceTypeSavedPhotosAlbum
[self presentViewController:imagePickerController animated:YES completion:nil];
Step 3: Implement the delegate methods:
//Swift
func imagePickerController(picker: UIImagePickerController, didFinishPickingMediaWithInfo
info: [String : AnyObject]) {
if let pickedImage = info[UIImagePickerControllerOriginalImage] as? UIImage {
// Your have pickedImage now, do your logic here
}
self.dismissViewControllerAnimated(true, completion: nil)
}
func imagePickerControllerDidCancel(picker: UIImagePickerController) {

self.dismissViewControllerAnimated(true, completion: nil)
}
//Objective-C
- (void)imagePickerController:(UIImagePickerController *)picker
didFinishPickingMediaWithInfo:(NSDictionary *)info {
UIImage *pickedImage = info[UIImagePickerControllerOriginalImage];
if (pickedImage) {
//You have pickedImage now, do your logic here
[self dismissViewControllerAnimated:YES completion:nil];
- (void)imagePickerControllerDidCancel:(UIImagePickerController *)picker {
Read UIImagePickerController online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3023/uiimagepickercontroller
Chapter 172: UIImageView
Examples
Create a UIImageView
To create a UIImageView programmatically, all you need to do is create an instance of UIImageView:
//Swift
let imageView = UIImageView()
//Objective-C
UIImageView *imageView = [[UIImageView alloc] init];
You can set the size and position of the UIImageView with a CGRect:
//Swift
imageView.frame = CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 200, height: 200)
//Objective-C
imageView.frame = CGRectMake(0,0,200,200);
Or you can set the size during initialization:
//Swift
UIImageView(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 200, height: 200))
//Objective-C
UIImageView *imageView = [[UIImageView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0,0,200,200);
//Alternative way of defining frame for UIImageView

UIImageView *imageView = [[UIImageView alloc] init];
CGRect imageViewFrame = imageView.frame;
imageViewFrame.size.width = 200;
imageViewFrame.size.height = 200;
imageViewFrame.origin.x = 0;
imageViewFrame.origin.y = 0;
imageView.frame = imageViewFrame;
Note: You must import UIKit to use a UIImageView.
Assigning an image to a UIImageView
You can assign an image to a UIImageView during initialization, or later using the image property:
//Swift
UIImageView(image: UIImage(named: "image1"))
UIImageView(image: UIImage(named: "image1"), highlightedImage: UIImage(named: "image2"))
imageView.image = UIImage(named: "image1")
//Objective-C
[[UIImageView alloc] initWithImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"image1"];
[[UIImageView alloc] initWithImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"image1"] highlightedImage:[UIImage

imageNamed:@"image2"]];
imageView.image = [UIImage imageNamed:@"image1"];
Animating a UIImageView
You can animate a UIImageView by quickly displaying images on it in a sequence using the
UIImageView's animation properties:
imageView.animationImages = [UIImage(named: "image1")!,

UIImage(named: "image2")!,
UIImage(named: "image8")!]
imageView.animationDuration = 0.3
imageView.animationRepeatCount = 1
The animationImages property is an Array of UIImages that is run through from top to bottom when
the animation is triggered.
The animationDuration property is a Double saying how many seconds the animation will run for.
The animationRepeatCount property is an Int that says how many times the animation will run.
To start and stop the animation, you can call the appropriate methods to do so:
imageView.startAnimating()
imageView.stopAnimating()
There is method isAnimating() which returns a Boolean value indicating whether the animation is
running at a moment or not.
Please note that this's not a very efficient way to create animations: it's quite slow and resource-
consuming. Consider using Layers or Sprites for better results
Making an image into a circle or rounded
This example shows, how to make a UIView or UIImageView, rounded with some radius like this:
Objective-C
someImageView.layer.cornerRadius = CGRectGetHeight(someImageView.frame) / 2;
someImageView.clipsToBounds = YES;
Swift
someImageView.layer.cornerRadius = someImageView.frame.height/2
// this should alleviate the performance hit that adding transparency may cause - see
http://stackoverflow.com/a/6254531/189804
// Be sure to check scrolling performance with Instruments if you take this approach.
someImageView.layer.shouldRasterize = true
someImageView.clipsToBounds = true // All parts of the image that are outside its bounds (the
frame) are cut out (makes the rounded corners visible)
It is suggested that if you use autolayout that you put the someImageView.layer.cornerRadius code in
viewDidLayoutSubviews. This will allow the image's cornerRadius to update if the image changes size.
override func viewDidLayoutSubviews() {

super.viewDidLayoutSubviews()
someImageView.layer.cornerRadius = someImageView.frame.size.width/2
someImageView.layer.masksToBounds = true
}
How the Mode property affects an image
The content mode property of a view tells how its content should be laid out. In the Interface
Builder, the various modes can be selected in the Attributes Inspector.
Let's use two image views to see how the various modes work.
Scale to Fill
The image heights and widths are stretched to match the size of the UIImageView.
Aspect Fit
The longest side (either height or width) of the image is stretched to match the view. This makes
the image as big as possible while still showing the entire image and not distorting the height or
width. (I set the UIImageView background to blue so that its size is clear.)
Aspect Fill
The shortest side (either height or width) of the image is stretched to match the view. Like "Aspect
Fit", the proportions of the image are not distorted from their original aspect ratio.
Redraw
Redraw is only for custom views that need to do their own scaling and resizing. We aren't using a
custom view, so we shouldn't use Redraw. Notice that here UIImageView just gives us the same
result as Scale to Fill, but it is doing more work behind the scenes.
About Redraw, the Apple documentation says:
Content modes are good for recycling the contents of your view, but you can also set
the content mode to the UIViewContentModeRedraw value when you specifically want your
custom views to redraw themselves during scaling and resizing operations. Setting
your view’s content mode to this value forces the system to call your view’s drawRect:
method in response to geometry changes. In general, you should avoid using this
value whenever possible, and you should certainly not use it with the standard system
views.
Center
The image is centered in the view, but the length and width of the image are not stretched.
Top
The top edge of the image is centered horizontally at the top of the view, and the length and width
of the image are not stretched.
Bottom
The bottom edge of the image is centered horizontally at the bottom of the view, and the length
and width of the image are not stretched.
Left
The left edge of the image is centered vertically at the left of the view, and the length and width of
the image are not stretched.
Right
The right edge of the image is centered vertically at the right of the view, and the length and width
Top Left
The top left corner of the image is placed at the top left corner of the view. The length and width of
the image are not stretched.
Top Right
The top right corner of the image is placed at the top right corner of the view. The length and width
Bottom Left
The bottom left corner of the image is placed at the bottom left corner of the view. The length and
width of the image are not stretched.
Bottom Right
The bottom right corner of the image is placed at the bottom right corner of the view. The length
and width of the image are not stretched.
Notes
• This example comes originally from here.
• If the content (in our case the image) is the same size as the view (in our case the
UIImageView), then changing the content mode will make no noticeable difference.
• See this and this question for a discussion about content modes for views other than
UIImageView.
• In Swift, to set to set the content mode programmatically you do the following:
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.scaleToFill
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.scaleAspectFit
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.scaleAspectFill
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.redraw
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.center
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.top
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.bottom
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.left
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.right
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.topLeft
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.topRight
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.bottomLeft
imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentMode.bottomRight
Change color of an image
//Swift
imageView.tintColor = UIColor.redColor()
imageView.image = imageView.image?.imageWithRenderingMode(.AlwaysTemplate)
//Swift 3
imageView.tintColor = UIColor.red
imageView.image = imageView.image?.withRenderingMode(.alwaysTemplate)
//Objective-C
imageView.tintColor = [UIColor redColor];
imageView.image = [imageView.image imageWithRenderingMode:UIImageRenderingModeAlwaysTemplate]
UIImage masked with Label
This makes image masked to the shape of the letters of the label:
Objective-C
self.maskImage.layer.mask = self.maskLabel.layer;
self.maskImage.layer.masksToBounds = YES;
Swift 3
maskImageView.mask = maskLabel
maskImageView.masksToBounds = true
Here is the result:
Read UIImageView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/695/uiimageview
Chapter 173: UIKit Dynamics
Introduction
UIKit Dynamics is a full real-world physics engine integrated into UIKit. It allows you to create
interfaces that feel real by adding behaviors such as gravity, attachments, collision and forces.
You define the physical traits that you would like your interface elements to adopt, and the
dynamics engine takes care of the rest.
Remarks
An import thing to keep in mind when using UIKit Dynamics is views that are positioned by the
animator cannot readily be positioned by other common iOS layout methods.
Newcomers to UIKit Dynamics often struggle with this important caveat. Placing constraints on a
view that is also an item of a UIDynamicBehavior will likely cause confusion as a both the auto layout
engine and the dynamic animator engine fight over the appropriate position. Similarly, attempting
to set the frame directly of a view being controlled by the animator will typically result in jittery
animation and unexpected placement. Adding a view as an item to a UIDynamicBehavior means that
the animator will take on the responsibility of positioning a view and as such changes of view
positions should be implemented through the animator.
A view's frame that is being updated by a dynamic animator can be set, but that should be
immediately followed by messaging the animator to update the animator's internal model of the
view hierarchy. For example, if I have UILabel, label that is an item of a UIGravityBehavior I can
move it to the top of the screen to watch it fall again by saying:
Swift
label.frame = CGRect(x: 0.0, y: 0.0, width: label.intrinsicContentSize.width, height:

label.intrinsicContentSize.height)
dynamicAnimator.updateItem(usingCurrentState: label)
Objective-C
self.label.frame = CGRectMake(0.0, 0.0, self.label.intrinsicContentSize.width,

self.label.intrinsicContentSize.height);
[self.dynamicAnimator updateItemUsingCurrentState: self.label];
After which the animator will apply the gravity behavior from the label's new location.
Another common technique is to use UIDynamicBehaviors to position views. For example if

positioning a view under a touch event is desired, creating a UIAttachmentBehavior and updating its
anchorPoint in either touchesMoved or a UIGestureRecognizer's action is an effective strategy.
Examples
The Falling Square
Lets draw a square in the middle of our view and make it fall to the bottom and stop at the bottom
edge collising with the screen bottom boundary.
@IBOutlet var animationView: UIView!

var squareView:UIView!
var collision: UICollisionBehavior!
var animator: UIDynamicAnimator!
var gravity: UIGravityBehavior!
super.viewDidLoad()
let squareSize = CGSize(width: 30.0, height: 30.0)
let centerPoint = CGPoint(x: self.animationView.bounds.midX - (squareSize.width/2), y:
self.animationView.bounds.midY - (squareSize.height/2))
let frame = CGRect(origin: centerPoint, size: squareSize)
squareView = UIView(frame: frame)
squareView.backgroundColor = UIColor.orangeColor()
animationView.addSubview(squareView)
animator = UIDynamicAnimator(referenceView: view)
gravity = UIGravityBehavior(items: [squareView])
animator.addBehavior(gravity)
collision = UICollisionBehavior(items: [square])
collision.translatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundary = true
animator.addBehavior(collision)
}
Flick View Based on Gesture Velocity
This example shows how to have a view track a pan gesture and depart in a physics-based
manner.
Swift

{
// Adjust to change speed of view from flick
let magnitudeMultiplier: CGFloat = 0.0008
lazy var dynamicAnimator: UIDynamicAnimator =

{
let dynamicAnimator = UIDynamicAnimator(referenceView: self.view)
return dynamicAnimator
}()
lazy var gravity: UIGravityBehavior =

{
let gravity = UIGravityBehavior(items: [self.orangeView])
return gravity
}()
lazy var collision: UICollisionBehavior =

{
let collision = UICollisionBehavior(items: [self.orangeView])
return collision
}()
lazy var orangeView: UIView =

{
let widthHeight: CGFloat = 40.0
let orangeView = UIView(frame: CGRect(x: 0.0, y: 0.0, width: widthHeight, height:
widthHeight))
orangeView.backgroundColor = UIColor.orange
self.view.addSubview(orangeView)
return orangeView
}()
lazy var panGesture: UIPanGestureRecognizer =

{
let panGesture = UIPanGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
#selector(self.handlePan(sender:)))
return panGesture
}()
lazy var attachment: UIAttachmentBehavior =

{
let attachment = UIAttachmentBehavior(item: self.orangeView, attachedToAnchor: .zero)
return attachment
}()

{
super.viewDidLoad()
dynamicAnimator.addBehavior(gravity)
dynamicAnimator.addBehavior(collision)
orangeView.addGestureRecognizer(panGesture)
}
override func viewDidLayoutSubviews()

{
orangeView.center = view.center
dynamicAnimator.updateItem(usingCurrentState: orangeView)
}
func handlePan(sender: UIPanGestureRecognizer)

{
let location = sender.location(in: view)
let velocity = sender.velocity(in: view)
let magnitude = sqrt((velocity.x * velocity.x) + (velocity.y * velocity.y))
switch sender.state
{
case .began:
attachment.anchorPoint = location
dynamicAnimator.addBehavior(attachment)
case .changed:
case .cancelled, .ended, .failed, .possible:
let push = UIPushBehavior(items: [self.orangeView], mode: .instantaneous)
push.pushDirection = CGVector(dx: velocity.x, dy: velocity.y)
push.magnitude = magnitude * magnitudeMultiplier
dynamicAnimator.removeBehavior(attachment)
dynamicAnimator.addBehavior(push)
}
}
}
Objective-C
@property (nonatomic, assign) CGFloat magnitudeMultiplier;

@property (nonatomic, strong) UIDynamicAnimator *dynamicAnimator;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIGravityBehavior *gravity;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UICollisionBehavior *collision;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIView *orangeView;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIPanGestureRecognizer *panGesture;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIAttachmentBehavior *attachment;
@end
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
[self.dynamicAnimator addBehavior:self.gravity];
[self.dynamicAnimator addBehavior:self.collision];
[self.orangeView addGestureRecognizer:self.panGesture];
// Adjust to change speed of view from flick
self.magnitudeMultiplier = 0.0008f;
}
- (void)viewDidLayoutSubviews
{
self.orangeView.center = self.view.center;
[self.dynamicAnimator updateItemUsingCurrentState:self.orangeView];
}
- (void)handlePan:(UIPanGestureRecognizer *)sender
{
CGPoint location = [sender locationInView:self.view];
CGPoint velocity = [sender velocityInView:self.view];
CGFloat magnitude = sqrt((velocity.x * velocity.x) + (velocity.y * velocity.y));
if (sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateBegan)
{
self.attachment.anchorPoint = location;
[self.dynamicAnimator addBehavior:self.attachment];
}
else if (sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateChanged)
{
}
else if (sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateCancelled ||
sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateEnded ||
sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateFailed ||
sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible)
{
UIPushBehavior *push = [[UIPushBehavior alloc] initWithItems:@[self.orangeView]
mode:UIPushBehaviorModeInstantaneous];
push.pushDirection = CGVectorMake(velocity.x, velocity.y);
push.magnitude = magnitude * self.magnitudeMultiplier;
[self.dynamicAnimator removeBehavior:self.attachment];
[self.dynamicAnimator addBehavior:push];
}
}

- (UIDynamicAnimator *)dynamicAnimator
{
if (!_dynamicAnimator)
{
_dynamicAnimator = [[UIDynamicAnimator alloc]initWithReferenceView:self.view];
}
return _dynamicAnimator;
}
- (UIGravityBehavior *)gravity
{
if (!_gravity)
{
_gravity = [[UIGravityBehavior alloc]initWithItems:@[self.orangeView]];
}
return _gravity;
}
- (UICollisionBehavior *)collision
{
if (!_collision)
{
_collision = [[UICollisionBehavior alloc]initWithItems:@[self.orangeView]];
_collision.translatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundary = YES;
}
return _collision;
}
- (UIView *)orangeView
{
if (!_orangeView)
{
CGFloat widthHeight = 40.0f;
_orangeView = [[UIView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0.0, 0.0, widthHeight,
widthHeight)];
_orangeView.backgroundColor = [UIColor orangeColor];
[self.view addSubview:_orangeView];
}
return _orangeView;
}
- (UIPanGestureRecognizer *)panGesture
{
if (!_panGesture)
{
_panGesture = [[UIPanGestureRecognizer alloc]initWithTarget:self
}
return _panGesture;
}
- (UIAttachmentBehavior *)attachment
{
if (!_attachment)
{
_attachment = [[UIAttachmentBehavior alloc]initWithItem:self.orangeView
attachedToAnchor:CGPointZero];
}
return _attachment;
}
@end
"Sticky Corners" Effect Using UIFieldBehaviors
This example shows how to achieve an effect similar to FaceTime were a view is attracted to point
once it enters a particular region, in this case two regions a top and bottom.
Swift

{
lazy var dynamicAnimator: UIDynamicAnimator =
{
let dynamicAnimator = UIDynamicAnimator(referenceView: self.view)
return dynamicAnimator
}()
lazy var collision: UICollisionBehavior =

{
let collision = UICollisionBehavior(items: [self.orangeView])
return collision
}()
lazy var fieldBehaviors: [UIFieldBehavior] =

{
var fieldBehaviors = [UIFieldBehavior]()
for _ in 0 ..< 2
{
let field = UIFieldBehavior.springField()
field.addItem(self.orangeView)
fieldBehaviors.append(field)
}
return fieldBehaviors
}()
lazy var itemBehavior: UIDynamicItemBehavior =

{
let itemBehavior = UIDynamicItemBehavior(items: [self.orangeView])
// Adjust these values to change the "stickiness" of the view
itemBehavior.density = 0.01
itemBehavior.resistance = 10
itemBehavior.friction = 0.0
itemBehavior.allowsRotation = false
return itemBehavior
}()
lazy var orangeView: UIView =

{
let widthHeight: CGFloat = 40.0
let orangeView = UIView(frame: CGRect(x: 0.0, y: 0.0, width: widthHeight, height:
widthHeight))
orangeView.backgroundColor = UIColor.orange
self.view.addSubview(orangeView)
return orangeView
}()
lazy var panGesture: UIPanGestureRecognizer =

{
let panGesture = UIPanGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
return panGesture
}()
lazy var attachment: UIAttachmentBehavior =

{
let attachment = UIAttachmentBehavior(item: self.orangeView, attachedToAnchor: .zero)
return attachment
}()

{
super.viewDidLoad()
dynamicAnimator.addBehavior(collision)
dynamicAnimator.addBehavior(itemBehavior)
for field in fieldBehaviors
{
dynamicAnimator.addBehavior(field)
}
orangeView.addGestureRecognizer(panGesture)
}

{
orangeView.center = view.center
dynamicAnimator.updateItem(usingCurrentState: orangeView)
for (index, field) in fieldBehaviors.enumerated()
{
field.position = CGPoint(x: view.bounds
.midX, y: view.bounds.height * (0.25 + 0.5 * CGFloat(index)))
field.region = UIRegion(size: CGSize(width: view.bounds.width, height:
view.bounds.height * 0.5))
}
}

{
let location = sender.location(in: view)
let velocity = sender.velocity(in: view)
switch sender.state
{
case .began:
dynamicAnimator.addBehavior(attachment)
case .changed:
case .cancelled, .ended, .failed, .possible:
itemBehavior.addLinearVelocity(velocity, for: self.orangeView)
dynamicAnimator.removeBehavior(attachment)
}
}
}
Objective-C
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIDynamicAnimator *dynamicAnimator;

@property (nonatomic, strong) UICollisionBehavior *collision;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIAttachmentBehavior *attachment;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIDynamicItemBehavior *itemBehavior;
@property (nonatomic, strong) NSArray <UIFieldBehavior *> *fieldBehaviors;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIView *orangeView;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIPanGestureRecognizer *panGesture;
@end
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
[self.dynamicAnimator addBehavior:self.collision];
[self.dynamicAnimator addBehavior:self.itemBehavior];
for (UIFieldBehavior *field in self.fieldBehaviors)
{
[self.dynamicAnimator addBehavior:field];
}
[self.orangeView addGestureRecognizer:self.panGesture];
}
{
self.orangeView.center = self.view.center;
[self.dynamicAnimator updateItemUsingCurrentState:self.orangeView];
for (NSInteger i = 0; i < self.fieldBehaviors.count; i++)

{
UIFieldBehavior *field = self.fieldBehaviors[i];
field.position = CGPointMake(CGRectGetMidX(self.view.bounds),
CGRectGetHeight(self.view.bounds) * (0.25f + 0.5f * i));
field.region = [[UIRegion
alloc]initWithSize:CGSizeMake(CGRectGetWidth(self.view.bounds),
CGRectGetHeight(self.view.bounds) * 0.5)];
}
}
{
CGPoint location = [sender locationInView:self.view];
CGPoint velocity = [sender velocityInView:self.view];
{
[self.dynamicAnimator addBehavior:self.attachment];
}
{
}
else if (sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateCancelled ||
sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateEnded ||
sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateFailed ||
sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStatePossible)
{
[self.itemBehavior addLinearVelocity:velocity forItem:self.orangeView];
[self.dynamicAnimator removeBehavior:self.attachment];
}
}

- (UIDynamicAnimator *)dynamicAnimator
{
if (!_dynamicAnimator)
{
_dynamicAnimator = [[UIDynamicAnimator alloc]initWithReferenceView:self.view];
}
return _dynamicAnimator;
}
- (UICollisionBehavior *)collision
{
if (!_collision)
{
_collision = [[UICollisionBehavior alloc]initWithItems:@[self.orangeView]];
_collision.translatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundary = YES;
}
return _collision;
}
- (NSArray <UIFieldBehavior *> *)fieldBehaviors

{
if (!_fieldBehaviors)
{
NSMutableArray *fields = [[NSMutableArray alloc]init];
for (NSInteger i = 0; i < 2; i++)
{
UIFieldBehavior *field = [UIFieldBehavior springField];
[field addItem:self.orangeView];
[fields addObject:field];
}
_fieldBehaviors = fields;
}
return _fieldBehaviors;
}
- (UIDynamicItemBehavior *)itemBehavior
{
if (!_itemBehavior)
{
_itemBehavior = [[UIDynamicItemBehavior alloc]initWithItems:@[self.orangeView]];
// Adjust these values to change the "stickiness" of the view
_itemBehavior.density = 0.01;
_itemBehavior.resistance = 10;
_itemBehavior.friction = 0.0;
_itemBehavior.allowsRotation = NO;
}
return _itemBehavior;
}
- (UIView *)orangeView
{
if (!_orangeView)
{
CGFloat widthHeight = 40.0f;
_orangeView = [[UIView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0.0, 0.0, widthHeight,
widthHeight)];
_orangeView.backgroundColor = [UIColor orangeColor];
[self.view addSubview:_orangeView];
}
return _orangeView;
}
- (UIPanGestureRecognizer *)panGesture
{
if (!_panGesture)
{
_panGesture = [[UIPanGestureRecognizer alloc]initWithTarget:self
}
return _panGesture;
}
- (UIAttachmentBehavior *)attachment
{
if (!_attachment)
{
_attachment = [[UIAttachmentBehavior alloc]initWithItem:self.orangeView
attachedToAnchor:CGPointZero];
}
return _attachment;
}
@end
For more information about UIFieldBehaviors you can see the 2015 WWDC Session "What's New
in UIKit Dynamics and Visual Effects" and accompanying sample code.
UIDynamicBehavior Driven Custom Transition
This example shows how to create a custom presentation transition that is driven by a composite
UIDynamicBehavior. We can start by creating a presenting view controller that will present a modal.
Swift
class PresentingViewController: UIViewController

{
{
button.centerXAnchor.constraint(equalTo: self.view.centerXAnchor).isActive
= true
button.setTitle("Present", for: .normal)
button.setTextColor(UIColor.blue, for: .normal)
return button
}()

{
super.viewDidLoad()
button.addTarget(self, action: #selector(self.didPressPresent), for: .touchUpInside)
}
func didPressPresent()
{
let modal = ModalViewController()
modal.view.frame = CGRect(x: 0.0, y: 0.0, width: 200.0, height: 200.0)
modal.modalPresentationStyle = .custom
modal.transitioningDelegate = modal
self.present(modal, animated: true)
}
}
Objective-C
@interface PresentingViewController ()
@end
@implementation PresentingViewController
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
[self.button addTarget:self action:@selector(didPressPresent)
}
- (void)didPressPresent
{
ModalViewController *modal = [[ModalViewController alloc] init];
modal.view.frame = CGRectMake(0.0, 0.0, 200.0, 200.0);
modal.modalPresentationStyle = UIModalPresentationCustom;
modal.transitioningDelegate = modal;
[self presentViewController:modal animated:YES completion:nil];
}
{
if (!_button)
{
_button = [[UIButton alloc] init];
[_button setTitle:@"Present" forState:UIControlStateNormal];
[_button setTitleColor:[UIColor blueColor] forState:UIControlStateNormal];
}
return _button;
}
@end
When the present button is tapped, we create a ModalViewController and set its presentation style
to .custom and set its transitionDelegate to itself. This will allow us to vend an animator that will
drive its modal transition. We also set modal's view's frame so it will be smaller than the full screen.
Let's now look at ModalViewController:
Swift
class ModalViewController: UIViewController

{
{
button.centerXAnchor.constraint(equalTo: self.view.centerXAnchor).isActive
= true
button.setTitle("Dismiss", for: .normal)
button.setTitleColor(.white, for: .normal)
return button
}()

{
super.viewDidLoad()
button.addTarget(self, action: #selector(self.didPressDismiss), for: .touchUpInside)
view.backgroundColor = .red
view.layer.cornerRadius = 15.0
}
func didPressDismiss()
{
dismiss(animated: true)
}
}
extension ModalViewController: UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate

{
func animationController(forPresented presented: UIViewController, presenting:
UIViewController, source: UIViewController) -> UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning?
{
return DropOutAnimator(duration: 1.5, isAppearing: true)
}
func animationController(forDismissed dismissed: UIViewController) ->

UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning?
{
return DropOutAnimator(duration: 4.0, isAppearing: false)
}
}
Objective-C
@interface ModalViewController () <UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate>

@end
@implementation ModalViewController
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
[self.button addTarget:self action:@selector(didPressPresent)
self.view.backgroundColor = [UIColor redColor];
self.view.layer.cornerRadius = 15.0f;
}
- (void)didPressPresent
{
}
{
if (!_button)
{
_button = [[UIButton alloc] init];
[_button setTitle:@"Dismiss" forState:UIControlStateNormal];
[_button setTitleColor:[UIColor blueColor] forState:UIControlStateNormal];
}
return _button;
}
-
(id<UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning>)animationControllerForPresentedController:(UIViewController
*)presented presentingController:(UIViewController *)presenting
sourceController:(UIViewController *)source
{
return [[DropOutAnimator alloc]initWithDuration: 1.5 appearing:YES];
}
-
(id<UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning>)animationControllerForDismissedController:(UIViewController
*)dismissed
{
return [[DropOutAnimator alloc] initWithDuration:4.0 appearing:NO];
}
@end
Here we create the view controller that is presented. Also because ModalViewController is it's own
transitioningDelegate it is also responsible for vending an object that will manage its transition
animation. For us that means passing on an instance of our composite UIDynamicBehavior subclass.
Our animator will have two different transitions: one for presenting and one for dismissing. For
presenting, the presenting view controller's view will drop in from above. And for dismissing, the
view will seem to swing from a rope and then drop out. Because DropOutAnimator conforms to
UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning most of this work will be done in its implementation of func
animateTransition(using transitionContext: UIViewControllerContextTransitioning).
Swift
class DropOutAnimator: UIDynamicBehavior

{
let duration: TimeInterval
let isAppearing: Bool
var transitionContext: UIViewControllerContextTransitioning?

var hasElapsedTimeExceededDuration = false
var finishTime: TimeInterval = 0.0
var collisionBehavior: UICollisionBehavior?
var attachmentBehavior: UIAttachmentBehavior?
var animator: UIDynamicAnimator?
init(duration: TimeInterval = 1.0, isAppearing: Bool)

{
self.duration = duration
self.isAppearing = isAppearing
super.init()
}
}
extension DropOutAnimator: UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning

{
func animateTransition(using transitionContext: UIViewControllerContextTransitioning)
{
// Get relevant views and view controllers from transitionContext
guard let fromVC = transitionContext.viewController(forKey: .from),
let toVC = transitionContext.viewController(forKey: .to),
let fromView = fromVC.view,
let toView = toVC.view else { return }
let containerView = transitionContext.containerView

let duration = self.transitionDuration(using: transitionContext)
// Hold refrence to transitionContext to notify it of completion

self.transitionContext = transitionContext
// Create dynamic animator

let animator = UIDynamicAnimator(referenceView: containerView)
animator.delegate = self
self.animator = animator
// Presenting Animation
if self.isAppearing
{
fromView.isUserInteractionEnabled = false
// Position toView just off-screen

let fromViewInitialFrame = transitionContext.initialFrame(for: fromVC)
var toViewInitialFrame = toView.frame
toViewInitialFrame.origin.y -= toViewInitialFrame.height
toViewInitialFrame.origin.x = fromViewInitialFrame.width * 0.5 -
toViewInitialFrame.width * 0.5
toView.frame = toViewInitialFrame
containerView.addSubview(toView)
// Prevent rotation and adjust bounce

let bodyBehavior = UIDynamicItemBehavior(items: [toView])
bodyBehavior.elasticity = 0.7
bodyBehavior.allowsRotation = false
// Add gravity at exaggerated magnitude so animation doesn't seem slow

let gravityBehavior = UIGravityBehavior(items: [toView])
gravityBehavior.magnitude = 10.0
// Set collision bounds to include off-screen view and have collision in center
// where our final view should come to rest
let collisionBehavior = UICollisionBehavior(items: [toView])
let insets = UIEdgeInsets(top: toViewInitialFrame.minY, left: 0.0, bottom:
fromViewInitialFrame.height * 0.5 - toViewInitialFrame.height * 0.5, right: 0.0)
collisionBehavior.setTranslatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundary(with: insets)
self.collisionBehavior = collisionBehavior
// Keep track of finish time in case we need to end the animator befor the
animator pauses
self.finishTime = duration + (self.animator?.elapsedTime ?? 0.0)
// Closure that is called after every "tick" of the animator

// Check if we exceed duration
self.action =
{ [weak self] in
guard let strongSelf = self,
(strongSelf.animator?.elapsedTime ?? 0.0) >= strongSelf.finishTime else {
return }
strongSelf.hasElapsedTimeExceededDuration = true
strongSelf.animator?.removeBehavior(strongSelf)
}
// `DropOutAnimator` is a composit behavior, so add child behaviors to self

self.addChildBehavior(collisionBehavior)
self.addChildBehavior(bodyBehavior)
self.addChildBehavior(gravityBehavior)
// Add self to dynamic animator

self.animator?.addBehavior(self)
}
// Dismissing Animation
else
{
// Create allow rotation and have a elastic item
let bodyBehavior = UIDynamicItemBehavior(items: [fromView])
bodyBehavior.elasticity = 0.8
bodyBehavior.angularResistance = 5.0
bodyBehavior.allowsRotation = true
// Create gravity with exaggerated magnitude

let gravityBehavior = UIGravityBehavior(items: [fromView])
gravityBehavior.magnitude = 10.0
// Collision boundary is set to have a floor just below the bottom of the screen
let collisionBehavior = UICollisionBehavior(items: [fromView])
let insets = UIEdgeInsets(top: 0.0, left: -1000, bottom: -225, right: -1000)
self.collisionBehavior = collisionBehavior
// Attachment behavior so view will have effect of hanging from a rope

let offset = UIOffset(horizontal: 70.0, vertical: fromView.bounds.height * 0.5)
var anchorPoint = CGPoint(x: fromView.bounds.maxX - 40.0, y: fromView.bounds.minY)
anchorPoint = containerView.convert(anchorPoint, from: fromView)
let attachmentBehavior = UIAttachmentBehavior(item: fromView, offsetFromCenter:
offset, attachedToAnchor: anchorPoint)
attachmentBehavior.frequency = 3.0
attachmentBehavior.damping = 3.0
self.attachmentBehavior = attachmentBehavior

self.addChildBehavior(bodyBehavior)
self.addChildBehavior(gravityBehavior)
self.addChildBehavior(attachmentBehavior)

self.animator?.addBehavior(self)
// Animation has two parts part one is hanging from rope.

// Part two is bouncying off-screen
// Divide duration in two
self.finishTime = (2.0 / 3.0) * duration + (self.animator?.elapsedTime ?? 0.0)
// After every "tick" of animator check if past time limit

self.action =
{ [weak self] in
guard let strongSelf = self,
(strongSelf.animator?.elapsedTime ?? 0.0) >= strongSelf.finishTime else {
return }
strongSelf.hasElapsedTimeExceededDuration = true
strongSelf.animator?.removeBehavior(strongSelf)
}
}
func transitionDuration(using transitionContext: UIViewControllerContextTransitioning?) ->

TimeInterval
{
// Return the duration of the animation
return self.duration
}
}
extension DropOutAnimator: UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate

{
func dynamicAnimatorDidPause(_ animator: UIDynamicAnimator)
{
// Animator has reached stasis
if self.isAppearing
{
// Check if we are out of time
if self.hasElapsedTimeExceededDuration
{
// Move to final positions
let toView = self.transitionContext?.viewController(forKey: .to)?.view
let containerView = self.transitionContext?.containerView
toView?.center = containerView?.center ?? .zero
self.hasElapsedTimeExceededDuration = false
}
// Clean up and call completion
self.transitionContext?.completeTransition(!(self.transitionContext?.transitionWasCancelled ??
false))
self.childBehaviors.forEach { self.removeChildBehavior($0) }
animator.removeAllBehaviors()
self.transitionContext = nil
}
else
{
if let attachmentBehavior = self.attachmentBehavior
{
// If we have an attachment, we are at the end of part one and start part two.
self.removeChildBehavior(attachmentBehavior)
self.attachmentBehavior = nil
animator.addBehavior(self)
let duration = self.transitionDuration(using: self.transitionContext)
self.finishTime = 1.0 / 3.0 * duration + animator.elapsedTime
}
else
{
let fromView = self.transitionContext?.viewController(forKey: .from)?.view
let toView = self.transitionContext?.viewController(forKey: .to)?.view
fromView?.removeFromSuperview()
toView?.isUserInteractionEnabled = true
self.transitionContext?.completeTransition(!(self.transitionContext?.transitionWasCancelled ??
false))
self.childBehaviors.forEach { self.removeChildBehavior($0) }
}
}
}
}
Objective-C
@interface ObjcDropOutAnimator() <UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate,

UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning>
@property (nonatomic, strong) id<UIViewControllerContextTransitioning> transitionContext;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIDynamicAnimator *animator;
@property (nonatomic, assign) NSTimeInterval finishTime;
@property (nonatomic, assign) BOOL elapsedTimeExceededDuration;
@property (nonatomic, assign, getter=isAppearing) BOOL appearing;
@property (nonatomic, assign) NSTimeInterval duration;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIAttachmentBehavior *attachBehavior;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UICollisionBehavior * collisionBehavior;
@end
@implementation ObjcDropOutAnimator
- (instancetype)initWithDuration:(NSTimeInterval)duration appearing:(BOOL)appearing
{
if (self)
{
_duration = duration;
_appearing = appearing;
}
return self;
}
- (void) animateTransition:(id<UIViewControllerContextTransitioning>)transitionContext
{
UIViewController *fromVC = [transitionContext
viewControllerForKey:UITransitionContextFromViewControllerKey];
UIViewController *toVC = [transitionContext
viewControllerForKey:UITransitionContextToViewControllerKey];
UIView *fromView = fromVC.view;
UIView *toView = toVC.view;
UIView *containerView = transitionContext.containerView;

NSTimeInterval duration = [self transitionDuration:transitionContext];

self.transitionContext = transitionContext;
// Create dynamic animator

UIDynamicAnimator *animator = [[UIDynamicAnimator
alloc]initWithReferenceView:containerView];
animator.delegate = self;
self.animator = animator;
// Presenting Animation
if (self.isAppearing)
{
fromView.userInteractionEnabled = NO;
// Position toView just above screen

CGRect fromViewInitialFrame = [transitionContext
initialFrameForViewController:fromVC];
CGRect toViewInitialFrame = toView.frame;
toViewInitialFrame.origin.y -= CGRectGetHeight(toViewInitialFrame);
toViewInitialFrame.origin.x = CGRectGetWidth(fromViewInitialFrame) * 0.5 -
CGRectGetWidth(toViewInitialFrame) * 0.5;
toView.frame = toViewInitialFrame;
[containerView addSubview:toView];
// Prevent rotation and adjust bounce

UIDynamicItemBehavior *bodyBehavior = [[UIDynamicItemBehavior
alloc]initWithItems:@[toView]];
bodyBehavior.elasticity = 0.7;
bodyBehavior.allowsRotation = NO;
// Add gravity at exaggerated magnitude so animation doesn't seem slow

UIGravityBehavior *gravityBehavior = [[UIGravityBehavior
gravityBehavior.magnitude = 10.0f;
// Set collision bounds to include off-screen view and have collision floor in center
// where our final view should come to rest
UICollisionBehavior *collisionBehavior = [[UICollisionBehavior
UIEdgeInsets insets = UIEdgeInsetsMake(CGRectGetMinY(toViewInitialFrame), 0.0,
CGRectGetHeight(fromViewInitialFrame) * 0.5 - CGRectGetHeight(toViewInitialFrame) * 0.5, 0.0);
[collisionBehavior setTranslatesReferenceBoundsIntoBoundaryWithInsets:insets];
self.collisionBehavior = collisionBehavior;
// Keep track of finish time in case we need to end the animator befor the animator
pauses
self.finishTime = duration + self.animator.elapsedTime;
// Closure that is called after every "tick" of the animator

// Check if we exceed duration
__weak ObjcDropOutAnimator *weakSelf = self;
self.action = ^{
__strong ObjcDropOutAnimator *strongSelf = weakSelf;
if (strongSelf)
{
if (strongSelf.animator.elapsedTime >= strongSelf.finishTime)
{
strongSelf.elapsedTimeExceededDuration = YES;
[strongSelf.animator removeBehavior:strongSelf];
}
}
};

[self addChildBehavior:collisionBehavior];
[self addChildBehavior:bodyBehavior];
[self addChildBehavior:gravityBehavior];

[self.animator addBehavior:self];
}
// Dismissing Animation
else
{
// Allow rotation and have a elastic item
UIDynamicItemBehavior *bodyBehavior = [[UIDynamicItemBehavior alloc]
initWithItems:@[fromView]];
bodyBehavior.elasticity = 0.8;
bodyBehavior.angularResistance = 5.0;
bodyBehavior.allowsRotation = YES;
// Create gravity with exaggerated magnitude

UIGravityBehavior *gravityBehavior = [[UIGravityBehavior alloc]
gravityBehavior.magnitude = 10.0f;
// Collision boundary is set to have a floor just below the bottom of the screen
UICollisionBehavior *collisionBehavior = [[UICollisionBehavior alloc]
UIEdgeInsets insets = UIEdgeInsetsMake(0, -1000, -225, -1000);
self.collisionBehavior = collisionBehavior;
// Attachment behavior so view will have effect of hanging from a rope

UIOffset offset = UIOffsetMake(70, -(CGRectGetHeight(fromView.bounds) / 2.0));
CGPoint anchorPoint = CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(fromView.bounds) - 40,

CGRectGetMinY(fromView.bounds));
anchorPoint = [containerView convertPoint:anchorPoint fromView:fromView];
UIAttachmentBehavior *attachBehavior = [[UIAttachmentBehavior alloc]
initWithItem:fromView offsetFromCenter:offset attachedToAnchor:anchorPoint];
attachBehavior.frequency = 3.0;
attachBehavior.damping = 0.3;
attachBehavior.length = 40;
self.attachBehavior = attachBehavior;

[self addChildBehavior:bodyBehavior];
[self addChildBehavior:gravityBehavior];
[self addChildBehavior:attachBehavior];

// Animation has two parts part one is hanging from rope.
// Part two is bouncying off-screen
// Divide duration in two
self.finishTime = (2./3.) * duration + [self.animator elapsedTime];
// After every "tick" of animator check if past time limit

__weak ObjcDropOutAnimator *weakSelf = self;
self.action = ^{
__strong ObjcDropOutAnimator *strongSelf = weakSelf;
if (strongSelf)
{
if ([strongSelf.animator elapsedTime] >= strongSelf.finishTime)
{
strongSelf.elapsedTimeExceededDuration = YES;
[strongSelf.animator removeBehavior:strongSelf];
}
}
};
}
}
-
(NSTimeInterval)transitionDuration:(id<UIViewControllerContextTransitioning>)transitionContext
{
return self.duration;
}
- (void)dynamicAnimatorDidPause:(UIDynamicAnimator *)animator
{
// Animator has reached stasis
{
// Check if we are out of time
if (self.elapsedTimeExceededDuration)
{
// Move to final positions
UIView *toView = [self.transitionContext
viewControllerForKey:UITransitionContextToViewControllerKey].view;
UIView *containerView = [self.transitionContext containerView];
toView.center = containerView.center;
self.elapsedTimeExceededDuration = NO;
}

[self.transitionContext completeTransition:![self.transitionContext
transitionWasCancelled]];
for (UIDynamicBehavior *behavior in self.childBehaviors)
{
[self removeChildBehavior:behavior];
}
[animator removeAllBehaviors];
self.transitionContext = nil;
}
// Dismissing
else
{
if (self.attachBehavior)
{
// If we have an attachment, we are at the end of part one and start part two.
[self removeChildBehavior:self.attachBehavior];
self.attachBehavior = nil;
[animator addBehavior:self];
NSTimeInterval duration = [self transitionDuration:self.transitionContext];
self.finishTime = 1./3. * duration + [animator elapsedTime];
}
else
{
UIView *fromView = [self.transitionContext
viewControllerForKey:UITransitionContextFromViewControllerKey].view;
UIView *toView = [self.transitionContext
viewControllerForKey:UITransitionContextToViewControllerKey].view;
[fromView removeFromSuperview];
toView.userInteractionEnabled = YES;
[self.transitionContext completeTransition:![self.transitionContext
transitionWasCancelled]];
{
}
}
}
}
As composite behavior, DropOutAnimator, can combine a number of different behaviors to perform

its presenting and dismissing animations. DropOutAnimator also demonstrates how to use the action
block of a behavior to inspect the locations of its items as well as the time elapsed a technique that
can be used to remove views that move offscreen or truncate animations that have yet to reach
stasis.
For more information 2013 WWDC Session "Advanced Techniques with UIKit Dynamics" as well
as SOLPresentingFun
Shade Transition with Real-World Physics Using UIDynamicBehaviors
This example shows how to make an interactive presentation transition with "real-world" physics
similar to iOS's notifications screen.
To start with, we need a presenting view controller that the shade will appear over. This view
controller will also act as our UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate for our presented view
controller and will vend animators for our transition. So we'll create instances of our interactive
animators (one for presenting, one for dismissing). We'll also create an instance of the shade view
controller, which, in this example, is just a view controller with a label. Because we want the same
pan gesture to drive the entire interaction we pass references to the presenting view controller and
the shade into our interactive animators.
Swift

{
var presentingAnimator: ShadeAnimator!
var dismissingAnimator: ShadeAnimator!
let shadeVC = ShadeViewController()
lazy var label: UILabel =

{
label.textColor = .blue
self.view.addSubview(label)
label.centerXAnchor.constraint(equalTo: self.view.centerXAnchor).isActive = true
label.centerYAnchor.constraint(equalTo: self.view.centerYAnchor).isActive = true
return label
}()

{
super.viewDidLoad()
label.text = "Swipe Down From Top"
presentingAnimator = ShadeAnimator(isAppearing: true, presentingVC: self, presentedVC:
shadeVC, transitionDelegate: self)
dismissingAnimator = ShadeAnimator(isAppearing: false, presentingVC: self,
presentedVC: shadeVC, transitionDelegate: self)
}
}
extension ViewController: UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate
{
func animationController(forPresented presented: UIViewController, presenting:
UIViewController, source: UIViewController) -> UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning?
{
return EmptyAnimator()
}
func animationController(forDismissed dismissed: UIViewController) ->

UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning?
{
return EmptyAnimator()
}
func interactionControllerForPresentation(using animator:

UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning) -> UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning?
{
return presentingAnimator
}
func interactionControllerForDismissal(using animator:

UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning) -> UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning?
{
return dismissingAnimator
}
}
Objective-C
@interface ObjCViewController () <UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate>

@property (nonatomic, strong) ShadeAnimator *presentingAnimator;
@property (nonatomic, strong) ShadeAnimator *dismissingAnimator;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UILabel *label;
@property (nonatomic, strong) ShadeViewController *shadeVC;
@end
@implementation ObjCViewController
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
self.label.text = @"Swipe Down From Top";
self.shadeVC = [[ShadeViewController alloc] init];
self.presentingAnimator = [[ShadeAnimator alloc] initWithIsAppearing:YES presentingVC:self
presentedVC:self.shadeVC transitionDelegate:self];
self.dismissingAnimator = [[ShadeAnimator alloc] initWithIsAppearing:NO presentingVC:self
presentedVC:self.shadeVC transitionDelegate:self];
}
- (UILabel *)label
{
if (!_label)
{
_label = [[UILabel alloc] init];
_label.textColor = [UIColor blueColor];
_label.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
[self.view addSubview:_label];
[_label.centerXAnchor constraintEqualToAnchor:self.view.centerXAnchor].active = YES;
[_label.centerYAnchor constraintEqualToAnchor:self.view.centerYAnchor].active = YES;
}
return _label;
}
#pragma mark - UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate
-
(id<UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning>)animationControllerForPresentedController:(UIViewController
*)presented presentingController:(UIViewController *)presenting
sourceController:(UIViewController *)source
{
return [[EmptyAnimator alloc] init];
}
-
(id<UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning>)animationControllerForDismissedController:(UIViewController
*)dismissed
{
return [[EmptyAnimator alloc] init];
}
-
(id<UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning>)interactionControllerForPresentation:(id<UIViewController
{
return self.presentingAnimator;
}
-
(id<UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning>)interactionControllerForDismissal:(id<UIViewControllerAni
{
return self.dismissingAnimator;
}
@end
We want really only ever want to present our shade through an interactive transition but because
of how UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate works if we don't return a regular animation
controller our interactive controller will never be used. Because of that we create an EmptyAnimator
class that conforms to UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning.
Swift
class EmptyAnimator: NSObject

{
extension EmptyAnimator: UIViewControllerAnimatedTransitioning

{
func animateTransition(using transitionContext: UIViewControllerContextTransitioning)
{
}
func transitionDuration(using transitionContext: UIViewControllerContextTransitioning?) ->

TimeInterval
{
return 0.0
}
}
Objective-C
@implementation EmptyAnimator
- (void)animateTransition:(id<UIViewControllerContextTransitioning>)transitionContext
{
-
(NSTimeInterval)transitionDuration:(id<UIViewControllerContextTransitioning>)transitionContext
{
return 0.0;
}
@end
Finally we need to actually create the ShadeAnimator which is a subclass of UIDynamicBehavior which
conforms to UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning.
Swift
class ShadeAnimator: UIDynamicBehavior

{
// Whether we are presenting or dismissing
let isAppearing: Bool
// The view controller that is not the shade

weak var presentingVC: UIViewController?
// The view controller that is the shade

weak var presentedVC: UIViewController?
// The delegate will vend the animator

weak var transitionDelegate: UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate?
// Feedback generator for haptics on collisions

let impactFeedbackGenerator = UIImpactFeedbackGenerator(style: .light)
// The context given to the animator at the start of the transition

var transitionContext: UIViewControllerContextTransitioning?
// Time limit of the dynamic part of the animation

var finishTime: TimeInterval = 4.0
// The Pan Gesture that drives the transition. Not using EdgePan because triggers
Notifications screen
lazy var pan: UIPanGestureRecognizer =
{
let pan = UIPanGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
return pan
}()
// The dynamic animator that we add `ShadeAnimator` to

lazy var animator: UIDynamicAnimator! =
{
let animator = UIDynamicAnimator(referenceView: self.transitionContext!.containerView)
return animator
}()
// init with all of our dependencies

init(isAppearing: Bool, presentingVC: UIViewController, presentedVC: UIViewController,
transitionDelegate: UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate)
{
self.isAppearing = isAppearing
self.presentingVC = presentingVC
self.presentedVC = presentedVC
self.transitionDelegate = transitionDelegate
super.init()
self.impactFeedbackGenerator.prepare()
if isAppearing
{
self.presentingVC?.view.addGestureRecognizer(pan)
}
else
{
self.presentedVC?.view.addGestureRecognizer(pan)
}
// Setup and moves shade view controller to just above screen if appearing
func setupViewsForTransition(with transitionContext: UIViewControllerContextTransitioning)
{
guard let fromVC = transitionContext.viewController(forKey: .from),
let toVC = transitionContext.viewController(forKey: .to),
let toView = toVC.view else { return }
let containerView = transitionContext.containerView

self.transitionContext = transitionContext
if isAppearing
{
// Position toView just off-screen
let fromViewInitialFrame = transitionContext.initialFrame(for: fromVC)
var toViewInitialFrame = toView.frame
toViewInitialFrame.origin.y -= toViewInitialFrame.height
toViewInitialFrame.origin.x = fromViewInitialFrame.width * 0.5 -
toViewInitialFrame.width * 0.5
toView.frame = toViewInitialFrame
containerView.addSubview(toView)
}
else
{
fromVC.view.addGestureRecognizer(pan)
}
}
// Handles the entire interaction from presenting/dismissing to completion

{
let location = sender.location(in: transitionContext?.containerView)
let velocity = sender.velocity(in: transitionContext?.containerView)
let fromVC = transitionContext?.viewController(forKey: .from)
let toVC = transitionContext?.viewController(forKey: .to)
let touchStartHeight: CGFloat = 90.0

let touchLocationFromBottom: CGFloat = 20.0
switch sender.state
{
case .began:
let beginLocation = sender.location(in: sender.view)
if isAppearing
{
guard beginLocation.y <= touchStartHeight,
let presentedVC = self.presentedVC else { break }
presentedVC.modalPresentationStyle = .custom
presentedVC.transitioningDelegate = transitionDelegate
presentingVC?.present(presentedVC, animated: true)
}
else
{
guard beginLocation.y >= (sender.view?.frame.height ?? 0.0) - touchStartHeight
else { break }
presentedVC?.dismiss(animated: true)
}
case .changed:
guard let view = isAppearing ? toVC?.view : fromVC?.view else { return }
UIView.animate(withDuration: 0.2)
{
view.frame.origin.y = location.y - view.bounds.height +
touchLocationFromBottom
}
transitionContext?.updateInteractiveTransition(view.frame.maxY / view.frame.height
)
case .ended, .cancelled:
let isCancelled = isAppearing ? (velocity.y < 0.5 || view.center.y < 0.0) :
(velocity.y > 0.5 || view.center.y > 0.0)
addAttachmentBehavior(with: view, isCancelled: isCancelled)
addCollisionBehavior(with: view)
addItemBehavior(with: view)
animator.addBehavior(self)
animator.delegate = self
self.action =
{ [weak self] in
guard let strongSelf = self else { return }
if strongSelf.animator.elapsedTime > strongSelf.finishTime
{
strongSelf.animator.removeAllBehaviors()
}
else
{
strongSelf.transitionContext?.updateInteractiveTransition(view.frame.maxY
/ view.frame.height
)
}
}
default:
break
}
}
// Add collision behavior that causes bounce when finished

func addCollisionBehavior(with view: UIView)
{
let collisionBehavior = UICollisionBehavior(items: [view])
let insets = UIEdgeInsets(top: -view.bounds.height, left: 0.0, bottom: 0.0, right:
0.0)
collisionBehavior.collisionDelegate = self
}
// Add attachment behavior that pulls shade either to top or bottom

func addAttachmentBehavior(with view: UIView, isCancelled: Bool)
{
let anchor: CGPoint
switch (isAppearing, isCancelled)
{
case (true, true), (false, false):
anchor = CGPoint(x: view.center.x, y: -view.frame.height)
case (true, false), (false, true):
anchor = CGPoint(x: view.center.x, y: view.frame.height)
}
let attachmentBehavior = UIAttachmentBehavior(item: view, attachedToAnchor: anchor)
attachmentBehavior.length = 0.5 * view.frame.height
self.addChildBehavior(attachmentBehavior)
}
// Makes view more bouncy

func addItemBehavior(with view: UIView)
{
let itemBehavior = UIDynamicItemBehavior(items: [view])
itemBehavior.allowsRotation = false
itemBehavior.elasticity = 0.6
self.addChildBehavior(itemBehavior)
}
}
extension ShadeAnimator: UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate
{
// Determines transition has ended
{
guard let transitionContext = self.transitionContext else { return }
let fromVC = transitionContext.viewController(forKey: .from)
let toVC = transitionContext.viewController(forKey: .to)
switch (view.center.y < 0.0, isAppearing)
{
case (true, true), (true, false):
view.removeFromSuperview()
transitionContext.finishInteractiveTransition()
transitionContext.completeTransition(!isAppearing)
case (false, true):
toVC?.view.frame = transitionContext.finalFrame(for: toVC!)
transitionContext.finishInteractiveTransition()
transitionContext.completeTransition(true)
case (false, false):
fromVC?.view.frame = transitionContext.initialFrame(for: fromVC!)
transitionContext.cancelInteractiveTransition()
transitionContext.completeTransition(false)
}
childBehaviors.forEach { removeChildBehavior($0) }
self.animator = nil
}
}
extension ShadeAnimator: UICollisionBehaviorDelegate
{
// Triggers haptics
func collisionBehavior(_ behavior: UICollisionBehavior, beganContactFor item:
UIDynamicItem, withBoundaryIdentifier identifier: NSCopying?, at p: CGPoint)
{
guard p.y > 0.0 else { return }
impactFeedbackGenerator.impactOccurred()
}
}
extension ShadeAnimator: UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning
{
// Starts transition
func startInteractiveTransition(_ transitionContext: UIViewControllerContextTransitioning)
{
setupViewsForTransition(with: transitionContext)
}
}
Objective-C
@interface ShadeAnimator() <UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate, UICollisionBehaviorDelegate>

@property (nonatomic, assign) BOOL isAppearing;
@property (nonatomic, weak) UIViewController *presentingVC;
@property (nonatomic, weak) UIViewController *presentedVC;
@property (nonatomic, weak) NSObject<UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate>
*transitionDelegate;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIImpactFeedbackGenerator *impactFeedbackGenerator;
@property (nonatomic, strong) id<UIViewControllerContextTransitioning> transitionContext;
@property (nonatomic, assign) NSTimeInterval finishTime;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UIPanGestureRecognizer *pan;
@end
@implementation ShadeAnimator
- (instancetype)initWithIsAppearing:(BOOL)isAppearing presentingVC:(UIViewController
*)presentingVC presentedVC:(UIViewController *)presentedVC
transitionDelegate:(id<UIViewControllerTransitioningDelegate>)transitionDelegate
{
if (self)
{
_isAppearing = isAppearing;
_presentingVC = presentingVC;
_presentedVC = presentedVC;
_transitionDelegate = transitionDelegate;
_impactFeedbackGenerator = [[UIImpactFeedbackGenerator
alloc]initWithStyle:UIImpactFeedbackStyleLight];
[_impactFeedbackGenerator prepare];
if (_isAppearing)
{
[_presentingVC.view addGestureRecognizer:self.pan];
}
else
{
[_presentedVC.view addGestureRecognizer:self.pan];
}
}
return self;
}

- (UIPanGestureRecognizer *)pan
{
if (!_pan)
{
_pan = [[UIPanGestureRecognizer alloc]initWithTarget:self
}
return _pan;
}
- (UIDynamicAnimator *)animator
{
if (!_animator)
{
_animator = [[UIDynamicAnimator
alloc]initWithReferenceView:self.transitionContext.containerView];
}
return _animator;
}
#pragma mark - Setup

-
(void)setupViewForTransitionWithContext:(id<UIViewControllerContextTransitioning>)transitionContext
{
UIViewController *fromVC = [transitionContext
UIViewController *toVC = [transitionContext
UIView *toView = toVC.view;
UIView *containerView = transitionContext.containerView;
self.transitionContext = transitionContext;
{
CGRect fromViewInitialFrame = [transitionContext
initialFrameForViewController:fromVC];
CGRect toViewInitialFrame = toView.frame;
toViewInitialFrame.origin.y -= CGRectGetHeight(toViewInitialFrame);
toViewInitialFrame.origin.x = CGRectGetWidth(fromViewInitialFrame) * 0.5 -
CGRectGetWidth(toViewInitialFrame) * 0.5;
[containerView addSubview:toView];
}
else
{
[fromVC.view addGestureRecognizer:self.pan];
}
}
#pragma mark - Gesture

{
CGPoint location = [sender locationInView:self.transitionContext.containerView];
CGPoint velocity = [sender velocityInView:self.transitionContext.containerView];
UIViewController *fromVC = [self.transitionContext
UIViewController *toVC = [self.transitionContext
CGFloat touchStartHeight = 90.0;

CGFloat touchLocationFromBottom = 20.0;
{
CGPoint beginLocation = [sender locationInView:sender.view];
{
if (beginLocation.y <= touchStartHeight)
{
self.presentedVC.modalPresentationStyle = UIModalPresentationCustom;
self.presentedVC.transitioningDelegate = self.transitionDelegate;
[self.presentingVC presentViewController:self.presentedVC animated:YES
completion:nil];
}
}
else
{
if (beginLocation.y >= [sender locationInView:sender.view].y - touchStartHeight)
{
[self.presentedVC dismissViewControllerAnimated:true completion:nil];
}
}
}
{
UIView *view = self.isAppearing ? toVC.view : fromVC.view;
CGRect frame = view.frame;
frame.origin.y = location.y - CGRectGetHeight(view.bounds) +
touchLocationFromBottom;
view.frame = frame;
}];
[self.transitionContext updateInteractiveTransition:CGRectGetMaxY(view.frame) /
CGRectGetHeight(view.frame)];
}
else if (sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateEnded || sender.state ==
UIGestureRecognizerStateCancelled)
{
BOOL isCancelled = self.isAppearing ? (velocity.y < 0.5 || view.center.y < 0.0) :
(velocity.y > 0.5 || view.center.y > 0.0);
[self addAttachmentBehaviorWithView:view isCancelled:isCancelled];
[self addCollisionBehaviorWithView:view];
[self addItemBehaviorWithView:view];
self.animator.delegate = self;
__weak ShadeAnimator *weakSelf = self;

self.action =
^{
if (weakSelf.animator.elapsedTime > weakSelf.finishTime)
{
[weakSelf.animator removeAllBehaviors];
}
else
{
[weakSelf.transitionContext
updateInteractiveTransition:CGRectGetMaxY(view.frame) / CGRectGetHeight(view.frame)];
}
};
}
}
#pragma mark - UIViewControllerInteractiveTransitioning

- (void)startInteractiveTransition:(id<UIViewControllerContextTransitioning>)transitionContext
{
[self setupViewForTransitionWithContext:transitionContext];
}
#pragma mark - Behaviors

- (void)addCollisionBehaviorWithView:(UIView *)view
{
UICollisionBehavior *collisionBehavior = [[UICollisionBehavior
alloc]initWithItems:@[view]];
UIEdgeInsets insets = UIEdgeInsetsMake(-CGRectGetHeight(view.bounds), 0.0, 0.0, 0.0);
collisionBehavior.collisionDelegate = self;
}
- (void)addItemBehaviorWithView:(UIView *)view
{
UIDynamicItemBehavior *itemBehavior = [[UIDynamicItemBehavior
alloc]initWithItems:@[view]];
itemBehavior.allowsRotation = NO;
itemBehavior.elasticity = 0.6;
[self addChildBehavior:itemBehavior];
}
- (void)addAttachmentBehaviorWithView:(UIView *)view isCancelled:(BOOL)isCancelled

{
CGPoint anchor;
if ((self.isAppearing && isCancelled) || (!self.isAppearing && isCancelled))
{
anchor = CGPointMake(view.center.x, -CGRectGetHeight(view.frame));
}
else
{
anchor = CGPointMake(view.center.x, -CGRectGetHeight(view.frame));
}
UIAttachmentBehavior *attachmentBehavior = [[UIAttachmentBehavior alloc]initWithItem:view
attachedToAnchor:anchor];
attachmentBehavior.damping = 0.1;
attachmentBehavior.frequency = 3.0;
attachmentBehavior.length = 0.5 * CGRectGetHeight(view.frame);
[self addChildBehavior:attachmentBehavior];
}
#pragma mark - UICollisionBehaviorDelegate

- (void)collisionBehavior:(UICollisionBehavior *)behavior
beganContactForItem:(id<UIDynamicItem>)item withBoundaryIdentifier:(id<NSCopying>)identifier
atPoint:(CGPoint)p
{
if (p.y > 0.0)
{
[self.impactFeedbackGenerator impactOccurred];
}
}
#pragma mark - UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate

{
UIViewController *fromVC = [self.transitionContext
UIViewController *toVC = [self.transitionContext
if (view.center.y < 0.0 && (self.isAppearing || !self.isAppearing))
{
[view removeFromSuperview];
[self.transitionContext finishInteractiveTransition];
[self.transitionContext completeTransition:!self.isAppearing];
}
else if (view.center.y >= 0.0 && self.isAppearing)
{
toVC.view.frame = [self.transitionContext finalFrameForViewController:toVC];
[self.transitionContext finishInteractiveTransition];
[self.transitionContext completeTransition:YES];
}
else
{
fromVC.view.frame = [self.transitionContext initialFrameForViewController:fromVC];
[self.transitionContext cancelInteractiveTransition];
[self.transitionContext completeTransition:NO];
}
{
}
self.animator = nil;
}
@end
The animator triggers the start of the transition when the pan gesture begins. And simply moves
the view as the gesture changes. But when the gesture ends that is when UIDynamicBehaviors
determines if the transition should be completed or cancelled. To do so it uses an attachment and
collision behavior. For more information see the 2013 WWDC Session "Advanced Techniques
with UIKit Dynamics.
Map Dynamic Animation Position Changes to Bounds
This example shows how to customize the UIDynamicItem protocol to map position changes of a
view being dynamically animated to bounds changes to create a UIButton that expands and
contracts in a elastic fashion.
To start we need to create a new protocol that implements UIDynamicItem but that also has a
settable and gettable bounds property.
Swift
protocol ResizableDynamicItem: UIDynamicItem

{
var bounds: CGRect { set get }
}
extension UIView: ResizableDynamicItem {}
Objective-C
@protocol ResizableDynamicItem <UIDynamicItem>

@property (nonatomic, readwrite) CGRect bounds;
@end
We'll then create a wrapper object that will wrap a UIDynamicItem but will map center changes to the
item's width and height. We will also provide passthroughs for bounds and transform of the
underlying item. This will cause any changes the dynamic animator makes to the center x and y
values of the underlying item will be applied to the items width and height.
Swift
final class PositionToBoundsMapping: NSObject, UIDynamicItem

{
var target: ResizableDynamicItem
init(target: ResizableDynamicItem)
{
self.target = target
super.init()
}
var bounds: CGRect

{
get
{
return self.target.bounds
}
}
var center: CGPoint

{
get
{
return CGPoint(x: self.target.bounds.width, y: self.target.bounds.height)
}
set
{
self.target.bounds = CGRect(x: 0.0, y: 0.0, width: newValue.x, height: newValue.y)
}
}
var transform: CGAffineTransform
{
get
{
return self.target.transform
}
set
{
self.target.transform = newValue
}
}
}
Objective-C
@interface PositionToBoundsMapping ()
@property (nonatomic, strong) id<ResizableDynamicItem> target;
@end
@implementation PositionToBoundsMapping
- (instancetype)initWithTarget:(id<ResizableDynamicItem>)target
{
if (self)
{
_target = target;
}
return self;
}
- (CGRect)bounds
{
return self.target.bounds;
}
- (CGPoint)center
{
return CGPointMake(self.target.bounds.size.width, self.target.bounds.size.height);
}
- (void)setCenter:(CGPoint)center
{
self.target.bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, center.x, center.y);
}
- (CGAffineTransform)transform
{
return self.target.transform;
}
- (void)setTransform:(CGAffineTransform)transform
{
self.target.transform = transform;
}
@end
Finally, we'll create a UIViewController that will have a button. When the button is pressed we will
create PositionToBoundsMapping with the button as the wrapped dynamic item. We create a
UIAttachmentBehavior to it's current position then add an instantaneous UIPushBehavior to it.
However because we have mapped changes its bounds, the button does not move but rather
grows and shrinks.
Swift
final class ViewController: UIViewController

{
{
let button = UIButton(frame: CGRect(x: 0.0, y: 0.0, width: 300.0, height: 200.0))
button.backgroundColor = .red
button.layer.cornerRadius = 15.0
button.setTitle("Tap Me", for: .normal)
return button
}()
var buttonBounds = CGRect.zero


{
super.viewDidLoad()
view.backgroundColor = .white
button.addTarget(self, action: #selector(self.didPressButton(sender:)), for:
.touchUpInside)
buttonBounds = button.bounds
}

{
button.center = view.center
}
func didPressButton(sender: UIButton)

{
// Reset bounds so if button is press twice in a row, previous changes don't propogate
button.bounds = buttonBounds
let animator = UIDynamicAnimator(referenceView: view)
// Create mapping
let buttonBoundsDynamicItem = PositionToBoundsMapping(target: button)
// Add Attachment behavior

let attachmentBehavior = UIAttachmentBehavior(item: buttonBoundsDynamicItem,
attachedToAnchor: buttonBoundsDynamicItem.center)
// Higher frequency faster oscillation

// Lower damping longer oscillation lasts

animator.addBehavior(attachmentBehavior)
let pushBehavior = UIPushBehavior(items: [buttonBoundsDynamicItem], mode:
.instantaneous)
// Change angle to determine how much height/ width should change 45° means
heigh:width is 1:1
pushBehavior.angle = .pi / 4.0
// Larger magnitude means bigger change

pushBehavior.magnitude = 30.0
animator.addBehavior(pushBehavior)
pushBehavior.active = true
// Hold refrence so animator is not released

self.animator = animator
}
}
Objective-C
@property (nonatomic, assign) CGRect buttonBounds;
@end
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
self.view.backgroundColor = [UIColor whiteColor];
[self.button addTarget:self action:@selector(didTapButton:)
self.buttonBounds = self.button.bounds;
}
{
self.button.center = self.view.center;
}
{
if (!_button)
{
_button = [[UIButton alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0.0, 0.0, 200.0, 200.0)];
_button.backgroundColor = [UIColor redColor];
_button.layer.cornerRadius = 15.0;
[_button setTitle:@"Tap Me" forState:UIControlStateNormal];
}
return _button;
}
- (void)didTapButton:(id)sender
{
self.button.bounds = self.buttonBounds;
UIDynamicAnimator *animator = [[UIDynamicAnimator alloc] initWithReferenceView:self.view];
PositionToBoundsMapping *buttonBoundsDynamicItem = [[PositionToBoundsMapping
alloc]initWithTarget:sender];
UIAttachmentBehavior *attachmentBehavior = [[UIAttachmentBehavior
alloc]initWithItem:buttonBoundsDynamicItem attachedToAnchor:buttonBoundsDynamicItem.center];
[attachmentBehavior setFrequency:2.0];
[attachmentBehavior setDamping:0.3];
[animator addBehavior:attachmentBehavior];
UIPushBehavior *pushBehavior = [[UIPushBehavior alloc]

initWithItems:@[buttonBoundsDynamicItem] mode:UIPushBehaviorModeInstantaneous];
pushBehavior.angle = M_PI_4;
pushBehavior.magnitude = 2.0;
[animator addBehavior:pushBehavior];
[pushBehavior setActive:TRUE];
self.animator = animator;
}
@end
For more information see UIKit Dynamics Catalog
Read UIKit Dynamics online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9479/uikit-dynamics
Chapter 174: UIKit Dynamics with
UICollectionView
Introduction
UIKit Dynamics is a physics engine integrated into UIKit. UIKit Dynamics offers a set of API that
offers interoperability with a UICollectionView and UICollectionViewLayout
Examples
Creating a Custom Dragging Behavior with UIDynamicAnimator
This example shows how to create a custom dragging behavior by Subclassing UIDynamicBehavior
and subclassing UICollectionViewFlowLayout. In the example, we have UICollectionView that allows
for the selection of multiple items. Then with a long press gesture those items can be dragged in
an elastic, "springy" animation driven by a UIDynamicAnimator.
The dragging behavior is produced by combining a low-level behavior that adds a
UIAttachmentBehavior to the for corners of a UIDynamicItem and a high-level behavior that manages
the low-level behavior for a number of UIDynamicItems.
We can begin by creating this low-level behavior, we'll call RectangleAttachmentBehavior
Swift
final class RectangleAttachmentBehavior: UIDynamicBehavior

{
init(item: UIDynamicItem, point: CGPoint)
{
// Higher frequency more "ridged" formation
let frequency: CGFloat = 8.0
// Lower damping longer animation takes to come to rest

let damping: CGFloat = 0.6
super.init()
// Attachment points are four corners of item

let points = self.attachmentPoints(for: point)
let attachmentBehaviors: [UIAttachmentBehavior] = points.map

{
let attachmentBehavior = UIAttachmentBehavior(item: item, attachedToAnchor: $0)
attachmentBehavior.frequency = frequency
attachmentBehavior.damping = damping
return attachmentBehavior
}
attachmentBehaviors.forEach
{
addChildBehavior($0)
}
}
func updateAttachmentLocation(with point: CGPoint)

{
// Update anchor points to new attachment points
let points = self.attachmentPoints(for: point)
let attachments = self.childBehaviors.flatMap { $0 as? UIAttachmentBehavior }
let pairs = zip(points, attachments)
pairs.forEach { $0.1.anchorPoint = $0.0 }
}
func attachmentPoints(for point: CGPoint) -> [CGPoint]

{
// Width and height should be close to the width and height of the item
let width: CGFloat = 40.0
let height: CGFloat = 40.0
let topLeft = CGPoint(x: point.x - width * 0.5, y: point.y - height * 0.5)

let topRight = CGPoint(x: point.x + width * 0.5, y: point.y - height * 0.5)
let bottomLeft = CGPoint(x: point.x - width * 0.5, y: point.y + height * 0.5)
let bottomRight = CGPoint(x: point.x + width * 0.5, y: point.y + height * 0.5)
let points = [topLeft, topRight, bottomLeft, bottomRight]
return points
}
}
Objective-C
@implementation RectangleAttachmentBehavior
- (instancetype)initWithItem:(id<UIDynamicItem>)item point:(CGPoint)point
{
CGFloat frequency = 8.0f;
CGFloat damping = 0.6f;
if (self)
{
NSArray <NSValue *> *pointValues = [self attachmentPointValuesForPoint:point];
for (NSValue *value in pointValues)
{
UIAttachmentBehavior *attachment = [[UIAttachmentBehavior alloc]initWithItem:item
attachedToAnchor:[value CGPointValue]];
attachment.frequency = frequency;
attachment.damping = damping;
[self addChildBehavior:attachment];
}
}
return self;
}
- (void)updateAttachmentLocationWithPoint:(CGPoint)point
{
NSArray <NSValue *> *pointValues = [self attachmentPointValuesForPoint:point];
for (NSInteger i = 0; i < pointValues.count; i++)
{
NSValue *pointValue = pointValues[i];
UIAttachmentBehavior *attachment = self.childBehaviors[i];
attachment.anchorPoint = [pointValue CGPointValue];
}
}
- (NSArray <NSValue *> *)attachmentPointValuesForPoint:(CGPoint)point

{
CGFloat width = 40.0f;
CGFloat height = 40.0f;
CGPoint topLeft = CGPointMake(point.x - width * 0.5, point.y - height * 0.5);

CGPoint topRight = CGPointMake(point.x + width * 0.5, point.y - height * 0.5);
CGPoint bottomLeft = CGPointMake(point.x - width * 0.5, point.y + height * 0.5);
CGPoint bottomRight = CGPointMake(point.x + width * 0.5, point.y + height * 0.5);
NSArray <NSValue *> *pointValues = @[[NSValue valueWithCGPoint:topLeft], [NSValue

valueWithCGPoint:topRight], [NSValue valueWithCGPoint:bottomLeft], [NSValue
valueWithCGPoint:bottomRight]];
return pointValues;
}
@end
Next we can create the high-level behavior that will combine a number of
RectangleAttachmentBehavior.
Swift
final class DragBehavior: UIDynamicBehavior

{
init(items: [UIDynamicItem], point: CGPoint)
{
super.init()
items.forEach
{
let rectAttachment = RectangleAttachmentBehavior(item: $0, point: point)
self.addChildBehavior(rectAttachment)
}
}
func updateDragLocation(with point: CGPoint)

{
// Tell low-level behaviors location has changed
self.childBehaviors.flatMap { $0 as? RectangleAttachmentBehavior }.forEach {
$0.updateAttachmentLocation(with: point) }
}
}
Objective-C
@implementation DragBehavior
- (instancetype)initWithItems:(NSArray <id<UIDynamicItem>> *)items point: (CGPoint)point

{
if (self)
{
for (id<UIDynamicItem> item in items)
{
RectangleAttachmentBehavior *rectAttachment = [[RectangleAttachmentBehavior
alloc]initWithItem:item point:point];
[self addChildBehavior:rectAttachment];
}
}
return self;
}
- (void)updateDragLocationWithPoint:(CGPoint)point
{
for (RectangleAttachmentBehavior *rectAttachment in self.childBehaviors)
{
[rectAttachment updateAttachmentLocationWithPoint:point];
}
}
@end
Now with our behaviors in place, the next step is to add them to our collection view when.
Because normally we want a standard grid layout we can subclass UICollectionViewFlowLayout and
only change attributes when dragging. We do this mainly through overriding
layoutAttributesForElementsInRect and using the UIDynamicAnimator's convenience method
itemsInRect.
Swift
final class DraggableLayout: UICollectionViewFlowLayout

{
// Array that holds dragged index paths
var indexPathsForDraggingElements: [IndexPath]?
// The dynamic animator that will animate drag behavior

// Custom high-level behavior that dictates drag animation
var dragBehavior: DragBehavior?
// Where dragging starts so can return there once dragging ends

var startDragPoint = CGPoint.zero
// Bool to keep track if dragging has ended

var isFinishedDragging = false
// Method to inform layout that dragging has started

func startDragging(indexPaths selectedIndexPaths: [IndexPath], from point: CGPoint)
{
indexPathsForDraggingElements = selectedIndexPaths
animator = UIDynamicAnimator(collectionViewLayout: self)
animator?.delegate = self
// Get all of the draggable attributes but change zIndex so above other cells
let draggableAttributes: [UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes] =
selectedIndexPaths.flatMap {
let attribute = super.layoutAttributesForItem(at: $0)
attribute?.zIndex = 1
return attribute
}
startDragPoint = point
// Add them to high-level behavior

dragBehavior = DragBehavior(items: draggableAttributes, point: point)
// Add high-level behavior to animator

animator?.addBehavior(dragBehavior!)
}
func updateDragLocation(_ point: CGPoint)

{
// Tell high-level behavior that point has updated
dragBehavior?.updateDragLocation(with: point)
}
func endDragging()
{
isFinishedDragging = true
// Return high-level behavior to starting point

dragBehavior?.updateDragLocation(with: startDragPoint)
}
func clearDraggedIndexPaths()
{
// Reset state for next drag event
animator = nil
indexPathsForDraggingElements = nil
isFinishedDragging = false
}
override func layoutAttributesForElements(in rect: CGRect) ->

[UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes]?
{
let existingAttributes: [UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes] =
super.layoutAttributesForElements(in: rect) ?? []
var allAttributes = [UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes]()
// Get normal flow layout attributes for non-drag items

for attributes in existingAttributes
{
if (indexPathsForDraggingElements?.contains(attributes.indexPath) ?? false) ==
false
{
allAttributes.append(attributes)
}
}
// Add dragged item attributes by asking animator for them

if let animator = self.animator
{
let animatorAttributes: [UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes] = animator.items(in:
rect).flatMap { $0 as? UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes }
allAttributes.append(contentsOf: animatorAttributes)
}
return allAttributes
}
}
extension DraggableLayout: UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate
{
{
// Animator has paused and done dragging; reset state
guard isFinishedDragging else { return }
clearDraggedIndexPaths()
}
}
Objective-C
@interface DraggableLayout () <UIDynamicAnimatorDelegate>

@property (nonatomic, strong) NSArray <NSIndexPath *> *indexPathsForDraggingElements;
@property (nonatomic, assign) CGPoint startDragPoint;
@property (nonatomic, assign) BOOL finishedDragging;
@property (nonatomic, strong) DragBehavior *dragBehavior;
@end
@implementation DraggableLayout
- (void)startDraggingWithIndexPaths:(NSArray <NSIndexPath *> *)selectedIndexPaths

fromPoint:(CGPoint)point
{
self.indexPathsForDraggingElements = selectedIndexPaths;
self.animator = [[UIDynamicAnimator alloc]initWithCollectionViewLayout:self];
self.animator.delegate = self;
NSMutableArray *draggableAttributes = [[NSMutableArray
alloc]initWithCapacity:selectedIndexPaths.count];
for (NSIndexPath *indexPath in selectedIndexPaths)
{
UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes *attributes = [super
layoutAttributesForItemAtIndexPath:indexPath];
attributes.zIndex = 1;
[draggableAttributes addObject:attributes];
}
self.startDragPoint = point;
self.dragBehavior = [[DragBehavior alloc]initWithItems:draggableAttributes point:point];
[self.animator addBehavior:self.dragBehavior];
}
- (void)updateDragLoactionWithPoint:(CGPoint)point
{
[self.dragBehavior updateDragLocationWithPoint:point];
}
- (void)endDragging
{
self.finishedDragging = YES;
[self.dragBehavior updateDragLocationWithPoint:self.startDragPoint];
}
- (void)clearDraggedIndexPath
{
self.animator = nil;
self.indexPathsForDraggingElements = nil;
self.finishedDragging = NO;
}
{
if (self.finishedDragging)
{
[self clearDraggedIndexPath];
}
}
- (NSArray<UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes *>
*)layoutAttributesForElementsInRect:(CGRect)rect
{
NSArray *existingAttributes = [super layoutAttributesForElementsInRect:rect];
NSMutableArray *allAttributes = [[NSMutableArray
alloc]initWithCapacity:existingAttributes.count];
for (UICollectionViewLayoutAttributes *attributes in existingAttributes)
{
if (![self.indexPathsForDraggingElements containsObject:attributes.indexPath])
{
[allAttributes addObject:attributes];
}
}
[allAttributes addObjectsFromArray:[self.animator itemsInRect:rect]];
return allAttributes;
}
@end
Finally, we'll create a view controller that will create our UICollectionView and handle our long
press gesture.
Swift
final class ViewController: UIViewController

{
// Collection view that displays cells
lazy var collectionView: UICollectionView =
{
let collectionView = UICollectionView(frame: .zero, collectionViewLayout:
DraggableLayout())
collectionView.backgroundColor = .white
collectionView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
self.view.addSubview(collectionView)
collectionView.topAnchor.constraint(equalTo:
self.topLayoutGuide.bottomAnchor).isActive = true
collectionView.leadingAnchor.constraint(equalTo: self.view.leadingAnchor).isActive =
true
collectionView.trailingAnchor.constraint(equalTo: self.view.trailingAnchor).isActive =
true
collectionView.bottomAnchor.constraint(equalTo:
self.bottomLayoutGuide.topAnchor).isActive = true
return collectionView
}()
// Gesture that drives dragging

lazy var longPress: UILongPressGestureRecognizer =
{
let longPress = UILongPressGestureRecognizer(target: self, action:
#selector(self.handleLongPress(sender:)))
return longPress
}()
// Array that holds selected index paths

var selectedIndexPaths = [IndexPath]()

{
super.viewDidLoad()
collectionView.delegate = self
collectionView.dataSource = self
collectionView.register(UICollectionViewCell.self, forCellWithReuseIdentifier: "Cell")
collectionView.addGestureRecognizer(longPress)
}
func handleLongPress(sender: UILongPressGestureRecognizer)

{
guard let draggableLayout = collectionView.collectionViewLayout as? DraggableLayout
else { return }
let location = sender.location(in: collectionView)
switch sender.state
{
case .began:
draggableLayout.startDragging(indexPaths: selectedIndexPaths, from: location)
case .changed:
draggableLayout.updateDragLocation(location)
case .ended, .failed, .cancelled:
draggableLayout.endDragging()
case .possible:
break
}
}
}
extension ViewController: UICollectionViewDelegate, UICollectionViewDataSource
{
func collectionView(_ collectionView: UICollectionView, numberOfItemsInSection section:
Int) -> Int
{
return 1000
}
func collectionView(_ collectionView: UICollectionView, cellForItemAt indexPath:

IndexPath) -> UICollectionViewCell
{
let cell = collectionView.dequeueReusableCell(withReuseIdentifier: "Cell", for:
indexPath)
cell.backgroundColor = .gray
if selectedIndexPaths.contains(indexPath) == true
{
cell.backgroundColor = .red
}
return cell
}
func collectionView(_ collectionView: UICollectionView, didSelectItemAt indexPath:

IndexPath)
{
// Bool that determines if cell is being selected or unselected
let isSelected = !selectedIndexPaths.contains(indexPath)
let cell = collectionView.cellForItem(at: indexPath)
cell?.backgroundColor = isSelected ? .red : .gray
if isSelected
{
selectedIndexPaths.append(indexPath)
}
else
{
selectedIndexPaths.remove(at: selectedIndexPaths.index(of: indexPath)!)
}
}
}
Objective-C
@interface ViewController () <UICollectionViewDelegate, UICollectionViewDataSource>

@property (nonatomic, strong) UICollectionView *collectionView;
@property (nonatomic, strong) UILongPressGestureRecognizer *longPress;
@property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableArray <NSIndexPath *> *selectedIndexPaths;
@end
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
self.collectionView.delegate = self;
self.collectionView.dataSource = self;
[self.collectionView registerClass:[UICollectionViewCell class]
forCellWithReuseIdentifier:@"Cell"];
[self.collectionView addGestureRecognizer:self.longPress];
self.selectedIndexPaths = [[NSMutableArray alloc]init];
}
- (UICollectionView *)collectionView
{
if (!_collectionView)
{
_collectionView = [[UICollectionView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectZero
collectionViewLayout:[[DraggableLayout alloc]init]];
_collectionView.backgroundColor = [UIColor whiteColor];
_collectionView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
[self.view addSubview:_collectionView];
[_collectionView.topAnchor
constraintEqualToAnchor:self.topLayoutGuide.bottomAnchor].active = YES;
[_collectionView.leadingAnchor constraintEqualToAnchor:self.view.leadingAnchor].active
= YES;
[_collectionView.trailingAnchor
constraintEqualToAnchor:self.view.trailingAnchor].active = YES;
[_collectionView.bottomAnchor
constraintEqualToAnchor:self.bottomLayoutGuide.topAnchor].active = YES;
}
return _collectionView;
}
- (UILongPressGestureRecognizer *)longPress
{
if (!_longPress)
{
_longPress = [[UILongPressGestureRecognizer alloc]initWithTarget:self
action:@selector(handleLongPress:)];
}
return _longPress;
}
- (void)handleLongPress:(UILongPressGestureRecognizer *)sender
{
DraggableLayout *draggableLayout = (DraggableLayout
*)self.collectionView.collectionViewLayout;
CGPoint location = [sender locationInView:self.collectionView];
{
[draggableLayout startDraggingWithIndexPaths:self.selectedIndexPaths
fromPoint:location];
}
else if(sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateChanged)
{
[draggableLayout updateDragLoactionWithPoint:location];
}
else if(sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateEnded || sender.state ==
UIGestureRecognizerStateCancelled || sender.state == UIGestureRecognizerStateFailed)
{
[draggableLayout endDragging];
}
}
- (NSInteger)collectionView:(UICollectionView *)collectionView
numberOfItemsInSection:(NSInteger)section
{
return 1000;
}
- (UICollectionViewCell *)collectionView:(UICollectionView *)collectionView

cellForItemAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
{
UICollectionViewCell *cell = [collectionView
dequeueReusableCellWithReuseIdentifier:@"Cell" forIndexPath:indexPath];
cell.backgroundColor = [UIColor grayColor];
if ([self.selectedIndexPaths containsObject:indexPath])
{
cell.backgroundColor = [UIColor redColor];
}
return cell;
}
- (void)collectionView:(UICollectionView *)collectionView
didSelectItemAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
{
BOOL isSelected = ![self.selectedIndexPaths containsObject:indexPath];
UICollectionViewCell *cell = [collectionView cellForItemAtIndexPath:indexPath];
if (isSelected)
{
cell.backgroundColor = [UIColor redColor];
[self.selectedIndexPaths addObject:indexPath];
}
else
{
cell.backgroundColor = [UIColor grayColor];
[self.selectedIndexPaths removeObject:indexPath];
}
}
@end
For more information 2013 WWDC Session "Advanced Techniques with UIKit Dynamics"
Read UIKit Dynamics with UICollectionView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10079/uikit-

dynamics-with-uicollectionview
Chapter 175: UILabel
Introduction
The UILabel class implements a read-only text view. You can use this class to draw one or
multiple lines of static text, such as those you might use to identify other parts of your user
interface. The base UILabel class provides support for both simple and complex styling of the label
text. You can also control over aspects of appearance, such as whether the label uses a shadow
or draws with a highlight. If needed, you can customize the appearance of your text further by
subclassing.
Syntax
• UILabel.numberOfLines: Int // get or set the maximum number of lines the label can have. 0
is unlimited
• UILabel.text: String? // get or set the text the label displays
• UILabel.textColor: UIColor! // get or set the color of the text on the label
• UILabel.tintColor: UIColor! // get or set the tint color of the label
• UILabel.attributedText: NSAttributedString? // get or set the attributed text of the label
• UILabel.font: UIFont! // get or set the font of the text on the label
• UILabel.textAlignment: NSTextAlignment // get or set the alignment of the text
Remarks
UILabels are views which can be used to display one or many lines of text. It contains multiple
ways of stylizing text, such as shadows, text colors, and fonts.
UILabels can also display Attributed Strings, which is text + inline markup to apply styles to
portions of the text.
UILabel does not conform to the UIAppearance protocol, so you cannot use UIAppearance proxy
methods to customise appearance of UILabels. See this discussion for more.
Apple Developer reference here
Examples
Highlighted and Highlighted Text Color
Objective-C
UILabel *label = [[UILabel alloc] init];

label.highlighted = YES;
label.highlightedTextColor = [UIColor redColor];
Swift

label.highlighted = true
label.highlightedTextColor = UIColor.redColor()
Swift 3

label.isHighlighted = true
label.highlightedTextColor = UIColor.red
Get UILabel's size strictly based on its text and font
NSString provides method boundingRectWithSize which can be used to predict the resulting CGSize
of a UILabel based on its text and font without the need of creating a UILabel
Objective-C
[[text boundingRectWithSize:maxSize options:(NSStringDrawingTruncatesLastVisibleLine |

NSStringDrawingUsesLineFragmentOrigin) attributes:@{NSFontAttributeName: fontName}
context:nil] size];
Swift
let nsText = text as NSString?

nsText?.boundingRectWithSize(maxSize, options: [.TruncatesLastVisibleLine,
.UsesLineFragmentOrigin], attributes: [NSFontAttributeName: fontName], context: nil).size
Swift
Create Label and label Height constraint outlet. Add below code where you will asign text to label.
@IBOutlet var lblDescriptionHeightConstration: NSLayoutConstraint!

@IBOutlet weak var lblDescription: UILabel!
let maxWidth = UIScreen.mainScreen().bounds.size.width - 40

let sizeOfLabel = self.lblDesc.sizeThatFits(CGSize(width: maxWidth, height: CGFloat.max))
self.lblDescriptionHeightConstration.constant = sizeOfLabel.height
Note: "40" is the space of left and right side of screen.
Dynamic label frame from unknown text length
Sometimes we have to resize a UILabel based on dynamic content where the text length is
unknown. In this example, width of the UILabel is fixed at 280 points and the height is infinite, lets
say 9999. Estimating the frame with respect to the text style and maximumLabelSize.
Objective-C
UILabel * label = [[UILabel alloc] init];
NSString *message = @"Some dynamic text for label";
//set the text and style if any.

label.text = message;
label.numberOfLines = 0;
CGSize maximumLabelSize = CGSizeMake(280, 9999); //280:max width of label and 9999-max height
of label.
// use font information from the UILabel to calculate the size

CGSize expectedLabelSize = [label sizeThatFits:maximumLabelSize];
//Deprecated in iOS 7.0

//CGSize expectedLabelSize = [message sizeWithFont:label.font
constrainedToSize:maximumLabelSize lineBreakMode:NSLineBreakByWordWrapping];
// create a frame that is filled with the UILabel frame data

CGRect newFrame = label.frame;
// resizing the frame to calculated size

newFrame.size.height = expectedLabelSize.height;
// put calculated frame into UILabel frame

label.frame = newFrame;
Swift
var message: String = "Some dynamic text for label"

//set the text and style if any.
label.text = message
label.numberOfLines = 0
var maximumLabelSize: CGSize = CGSize(width: 280, height: 9999)
var expectedLabelSize: CGSize = label.sizeThatFits(maximumLabelSize)
// create a frame that is filled with the UILabel frame data
var newFrame: CGRect = label.frame
// resizing the frame to calculated size
newFrame.size.height = expectedLabelSize.height
// put calculated frame into UILabel frame
label.frame = newFrame
Clickable Label
NOTE: In most cases, it is better to use a UIButton instead of making a UILabel you can
tap on. Only use this example, if you are sure, that you don't want to use a UIButton for
some reason.
1. Create label
2. Enable user interaction
3. Add UITapGestureRecognizer
The key to create a clickable UILabel is to enable user interaction.
Swift

label.userInteractionEnabled = true
let gesture = UITapGestureRecognizer(target: self, action: #selector(labelClicked(_:)))

label.addGestureRecognizer(gesture)
Objective-C

[label setUserInteractionEnabled:YES];
UITapGestureRecognizer* gesture = [[UITapGestureRecognizer alloc] initWithTarget:self

action:@selector(labelClicked:)];
[label addGestureRecognizer:gesture];
Setting "userInteractionEnabled" in
storyboard's attributes inspector
Instead of using code, you can select the UILabel inside the storyboard and check the option:
Auto-size label to fit text
This example shows how a label's width can automatically resize when the text content changes.
Pin the left and top edges

Just use auto layout to add constraints to pin the left and top sides of the label.
After that it will automatically resize.
Notes
• This example comes from this Stack Overflow answer.
• Don't add constraints for the width and height. Labels have an intrinsic size based on their
text content.
• No need to set sizeToFit when using auto layout. The complete code for the example project
is here:
import UIKit
@IBAction func changeTextButtonTapped(sender: UIButton) {

myLabel.text = "my name is really long i want it to fit in this box"
}
}
• This method can also be used to correctly space multiple labels horizontally as in this
example.
• If you want your label to line wrap then set the number of lines to 0 in IB and add
myLabel.preferredMaxLayoutWidth = 150 // or whatever in code. (The button is also pinned to
the bottom of the label so that it will move down when the label height increased.)
Label Attributed Text
01. Underline Text :- Single/Double Line , Strike Through :- Single/Double Line
Step 1
Select the Label and change the label type Plain to Attributed
Step 2
Click the label text and Right click
Step 3
Then click Font -> Show Fonts
Step 4
Then font view will show up and click underline button to make text underline or click strikethrough
button to make the text strikethrough.And select single line or double line.
Finally click enter and label will be shown underline or strikethrough according to your selection.
02. Add text shaddow/background blur effects
Get the Font view as the above described and click the effects button.
If you don't See the preview click the show image in settings
Finally change shaddow and offset according to your preferences.
Justify Text
Swift
let sampleText = "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod
tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud
exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in
reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint
occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est
laborum."
// Create label
let label = UILabel(frame: CGRectMake(0, 0, view.frame.size.width, 400))
label.lineBreakMode = NSLineBreakMode.ByWordWrapping
// Justify text through paragraph style

let paragraphStyle = NSMutableParagraphStyle()
paragraphStyle.alignment = NSTextAlignment.Justified
let attributes = [NSParagraphStyleAttributeName: paragraphStyle,
NSBaselineOffsetAttributeName: NSNumber(float: 0)]
let attributedString = NSAttributedString(string: sampleText, attributes: attributes)
view.addSubview(label)
Objective-C
NSString *sampleText = @"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis
nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure
dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur.
Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim
id est laborum.";
// Create label
UILabel *label = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0,
self.view.frame.size.width, 400)];
label.lineBreakMode = NSLineBreakByWordWrapping;
// Justify text through paragraph style

NSMutableParagraphStyle *paragraphStyle = [[NSMutableParagraphStyle alloc] init];
paragraphStyle.alignment = NSTextAlignmentJustified;
NSAttributedString *attributedString = [[NSAttributedString alloc]
initWithString:sampleText attributes:@{
NSParagraphStyleAttributeName : paragraphStyle,
NSBaselineOffsetAttributeName : [NSNumber numberWithFloat:0]
}];
label.attributedText = attributedString;
[self.view addSubview:label];
Variable height using constraints
You can make an UILabel with a dynamic height using auto layout.
You need to set the numberOfLines to zero (0), and add a minimal height by setting up a constraints
with a relation of type .GreaterThanOrEqual on the .Height attribute
iOS 6
Swift
let heightConstraint = NSLayoutConstraint(

item: label,
attribute: .Height,
relatedBy: .GreaterThanOrEqual,
toItem: nil,
attribute: .NotAnAttribute,
multiplier: 0,
constant: 20
)
label.addConstraint(heightConstraint)
iOS 9
Swift
label.heightAnchor.constraintGreaterThanOrEqualToConstant(20).active = true
Add shadows to text
Swift
label1.layer.shadowOffset = CGSize(width: 3, height: 3)

label1.layer.shadowOpacity = 0.7
label1.layer.shadowRadius = 2
Swift 3
label1.layer.shadowOffset = CGSize(width: 3, height: 3)

label1.layer.shadowOpacity = 0.7
label1.layer.shadowRadius = 2
Objective-C
label1.layer.shadowOffset = CGSizeMake(3, 3);

label1.layer.shadowOpacity = 0.7;
label1.layer.shadowRadius = 2;
Calculate Content Bounds (for i.e. dynamic cell heights)
A common use case for wanting to calculate the frame a label will take up is for sizing table view
cells appropriately. The recommended way of doing this is using the NSString method
boundingRectWithSize:options:attributes:context:.
options takes String drawing options:
• NSStringDrawingUsesLineFragmentOrigin should be used for labels with multiple lines

• NSStringDrawingTruncatesLastVisibleLine should be added using the | operator if there are a
maximum number of lines
attributes is an NSDictionary of attributes that effect attributed strings (full list: Apple Docs) but the
factors that effect height include:
• NSFontAttributeName: Very important, the size and font family is a critical part of the
label's displayed size.
• NSParagraphStyleAttributeName: For customizing how the text is displayed. This includes

line spacing, text alignment, truncation style, and a few other options. If you did not explicitly
change any of these values you should not have to worry about this much, but may be
important if you toggled some values on IB.
context should be nil since the primary NSStringDrawingContext use case is for allowing font to
resize to fit a specified rect, which shouldn't be the case if we're calculating a dynamic height.
Objective C
- (CGFloat)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView heightForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath

{
UITableViewCell *cell = [tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:indexPath];
NSString *labelContent = cell.theLabel.text;

// you may choose to get the content directly from the data source if you have done
minimal customizations to the font or are comfortable with hardcoding a few values
// NSString *labelContent = [self.dataSource objectAtIndexPath:indexPath];
// value may be hardcoded if retrieved from data source
NSFont *labelFont = [cell.theLabel font];
// The NSParagraphStyle, even if you did not code any changes these values may have been
altered in IB
NSMutableParagraphStyle *paragraphStyle = [NSMutableParagraphStyle new];
paragraphStyle.lineBreakMode = NSLineBreakByWordWrapping;
paragraphStyle.alignment = NSTextAlignmentCenter;
NSDictionary *attributes = @{NSFontAttributeName: labelFont,

NSParagraphStyleAttributeName: paragraphStyle};
// The width is also important to the height

CGFloat labelWidth = CGRectGetWidth(cell.theLabel.frame);
// If you have been hardcoding up to this point you will be able to get this value by
subtracting the padding on left and right from tableView.bounds.size.width
// CGFloat labelWidth = CGRectGetWidth(tableView.frame) - 20.0f - 20.0f;
CGRect bodyBounds = [labelContent boundingRectWithSize:CGSizeMake(width, CGFLOAT_MAX)

options:NSStringDrawingUsesLineFragmentOrigin attributes:attributes context:nil];
return CGRectGetHeight(bodyBounds) + heightOfObjectsOnTopOfLabel +

heightOfObjectBelowLabel;
}
Swfit 3
override func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, heightForRowAt indexPath: IndexPath) ->

CGFloat {
var cell = tableView.cellForRow(atIndexPath: indexPath)!
var labelContent = cell.theLabel.text
var labelFont = cell.theLabel.font
var paragraphStyle = NSMutableParagraphStyle()
paragraphStyle.lineBreakMode = .byWordWrapping
paragraphStyle.alignment = .center
var attributes = [NSFontAttributeName: labelFont, NSParagraphStyleAttributeName:

paragraphStyle]
var labelWidth: CGFloat = cell.theLabel.frame.width
var bodyBounds = labelContent.boundingRect(withSize: CGSize(width: width, height:

CGFLOAT_MAX), options: .usesLineFragmentOrigin, attributes: attributes, context: nil)
return bodyBounds.height + heightOfObjectsOnTopOfLabel + heightOfObjectBelowLabel

}
Conversely, if you do have a set maximum number of lines you will first need calculate the height
of a single line to make sure we don't get a value taller than the allowed size:
// We calculate the height of a line by omitting the NSStringDrawingUsesLineFragmentOrigin

option, which will assume an infinitely wide label
CGRect singleLineRect = [labelContent boundingRectWithSize:CGSizeMake(CGFLOAT_MAX,
CGFLOAT_MAX)
options:NSStringDrawingTruncatesLastVisibleLine
context:nil];
CGFloat lineHeight = CGRectGetHeight(singleLineRect);
CGFloat maxHeight = lineHeight * cell.theLabel.numberOfLines;
// Now you can call the method appropriately

CGRect bodyBounds = [labelContent boundingRectWithSize:CGSizeMake(width, maxHeight)
options:(NSStringDrawingUsesLineFragmentOrigin|NSStringDrawingTruncatesLastVisibleLine)
attributes:attributes context:nil];
return CGRectGetHeight(bodyBounds) + heightOfObjectsOnTopOfLabel +

heightOfObjectBelowLabel;
LineBreakMode
Using code
UILabel.lineBreakMode: NSLineBreakMode
Swift
label.lineBreakMode = .ByTruncatingTail
• .ByWordWrapping
• .ByCharWrapping
• .ByClipping
• .ByTruncatingHead
• .ByTruncatingTail
• .ByTruncatingMiddle
Swift 3
label.lineBreakMode = .byTruncatingTail
• .byWordWrapping
• .byCharWrapping
• .byClipping
• .byTruncatingHead
• .byTruncatingTail
• .byTruncatingMiddle
Objective-C
[label setLineBreakMode:NSLineBreakByTruncatingTail];
• NSLineBreakByWordWrapping
• NSLineBreakByCharWrapping
• NSLineBreakByClipping
• NSLineBreakByTruncatingHead
• NSLineBreakByTruncatingTail
• NSLineBreakByTruncatingMiddle
Using storyboard
This can also be set in the attributes inspector of a UILabel:
Constants
• Word Wrapping - wrapping occurs at word boundaries, unless the word itself doesn’t fit on a
single line
• Char Wrapping - wrapping occurs before the first character that doesn’t fit
• Clipping - lines are simply not drawn past the edge of the text container
• Truncating Head - the line is displayed so that the end fits in the container and the missing
text at the beginning of the line is indicated by an ellipsis glyph
• Truncating Tail - the line is displayed so that the beginning fits in the container and the
missing text at the end of the line is indicated by an ellipsis glyph
• Truncating Middle - the line is displayed so that the beginning and end fit in the container
and the missing text in the middle is indicated by an ellipsis glyph
Size to fit
Suppose you have a UILabel on your storyboard and you have created an IBOutlet for it in
ViewController.swift / ViewController.m and named it labelOne.
To make the changes easily visible, change the backgroundColor and textColor of labelOne in the
viewDidLoad method:
The function sizeToFit is used when you want to automatically resize a label based on the content
stored within it.
Swift
labelOne.backgroundColor = UIColor.blueColor()
labelOne.textColor = UIColor.whiteColor()
labelOne.text = "Hello, World!"
labelOne.sizeToFit()
Swift 3
labelOne.backgroundColor = UIColor.blue
labelOne.textColor = UIColor.white
labelOne.text = "Hello, World!"
labelOne.sizeToFit()
Objective-C
labelOne.backgroundColor = [UIColor blueColor];

labelOne.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor];
labelOne.text = @"Hello, World!";
[labelOne sizeToFit];
The output for the above code is:
As you can see, there is no change as the text is perfectly fitting in labelOne. sizeToFit only
changes the label’s frame.
Let’s change the text to a slightly longer one:
labelOne.text = "Hello, World! I’m glad to be alive!"
Now, labelOne looks like this:
Even calling sizeToFit doesn't change anything. This is because by default, the numberOfLines
shown by the UILabel is set to 1. Let’s change it to zero on the storyboard:
This time, when we run the app, labelOne appears correctly:
The numberOfLines property can also be changed in the ViewController file :
// Objective-C
labelOne.numberOfLines = 0;
// Swift
labelOne.numberOfLines = 0
Background Color
Swift
label.backgroundColor = UIColor.redColor()
label.backgroundColor = .redColor()
Swift 3
label.backgroundColor = UIColor.red
Objective-C
label.backgroundColor = [UIColor redColor];
Text Color
You can use the label's textColor property to apply a text color to the entire text of the label.
Swift
label.textColor = UIColor.redColor()
label.textColor = UIColor(red: 64.0/255.0, green: 88.0/255.0, blue: 41.0/225.0, alpha: 1)
Swift 3
label.textColor = UIColor.red
label.textColor = UIColor(red: 64.0/255.0, green: 88.0/255.0, blue: 41.0/225.0, alpha: 1)
Objective-C
label.textColor = [UIColor redColor];

label.textColor = [UIColor colorWithRed:64.0f/255.0f green:88.0f/255.0f blue:41.0f/255.0f
alpha:1.0f];
Applying text color to a portion of the text

You can also vary the text color (or other attributes) of portions of the text by using
NSAttributedString:
Objective-C
attributedString = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc] initWithString:@"The grass is green; the

sky is blue."];
[attributedString addAttribute: NSForegroundColorAttributeName value:[UIColor greenColor]
range:NSMakeRange(13, 5)];
[attributedString addAttribute: NSForegroundColorAttributeName value:[UIColor blueColor]
range:NSMakeRange(31, 4)];
label.attributedText = attributesString;
Swift
let attributedString = NSMutableAttributedString(string: "The grass is green; the sky is

blue.")
attributedString.addAttribute(NSForegroundColorAttributeName, value: UIColor.green(), range:
NSRange(location: 13, length: 5))
attributedString.addAttribute(NSForegroundColorAttributeName, value: UIColor.blue(), range:
NSRange(location: 31, length: 4))
Text alignment
Swift
label.textAlignment = NSTextAlignment.left
//or the shorter
label.textAlignment = .left
Any value in the NSTextAlignment enum is valid: .left, .center, .right, .justified, .natural
Objective-C
label.textAlignment = NSTextAlignmentLeft;
Any value in the NSTextAlignment enum is valid: NSTextAlignmentLeft, NSTextAlignmentCenter,
NSTextAlignmentRight, NSTextAlignmentJustified, NSTextAlignmentNatural
Vertical alignment in UILabel is not supported out of the box: Vertically align text to top within a
UILabel
Create a UILabel
With a Frame
When you know the exact dimensions you want to set for your label, you can initialize a UILabel
with a CGRect frame.
Swift
let frame = CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 200, height: 21)

let label = UILabel(frame: frame)
Objective-C
CGRect frame = CGRectMake(0, 0, 200, 21);

UILabel *label = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:frame];
[view addSubview:label];
With Auto Layout

You can add constraints on a UILabel when you want iOS to dynamically calculate its frame at
runtime.
Swift

label.backgroundColor = .red
NSLayoutConstraint.activate([
//stick the top of the label to the top of its superview:
label.topAnchor.constraint(equalTo: view.topAnchor)
//stick the left of the label to the left of its superview

//if the alphabet is left-to-right, or to the right of its
//superview if the alphabet is right-to-left:
label.leadingAnchor.constraint(equalTo: view.leadingAnchor)
//stick the label's bottom to the bottom of its superview:
label.bottomAnchor.constraint(equalTo: view.bottomAnchor)
//the label's width should be equal to 100 points:

label.widthAnchor.constraint(equalToConstant: 100)
])
Objective-C
With Objective-c + Visual Format Language (VFL)
UILabel *label = [UILabel new];

label.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
[self.view addSubview label];
// add horizontal constraints with 5 left and right padding from the leading and trailing
[self.view addConstraints:[NSLayoutConstraint constraintsWithVisualFormat:@"V:|-5-

[labelName]-5-|"
options:0
metrics:nil
views:@{@"labelName":label}]];
// vertical constraints that will use the height of the superView with no padding on top and
bottom
[self.view addConstraints:[NSLayoutConstraint constraintsWithVisualFormat:@"H:|[labelName]|"
options:0
metrics:nil
views:@{@"labelName":label}]]
VFL documentation can be found here
After the label has been created, be sure to set the dimensions via Auto Layout. Xcode will display
errors if it is done improperly.
With Interface Builder

You also use Interface Builder to add a UILabel to your Storyboard or .xib file by dragging a Label
from the Object Library panel and dropping it into a view in the canvas:
Instead of specifying a frame (position and size) for a UILabel programmatically, a Storyboard or a
.xib lets you use Auto Layout to add constraints to the control.
In order to access this label created from storyboard or xib create an IBOutlet of this label.
Linking Between Interface Builder and View

Controller
Once you have added a UILabel to your Storyboard or .xib the file you can link it to your code by
pressing Control ⌃ and then dragging the mouse between the UILabel to your ViewController, or
you could drag to the code while right clicking for it to have the same effect.
In the properties dialog, you can set the name of UILabel, and set it as strong or weak. For more
information about strong and weak, see this,
The other way is to make the outlet programmatically as follows:
Swift
@IBOutlet weak var nameLabel : UILabel!
Objective-C
@property (nonatomic, weak) IBOutlet UILabel *nameLabel;
Set Font
Swift
Objective-C

or
UILabel *label = [UILabel new]; // convenience method for calling alloc-init
Change the default font's size

Swift
Swift 3
label.font = UIFont.systemFont(ofSize: 17)
Objective-C
label.font = [UIFont systemFontOfSize:17];
Use a specific font weight

iOS 8.2
Swift
label.font = UIFont.systemFontOfSize(17, weight: UIFontWeightBold)
Swift3
label.font = UIFont.systemFont(ofSize: 17, weight: UIFontWeightBold)
Objective-C
label.font = [UIFont systemFontOfSize:17 weight:UIFontWeightBold];
iOS 8.2
Swift
label.font = UIFont.boldSystemFontOfSize(17)
Swift3
label.font = UIFont.boldSystemFont(ofSize: 17)
Objective-C
label.font = [UIFont boldSystemFontOfSize:17];
Use a Dynamic Type text style.

The font and point size will be based on the user's preferred reading size.
Swift
label.font = UIFont.preferredFontForTextStyle(UIFontTextStyleBody)
Swift 3
label.font = UIFont.preferredFont(forTextStyle: .body)
Objective-C
label.font = [UIFont preferredFontForTextStyle:UIFontTextStyleBody];
Use a different font altogether
Swift
label.font = UIFont(name: "Avenir", size: 15)
Objective-C
label.font = [UIFont fontWithName:@"Avenir" size:15];
Override font size

A way to set the font size without knowing the font family is to use the font property of the UILabel.
Swift
label.font = label.font.fontWithSize(15)
Swift 3
label.font = label.font.withSize(15)
Objective-C
label.font = [label.font fontWithSize:15];
Use Custom Font Swift

Refer to this link
Number of Lines
When you make a label and set its text to be more than a single line that it can display, it will be
truncated and you will see only one line of text ending with three dots (...). This is because a
property called numberOfLines is set to 1, and therefore only one line will be displayed. It is a
common mistake in handling UILabels, and many people think of it as a bug, or they may use more
than one label to show more than a line of text, but just by editing this property, we can tell a
UILabel to accept up to the specified number of lines. For example, if this property is set to 5, the
label can show 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 lines of data.
Setting the value programmatically
To set this property, simply assign a new integer to it:
Swift
Objective-C
Note
It is possible to set this property to 0. However, this doesn't mean that it won't accept
any lines, instead it means that the label can have as many lines as needed (aka
"Infinity"):
Swift
Objective-C
Note
If the label has a height constraint, the constraint will be respected. In this case,
label.numberOfLines = 0 may not work as expected.
Note
For a more complex multi-line text, UITextView may be a better fit.*
Setting the value in the Interface Builder
Instead of setting numberOfLines programmatically, you can use a Storyboard or a .xib and set the
numberOfLines property. That way, we achieve the same results as the above code.
Like as below:
Changing Text in an Existing Label
Changing the text of an existing UILabel can be done by accessing and modifying the text property
of the UILabel. This can be done directly using String literals or indirectly using variables.
Setting the text with String literals

Swift
label.text = "the new text"
Objective-C
// Dot Notation
label.text = @"the new text";
// Message Pattern
[label setText:@"the new text"];
Setting the text with a variable

Swift
let stringVar = "basic String var"

label.text = stringVar
Objective-C
NSString * stringVar = @"basic String var";
// Dot Notation
label.text = stringVar;
// Message Pattern
[label setText: stringVar];
Read UILabel online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/246/uilabel
Chapter 176: UILabel text underlining
Examples
Underlining a text in a UILabel using Objective C
UILabel *label=[[UILabel alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 320, 480)];

label.backgroundColor=[UIColor lightGrayColor];
NSMutableAttributedString *attributedString;
attributedString = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc] initWithString:@"Apply Underlining"];
[attributedString addAttribute:NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName value:@1 range:NSMakeRange(0,
[attributedString length])];
[label setAttributedText:attributedString];
Underlining a text in UILabel using Swift
let label = UILabel.init(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y:0, width: 100, height: 40))

label.backgroundColor = .lightGray
let attributedString = NSMutableAttributedString.init(string: "Apply UnderLining")
attributedString.addAttribute(NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName, value: 1, range:
NSRange.init(location: 0, length: attributedString.length))
Read UILabel text underlining online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7219/uilabel-text-

underlining
Chapter 177: UILocalNotification
Introduction
Local notifications allow your app to notify the user about content which does not require the use
of a server.
Unlike remote notifications which are triggered from a server, local notifications are scheduled and
triggered within an app. Notifications in general are targeted to increase user interaction with the
app, inviting or tempting the user to open and interact with it.
UILocalNotification was deprecated in iOS 10. Use the UserNotifications framework instead.
Remarks
Do not confuse UILocalNotification with push notifications. UILocalNotification is triggered by your
device, and when scheduled, is copied to the system.
Links:
• UILocalNotification Class Reference

• UILocalNotification on Stack Overflow
Examples
Scheduling a local notification
Make sure you see Registering for local notifications in order for this to work:
Swift
let notification = UILocalNotification()

notification.alertBody = "Hello, local notifications!"
notification.fireDate = NSDate().dateByAddingTimeInterval(10) // 10 seconds after now
UIApplication.sharedApplication().scheduleLocalNotification(notification)
Objective-C
UILocalNotification *notification = [[UILocalNotification alloc] init];

notification.alertBody = @"Hello, local notifications!";
notification.fireDate = [NSDate dateWithTimeIntervalSinceNow:10]; // 10 seconds after now
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] scheduleLocalNotification:notification];
To see the notification in the iOS Simulator, type ^ H (control-command-H) to go home and then
type L (command-L) to lock the device. Wait a few seconds, and the notification should appear
(this appearance will vary depending on notification type discussed in "Registering for local
notifications"):
Swipe on the notification to get back to the app (note that if you called this in the first view
controller's viewDidLoad, viewWillAppear, viewDidAppear, etc., the notification will be scheduled
again).
Registering for local notifications
iOS 8
In order to present local notifications to the user, you have to register your app with the device:
Swift
let settings = UIUserNotificationSettings(forTypes: [.Badge, .Sound, .Alert], categories: nil)

UIApplication.sharedApplication().registerUserNotificationSettings(settings)
Objective-C
UIUserNotificationSettings *settings = [UIUserNotificationSettings

settingsForTypes:(UIUserNotificationTypeBadge | UIUserNotificationTypeSound |
UIUserNotificationTypeAlert) categories:nil];
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] registerUserNotificationSettings:settings];
This will present an alert the first time it is called:
Regardless of what the user chooses, the alert will not show up again and changes will have to be
initiated by the user in Settings.
Responding to received local notification
IMPORTANT: This delegate method is only called in the foreground.
Swift
func application(application: UIApplication, didReceiveLocalNotification notification:

UILocalNotification) {
Objective-C
didReceiveLocalNotification:(UILocalNotification *)notification {
This method is generally overridden in the AppDelegate, which conforms to the

UIApplicationDelegate protocol.
Notification Sound
Custom sounds may be provided for notifications generated by your app. When the system
displays an alert for a local notification or badges an app icon, it plays this sound (so long as the
user has not disabled notification sounds).
The default value is nil which means no sound is played for your notification.
To supply a custom sound, add a .caf, .wav, or .aiff file to your app bundle. Sounds that last
longer than 30 seconds are not supported. Supplying a sound that does not meet those
requirements will cause the default sound to play (UILocalNotificationDefaultSoundName).
Objective-C
UILocalNotification *notification = [UILocalNotification new];

notification.soundName = @"nameOfSoundInBundle.wav"; // Use
UILocalNotificationDefaultSoundName for the default alert sound
Swift

notification.soundName = "nameOfSoundInBundle.wav"
Presenting a local notification immediately
If you want to show local notification immediately, you should call:
Swift 3
UIApplication.shared.presentLocalNotificationNow(notification)
Swift 2
UIApplication.sharedApplication().presentLocalNotificationNow(notification)
Objective-C
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] presentLocalNotificationNow:notification];
An advantage of using this is so you won't have to set the fireDate and timeZone properties of your
UILocalNotification object.
Managing local notifications using UUID
Often times you will need to be able to manage your notifications, by being able to keep track of
them and cancel them.
Track a notification
You can assign a UUID (universally unique identifier) to a notification, so you can track it:
Swift
let uuid = NSUUID().uuidString
notification.userInfo = ["UUID": uuid]
UIApplication.shared.scheduleLocalNotification(notification)
Objective-C
UILocalNotification *notification = [[UILocalNotification alloc] init];

NSString *uuid = [[NSUUID UUID] UUIDString];
notification.userInfo = @{ @"UUID": uuid };
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] scheduleLocalNotification:notification];
Cancel a notification
To cancel a notification, we first get a list of all the notifications and then find the one with a
matching UUID. Finally, we cancel it.
Swift
let scheduledNotifications = UIApplication.shared.scheduledLocalNotifications
guard let scheduledNotifications = scheduledNotifications else {

return
}
for notification in scheduledNotifications where "\(notification.userInfo!["UUID"]!)" ==

UUID_TO_CANCEL {
UIApplication.sharedApplication().cancelLocalNotification(notification)
}
Objective-C
NSArray *scheduledNotifications = [[UIApplication sharedApplication]

scheduledLocalNotifications];
for (UILocalNotification *notification in scheduledNotifications) {

if ([[notification.userInfo objectForKey:"UUID"] compare: UUID_TO_CANCEL]) {
[[UIApplication sharedApplication] cancelLocalNotification:notification];
break;
}
}
You would probably want to store all of these UUID's in Core Data or Realm.
Register and Schedule Local Notification in Swift 3.0 (iOS 10)
Registration
in AppDelegate
in didFinishLaunchingWithOptions method,
UNUserNotificationCenter.current().requestAuthorization(options: [.alert,.sound,.badge]) {
(granted, error) in
// Here you can check Request is Granted or not.
Create and Schedule notification.
let content = UNMutableNotificationContent()

content.title = "10 Second Notification Demo"
content.subtitle = "From Wolverine"
content.body = "Notification after 10 seconds - Your pizza is Ready!!"
content.categoryIdentifier = "myNotificationCategory"
let trigger = UNTimeIntervalNotificationTrigger(

timeInterval: 10.0,
repeats: false)
let request = UNNotificationRequest(

identifier: "10.second.message",
content: content,
trigger: trigger
)
UNUserNotificationCenter.current().add(request, withCompletionHandler: nil)
Where ever this part of code is triggered, If you have allowed Notification Permission, you will
receive an notification.
To test it properly, Make sure your application in Background mode.
what's new in UILocalNotification with iOS10
You can use UILocalNotification, old APIs also works fine with iOS10, but we had better use the
APIs in the User Notifications framework instead. There are also some new features, you can only
use with iOS10 User Notifications framework.
This also happens to Remote Notification, for more information: Here.
New Features:
1. Now you can either present alert, sound or increase badge while the app is in foreground too
with iOS 10
2. Now you can handle all event in one place when user tapped (or slided) the action button,
even while the app has already been killed.
3. Support 3D touch instead of sliding gesture.
4. Now you can remove specifical local notification just by one row code.
5. Support Rich Notification with custom UI.
It is really easy for us to convert UILocalNotification APIs to iOS10 User Notifications framework
APIs, they are really similar.
I write a Demo here to show how to use new and old APIs at the same time:
iOS10AdaptationTips .
For example,
With Swift implementation:
1. import UserNotifications
/// Notification become independent from UIKit

2. request authorization for localNotification
let center = UNUserNotificationCenter.current()

center.requestAuthorization(options: [.alert, .sound]) { (granted, error) in
// Enable or disable features based on authorization.
}
3. schedule localNotification
4. update application icon badge number
@IBAction func triggerNotification(){

let content = UNMutableNotificationContent()
content.title = NSString.localizedUserNotificationString(forKey: "Elon said:",
arguments: nil)
content.body = NSString.localizedUserNotificationString(forKey: "Hello Tom Get up,
let's play with Jerry!", arguments: nil)
content.sound = UNNotificationSound.default()
content.badge = UIApplication.shared().applicationIconBadgeNumber + 1;
content.categoryIdentifier = "com.elonchan.localNotification"
// Deliver the notification in five seconds.
let trigger = UNTimeIntervalNotificationTrigger.init(timeInterval: 60.0, repeats:
true)
let request = UNNotificationRequest.init(identifier: "FiveSecond", content: content,
trigger: trigger)
// Schedule the notification.

center.add(request)
}
@IBAction func stopNotification(_ sender: AnyObject) {

center.removeAllPendingNotificationRequests()
// or you can remove specifical notification:
// center.removePendingNotificationRequests(withIdentifiers: ["FiveSecond"])
}
Objective-C implementation:
1. import UserNotifications
// Notifications are independent from UIKit
#import <UserNotifications/UserNotifications.h>
2. request authorization for localNotification

[center requestAuthorizationWithOptions:(UNAuthorizationOptionBadge |
UNAuthorizationOptionSound | UNAuthorizationOptionAlert)
completionHandler:^(BOOL granted, NSError * _Nullable error) {
if (!error) {
NSLog(@"request authorization succeeded!");
[self showAlert];
}
}];
3. schedule localNotification
4. update application icon badge number
UNMutableNotificationContent *content = [[UNMutableNotificationContent alloc] init];

content.title = [NSString localizedUserNotificationStringForKey:@"Elon said:"
arguments:nil];
content.body = [NSString localizedUserNotificationStringForKey:@"Hello Tom Get up, let's
play with Jerry!"
arguments:nil];
content.sound = [UNNotificationSound defaultSound];
// 4. update application icon badge number

content.badge = [NSNumber numberWithInteger:([UIApplication
sharedApplication].applicationIconBadgeNumber + 1)];
// Deliver the notification in five seconds.
UNTimeIntervalNotificationTrigger *trigger = [UNTimeIntervalNotificationTrigger
triggerWithTimeInterval:5.f
repeats:NO];
UNNotificationRequest *request = [UNNotificationRequest
requestWithIdentifier:@"FiveSecond"
content:content
trigger:trigger];
/// 3. schedule localNotification
[center addNotificationRequest:request withCompletionHandler:^(NSError * _Nullable error)
{
if (!error) {
NSLog(@"add NotificationRequest succeeded!");
}
}];
Go to here for more information: iOS10AdaptationTips.
#updated
Terminating app due to uncaught exception 'NSInternalInconsistencyException',

reason: 'time interval must be at least 60 if repeating'
let trigger = UNTimeIntervalNotificationTrigger.init(timeInterval: 60, repeats: true)
Read UILocalNotification online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/635/uilocalnotification
Chapter 178: UINavigationController
Remarks
From the documentation:
The UINavigationController class implements a specialized view controller that

manages the navigation of hierarchical content. This navigation interface makes it
possible to present your data efficiently and makes it easier for the user to navigate
that content. You generally use this class as-is but you may also subclass to customize
the class behavior.
Examples
Embed a view controller in a navigation controller programmatically
Swift
//Swift
let viewController = UIViewController()
let navigationController = UINavigationController(rootViewController: viewController)
//Objective-C
UIViewController *viewController = [[UIViewController alloc] init];
UINavigationController *navigationController = [[UINavigationController alloc]
initWithRootViewController:viewController];
Pushing a view controller onto the navigation stack
//Swift
let fooViewController = UIViewController()
navigationController?.pushViewController(fooViewController, animated: true)
//Objective-C
UIViewController *fooViewController = [[UIViewController alloc] init];
[navigationController pushViewController:fooViewController animated:YES];
Popping in a Navigation Controller
To previous view controller

To pop back to the previous page you can do this:
Swift
navigationController?.popViewControllerAnimated(true)
Objective-C
[self.navigationController popViewControllerAnimated:YES];
To root view controller

To pop to the root of the navigation stack, you can do this:
Swift
navigationController?.popToRootViewControllerAnimated(true)
Objective C
[self.navigationController popToRootViewControllerAnimated:YES];
Creating a NavigationController
In your storyboard select the ViewController that you want to embed into a Navigation Controller.
Then navigate to Editor > Embed In > Navigation Controller
And that will create your navigation controller
Purpose
UINavigationController is used to form a tree-like hierarchy of view controllers, which is known as a

navigation stack.
From developers perspective:
You can connect independently made controller and get all the benefits of a free hierarchy
manager and common UI presenter gratis. UINavigationController animates the transition to new
controllers and provides the back functionality for you automatically. UINavigationControlleralso
gives access to all the other controllers in the navigation stack which can help access to some
functionality or data.
From user's perspective:
helps to remember where user is at the moment (navigation bar title) and
UINavigationController
how he can go back (embedded back button) to one of the previous screens.
Read UINavigationController online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1079/uinavigationcontroller
Chapter 179: UIPageViewController
Introduction
UIPageViewController provides users the ability to easily transition between several views by
using a swipe gesture. In order to create a UIPageViewController, you must implement the
UIPageViewControllerDataSource methods. These include methods to return both the
UIPageViewController before and after the current UIPageViewController along with the
presentationCount and presentationIndex methods.
Syntax
1. UIPageViewControllerTransitionStyle
2. UIPageViewControllerNavigationOrientation
3. UIPageViewControllerSpineLocation
4. UIPageViewControllerNavigationDirection
Remarks
Apple Developer reference here
Examples
Create a horizontal paging UIPageViewController programatically
1. Init array of view controllers which will be managed by UIPageViewController. Add a base
view controller class which has property identifier which will be used to identify view
controllers when working with UIPageViewController data source methods. Let the view
controllers to inherit from that base class.
UIViewController *firstVC = [[UIViewController alloc] init];

firstVC.identifier = 0
UIViewController *secondVC = [[UIViewController alloc] init];
secondVC.identifier = 1
NSArray *viewControllers = [[NSArray alloc] initWithObjects: firstVC, secondVC, nil];
2. Create UIPageViewController instance.
UIPageViewController *pageViewController = [[UIPageViewController alloc]

initWithTransitionStyle:UIPageViewControllerTransitionStyleScroll
navigationOrientation:UIPageViewControllerNavigationOrientationHorizontal
options:nil];
3. Data source is current class which must implement UIPageViewControllerDataSource protocol.
pageViewController.dataSource = self;
4. setViewControllers will add only first view controller, next will be added to the stack using
data source methods
if (viewControllers.count) {
[pageViewController setViewControllers:@[[viewControllers objectAtIndex:0]]
direction:UIPageViewControllerNavigationDirectionForward
animated:NO
completion:nil];
}
5. Add UIPageViewController as a child view controller so it will receive from it's parent view
controller appearance and rotation events.
[self addChildViewController:pageViewController];
pageViewController.view.frame = self.view.frame;
[self.view addSubview:pageViewController.view];
[pageViewController didMoveToParentViewController:self];
6. Implementing UIPageViewControllerDataSource methods
- (UIViewController *)pageViewController:(UIPageViewController *)pageViewController

viewControllerBeforeViewController:(UIViewController *)viewController
{
index = [(Your View Controler Base Class *)viewController identifier];
index--;
return [self childViewControllerAtIndex:index];
}
- (UIViewController *)pageViewController:(UIPageViewController *)pageViewController

viewControllerAfterViewController:(UIViewController *)viewController
{
index = [(Your View Controler Base Class *)viewController identifier];
index++;
return [self childViewControllerAtIndex:index];
}
- (NSInteger)presentationCountForPageViewController:(UIPageViewController *)pageViewController
{
return [viewControllers count];
}
- (NSInteger)presentationIndexForPageViewController:(UIPageViewController *)pageViewController
{
return index;
}
7. Utility method which returns a view controller using an index, if index is out of bounds it
returns nil.
- (UIViewController *)childViewControllerAtIndex:(NSInteger)index
{
if (index <= ([viewControllers count] - 1)) {
return [viewControllers objectAtIndex:index];
} else {
return nil;
}
}
A simple way to create horizontal page view controllers ( infinite pages )
1. Let's create a new project, I'm choosing Single View Application for better demonstration
2. Drag a page view controller to the storyboard, there are 2 things you should change after
that:
1. Set the page view controller as initial view controller
2. Change the transition style to scroll
3. And you need to create a UIPageViewController class, then set it as custom class of the
page view controller on the storyboard
4. Paste this code into your UIPageViewController class, you should get a colorful infinite
paged app :)
class PageViewController: UIPageViewController, UIPageViewControllerDataSource {

self.dataSource = self
let controller = createViewController()
self.setViewControllers([controller], direction: .forward, animated: false,
completion: nil)
}
func pageViewController(_ pageViewController: UIPageViewController,

viewControllerBefore viewController: UIViewController) -> UIViewController? {
return controller
}
func pageViewController(_ pageViewController: UIPageViewController,

viewControllerAfter viewController: UIViewController) -> UIViewController? {
return controller
}
func createViewController() -> UIViewController {

var randomColor: UIColor {
return UIColor(hue: CGFloat(arc4random_uniform(360))/360, saturation: 0.5,
brightness: 0.8, alpha: 1)
}
let storyboard = UIStoryboard(name: "Main", bundle: nil)
let controller = storyboard.instantiateViewController(withIdentifier: "View
Controller")
controller.view.backgroundColor = randomColor
return controller
}
}
This is what the final project looks like, you get a view controller with different color with every
scroll:
Chapter 180: UIPheonix - easy, flexible,
dynamic & highly scalable UI framework
Introduction
Inspired by game development UIPheonix is a super easy, flexible, dynamic and highly scalable UI
framework + concept for building reusable component/control-driven apps for macOS, iOS and
tvOS. The same API apply for cross platform development! Think of it as using Lego blocks, you
can use similar ones and move them around easy as pie.
https://github.com/MKGitHub/UIPheonix
Remarks
• Forget static layouts, constraint issues and warning explosions in the console.
• Forget all the glue code, all the boilerplate code and all the very common overly engineered
unnecessary pile of garbage code in your apps.
• Build and make changes to your UI quickly in a snap.
• Make your UI reusable.
• Focus on creating your app, not fighting layout issues.
• Minimal setup, minimal impact on your app, lightweight, no dependencies, no pain but so
much gain!
• Builds on top of collection views & table views, so you can easily mix and match.
• Does not replace Apple technologies with custom implementations, so you will always be
safe and up-to-date, and you can easily revert at any time.
• Demo apps provided for macOS, iOS and tvOS (Kung Fu!)
Examples
Example UI Components
http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9120/uipheonix---easy--flexible--dynamic---highly-scalable-ui-
framework
Chapter 181: UIPickerView
Examples
Basic example
Swift
class PickerViewExampleViewController : UIViewController, UIPickerViewDelegate,
UIPickerViewDataSource {
@IBOutlet weak var btnFolder: UIButton!
let pickerView = UIPickerView()
let pickerViewRows = ["First row,", "Secound row,","Third row,","Fourth row"]

super.viewDidLoad()
self.btnFolder.addTarget(self, action: #selector(CreateListVC.btnFolderPress),
forControlEvents: UIControlEvents.TouchUpInside)
}
@objc private func btnFolderPress() {

self.pickerView.delegate = self
self.pickerView.dataSource = self
self.view.addSubview(self.pickerView)
}
//MARK: UIPickerViewDelegate
func pickerView(pickerView: UIPickerView, titleForRow row: Int, forComponent component:

Int) -> String? {
return self.pickerViewRows[row]
}
//MARK: UIPickerViewDataSource
func numberOfComponentsInPickerView(pickerView: UIPickerView) -> Int {

return 1
}
func pickerView(pickerView: UIPickerView, numberOfRowsInComponent component: Int) -> Int {

return self.pickerViewRows.count
}
Objective-C
@property (nonatomic,strong) UIPickerView *countryPicker;
@property (nonatomic,strong) NSArray *countryNames;
_countryNames = @[@"Australia (AUD)", @"China (CNY)",
@"France (EUR)", @"Great Britain (GBP)", @"Japan (JPY)",@"INDIA
(IN)",@"AUSTRALIA (AUS)",@"NEW YORK (NW)"];
[self pickcountry];
}
-(void)pickcountry {
_countryPicker = [[UIPickerView alloc]init];
_countryPicker.delegate = self;
_countryPicker.dataSource = self;
[[UIPickerView appearance] setBackgroundColor:[UIColor colorWithRed:21/255.0

green:17/255.0 blue:50/255.0 alpha:1.0]];
}
#pragma mark- pickerView Delegates And datasource
- (NSInteger)numberOfComponentsInPickerView:(UIPickerView *)pickerView {
return 1;
}
- (NSInteger)pickerView:(UIPickerView *)pickerView
numberOfRowsInComponent:(NSInteger)component {
return _countryNames.count;
}
- (NSString *)pickerView:(UIPickerView *)pickerView

titleForRow:(NSInteger)row
forComponent:(NSInteger)component {
return _countryNames[row];
}
- (void)pickerView:(UIPickerView *)pickerView didSelectRow:(NSInteger)row

inComponent:(NSInteger)component {
NSString *pickedCountryName = _countryNames[row];
}
Changing pickerView Background Color and text color
Objective-C
//Displays the country pickerView with black background and white text
[self. countryPicker setValue:[UIColor whiteColor] forKey:@"textColor"];
[self. countryPicker setValue:[UIColor blackColor] forKey:@"backgroundColor"];
Swift
let color1 = UIColor(colorLiteralRed: 1, green: 1, blue: 1, alpha: 1)

let color2 = UIColor(colorLiteralRed: 0, green: 0, blue: 0, alpha: 1)
pickerView2.setValue(color1, forKey: "textColor")
pickerView2.setValue(color2, forKey: "backgroundColor")
Read UIPickerView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4242/uipickerview
Chapter 182: UIRefreshControl TableView
Introduction
A UIRefreshControl object provides a standard control that can be used to initiate the refreshing of
a table view’s contents. You link a refresh control to a table through an associated table view
controller object. The table view controller handles the work of adding the control to the table’s
visual appearance and managing the display of that control in response to appropriate user
gestures.
Examples
Objective-C Example
First declare a property like this in the ViewController
@property (nonatomic) UIRefreshControl *refreshControl;
Later in the viewDidLoad() set up the refreshControl as given below:
self.refreshControl = [[UIRefreshControl alloc]init];

[self.tableView addSubview:self.refreshControl];
[self.refreshControl addTarget:self action:@selector(refreshTable)
forControlEvents:UIControlEventValueChanged];
//Setting the tint Color of the Activity Animation
self.refreshControl.tintColor = [UIColor redColor];
//Setting the attributed String to the text
NSMutableAttributedString * string = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc]
initWithString:@"firstsecondthird"];
[string addAttribute:NSForegroundColorAttributeName value:[UIColor redColor]
[string addAttribute:NSForegroundColorAttributeName value:[UIColor greenColor]
[string addAttribute:NSForegroundColorAttributeName value:[UIColor blueColor]
self.refreshControl.attributedTitle = string;
Now The function refreshTable is defined as:
- (void)refreshTable {
//TODO: refresh your data
[self.refreshControl endRefreshing];
[self.refreshControl beginRefreshing];
[self.tableView reloadData];
[self.refreshControl endRefreshing];
}
Set up refreshControl on tableView:
UIRefreshControl *refreshControl = [[UIRefreshControl alloc] init];

[refreshControl addTarget:self action:@selector(pullToRefresh:)
self.scrollView.alwaysBounceVertical = YES;
[self.scrollView addSubview:refreshControl];
- (void)pullToRefresh:(UIRefreshControl*) sender{
//Do work off the main thread
// Simulate network traffic (sleep for 2 seconds)
[NSThread sleepForTimeInterval:2];
//Update data
//Call complete on the main thread
dispatch_sync(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
//Update network activity UI
NSLog(@"COMPLETE");
[sender endRefreshing];
});
});
Read UIRefreshControl TableView online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8278/uirefreshcontrol-tableview
Chapter 183: UIScrollView
Examples
Create a UIScrollView
Create an instance of UIScrollView with a CGRect as frame.
Swift
let scrollview = UIScrollView.init(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 320, height: 400))
Objective-C
UIScrollView *scrollview = [[UIScrollView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 320, 400)];
Scroll View Content Size
The contentSize property must be set to the size of the scrollable content. This specifies the size of
the scrollable area. Scrolling is visible when scrollable area i.e. contentSize is larger than the
UIScrollView frame size.
With Autolayout:
When the scroll view's content is set up using autolayout, it must be explicitly sized both vertically
and horizontally and have all 4 edges pinned to the containing scroll view. That way, the
contentSize is calculated automatically based on the scroll view's contents and also gets updated
when the content's layout is changed.
Manually:
Swift
scrollview.contentSize = CGSize(width: 640, height: 800)
Objective-C
scrollview.contentSize = CGSizeMake(640, 800);
Scrolling content with Auto Layout enabled
This project is a self-contained example done completely in the Interface Builder. You should be
able to work through it in 10 minutes or less. Then you can apply the concepts you learned to your
own project.
Here I just use UIViews but they can represent whatever view you like (ie, button, label, etc). I also
chose horizontal scrolling because the storyboard screenshots are more compact for this format.
The principles are the same for vertical scrolling, though.
Key concepts
• The UIScrollView should only use one subview. This is a 'UIView' that serves as the content
view to hold everything you wish to scroll.
• Make the content view and the scroll view's parent have equal heights for horizontal
scrolling. (Equal widths for vertical scrolling)
• Make sure that all of the scrollable content has a set width and is pinned on all sides.
Start a new project

It can be just a single view application.
Storyboard
In this example, we will make a horizontal scroll view. Select the View Controller and then choose
Freeform in the Size Inspector. Make the width 1,000 and the height 300. This just gives us the
room on the storyboard to add content that will scroll.
Add a Scroll View
Add a UIScrollView and pin all four sides to the root view of the view controller.
Add a Content View
Add a UIView as a subview to the scroll view. This is key. Don't try to add lots of subviews to the
scroll view. Just add a single UIView. This will be your content view for the other views you want to
scroll. Pin the content view to the scroll view on all four sides.
Equal Heights
Now in the Document Outline, Command click both the content view and the scroll view's parent view
in order to select them both. Then set the heights to be equal (Control</kbd drag from the Content
View to the Scroll View>). This is also key. Because we are scrolling horizontally, the scroll view's
content view won't know how high it should be unless we set it in this way.
Note:
• If we were making the content scroll vertically, then we would set the content view's width to
be equal to the scroll view's parent's width.
Add content
Add three UIViews and give them all constraints. I used 8 point margins for everything.
Constraints:
• Green view: pin the top, left, and bottom edges. Make the width 400.
• Red view: pin the top, left, and bottom edges. Make the width 300.
• Purple view: pin all four edges. Make the width whatever the remaining space is (268 in this
case).
Setting the width constraints is also key so that the scroll view knows how wide its content view
will be.
Finished
That's all. You can run your project now. It should behave like the scrolling image at the top of this
answer.
Further Study
• iOS: How To Make AutoLayout Work On A ScrollView
• How to configure a UIScrollView with Auto Layout in Interface Builder
• YouTube video tutorial: UIScrollView - How to keep your views on screen
ScrollView with AutoLayout
Simple steps to use scrollview with autolayout.
• Create a new project with single view application

• Select the default viewcontroller and change its screen size to iPhone-4inch from attributes
inspector.
• Add a scrollview to your viewcontroller's view as follows and set background color to blue
• Add constraints on it as shown in below image
What this will do is,simply stick every edge of scrollview to viewcontroller's view
Scenario 1:
Now lets say our content is huge,and we want it to scroll horizontally as well as vertically.
For this,
• Add a UIView to the scrollview of frame(0,0,700,700).Lets give it orange background color to

identify it differently.
Next comes the important part,we need it to scroll horizontally and vertically.
• Select the orange view and add the following constraints
Let me explain what we did in above step.
• We fixed the height and width to 700.

• We set trailing space to scrollview = 0 which tells the scrollview that content is horizontally
scrollable.
• We set bottom space to scrollview = 0 which tells the scrollview that content is vertically
scrollable.
Now run the project and check.
Scenario 2: Lets consider a scenario where we know that content width is going to be same
as scroll width width,but height is larger than scrollview.
Follow the steps to scroll content vertically.
• Delete the width constraint in above case.

• Change the width of orange view to match to scrollview width.
• Ctrl-drag from orange view to scroll view and add equal widths constraint.
• And Done!!! Simply run and check if it scrolls vertically
Scenario 3:
Now we want to scroll only horizontally and not vertically.
Follow the steps to horizontally scroll the content.
• Undo all the changes to achieve constraints as below(i.e restore original constraints
which achieved vertical and horizontal scroll)
• Check frame of orange view,which should be (0,0,700,700)
• Delete height constraint of orange view.
• Change the height of orange view to match the scrollview height.
• Ctrl-drag from orange view to scroll view and add equal heights constraint.
• And Done!!! Simply run and check if it scrolls vertically
Enable/Disable Scrolling
Property scrollEnabled stores a Boolean value that determines whether scrolling is enabled or not.
If the value of this property is true/YES, scrolling is enabled, otherwise not.The default value is
true
Swift
scrollview.isScrollEnabled = true
Objective-C
scrollview.scrollEnabled = YES;
Zoom In/Out UIImageView
Create UIScrollView instance
let scrollview = UIScrollView.init(frame: self.view.bounds)
And then set these properties:
scrollView.minimumZoomScale = 0.1
scrollView.maximumZoomScale = 4.0
scrollView.zoomScale = 1.0
scrollview.delegate = self as? UIScrollViewDelegate
To zoom in and out image we must specify the amount the user can zoom in and out. We do this
by setting values of the scroll view’s minimumZoomScale and maximumZoomScale properties. Both of
these are set to 1.0 by default.
And zoomScale to 1.0 which specify the zoom factor for the minimum and maximum zooming.
To support zooming, we must set a delegate for your scroll view. The delegate object must
conform to the UIScrollViewDelegate protocol. That delegate class must implement the
viewForZoomingInScrollView() method and return the view to zoom.
Modify your ViewController as shown
class ViewController: UIViewController, UIScrollViewDelegate
Then add the following delegate function to the class.
func viewForZoomingInScrollView(scrollView: UIScrollView) -> UIView? {

return imageView
}
Now create UIImageView instance

Make this variable as class variable
var imageView:UIImageView = UIImageView.init(image: UIImage.init(named: "someImage.jpg"))
And then add it to scrollview
scrollView?.addSubview(imageView)
Reference
• Scroll View Programming Guide for iOS

• UIScrollView Tutorial
Detecting when UIScrollView finished scrolling with delegate methods
scrollViewDidEndDecelerating: this tells the delegate that the scroll view has ended
decelerating the scrolling movement.
Objective C:
- (void)scrollViewDidEndDecelerating:(UIScrollView *)scrollView {
[self stoppedScrolling];
}
- (void)scrollViewDidEndDragging:(UIScrollView *)scrollView willDecelerate:(BOOL)decelerate {

if (!decelerate) {
[self stoppedScrolling];
}
}
- (void)stoppedScrolling {
// done, do whatever
}
Swift:
func scrollViewDidEndDragging(scrollView: UIScrollView, willDecelerate decelerate: Bool) {

if !decelerate {
stoppedScrolling()
}
}
func scrollViewDidEndDecelerating(scrollView: UIScrollView) {

stoppedScrolling()
}
func stoppedScrolling() {
// done, do whatever
}
Restrict scrolling direction
You can restrict the directions the user is able to scroll to using the following code:
func scrollViewDidScroll(_ scrollView: UIScrollView) {

if scrollView.contentOffset.x != 0 {
scrollView.contentOffset.x = 0
}
}
Every time the user scrolls on the x-axis, the scrollView's content offset is set back to 0.
You can obviously change the xs to ys and therefor lock the direction to be horizontal-only.
You also need to make sure you put this code into the scrollViewDidScroll(_ scrollView:
UIScrollView) delegate method. Otherwise, you won't get it to work.
Also, be sure to have imported the UIScrollViewDelegate in your class declaration, like so:
class ViewController: UIViewController, UIScrollViewDelegate
...and set the scrollView's delegate to self in some method like viewDidLoad(_:)
scrollView.delegate = self
Read UIScrollView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1575/uiscrollview
Chapter 184: UIScrollView AutoLayout
Examples
UIScrollView dynamic content size through Storyboard
While using scrollviews in storyboard it's better to calculate content size according to number of
views present in scrollview rather than giving content size programatically with static value.
Here are the steps to get content size dynamically.
Step 1 :
Add Scrollview to view in storyboard and add leading, trailing, top and bottom constraints (All
values are zero).
Step 2 :
Don't add directly views which you need on directly scrollview, First add one view to scrollview
(that will be our content view for all UI elements). Add below constraints to this view.
1. Leading, trailing, top and bottom constraints (All values are zero).
2. Add equal height, equal width to Main view (i.e. which contains scrollview). For equal height
set priority to low. (This is the important step for setting content size).
3. Height of this content view will be according to the number of views added to the view. let
say if you added last view is one label and his Y position is 420 and height is 20 then your
content view will be 440.
Step 3 : Add constraints to all of views which you added within content view as per your
requirement.
ScrollableController
When using Autolayout with a UIScrollView, it does NOT resize properly depending on the size of
its contents or subviews.
In order to get a UIScrollView to automatically scroll when its contents become too large to fit in the
visible area, we need to add a ContentView and some constraints that allow the UIScrollView to
determine the size of its contents AND its width and height in its parent view.
import Foundation
import UIKit
class ScrollableController : UIViewController {
private var scrollView: UIScrollView!

private var contentView: UIView!

super.viewDidLoad()
//Setup
self.initControls()
self.setTheme()
self.layoutScrollView()
self.layoutContentView()
//Add child views

self.addChildViews()
}
func initControls() {
self.scrollView = UIScrollView()
self.contentView = UIView()
}
func setTheme() {
self.scrollView.backgroundColor = UIColor.blue()
self.contentView.backgroundColor = UIColor.orange()
}
func layoutScrollView() {
self.view.addSubview(self.scrollView)
let views: NSDictionary = ["scrollView": self.scrollView]

var constraints = Array<String>()
//Constrain the scrollView to our controller's self.view.

constraints.append("H:|-0-[scrollView]-0-|")
constraints.append("V:|-0-[scrollView]-0-|")
for constraint in constraints {

self.view.addConstraints(NSLayoutConstraint.constraints(withVisualFormat:
constraint, options: NSLayoutFormatOptions(rawValue: 0), metrics: nil, views: views as!
[String : AnyObject]))
}
self.scrollView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
}
func layoutContentView() {
self.scrollView.addSubview(self.contentView)
let views: NSDictionary = ["contentView": self.contentView, "view": self.view]

//Constrain the contentView to the scrollView.

constraints.append("H:|-0-[contentView]-0-|")
constraints.append("V:|-0-[contentView]-0-|")
self.scrollView.addConstraints(NSLayoutConstraint.constraints(withVisualFormat:
}
//Disable Horizontal Scrolling by making the contentView EqualWidth with our

controller's self.view (ScrollView's parentView).
"H:[contentView(==view)]", options: NSLayoutFormatOptions(rawValue: 0), metrics: nil, views:
views as! [String : AnyObject]))
self.contentView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
}
func addChildViews() {
//Init
let greenView = UIView()
let whiteView = UIView()
//Theme
greenView.backgroundColor = UIColor.green()
whiteView.backgroundColor = UIColor.orange()
//Layout -- Child views are added to the 'ContentView'

self.contentView.addSubview(greenView)
self.contentView.addSubview(whiteView)
let views: NSDictionary = ["greenView": greenView, "whiteView": whiteView];

//Constrain the greenView to the contentView with a height of 400 and 15 spacing all
around.
constraints.append("H:|-15-[greenView]-15-|")
constraints.append("V:|-15-[greenView(400)]")
//Constrain the whiteView below the greenView with 15 spacing all around and a height
of 500.
constraints.append("H:|-15-[whiteView]-15-|")
constraints.append("V:[greenView]-15-[whiteView(500)]-15-|")

self.contentView.addConstraints(NSLayoutConstraint.constraints(withVisualFormat:
}
greenView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
whiteView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
}
}
Now we can see that the greenView (400 height) + the whiteView (500 height) is larger than our
screen. This will cause the ScrollView's contentSize to grow to fit BOTH views, allowing it to scroll
vertically.
We disabled horizontal scrolling using the EqualWidth constraint on the contentView and self.view
http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4671/uiscrollview-autolayout
Chapter 185: UIScrollView with StackView
child
Examples
A complex StackView inside Scrollview Example
Here follows a example of what can be done with nested StackViews, giving the user the
impression of a continuous scrolling experience using complex user interface elements or
alignments.
Preventing ambiguous layout
A frequent question about StackViews inside Scrollviews comes from ambiguous with/heigh alerts
on interface builder. As this answer explained, it is necessary to:
1. Add in the UIScrollView a UIView (the contentScrollView);

2. In this contentScrollView, set top, bottom, left and right margins to 0
3. Set also align center horizontally and vertically;
Scrolling to content inside nested StackViews
The big gotcha about scrolling is to determine the offset necessary to present (for instance) a
Textfield inside a StackView with is inside the ScrollView.
If you try to get the position of Textfield.frame.minY can be 0, because the minY frame is only
considering the distance between the element and the top of the StackView. So you have to
consider all other parent stackviews/views.
A good workaround for this is:
1 - Implement the ScrollView Extension
extension UIScrollView {
func scrollToShowView(view: UIView){

var offset = view.frame.minY
var superview = view.superview
while((superview != nil)){
offset += (superview?.frame.minY)!
superview = superview?.superview
}
offset -= 100 //optional margin added on offset
self.contentOffset = CGPoint.init(x: 0, y: offset)

}
This will consider all parent view and sum the necessary offset for the scrollview present the
necessary view on screen (for example a Textfield which cannot stay behind the user keyboard)
Usage example:
func textViewDidBeginEditing(_ textView: UITextView) {

self.contentScrollView.scrollToShowView(view: textView)
}
Read UIScrollView with StackView child online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9404/uiscrollview-with-stackview-child
Chapter 186: UISearchController
Syntax
• UISearchController(searchResultsController: UIViewController?) // Pass nil as the parameter
if the search updating controller also displays the searchable content.
• func updateSearchResults(for searchController: UISearchController) // Required method to
implement when adopting the UISearchResultsUpdating protocol
Parameters
Parameter Details
The search bar to install in your

UISearchController.searchBar
interface. (read-only)
The object responsible for updating

UISearchController.searchResultsUpdater the contents of the search results
controller.
The presented state of the search

UISearchController.isActive
interface.
A Boolean indicating whether the

UISearchController.obscuresBackgroundDuringPresentation underlying content is obscured
during a search.

UISearchController.dimsBackgroundDuringPresentation underlying content is dimmed
during a search.

UISearchController.hidesNavigationBarDuringPresentation navigation bar should be hidden
when searching.
A Boolean value that indicates

whether this view controller's view
UIViewController.definesPresentationContext is covered when the view controller
or one of its descendants presents
a view controller.
A custom view displayed in the

center of the navigation bar when
UIViewController.navigationItem.titleView
the receiver is the top item in which
a search bar can be placed.
Parameter Details
Returns an accessory view that is

UITableViewController.tableView.tableHeaderView displayed above the table in which
a search bar can be placed.
Remarks
UIKit Framework Reference:
UISearchController
UISearchResultsUpdating
Examples
Search Bar in Navigation Bar Title
This example uses a search controller to filter the data inside a table view controller. The search
bar is placed inside the navigation bar that the table view is embedded into.
(which contains the navigation bar). Then set our custom ViewController class to inherit from
UITableViewController and adopt the UISearchResultsUpdating protocol.
class ViewController: UITableViewController, UISearchResultsUpdating {
let entries = [(title: "Easiest", image: "green_circle"),

(title: "Intermediate", image: "blue_square"),
(title: "Advanced", image: "black_diamond"),
(title: "Expert Only", image: "double_black_diamond")]
// An empty tuple that will be updated with search results.

var searchResults : [(title: String, image: String)] = []
let searchController = UISearchController(searchResultsController: nil)

super.viewDidLoad()
searchController.searchResultsUpdater = self
self.definesPresentationContext = true
// Place the search bar in the navigation item's title view.

self.navigationItem.titleView = searchController.searchBar
// Don't hide the navigation bar because the search bar is in it.
searchController.hidesNavigationBarDuringPresentation = false
}
func filterContent(for searchText: String) {

// Update the searchResults array with matches
// in our entries based on the title value.
searchResults = entries.filter({ (title: String, image: String) -> Bool in
let match = title.range(of: searchText, options: .caseInsensitive)
// Return the tuple if the range contains a match.
return match != nil
})
}
// MARK: - UISearchResultsUpdating method
func updateSearchResults(for searchController: UISearchController) {

// If the search bar contains text, filter our data with the string
if let searchText = searchController.searchBar.text {
filterContent(for: searchText)
// Reload the table view with the search result data.
tableView.reloadData()
}
}
// MARK: - UITableViewController methods
override func numberOfSections(in tableView: UITableView) -> Int { return 1 }
override func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, numberOfRowsInSection section: Int) ->

Int {
// If the search bar is active, use the searchResults data.
return searchController.isActive ? searchResults.count : entries.count
}
override func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, cellForRowAt indexPath: IndexPath) ->
UITableViewCell {
// If the search bar is active, use the searchResults data.
let entry = searchController.isActive ?
searchResults[indexPath.row] : entries[indexPath.row]
let cell = tableView.dequeueReusableCell(withIdentifier: "Cell", for: indexPath)

cell.textLabel?.text = entry.title
cell.imageView?.image = UIImage(named: entry.image)
return cell
}
}
Search Bar in Table View Header
This example uses a search controller to filter the cells in a table view controller. The search bar is
placed inside the header view of the table view. The table view content is offset with the same
height as the search bar so that the search bar is hidden at first. Upon scrolling up past the top
edge of the table view, the search bar is revealed. Then when the search bar becomes active, it
hides the navigation bar.
Embed a UITableViewController into a UINavigationController to get the UINavigationItem (which
UISearchResultsUpdating protocol:
func updateSearchResultsForSearchController(searchController: UISearchController) {
UISerachController in Objective-C
Delegate: UISearchBarDelegate, UISearchControllerDelegate, UISearchBarDelegate
@property (strong, nonatomic) UISearchController *searchController;
- (void)searchBarConfiguration
{
self.searchController = [[UISearchController alloc] initWithSearchResultsController:nil];
self.searchController.searchBar.delegate = self;
self.searchController.hidesNavigationBarDuringPresentation = NO;
// Hides search bar initially. When the user pulls down on the list, the search bar is
revealed.
[self.tableView setContentOffset:CGPointMake(0,
self.searchController.searchBar.frame.size.height)];
self.searchController.searchBar.backgroundColor = [UIColor DarkBlue];

self.searchController.searchBar.tintColor = [UIColor DarkBlue];
self.tableView.contentOffset = CGPointMake(0,
CGRectGetHeight(_searchController.searchBar.frame));
self.tableView.tableHeaderView = _searchController.searchBar;
_searchController.searchBar.delegate = self;
_searchController.searchBar.showsCancelButton = YES;
self.tapGestureRecognizer = [[UITapGestureRecognizer alloc] initWithTarget:self
action:@selector(resetSearchbarAndTableView)];
[self.view addGestureRecognizer:self.tapGestureRecognizer];
- (void)resetSearchbarAndTableView{
// Reload your tableview and resign keyboard.
}
- (void)searchBarCancelButtonClicked:(UISearchBar *)searchBar{
// Search cancelled
}
- (void)searchBarSearchButtonClicked:(UISearchBar *)searchBar{
// Implement filtration of your data as per your need using NSPredicate or else.
// then reload your data control like Tableview.
}
Read UISearchController online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2813/uisearchcontroller
Chapter 187: UISegmentedControl
Introduction
A UISegmentedControl object is a horizontal control made of multiple segments, each segment
functioning as a discrete button. A segmented control affords a compact means to group together
a number of controls.
Examples
Creating UISegmentedControl via code
1. Create new instance of UISegmentedControl filled with 3 items (segments):
let mySegmentedControl = UISegmentedControl (items: ["One", "Two", "Three"])
2. Setup frame;
mySegmentedControl.frame = CGRect(x: 0.0, y: 0.0, width: 300, height: 50)
3. Make default selection (not that segments are indexed by 0):
mySegmentedControl.selectedSegmentIndex = 0
4. Configure target:
mySegmentedControl.addTarget(self, action: #selector(segmentedValueChanged(_:)), for:

.valueChanged)
5 Handle value changed:
func segmentedValueChanged(_ sender:UISegmentedControl!) {

print("Selected Segment Index is : \(sender.selectedSegmentIndex)")
}
6. Add UISegmentedControl to views hierarchy
yourView.addSubview(mySegmentedControl)
Read UISegmentedControl online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/9963/uisegmentedcontrol
Chapter 188: UISlider
Examples
UISlider
Objective-C
Declare a slider property in the ViewController.h or in the interface of ViewController.m
@property (strong, nonatomic)UISlider *slider;
//Define frame of slider and add to view

CGRect frame = CGRectMake(0.0, 100.0, 320.0, 10.0);
UISlider *slider = [[UISlider alloc] initWithFrame:frame];
[slider addTarget:self action:@selector(sliderAction:)
[self.slider setBackgroundColor:[UIColor clearColor]];
self.slider.minimumValue = 0.0;
self.slider.maximumValue = 50.0;
//sending a NO/False would update the value of slider only when the user is no longer touching
the screen. Hence sending only the final value
self.slider.continuous = YES;
self.slider.value = 25.0;
[self.view addSubview slider];
Handle the slider change event
- (IBAction)sliderAction:(id)sender {
NSLog(@"Slider Value %f", sender.value);
}
Adding a custom thumb image
To add a custom image for the thumb of the slider, simply call the setThumbImage method with
your custom image:
Swift 3.1:
let slider = UISlider()

let thumbImage = UIImage
slider.setThumbImage(thumbImage, for: .normal)
SWIFT Example

let slider = UISlider(frame: frame)
slider.addTarget(self, action: #selector(sliderAction), for: .valueChanged)
slider.backgroundColor = .clear
slider.minimumValue = 0.0
slider.maximumValue = 50.0
//sending a NO/False would update the value of slider only when the user is no longer
touching the screen. Hence sending only the final value
slider.isContinuous = true
slider.value = 25.0
view.addSubview(slider)
Handling the slider change event
func sliderAction(sender:UISlider!)
{
print("value--\(sender.value)")
}
Read UISlider online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7402/uislider
Chapter 189: UISplitViewController
Remarks
UISplitViewController is a container class like UITabViewController, UINavigationController. It
separates the main view into two View Controllers masterViewController(PrimaryViewController)
and detailViewController(SecondaryViewController). we can send an array with two view
controllers and Apple recommends to to UISplitViewController as a rootviewcontroller for your
application. To interact between the viewcontrolers I use NSNotificationCenter.
Examples
Master and Detail View interaction using Delegates in Objective C
UISplitViewController must be the rootViewController of your application.
AppDelegate.m

*)launchOptions
{
self.window = [[UIWindow alloc] initWithFrame:[[UIScreen mainScreen] bounds]]
self.window.backgroundColor = [UIColor blackColor];
[self.window makeKeyAndVisible];
self.window.clipsToBounds = YES;
SplitViewController *spView = [[SplitViewController alloc]init];
self.window.rootViewController = spView;
return YES;
}
Just create an object for the UISplitViewController and set that viewcontroller as the
rootviewcontroller for your application.
SplitViewController.h
#import "MasterViewController.h"
#import "DetailViewController.h"
@interface ViewController : UISplitViewController
{
DetailViewController *detailVC;
MasterViewController *masterVC;
NSMutableArray *array;
}
@end
MasterViewController is always on the left side of the device you can set the width in
UISplitViewCOntroller delegate methods and DetailViewController is on the Right side of the
application
SplitViewController.m
#define ANIMATION_LENGTH 0.3
@end
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
masterVC = [[MasterViewController alloc]init];
detailVC = [[DetailViewController alloc]init];
[masterVC setDetailDelegate:(id)detailVC];
NSArray *vcArray = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:masterVC, detailVC, nil];
self.preferredDisplayMode = UISplitViewControllerDisplayModeAutomatic;
self.viewControllers = vcArray;
self.delegate = (id)self;
self.presentsWithGesture = YES;
}
Created master and detail ViewControllers are added to an array which is set to
self.viewControllers in UISplitViewController. self.preferredDisplayMode is is the mode set for
displaying of master and DetailViewController Apple Documentation for DisplayMode .
self.presentsWithGesture enables swipe gesture for displaying MasterViewcontroller
MasterViewController.h
@protocol DetailViewDelegate <NSObject>

@required
- (void)sendSelectedNavController:(UIViewController *)viewController;
@end
@interface MasterViewController : UIViewController

{
UITableView *mainTableView;
NSMutableArray *viewControllerArray;
}
@property (nonatomic, retain) id<DetailViewDelegate> detailDelegate;
@end
Create a DetailViewDelegate delegate with sendSelectedNavController:(UIViewController

*)viewController method for sending the UIViewController to the DetailViewcontroller. Then in
MasterViewController the mainTableView is the tableview in the leftside. The viewControllerArray
contains all the UIViewControllers that needs to be displayed in DetailViewController
MasterViewController.m
@implementation MasterViewController
@synthesize detailDelegate;
-(void)viewDidLoad
{
UIViewController *dashBoardVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];

[dashBoardVC.view setBackgroundColor:[UIColor redColor]];
UIViewController *inventVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];
[inventVC.view setBackgroundColor:[UIColor whiteColor]];
UIViewController *alarmVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];
[alarmVC.view setBackgroundColor: [UIColor purpleColor]];
UIViewController *scanDeviceVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];
[scanDeviceVC.view setBackgroundColor:[UIColor cyanColor]];
UIViewController *serverDetailVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];
[serverDetailVC.view setBackgroundColor: [UIColor whiteColor]];
viewControllerArray = [[NSMutableArray
alloc]initWithObjects:dashBoardVC,inventVC,alarmVC,scanDeviceVC,serverDetailVC,nil];
mainTableView = [[UITableView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 50,self.view.frame.size.width,
self.view.frame.size.height-50) style:UITableViewStylePlain];
[mainTableView setDelegate:(id)self];
[mainTableView setDataSource:(id)self];
[mainTableView setSeparatorStyle:UITableViewCellSeparatorStyleNone];
[mainTableView setScrollsToTop:NO];
[self.view addSubview:mainTableView];
}
- (CGFloat)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
heightForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
{
return 100;
}
- (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection: (NSInteger)section
{
return [viewControllerArray count];
}
- (NSInteger)numberOfSectionsInTableView:(UITableView *)tableView
{
return 1; //count of section
}
- (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView

cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
{
NSString *cellId = [NSString
stringWithFormat:@"Cell%li%ld",(long)indexPath.section,(long)indexPath.row];
UITableViewCell *cell =[tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:cellId];
if (cell == nil)
{
cell = [[UITableViewCell alloc]initWithStyle:UITableViewCellStyleDefault
reuseIdentifier:cellId];
}
[cell.contentView setBackgroundColor:[UIColor redColor]];
cell.textLabel.text =[NSString stringWithFormat:@"My VC at index %ld",(long)indexPath.row];
return cell;
}
- (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
didSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
{
[detailDelegate sendSelectedNavController:[viewControllerArray
objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]];
}
@end
Create some UIViewControllers and added it to an array. The Table view is initialized then on
didSelectRowAtIndexPath method I send a UIViewController to the DetailViewController using
detailDelegate with the corresponding UIViewController in array as parameter
DetailViewController.h
@interface DetailViewController : UIViewController<UICollectionViewDelegate>

{
UIViewController *tempNav;
}
@end
DetailViewController.m
@implementation DetailViewController
-(void)viewDidLoad
{
[self.view setBackgroundColor:[UIColor whiteColor]];
}
-(void)sendSelectedNavController:(UIViewController *)navController
{
NSArray *viewsToRemove = [self.view subviews];
for (UIView *v in viewsToRemove) {
[v removeFromSuperview];
}
tempNav = navController;
[self.view addSubview:tempNav.view];
}
@end
sendSelectedNavControlleris declared here with removing all the views in the DetailViewController
and adding the passed UIViewController from the MasterViewController
Adding some screen shots of the application
preferredDisplayMode as automatic on swiping the screen we get the MasterViewController as
attached in the below image but in Landscape mode we get both the MasterViewController and
DetailViewController
Chapter 190: UISplitViewController
Remarks
In iOS 8 and later, you can use the UISplitViewController class on all iOS devices, in previous
versions of iOS, the class is available only on iPad. UISplitViewController is a container class like
UITabViewController, UINavigationController. It separates the main view into two UIViewControllers
masterViewController(PrimaryViewController) and detailViewController(SecondaryViewController).
we can send an NSArray with two UIViewControllers and Apple recommends UISplitViewController
as a rootviewcontroller for your application. To interact between the UIViewControllers I use
NSNotificationCenter.
Examples
Interacting Between Master and Detail View using Delegates in Objective C
UISplitViewController needs to the root view controller of your app’s window
AppDelegate.m

*)launchOptions
{
self.window = [[UIWindow alloc] initWithFrame:[[UIScreen mainScreen] bounds]]
self.window.backgroundColor = [UIColor blackColor];
self.window.clipsToBounds = YES;
SplitViewController *spView = [[SplitViewController alloc]init];
self.window.rootViewController = spView;
return YES;
}
Just create an object for your UISplitVIewController and set it as the rootViewController for your
application.
SplitViewController.h
@interface ViewController : UISplitViewController
{
DetailViewController *detailVC;
MasterViewController *masterVC;
NSMutableArray *array;
}
@end
MasterViewController is a UIViewController that is set on the left side of the device you can set the
width in UISplitViewController using maximumPrimaryColumnWidth and DetailViewController is on the
Right side
SplitViewController.m
#define ANIMATION_LENGTH 0.3
@end
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
masterVC = [[MasterViewController alloc]init];
detailVC = [[DetailViewController alloc]init];
[masterVC setDetailDelegate:(id)detailVC];
NSArray *vcArray = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:masterVC, detailVC, nil];
self.preferredDisplayMode = UISplitViewControllerDisplayModeAutomatic;
self.viewControllers = vcArray;
self.delegate = (id)self;
self.presentsWithGesture = YES;
}
The master and detail UIViewController's are added to an NSArray which is set to
self.viewControllers. self.preferredDisplayMode is is the mode set for displaying of
MasterViewController and DetailViewController . self.presentsWithGesture enables swipe gesture for
displaying MasterViewController
MasterViewController.h
@protocol DetailViewDelegate <NSObject>

@required
- (void)sendSelectedNavController:(UIViewController *)viewController;
@end
@interface MasterViewController : UIViewController

{
UITableView *mainTableView;
NSMutableArray *viewControllerArray;
}
@property (nonatomic, retain) id<DetailViewDelegate> detailDelegate;
@end
Create a DetailViewDelegate Delegate with sendSelectedNavController method for sending the

UIViewControllers to the DetailViewController. Then in MasterViewController an UITableViewis
created . The ViewControllerArray contains all the UIViewControllers that needs to be displayed in
DetailViewController
MasterViewController.m
@implementation MasterViewController
@synthesize detailDelegate;
-(void)viewDidLoad
{
UIViewController *dashBoardVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];

[dashBoardVC.view setBackgroundColor:[UIColor redColor]];
UIViewController *inventVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];
[inventVC.view setBackgroundColor:[UIColor whiteColor]];
UIViewController *alarmVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];
[alarmVC.view setBackgroundColor: [UIColor purpleColor]];
UIViewController *scanDeviceVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];
[scanDeviceVC.view setBackgroundColor:[UIColor cyanColor]];
UIViewController *serverDetailVC = [[UIViewController alloc]init];
[serverDetailVC.view setBackgroundColor: [UIColor whiteColor]];
viewControllerArray = [[NSMutableArray
alloc]initWithObjects:dashBoardVC,inventVC,alarmVC,scanDeviceVC,serverDetailVC,nil];
mainTableView = [[UITableView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 50,self.view.frame.size.width,
self.view.frame.size.height-50) style:UITableViewStylePlain];
[mainTableView setDelegate:(id)self];
[mainTableView setDataSource:(id)self];
[mainTableView setSeparatorStyle:UITableViewCellSeparatorStyleNone];
[mainTableView setScrollsToTop:NO];
[self.view addSubview:mainTableView];
}
- (CGFloat)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
heightForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
{
return 100;
}
- (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection: (NSInteger)section
{
return [viewControllerArray count];
}
{
return 1; //count of section
}
- (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView

cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
{
NSString *cellId = [NSString
stringWithFormat:@"Cell%li%ld",(long)indexPath.section,(long)indexPath.row];
UITableViewCell *cell =[tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:cellId];
if (cell == nil)
{
cell = [[UITableViewCell alloc]initWithStyle:UITableViewCellStyleDefault
reuseIdentifier:cellId];
}
[cell.contentView setBackgroundColor:[UIColor redColor]];
cell.textLabel.text =[NSString stringWithFormat:@"My VC at index %ld",(long)indexPath.row];
return cell;
}
didSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
{
[detailDelegate sendSelectedNavController:[viewControllerArray
objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]];
}
@end
Created some UIViewController and added it to an NSMutableArray. The UITableView is initialized

then on didselectrowatindexpath method I send a UIViewController to the DetailViewController
using detailDelegate delegate with the corresponding UIViewController in the NSMutableArray as a
parameter
DetailViewController.h
@interface DetailViewController : UIViewController<UICollectionViewDelegate>

{
UIViewController *tempNav;
}
@end
DetailViewController.m
@implementation DetailViewController
-(void)viewDidLoad
{
[self.view setBackgroundColor:[UIColor whiteColor]];
}
-(void)sendSelectedNavController:(UIViewController *)navController
{
NSArray *viewsToRemove = [self.view subviews];
for (UIView *v in viewsToRemove) {
[v removeFromSuperview];
}
tempNav = navController;
[self.view addSubview:tempNav.view];
}
@end
The sendSelectedNavController is declared here with removing all the UIView's in the
DetailViewController and adding the passed UIViewController from the MasterViewController.
Read UISplitViewController online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/4844/uisplitviewcontroller
Chapter 191: UIStackView
Examples
Create a horizontal stack view programmatically
Swift 3
let stackView = UIStackView()

stackView.alignment = .fill // .leading .firstBaseline .center .trailing .lastBaseline
stackView.distribution = .fill // .fillEqually .fillProportionally .equalSpacing
.equalCentering

label.text = "Text"
// for horizontal stack view, you might want to add width constraint to label or whatever view
you're adding.
Swift

stackView.axis = .Horizontal
stackView.alignment = .Fill // .Leading .FirstBaseline .Center .Trailing .LastBaseline
stackView.distribution = .Fill // .FillEqually .FillProportionally .EqualSpacing
.EqualCentering
let label = UILabel(frame: CGRectZero)

label.text = "Label"
// for horizontal stack view, you might want to add width constraint to label or whatever view
you're adding.
Objective-C
UIStackView *stackView = [[UIStackView alloc] init];

stackView.axis = UILayoutConstraintAxisHorizontal;
stackView.alignment = UIStackViewAlignmentFill; //UIStackViewAlignmentLeading,
UIStackViewAlignmentFirstBaseline, UIStackViewAlignmentCenter, UIStackViewAlignmentTrailing,
UIStackViewAlignmentLastBaseline
stackView.distribution = UIStackViewDistributionFill; //UIStackViewDistributionFillEqually,
UIStackViewDistributionFillProportionally, UIStackViewDistributionEqualSpacing,
UIStackViewDistributionEqualCentering
UILabel *label = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectZero];

label.text = @"Label";
[stackView addArrangedSubview:label];
//For horizontal stack view, you might want to add a width constraint to your label or
whatever view you are adding.
Create a vertical stack view programmatically
Swift

stackView.axis = .Vertical
stackView.alignment = .Fill // .Leading .FirstBaseline .Center .Trailing .LastBaseline
stackView.distribution = .Fill // .FillEqually .FillProportionally .EqualSpacing
.EqualCentering
let label = UILabel(frame: CGRectZero)

label.text = "Label"
// for vertical stack view, you might want to add height constraint to label or whatever view
you're adding.
Objective-C
UIStackView *stackView = [[UIStackView alloc] init];

stackView.axis = UILayoutConstraintAxisVertical;
stackView.alignment = UIStackViewAlignmentFill; //UIStackViewAlignmentLeading,
UIStackViewAlignmentFirstBaseline, UIStackViewAlignmentCenter, UIStackViewAlignmentTrailing,
UIStackViewAlignmentLastBaseline
stackView.distribution = UIStackViewDistributionFill; //UIStackViewDistributionFillEqually,
UIStackViewDistributionFillProportionally, UIStackViewDistributionEqualSpacing,
UIStackViewDistributionEqualCentering
UILabel *label = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectZero];

label.text = @"Label";
[stackView addArrangedSubview:label];
//For vertical stack view, you might want to add a height constraint to your label or whatever
view you are adding.
Center Buttons with UIStackview
Step 1 :- take 4 button in your Storyboard. Button1 , Button2 , Button 3 , Button4
Step 2 :- Give Fixed Height and width to All buttons .
Step 3 :- All 2 - 2 button's pair in 2 stackview.
Step 4 :- Set UIStackview Property for both .
Distribution -> Fill Equally

Spacing -> 5 (as per your requirement)
Step 5 :- Add both Stackview in one Stackview
Step 6 :- Set Distribution = Fill equally Spacing =5 in main stackview (set According to your
requirement)
Step 7 :- Now set Constrain to main stackview
center Horizontally in container
center vertically in container
and select Update Frame.
Step 8 :- It's time for Output for All device .
Read UIStackView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1390/uistackview
Chapter 192: UIStoryboard
Introduction
A UIStoryboard object encapsulates the view controller graph stored in an Interface Builder
storyboard resource file. This view controller graph represents the view controllers for all or part of
your application’s user interface.
Examples
Getting an instance of UIStoryboard programmatically
SWIFT:
Getting an instance of UIStoryboard programmatically can be done as follows:
where:
• name => the name of the storyboard without the extension

• bundle => the bundle containing the storyboard file and its related resources. If you specify
nil, this method looks in the main bundle of the current application.
For example, you can use the instance created above to access a certain UIViewController
instantiated within that storyboard:
let viewController = storyboard.instantiateViewController(withIdentifier: "yourIdentifier")
OBJECTIVE-C:
Getting an instance of UIStoryboard in Objective-C can be done as follows:
UIStoryboard *storyboard = [UIStoryboard storyboardWithName:@"MainStoryboard" bundle:nil];
Example of accessing UIViewController instantiated within that storyboard:
MyViewController *myViewController = [storyboard

instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier:@"MyViewControllerIdentifier"];
Open another storyboard
let storyboard = UIStoryboard(name: "StoryboardName", bundle: nil)
let vc = storyboard.instantiateViewController(withIdentifier: "ViewControllerID") as
YourViewController
self.present(vc, animated: true, completion: nil)
Read UIStoryboard online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8795/uistoryboard
Chapter 193: UISwitch
Syntax
• (instancetype)initWithFrame:(CGRect)frame;
• (void)setOn:(BOOL)on animated:(BOOL)animated;
• (nullable instancetype)initWithCoder:(NSCoder *)aDecoder;
Remarks
1. UISwitch Reference : Apple Documentation
2. Another Reference given by : Enoch Huang
Examples
Set On / Off
Objective-C
[mySwitch setOn:YES];
//or
[mySwitch setOn:YES animated:YES];
Swift
mySwitch.setOn(false)
//or
mySwitch.setOn(false, animated: false)
Set Background Color
Objective-C
mySwitch.backgroundColor = [UIColor yellowColor];

[mySwitch setBackgroundColor: [UIColor yellowColor]];
mySwitch.backgroundColor =[UIColor colorWithRed:255/255.0 green:0/255.0 blue:0/255.0
alpha:1.0];
mySwitch.backgroundColor= [UIColor colorWithWhite: 0.5 alpha: 1.0];
mySwitch.backgroundColor=[UIColor colorWithHue: 0.4 saturation: 0.3 brightness:0.7 alpha:
1.0];
Swift
mySwitch.backgroundColor = UIColor.yellow
mySwitch.backgroundColor = UIColor(red: 255.0/255, green: 0.0/255, blue: 0.0/255, alpha: 1.0)
mySwitch.backgroundColor = UIColor(white: 0.5, alpha: 1.0)
mySwitch.backgroundColor = UIColor(hue: 0.4,saturation: 0.3,brightness: 0.7,alpha: 1.0)
Set Tint Color
Objective-C
//for off-state
mySwitch.tintColor = [UIColor blueColor];
[mySwitch setTintColor: [UIColor blueColor]];
//for on-state
mySwitch.onTintColor = [UIColor cyanColor];
[mySwitch setOnTintColor: [UIColor cyanColor]];
Swift
//for off-state
mySwitch.tintColor = UIColor.blueColor()
//for on-state
mySwitch.onTintColor = UIColor.cyanColor()
Set Image for On/Off state
Objective-C
//set off-image
mySwitch.offImage = [UIImage imageNamed:@"off_image"];
[mySwitch setOffImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"off_image"]];
//set on-image
mySwitch.onImage = [UIImage imageNamed:@"on_image"];
[mySwitch setOnImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"on_image"]];
Swift
//set off-image
mySwitch.offImage = UIImage(named: "off_image")
//set on-image
mySwitch.onImage = UIImage(named: "on_image")
Read UISwitch online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2182/uiswitch
Chapter 194: UITabBarController
Examples
Create an instance
A 'tab bar' is commonly found in most iOS apps and is used to present distinct views in each tab.
To create a tab bar controller using the interface builder, drag a tab bar Controller from the Object
Library into the canvas.
By default a tab bar controller comes with two views. To add additional views, control drag from
the tab bar controller to the new view and select 'view controllers' in the segue-drop down.
Changing Tab Bar Item Title and Icon
Using the Story Board:
Select the tab bar item from the corresponding view controller and go to the attributes inspector
If you want a built-in icon and title, set the 'System Item' to the corresponding value.
For a custom icon, add the required images to the assets folder and set the 'System Item' from
earlier to 'custom'.
Now, set the icon to be shown when the tab is selected from the 'selected image' drop down and
the default tab icon from the 'image' drop down. Add the corresponding title in the 'title' field.
Programmatically:
In the viewDidLoad() method of the view controller, add the following code:
Objective-C:
self.title = @"item";
self.tabBarItem.image = [UIImage imageNamed:@"item"];

self.tabBarItem.selectedImage = [UIImage imageNamed:@"item_selected"];
Swift:
self.title = "item"
self.tabBarItem.image = UIImage(named: "item")
self.tabBarItem.selectedImage = UIImage(named: "item_selected")
Navigation Controller with TabBar
Navigation controller can be embed in each tabs using storyboard it self. It can be like in the
screenshot added.
To add a Navigation Controller to a View Controller connecting from Tab Bar Controller, here are
the flow
• Select the view controller for which we need to add navigation controller. Here let it be the
Search View Controller as the selection display.
• From the Editor menu of the Xcode, select Embed In -> Navigation Controller option
Tab Bar color customizing
[[UITabBar appearance] setTintColor:[UIColor whiteColor]];

[[UITabBar appearance] setBarTintColor:[UIColor tabBarBackgroundColor]];
[[UITabBar appearance] setBackgroundColor:[UIColor tabBarInactiveColor]];
[[UINavigationBar appearance] setBarTintColor:[UIColor appBlueColor]];
[[UINavigationBar appearance] setTintColor:[UIColor whiteColor]];
[[UINavigationBar appearance] setBarStyle:UIBarStyleBlack];
UITabBarController with custom color selection
UITabBarController building in Swift 3 Change image color and title according to selection with
changing selected tab color.
import UIKit
class TabbarController: UITabBarController {

super.viewDidLoad()
self.navigationController?.isNavigationBarHidden = true
UITabBar.appearance().tintColor = UIColor.purple
// set red as selected background color

let numberOfItems = CGFloat(tabBar.items!.count)
let tabBarItemSize = CGSize(width: tabBar.frame.width / numberOfItems, height:
tabBar.frame.height)
tabBar.selectionIndicatorImage =
UIImage.imageWithColor(UIColor.lightText.withAlphaComponent(0.5), size:
tabBarItemSize).resizableImage(withCapInsets: UIEdgeInsets.zero)
// remove default border

tabBar.frame.size.width = self.view.frame.width + 4
tabBar.frame.origin.x = -2
override func viewWillAppear(_ animated: Bool) {

// For Images
let firstViewController:UIViewController = NotificationVC()
// The following statement is what you need
let customTabBarItem:UITabBarItem = UITabBarItem(title: nil, image: UIImage(named:
"notification@2x")?.withRenderingMode(UIImageRenderingMode.alwaysOriginal), selectedImage:
UIImage(named: "notification_sel@2x"))
firstViewController.tabBarItem = customTabBarItem
for item in self.tabBar.items! {

let unselectedItem = [NSForegroundColorAttributeName: UIColor.white]
let selectedItem = [NSForegroundColorAttributeName: UIColor.purple]
item.setTitleTextAttributes(unselectedItem, for: .normal)

item.setTitleTextAttributes(selectedItem, for: .selected)
}
}
extension UIImage {
class func imageWithColor(_ color: UIColor, size: CGSize) -> UIImage {
let rect: CGRect = CGRect(origin: CGPoint(x: 0,y :0), size: CGSize(width: size.width,
height: size.height))
UIGraphicsBeginImageContextWithOptions(size, false, 0)
color.setFill()
UIRectFill(rect)
let image: UIImage = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext()!
return image
}
Choosing image for tab bar and set the tab

title here
Selection another tab
Create Tab Bar controller programmatically without Storyboard
class AppDelegate: UIResponder, UIApplicationDelegate {
var window: UIWindow?
var firstTabNavigationController : UINavigationController!

var secondTabNavigationControoller : UINavigationController!
var thirdTabNavigationController : UINavigationController!
var fourthTabNavigationControoller : UINavigationController!
var fifthTabNavigationController : UINavigationController!
func application(_ application: UIApplication, didFinishLaunchingWithOptions

launchOptions: [UIApplicationLaunchOptionsKey: Any]?) -> Bool {
Fabric.with([Crashlytics.self])
window = UIWindow(frame: UIScreen.main.bounds)
window?.backgroundColor = UIColor.black
let tabBarController = UITabBarController()
firstTabNavigationController = UINavigationController.init(rootViewController:
FirstViewController())
secondTabNavigationControoller = UINavigationController.init(rootViewController:
SecondViewController())
thirdTabNavigationController = UINavigationController.init(rootViewController:
ThirdViewController())
fourthTabNavigationControoller = UINavigationController.init(rootViewController:
FourthViewController())
fifthTabNavigationController = UINavigationController.init(rootViewController:
FifthViewController())
tabBarController.viewControllers = [firstTabNavigationController,
secondTabNavigationControoller, thirdTabNavigationController, fourthTabNavigationControoller,
fifthTabNavigationController]
let item1 = UITabBarItem(title: "Home", image: UIImage(named: "ico-home"), tag: 0)

let item2 = UITabBarItem(title: "Contest", image: UIImage(named: "ico-contest"), tag:
1)
let item3 = UITabBarItem(title: "Post a Picture", image: UIImage(named: "ico-photo"),
tag: 2)
let item4 = UITabBarItem(title: "Prizes", image: UIImage(named: "ico-prizes"), tag:
3)
let item5 = UITabBarItem(title: "Profile", image: UIImage(named: "ico-profile"), tag:
4)
firstTabNavigationController.tabBarItem = item1
secondTabNavigationControoller.tabBarItem = item2
thirdTabNavigationController.tabBarItem = item3
fourthTabNavigationControoller.tabBarItem = item4
fifthTabNavigationController.tabBarItem = item5
UITabBar.appearance().tintColor = UIColor(red: 0/255.0, green: 146/255.0, blue:

248/255.0, alpha: 1.0)
self.window?.rootViewController = tabBarController
window?.makeKeyAndVisible()
return true
}
Read UITabBarController online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2763/uitabbarcontroller
Chapter 195: UITableView
Introduction
A simple, widely-used, yet very powerful view that can present data in a list form using rows and a
single column. Users may scroll vertically through the items in a table view, and optionally
manipulate and select content.
Syntax
• - (CGFloat)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView heightForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath
*)indexPath;
• - (CGFloat)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
heightForHeaderInSection:(NSInteger)section;
• - (CGFloat)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
heightForFooterInSection:(NSInteger)section;
• - (UIView *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView

viewForHeaderInSection:(NSInteger)section;
• - (UIView *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView viewForFooterInSection:(NSInteger)section;
• - (UITableViewCellAccessoryType)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
accessoryTypeForRowWithIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
• - (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
accessoryButtonTappedForRowWithIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath;
• - (NSIndexPath *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView

willSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath;

willDeselectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
• - (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView didSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath

*)indexPath;
• - (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView didDeselectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath

*)indexPath
• - (UITableViewCellEditingStyle)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
editingStyleForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath;
• - (NSString *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView

titleForDeleteConfirmationButtonForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath
• - (BOOL)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
shouldIndentWhileEditingRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath;
• - (void)tableView:(UITableView*)tableView willBeginEditingRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath
*)indexPath;
• - (void)tableView:(UITableView*)tableView didEndEditingRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath
*)indexPath;

targetIndexPathForMoveFromRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)sourceIndexPath
toProposedIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)proposedDestinationIndexPath;
• - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
indentationLevelForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath;
• - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
numberOfRowsInSection:(NSInteger)section;
• - (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView

cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath;
• - (NSInteger)numberOfSectionsInTableView:(UITableView *)tableView;

titleForHeaderInSection:(NSInteger)section; // fixed font style. use custom view (UILabel) if
you want something different

titleForFooterInSection:(NSInteger)section;
• - (BOOL)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView canEditRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath

*)indexPath;
• - (BOOL)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView canMoveRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath

*)indexPath;
• - (NSArray *)sectionIndexTitlesForTableView:(UITableView *)tableView;
• - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView sectionForSectionIndexTitle:(NSString

*)title atIndex:(NSInteger)index;
• - (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView
commitEditingStyle:(UITableViewCellEditingStyle)editingStyle
forRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath;
• - (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView moveRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath

*)sourceIndexPath toIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)destinationIndexPath;
Remarks
UITableView is a subclass of UIScrollView. Classes that follow the UITableViewDelegate protocol also
follow the UIScrollViewDelegate protocol. UITableView can be useful for showing long or
indeterminate lists through its cells, whilst UIScrollView is better for when the size of the views to
be shown is known beforehand.
Examples
Delegate and Datasource
The UITableViewDelegate is used to control how the table is displayed, and UITableViewDataSource is
used to define the UITableView's data. There are two required methods and many optional ones
which can be used to customize size, sections, headings, and cells in the UITableView.
UITableViewDataSource
Required Methods
numberOfRowsInSection: This method defines how many cells will be displayed in each
section of the tableview.
Objective-C
- (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection:(NSInteger)section {

// Return the number of rows for the table view. Usually populated from an array,
// or can be statically defined.
return self.myArray.count;
}
Swift 3
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, numberOfRowsInSection section: Int) -> Int {

// Return the number of rows for the table view. Usually populated from an array,
// or can be statically defined.
return self.myArray.count
}
cellForRowAtIndexPath: This method is where the UITableView's cells are created and
configured. Should return either a UITableViewCell or a custom subclass.
Note: Using dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:forIndexPath: requires that the class or nib has

been registered for that identifier using the UITableView's registerClass:forCellReuseIdentifier: or
registerNib:forCellReuseIdentifier: methods. Usually, this will be done in the UIViewController's
viewDidLoad method.
Objective-C
- (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath
*)indexPath {
MyCustomCell *cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:@"MyCustomCell"
forIndexPath:indexPath];
// All additional customization goes here

cell.titleLabel.text = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Title Row %lu", indexPath.row];
return cell;
}
Swift 3
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, cellForRowAtIndexPath indexPath: NSIndexPath) ->

UITableViewCell {
let cell = tableView.dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier("MyCustomCell",
forIndexPath:indexPath)
// All additional customization goes here

cell.titleLabel.text = String(format:"Title Row %lu", indexPath.row)
return cell
}
Optional Methods
titleForHeaderInSection: Defines a string as the title for each section header in the
table view. This method only allows for changing the title, further customization can be
done by defining the view for the header.
Objective-C
- (NSString *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView titleForHeaderInSection:(NSInteger)section {

switch(section) {
case 0:
return @"Title 1";
break;
case 1:
return @"Title 2";
break;
default:
return nil;
break;
}
}
Swift 3
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, titleForHeaderInSection section: Int) -> String? {

switch section {
case 0:
return "Title 1"
case 1:
return "Title 2"
default:
return nil
}
}
titleForFooterInSection: Defines a string as the title for each section header in the
table view.
Objective-C
- (NSString *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView titleForFooterInSection:(NSInteger)section {

return @"Footer text";
}
Swift 3
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, titleForFooterInSection section: Int) -> String? {

return "Footer text"
}
canEditRowAtIndexPath: Used to determine if the editing UI should be displayed for the

specified row. Should return YES if the specified row can be deleted or added.
Objective-C
- (BOOL)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView canEditRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath {

return YES;
}
Swift 3
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, canEditRowAtIndexPath indexPath: NSIndexPath) -> Bool

{
return true
}
commitEditingStyle:forRowAtIndexPath Should perform the work required to handle the

addition or removal of the specified row. For example, remove the cell from the
UITableView with animation, and remove the associated object from the table's data
model.
Objective-C
commitEditingStyle:(UITableViewCellEditingStyle)editingStyle forRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath
*)indexPath {
switch (editingStyle) {
case UITableViewCellEditingStyleInsert:
// Insert new data into the backing data model here
[self insertNewDataIntoDataModel];
[tableView insertRowsAtIndexPaths:@[indexPath]
withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationAutomatic];
break;
case UITableViewCellEditingStyleDelete:
[self removeDataFromDataModelAtIndex:indexPath.row];
[tableView deleteRowsAtIndexPaths:@[indexPath]
break;
default:
// Nothing to perform if the editingStyle was neither Insert or Delete
break;
}
}
Swift 3
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, commitEditingStyle editingStyle:

UITableViewCellEditingStyle, forRowAtIndexPath indexPath: NSIndexPath) {
switch editingStyle {
case .Insert:
self.insertNewDataIntoDataModel()
tableView.insertRowsAtIndexPaths([indexPath], withRowAnimation:.Automatic)
case .Delete:
self.removeDataFromDataModelAtIndex(indexPath.row)
tableView.deleteRowsAtIndexPaths([indexPath], withRowAnimation:.Automatic)
default:
// Nothing to perform if the editingStyle was neither Insert or Delete
}
}
editActions:forRowAt Allows ability to add aditional actions or buttons to the edit mode
of a row inside a UITableview. For example if you wanted two buttons, an edit and
delete button when user swipes to edit the row, then you would use this method.
Swift 3
override func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, editActionsForRowAt indexPath: IndexPath) ->

[UITableViewRowAction]? {
// In the handler you will get passed the action as well as the indexPath for
// the row that is being edited
let editAction = UITableViewRowAction(style: .normal, title: "Edit", handler: { [unowned
self] action, indexPath in
// Do something when edit is tapped
})
// Change the color of the edit action

editAction.backgroundColor = UIColor.blue
let deleteAction = UITableViewRowAction(style: .destructive, title: "Delete", handler: {

[unowned self] action, indexPath in
// Handel the delete event
})
return [deleteAction, editAction]

}
UITableViewDelegate
All methods in UITableViewDelegate are optional, but a delegate that implements them will enable
extra features for the UITableView.
numberOfSectionsInTableView: By default this returns 1, but multiple section support is

enabled by returning a different number of sections.
Objective-C
- (NSInteger)numberOfSectionsInTableView:(UITableView *)tableView {
return self.numSections;
}
Swift 3
func numberOfSectionsInTableView(_ tableView: UITableView) -> Int {

return self.numSections
}
viewForHeaderInSection Allows the configuration of a custom view as the header for the
section.
Objective-C
- (UIView *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView viewForHeaderInSection:(NSInteger)section {
UIView *view = [[UIView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0,

CGRectGetWidth(tableView.frame), 22)];
view.backgroundColor = [UIColor groupTableViewBackgroundColor];

label.font = [UIFont systemFontOfSize:12];
label.textColor = [UIColor darkGrayColor];
switch (section) {
case 1: {
label.text = @"Title";
label.frame = labelFrame;
UIButton *more = [[UIButton alloc] initWithFrame:btnFrame];

[more setTitle:@"See more" forState:UIControlStateNormal];
[more.titleLabel setFont:[UIFont systemFontOfSize:12]];
[view addSubview:more];
} break;
default:
label.frame = CGRectMake(0, 0, 0, 0);
break;
}
[view addSubview:label];
return view;
}
Swift 3
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, viewForHeaderInSection section: Int) -> UIView? {

let view = UIView(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: tableView.frame.size.width, height:
22))
view.backgroundColor = UIColor.groupTableViewBackgroundColor()

label.textColor = UIColor.darkGrayColor()
switch section {
case 1:
label.text = "Title"
label.frame = labelFrame
let more = UIButton(frame: btnFrame)

more.setTitle("See more", forState:.Normal)
view.addSubview(more)
default:
label.frame = CGRect.zero
}
return view;
}
heightForRowAtIndexPath: Define the height of each cell in the table view.
Objective-C

{
return 44;
}
Swift 3
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, heightForRowAtIndexPath indexPath: NSIndexPath) ->

CGFloat {
return 44
}
heightForHeaderInSection:and heightForFooterInSection Define the height for the

header and footer of each section in the table view
Objective-C
- (CGFloat)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView heightForHeaderInSection:(NSInteger)section {

return 33;
}
Swift 3
func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, heightForHeaderInSection section: Int) -> CGFloat {
return 33
}
Custom Cells
Customizing a UITableViewCell can allow for very powerful, dynamic, and responsive interfaces.
With extensive customization and in combination with other techniques you can do things like:
update specific properties or interface elements as they change, animate or draw things in the cell,
efficiently load video as the user scrolls, or even display pictures as they download from a
network. The possibilities here are nearly endless. Below is a simple example of what a custom
cell may look like.
This section covers the basics, and hopefully will be expanded to detail more complex processes
like those described above.
Creating Your Custom Cell

First, create a new subclass of UITableViewCell (create a new Cocoa Touch Class in Xcode and
set UITableViewCell as the superclass). Below is what your code may look like after subclassing.
Swift
class CustomTableViewCell: UITableViewCell {
static var identifier: String {
return NSStringFromClass(self)
}
var customLabel: UILabel!

// Initialization code
customLabel = UILabel(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: contentView.frame.width,
height: contentView.frame.height))
customLabel.textAlignment = .center
contentView.addSubview(customLabel)
}
}
Optionally, check 'Also create a XIB file' when creating your new file to customize using Interface
Builder. In the case that you do, connect customLabel as an @IBOutlet
In a UIViewController containing the tableView, register the new custom cell's class (see below).
Note, this is only necessary if you do not design the cell with a Storyboard in your table view's
interface.
Swift
super.viewDidLoad()
// Register Cell Class

tableView.register(CustomTableViewCell.self, forCellReuseIdentifier:
CustomTableViewCell.identifier)
}
If you chose to use a XIB file, registerNib instead:
Swift
// Register Nib
tableView.register(UINib(nibName: CustomTableViewCell.identifier, bundle: nil),
forCellReuseIdentifier: CustomTableViewCell.identifier)
Now that your tableView knows about your custom cell, you can dequeue it in
cellForRowAtIndexPath:
Swift
func tableView(tableView: UITableView, cellForRowAtIndexPath indexPath: NSIndexPath) ->

UITableViewCell {
// Load the CustomTableViewCell. Make sure the identifier supplied here matches the one
from your cell
let cell: CustomTableViewCell =
tableView.dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier(CustomTableViewCell.identifier) as!
CustomTableViewCell
// This is where the magic happens - setting a custom property on your very own cell
cell.customLabel.text = "My Custom Cell"
return cell
}
Creating a UITableView
A Table View is a list of rows that can be selected. Each row is populated from a data source. This
example creates a simple table view in which each row is a single line of text.
Add a UITableView to your Storyboard
Although there are a number of ways to create a UITableView, one of the easiest is to add one to a
Storyboard. Open your Storyboard and drag a UITableView onto your UIViewController. Make sure
to use Auto Layout to correctly align the table (pin all four sides).
Populating Your Table with Data

In order to display content dynamically (i.e. load it from a data source like an array, a Core Data
model, a networked server, etc.) in your table view you need to setup the data source.
Creating a simple data source
A data source could, as stated above, be anything with data. Its entirely up to you how to format it
and whats in it. The only requirement is that you must be able to read it later so that you can
populate each row of your table with data when needed.
In this example, we'll just set an array with some strings (text) as our data source:
Swift
let myDataArray: [String] = ["Row one", "Row two", "Row three", "Row four", "Row five"]
Objective-C
// You'll need to define this variable as a global variable (like an @property) so that you
can access it later when needed.
NSArray *myDataArray = @[@"Row one", @"Row two", @"Row three", @"Row four", @"Row five"];
Setting up your data source in your View Controller

Make sure your view controller conforms to the UITableViewDataSource protocol.
Swift
class ViewController: UIViewController, UITableViewDataSource {
Objective-C
@interface ViewController : UIViewController <UITableViewDataSource>
As soon as your view controller has declared it will conform to the UITableViewDataSource (that's
what we've just done above), you are required to implement at least the following methods in your
view controller class:
• tableView:numberOfRowsInSection, this asks you how many rows your table view should have.
// Swift
func tableView(tableView: UITableView, numberOfRowsInSection section: Int) -> Int {

return self.myDataArray.count
}
• tableView:cellForRowAtIndexPath, requests that you create and return a cell for each row you
specified in tableView:numberOfRowsInSection. So, if you said you needed 10 rows, this method
will be called ten times for each row, and you need to create a cell for each of those rows.
// Swift
UITableViewCell {
// Create a new cell here. The cellReuseIdentifier needs to match the reuse
identifier from the cell in your Storyboard
let cell: UITableViewCell =
tableView.dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier(cellReuseIdentifier) as UITableViewCell!
// Set the label on your cell to the text from your data array
cell.textLabel?.text = self.myDataArray[indexPath.row]
return cell
}
WARNING: You may NOT return nil for any cells in cellForRowAtIndexPath:. This will
cause your app to crash, and you will see the following error in the console:
Uncaught exception 'NSInternalInconsistencyException', reason: 'UITableView

dataSource must return a cell from tableView:cellForRowAtIndexPath:'
Connecting the table view's data source to your view

controller
You can either do this via code by setting your table's dataSource property to self on your view
controller. Or you may select your table view in your storyboard, open the Attributes Inspector,
select the "Outlets" panel, and drag from dataSource to your view controller (NOTE: make sure you
connect to the UIViewCONTROLLER, not a UIView or another object in your UIViewController).
Handling row selections

When a user taps on a row in your table view, generally, you'll want to do something - to respond.
In many apps, when you tap on a row, more information about that item you tapped upon is
displayed. Think of the Messages app: when you tap on the row showing one of your contacts, the
conversation with that person is then displayed on screen.
In orer to do that, you must conform to the UITableViewDelegate protocol. Doing so is similar to
conforming to the data source protocol. This time however, you'll just add it next to
UITableViewDataSource and separate it with a comma. So it should look like this:
Swift
class ViewController: UIViewController, UITableViewDataSource, UITableViewDelegate {
Objective-C
@interface ViewController : UIViewController <UITableViewDataSource, UITableViewDelegate>
There are no required methods to implement for the table view's delegate. However, to handle row
selections you'll need to use the following method:
• tableView:didSelectRowAtIndexPath,this is called whenever a row is tapped, which allows you

to do something in response. For our example, we'll just print a confirmation statement to the
Xcode log.
// Swift

print("You tapped cell number \(indexPath.row).")
}
// Objective-C
- (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView didSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath

*)indexPath {
NSLog(@"You tapped cell number %ld.", (long)indexPath.row);
}
The Final Solution

See below for the full setup with just code, no explanation.
Swift
import UIKit
class ViewController: UIViewController, UITableViewDelegate, UITableViewDataSource {
// Data model: These strings will be the data for the table view cells
let myDataArray: [String] = ["Row one", "Row two", "Row three", "Row four", "Row five"]
// cell reuse id (cells that scroll out of view can be reused)

let cellReuseIdentifier = "cell"
// don't forget to hook this up from the storyboard

@IBOutlet var myTableView: UITableView!

super.viewDidLoad()
// Register the table view cell class and its reuse id

myTableView.registerClass(UITableViewCell.self, forCellReuseIdentifier:
cellReuseIdentifier)
// This view controller itself will provide the delegate methods and row data for the
table view.
myTableView.delegate = self
myTableView.dataSource = self
}
// number of rows in table view

return self.myDataArray.count
}
// create a cell for each table view row
UITableViewCell {
// create a new cell if needed or reuse an old one

let cell:UITableViewCell =
tableView.dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier(cellReuseIdentifier) as UITableViewCell!
// set the text from the data model

cell.textLabel?.text = self.myDataArray[indexPath.row]
return cell
}
// method to run when table view cell is tapped

}
}
Objective-C
ViewController.h
@interface ViewController: UIViewController <UITableViewDelegate, UITableViewDataSource> {

IBOutlet UITableView *myTableView;
NSArray *myDataArray;
}
@end
ViewController.m
// cell reuse id (cells that scroll out of view can be reused)

NSString * _Nonnull cellReuseIdentifier = @"cell";
// Data model: These strings will be the data for the table view cells
myDataArray = @[@"Row one", @"Row two", @"Row three", @"Row four", @"Row five"];
// Register the table view cell class and its reuse id

[myTableView registerClass:[UITableViewCell class]
forCellReuseIdentifier:cellReuseIdentifier];
// This view controller itself will provide the delegate methods and row data for the
table view.
myTableView.delegate = self;
myTableView.dataSource = self;
}
return myDataArray.count;
}

*)indexPath {
// create a new cell if needed or reuse an old one
UITableViewCell *cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:cellReuseIdentifier];
// set the text from the data model

cell.textLabel.text = myDataArray[indexPath.row];
return cell;
}

- (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView didSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath{
NSLog(@"You tapped cell number %ld.", (long)indexPath.row);
}
@end
Self-Sizing Cells
In iOS 8 Apple introduced the self sizing cell. Layout your UITableViewCells with Autolayout
explicitly and UITableView takes care of the rest for you. Row height is calculated automatically,
by default rowHeight value is UITableViewAutomaticDimension.
UITableView property estimatedRowHeight is used when self-sizing cell is calculating.
When you create a self-sizing table view cell, you need to set this property and use
constraints to define the cell’s size.
-- Apple, UITableView Documentation
self.tableView.estimatedRowHeight = 44.0
Note that the tableView's delegate's heightForRowAtIndexPath is unnecessary if you want to have a
dynamic height for all cells. Simply set the above property when necessary and before reloading
or loading the table view. However, you can set specific cells' height while having others dynamic
via the following function:
Swift
override func tableView(tableView: UITableView, heightForRowAtIndexPath indexPath:

NSIndexPath) -> CGFloat {
switch indexPath.section {
case 1:
return 60
default:
return UITableViewAutomaticDimension
}
}
Objective-C

{
switch (indexPath.section) {
case 1:
return 60;
default:
return UITableViewAutomaticDimension;
}
}
Swipe to Delete Rows
I always think it is nice to have a very simple, self-contained example so that nothing is assumed
when I am learning a new task. This answer is that for deleting UITableView rows. The project
performs like this:
This project is based on the UITableView example for Swift.
Add the Code

Create a new project and replace the ViewController.swift code with the following.
import UIKit
class ViewController: UIViewController, UITableViewDelegate, UITableViewDataSource {
// These strings will be the data for the table view cells
var animals: [String] = ["Horse", "Cow", "Camel", "Pig", "Sheep", "Goat"]
let cellReuseIdentifier = "cell"
@IBOutlet var tableView: UITableView!
super.viewDidLoad()
// It is possible to do the following three things in the Interface Builder

// rather than in code if you prefer.
self.tableView.registerClass(UITableViewCell.self, forCellReuseIdentifier:
cellReuseIdentifier)
tableView.delegate = self
tableView.dataSource = self
}

return self.animals.count
}

UITableViewCell {
let cell:UITableViewCell =
self.tableView.dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier(cellReuseIdentifier) as UITableViewCell!
cell.textLabel?.text = self.animals[indexPath.row]
return cell
}

}
// this method handles row deletion

func tableView(tableView: UITableView, commitEditingStyle editingStyle:
if editingStyle == .Delete {
// remove the item from the data model

animals.removeAtIndex(indexPath.row)
// delete the table view row

tableView.deleteRowsAtIndexPaths([indexPath], withRowAnimation: .Fade)
} else if editingStyle == .Insert {

// Not used in our example, but if you were adding a new row, this is where you
would do it.
}
}
The single key method in the code above that enables row deletion is the last one. Here it is again
for emphasis:
func tableView(tableView: UITableView, commitEditingStyle editingStyle:

if editingStyle == .Delete {
// remove the item from the data model
animals.removeAtIndex(indexPath.row)
// delete the table view row

tableView.deleteRowsAtIndexPaths([indexPath], withRowAnimation: .Fade)
}
}
Storyboard
Add a UITableView to the View Controller in the storyboard. Use auto layout to pin the four sides of
the table view to the edges of the View Controller. Control drag from the table view in the
storyboard to the @IBOutlet var tableView: UITableView! line in the code.
Finished
That's all. You should be able to run your app now and delete rows by swiping left and tapping
"Delete".
Notes
• This is only available from iOS 8. See this answer for more details.
• If you need to change the number of buttons displayed or the button text then see this
answer for more details.
Further reading
• How To Make A Swipeable Table View Cell With Actions – Without Going Nuts With Scroll
Views
• Apple Documentation
Expanding & Collapsing UITableViewCells
In your Storyboard, add a UITableView object on your UIViewController and let it cover the entire
view. Setup the UITableviewDataSource and UITableviewDelegate connections.
Objective-C
In your .h file
NSMutableArray *arrayForBool;
NSMutableArray *sectionTitleArray;
In your .m file
arrayForBool = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];

sectionTitleArray = @[@"Sam",@"Sanju",@"John",@"Staffy"];
for (int i=0; i<[sectionTitleArray count]; i++) {

[arrayForBool addObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:NO]];
}
_tableView.dataSource = self;
_tableView.delegate = self;
}
// Declare number of rows in section

if ([[arrayForBool objectAtIndex:section] boolValue]) {
return section+2;
} else {
return 0;
}
}

*)indexPath {
static NSString *cellid=@"hello";

UITableViewCell *cell=[tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:cellid];
if (cell==nil) {
cell=[[UITableViewCell alloc]initWithStyle:UITableViewCellStyleSubtitle
reuseIdentifier:cellid];
}
BOOL manyCells = [[arrayForBool objectAtIndex:indexPath.section] boolValue];
/** If the section supposed to be closed******/

if(!manyCells){
cell.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor];
cell.textLabel.text=@"";
}
/** If the section supposed to be Opened******/
else{
cell.textLabel.text=[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ %d",[sectionTitleArray
objectAtIndex:indexPath.section],indexPath.row+1];
cell.backgroundColor=[UIColor whiteColor];
cell.selectionStyle=UITableViewCellSelectionStyleNone ;
}
cell.textLabel.textColor=[UIColor blackColor];
/** Add a custom Separator with cell*/

UIView* separatorLineView = [[UIView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(15, 40,
_expandableTableView.frame.size.width-15, 1)];
separatorLineView.backgroundColor = [UIColor blackColor];
[cell.contentView addSubview:separatorLineView];
return cell;
}
{
return [sectionTitleArray count];
}
- (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView didSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath

{
/*************** Close the section, once the data is selected

***********************************/
[arrayForBool replaceObjectAtIndex:indexPath.section withObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:NO]];
[_expandableTableView reloadSections:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:indexPath.section]

- (CGFloat)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView heightForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath

*)indexPath
{
if ([[arrayForBool objectAtIndex:indexPath.section] boolValue]) {
return 40;
}
return 0;
- (UIView *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView viewForHeaderInSection:(NSInteger)section

{
UIView *sectionView=[[UIView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 280,40)];

sectionView.tag=section;
UILabel *viewLabel=[[UILabel alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(10, 0,
viewLabel.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor];
viewLabel.textColor=[UIColor blackColor];
viewLabel.font=[UIFont systemFontOfSize:15];
viewLabel.text=[NSString stringWithFormat:@"List of %@",[sectionTitleArray
objectAtIndex:section]];
[sectionView addSubview:viewLabel];
/********** Add a custom Separator with Section view *******************/
UIView* separatorLineView = [[UIView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(15, 40,
separatorLineView.backgroundColor = [UIColor blackColor];
[sectionView addSubview:separatorLineView];
/********** Add UITapGestureRecognizer to SectionView **************/
UITapGestureRecognizer *headerTapped = [[UITapGestureRecognizer alloc] initWithTarget:self

action:@selector(sectionHeaderTapped:)];
[sectionView addGestureRecognizer:headerTapped];
return sectionView;
- (void)sectionHeaderTapped:(UITapGestureRecognizer *)gestureRecognizer{
NSIndexPath *indexPath = [NSIndexPath indexPathForRow:0 inSection:gestureRecognizer.view.tag];

if (indexPath.row == 0) {
BOOL collapsed = [[arrayForBool objectAtIndex:indexPath.section] boolValue];
for (int i=0; i<[sectionTitleArray count]; i++) {
if (indexPath.section==i) {
[arrayForBool replaceObjectAtIndex:i withObject:[NSNumber
numberWithBool:!collapsed]];
}
}
[_expandableTableView reloadSections:[NSIndexSet
indexSetWithIndex:gestureRecognizer.view.tag]
}
}
Separator Lines
Editing the width of Separator Lines

You can set make your table view's separator lines extend the to various widths across the table
by changing the layoutMargins: property on your cell(s). This can be achieved in a number of
ways.
Changing the Separator Lines for specific cells

In either your table view data source's cellForRowAtIndexPath: method or the willDisplayCell:
method, set the cell's layoutMargins: property to UIEdgeInsetsZero (extends to full width of the
table), or to whatever you may desire here.
Objective-C
[cell setLayoutMargins:UIEdgeInsetsZero];
// May also use separatorInset

[cell setSeparatorInset:UIEdgeInsetsZero];
Swift
func tableView(tableView: UITableView, willDisplayCell cell: UITableViewCell,

forRowAtIndexPath indexPath: NSIndexPath) {
cell.separatorInset = UIEdgeInsetsZero
cell.layoutMargins = UIEdgeInsetsZero
}

UITableViewCell
{
cell.separatorInset = UIEdgeInsetsZero
cell.layoutMargins = UIEdgeInsetsZero
}
Remove all Separator Lines
The thin gray lines between each cell may not be exactly the look you're going for. It's fairly
straightforward to hide them from view.
In your encompassing UIViewController's viewDidLoad: method add the following code. You may
also set this property at any time before loading or reloading the table view (does not necessarily
need to be in the viewDidLoad: method).
Swift:
tableView.separatorStyle = .None
Objective-C:
tableView.separatorStyle = UITableViewCellSeparatorStyleNone;
Alternatively, the property can be changed in your Storyboard or XIB by selecting your tableView
and setting separator (under the attributes inspector) to None.
Hide excess Separator Lines

You can hide the UITableViewCell separator lines for empty cells by setting an empty footer view at
the bottom of a UITableView:
Swift
tableView.tableFooterView = UIView()
Objective-C
tableView.tableFooterView = [[UIView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectZero];
Chapter 196: UITableViewCell
Introduction
Load custom cell xib file uses the cell category class, no need to register the nib file
Examples
Xib file of UITableViewCell
Create a UITableView cell category class.
UITableViewCell+RRCell.h file
@interface UITableViewCell (RRCell)
-(id)initWithOwner:(id)owner;
@end
UITableViewCell+RRCell.m file
#import "UITableViewCell+RRCell.h"
@implementation UITableViewCell (RRCell)
#pragma clang diagnostic push

#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wobjc-designated-initializers"
-(id)initWithOwner:(id)owner {
if (self = [super init]) {
NSArray *nib = [[NSBundle mainBundle]loadNibNamed:NSStringFromClass([self class])

owner:self options:nil];
self = [nib objectAtIndex:0];
}
return self;
}
#pragma clang diagnostic pop
@end
Import cell category class to use this method into the cellForRowAtIndexPath method
*)indexPath
{
//Creted custom cell xib file to load by cell category class
CustomCell *cell = [[CustomCell alloc]initWithOwner:self];
return cell;
}
Read UITableViewCell online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10101/uitableviewcell
Chapter 197: UITableViewController
Introduction
UITableViewController controller object that manages a table view. For some certain scenario it
will be recommended to use UITableViewController, for example if you have lot of cells and some
have UITextfield.
Examples
TableView with dynamic properties with tableviewCellStyle basic.
override func numberOfSections(in tableView: UITableView) -> Int {

// You need to return minimum one to show the cell inside the tableview
return 1
}
override func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, numberOfRowsInSection section: Int) -> Int {
// return the number of rows inside the tableview.
return 3
}

UITableViewCell {
let cell = tableView.dequeueReusableCell(withIdentifier: "Cell", for: indexPath)

// identifier string should be same as what you have entered in the cell Attribute inspector -
> identifier (see the image).
// Configure the cell...

cell.textLabel?.text = "Cell \(indexPath.row) :" + "Hello"
//cell have different style Custom, basic, right detail, left detail, subtitle.
//For custom you can use your own objects and constrains, for other styles all
//is ready just select according to your design. (see the image for changing the style)
return cell
}
override func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, didSelectRowAt indexPath: IndexPath) {

// this delegate method will trigger when you click a cell
}
TableView with Custom Cell
For custom tableview cell you need a class that is subclass from UITableViewCell, an example
class you can see below.
class TableViewCell: UITableViewCell {
@IBOutlet weak var lblTitle: UILabel!

// Initialization code
}
override func setSelected(_ selected: Bool, animated: Bool) {

super.setSelected(selected, animated: animated)
// Configure the view for the selected state

}
Your tableview delegates
override func numberOfSections(in tableView: UITableView) -> Int {

// You need to return minimum one to show the cell inside the tableview
return 1
}
override func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, numberOfRowsInSection section: Int) -> Int {
// return the number of rows inside the tableview.
return 3
}

UITableViewCell {
let cell = tableView.dequeueReusableCell(withIdentifier: "Cell", for: indexPath) as!

TableViewCell
// identifier string should be same as what you have entered in the cell Attribute
inspector -> identifier.
// Configure the cell...

cell.lblTitle.text = "Cell \(indexPath.row) :" + "Hello"
return cell
}
override func tableView(_ tableView: UITableView, didSelectRowAt indexPath: IndexPath) {

// this delegate method will trigger when you click a cell
}
Read UITableViewController online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10953/uitableviewcontroller
Chapter 198: UITextField
Introduction
UITextField is part of UIKit framework and is used to display an area to collect text input from the
user using the onscreen keyboard
Syntax
• UITextField.text: String // get or set the text the field displays.
• UITextField.attributedText: NSAttributedString // get or set the attributed text the field
displays.
• UITextField.textColor: UIColor // get or set the color of the text on the field
• UITextField.font: UIFont // get or set the font of the text on the field
• UITextField.textAlignment: NSTextAlignment // default is NSLeftTextAlignment
• UITextField.borderStyle: UITextBorderStyle // default is UITextBorderStyleNone. If set to
UITextBorderStyleRoundedRect, custom background images are ignored.
• UITextField.placeholder: String // default is nil. string is drawn 70% gray
• UITextField.attributedPlaceholder: NSAttributedString // get or set the attributed placeholder
of the field
• UITextField.clearsOnBeginEditing: Bool // default is NO which moves cursor to location
clicked. if YES, all text cleared
• UITextField.adjustsFontSizeToFitWidth: Bool // default is NO. if YES, text will shrink to
minFontSize along baseline
• UITextField.minimumFontSize: CGFloat // default is 0.0. actual min may be pinned to
something readable. used if adjustsFontSizeToFitWidth is YES
• UITextField.delegate: UITextFieldDelegate? // default is nil. weak reference
• UITextField.clearButtonMode: UITextFieldViewMode // sets when the clear button shows up.
default is UITextFieldViewModeNever
• UITextField.leftView: UIView? // e.g. magnifying glass
• UITextField.leftViewMode: UITextFieldViewMode // sets when the left view shows up. default
is UITextFieldViewModeNever
• UITextField.rightView: UIView? // e.g. bookmarks button
• UITextField.rightViewMode: UITextFieldViewMode // sets when the right view shows up.
default is UITextFieldViewModeNever
• UITextField.inputView: UIView? // Presented when object becomes first responder. If set to
nil, reverts to following responder chain. If set while first responder, will not take effect until
reloadInputViews is called.
• UITextField.inputAccessoryView: UIView?
• UITextField.isSecureTextEntry : Bool // e.g If field contain confidential input like password or
card number
Examples
Getting and Setting the Cursor Position
Useful information
The very beginning of the text field text:
let startPosition: UITextPosition = textField.beginningOfDocument
The very end of the text field text:
let endPosition: UITextPosition = textField.endOfDocument
The currently selected range:
let selectedRange: UITextRange? = textField.selectedTextRange
Get cursor position

if let selectedRange = textField.selectedTextRange {
let cursorPosition = textField.offsetFromPosition(textField.beginningOfDocument,

toPosition: selectedRange.start)
print("\(cursorPosition)")
}
Set cursor position

In order to set the position, all of these methods are actually setting a range with the same start
and end values.
To the beginning
let newPosition = textField.beginningOfDocument

textField.selectedTextRange = textField.textRangeFromPosition(newPosition, toPosition:
newPosition)
To the end
let newPosition = textField.endOfDocument

newPosition)
To one position to the left of the current cursor position
// only if there is a currently selected range
if let selectedRange = textField.selectedTextRange {
// and only if the new position is valid

if let newPosition = textField.positionFromPosition(selectedRange.start, inDirection:
UITextLayoutDirection.Left, offset: 1) {
// set the new position

newPosition)
}
}
To an arbitrary position
Start at the beginning and move 5 characters to the right.
let arbitraryValue: Int = 5

if let newPosition = textField.positionFromPosition(textField.beginningOfDocument,
inDirection: UITextLayoutDirection.Right, offset: arbitraryValue) {

newPosition)
}
Related
Select all text
textField.selectedTextRange = textField.textRangeFromPosition(textField.beginningOfDocument,
toPosition: textField.endOfDocument)
Select a range of text
// Range: 3 to 7
let startPosition = textField.positionFromPosition(textField.beginningOfDocument, inDirection:
UITextLayoutDirection.Right, offset: 3)
let endPosition = textField.positionFromPosition(textField.beginningOfDocument, inDirection:
if startPosition != nil && endPosition != nil {

textField.selectedTextRange = textField.textRangeFromPosition(startPosition!, toPosition:
endPosition!)
}
Insert text at the current cursor position
textField.insertText("Hello")
Notes
• This answer uses a text field, but the same concepts apply to UITextView.
• Use textField.becomeFirstResponder() to give focus to the text field and make the keyboard
appear.
• See this answer for how to get the text at some range.
Related
• How to Create a Range in Swift (Deals indirectly with the issue of why we have to use
selectedTextRange here rather than just selectedRange)
Hide blinking caret
To hide the blinking caret, you need to override caretRectForPosition of a UITextField and return
CGRectZero.
Swift 2.3 <
public override func caretRectForPosition(position: UITextPosition) -> CGRect {

return CGRectZero
}
Swift 3
override func caretRect(for position: UITextPosition) -> CGRect {

return CGRect.zero
}
Objective-C
- (CGRect) caretRectForPosition:(UITextPosition*) position{

return CGRectZero;
}
Change placeholder color and font
We can change the style of the placeholder by setting attributedPlaceholder (a NSAttributedString

).
var placeholderAttributes = [String: AnyObject]()

placeholderAttributes[NSForegroundColorAttributeName] = color
placeholderAttributes[NSFontAttributeName] = font
if let placeholder = textField.placeholder {
let newAttributedPlaceholder = NSAttributedString(string: placeholder, attributes:
placeholderAttributes)
textField.attributedPlaceholder = newAttributedPlaceholder
}
In this example we change only the color and font. You could change other properties such as
underline or strikethrough style. Refer to NSAttributedString for the properties that can be
changed.
Create a UITextField
Initialize the UITextField with a CGRect as a frame:
Swift
let textfield = UITextField(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 200, height: 21))
Objective-C
UITextField *textField = [[UITextField alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 200, 21)];
You can also create a UITextField in Interface Builder:
Dismiss Keyboard
Swift
Ctrl + Drag from the UItextfield in MainStoryboard to the ViewController Class and create a
UITextField Outlet
After that select the UItextField again and Ctrl+drag in ViewController class but this time select
Action connection and on storage select Did End On Exit then click connect.
in the action you just created type the name of your UItextField .resignFirstResponder()
@IBAction func textFieldResign(sender: AnyObject) {

yourTextFieldName.resignFirstResponder()
}
This will take care of hiding the keyboard when pressing the return key on keyboard.
Another example of hiding the keyboard when return key is pressed:
we add UITextFieldDelegate protocol next to UIViewController
in the vieDidLoad function we add self.yourTextFieldName.delegate = self
And Finally we add this
func textFieldShouldReturn(textField: UITextField) -> Bool {

yourTextFieldName.resignFirstResponder()
return true
}
The final code is this:
class ViewController: UIViewController, UITextFieldDelegate {
@IBOutlet var textField: UITextField!

textField.resignFirstResponder()
return true
}
override func touchesBegan(touches: Set<UITouch>, withEvent event: UIEvent?){

super.touchesBegan(touches, withEvent: event)
}

super.viewDidLoad()
self.textField.delegate = self
}
Objective-C
[textField resignFirstResponder];
Set Alignment
Swift
textField.textAlignment = .Center
Objective-C
[textField setTextAlignment: NSTextAlignmentCenter];
In the example, we have set the NSTextAlignment to center. You can also set to .Left, .Right,
.Justified and .Natural.
.Naturalis the default alignment for the current localization. That means for left-to-right languages
(eg. English), the alignment is .Left; for right-to-left languages, it is .Right.
Initialize text field
Swift

let textField = UITextField(frame: frame)
Objective-C
CGRect *frame = CGRectMake(0, 0, 100, 100);

UITextField *textField = [[UITextField alloc] initWithFrame:frame];
Interface Builder
You can also add a UITextField to a storyboard by dragging it from Object Library.
Input accessory view (toolbar)
Add an accessory view above the keyboard. This is commonly used for adding next/previous
buttons, or additional buttons like Done/Submit (especially for the number/phone/decimal pad
keyboard types which don't have a built-in return key).
Swift
let textField = UITextField() // initialized however
let toolbar = UIToolbar(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: view.frame.size.width, height: 0)
let flexibleSpace = UIBarButtonItem(barButtonSystemItem: .FlexibleSpace, target: nil, action:

nil)
let doneButton = UIBarButtonItem(barButtonSystemItem: .Done, target: self, action:

Selector("done"))
let items = [flexibleSpace, doneButton] // pushes done button to right side
toolbar.setItems(items, animated: false) // or toolbar.items = ...

toolbar.sizeToFit()
textField.inputAccessoryView = toolbar
Objective-C
UITextField *textField = [[UITextField alloc] init];
UIToolbar *toolbar = [[UIToolbar alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0,

self.view.frame.size.width, 0)];
UIBarButtonItem *flexibleSpace = [[UIBarButtonItem alloc]
initWithBarButtonSystemItem:UIBarButtonSystemItemFlexibleSpace target:nil action:nil];
UIBarButtonItem *doneButton = [[UIBarButtonItem alloc]
initWithBarButtonSystemItem:UIBarButtonSystemItemDone target:self action:@selector(done)];
NSArray *items = @[
flexibleSpace,
doneButton
];
[toolbar setItems:items];
[toolbar sizeToFit];
textField.inputAccessoryView = toolbar;
Autocapitalization
Swift
textField.autocapitalizationType = .None
Objective-C
textField.autocapitalizationType = UITextAutocapitalizationTypeNone;
All options:
• \ UITextAutocapitalizationTypeNone : Don't autocapitalize anything

.None
• .Words \ UITextAutocapitalizationTypeWords : Autocapitalize every word
• .Sentences \ UITextAutocapitalizationTypeSentences : Autocapitalize the first word in a
sentence
• .AllCharacters \ UITextAutocapitalizationTypeAllCharacters : Autocapitalize every letter (i.e.
caps lock)
KeyboardType
To change the appearance of the keyboard, the following types can be set individually on every
UITextFields property: keyboardType
typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, UIKeyboardType) {

UIKeyboardTypeDefault, // Default type for the current input method.
UIKeyboardTypeASCIICapable, // Displays a keyboard which can enter ASCII
characters, non-ASCII keyboards remain active
UIKeyboardTypeNumbersAndPunctuation, // Numbers and assorted punctuation.
UIKeyboardTypeURL, // A type optimized for URL entry (shows . / .com
prominently).
UIKeyboardTypeNumberPad, // A number pad (0-9). Suitable for PIN entry.
UIKeyboardTypePhonePad, // A phone pad (1-9, *, 0, #, with letters under the
numbers).
UIKeyboardTypeNamePhonePad, // A type optimized for entering a person's name or
phone number.
UIKeyboardTypeEmailAddress, // A type optimized for multiple email address entry
(shows space @ . prominently).
UIKeyboardTypeDecimalPad NS_ENUM_AVAILABLE_IOS(4_1), // A number pad with a decimal
point.
UIKeyboardTypeTwitter NS_ENUM_AVAILABLE_IOS(5_0), // A type optimized for twitter
text entry (easy access to @ #)
UIKeyboardTypeWebSearch NS_ENUM_AVAILABLE_IOS(7_0), // A default keyboard type with
URL-oriented addition (shows space . prominently).
UIKeyboardTypeAlphabet = UIKeyboardTypeASCIICapable, // Deprecated

};
Dismiss keyboard when user pushes the return button
Setup your view controller to manage editing of text for the text field.
class MyViewController: UITextFieldDelegate {
override viewDidLoad() {
super.viewDidLoad()
}
textFieldShouldReturn is called every time the return button on the keyboard is pressed.
Swift:

return true;
}
Objective-C:
- (BOOL)textFieldShouldReturn:(UITextField *)textField {
return true;
}
Moving scroll when UITextView becomes first responder
Observe the notifications UIKeyboardWillShowNotification and UIKeyboardWillHideNotification,

update the scrollView content insets according to keyboard height, then scroll to the focused
control.
- (void)viewDidLoad
{
// register for keyboard notifications

selector:@selector(keyboardWillShow:)
name:UIKeyboardWillShowNotification
object:self.view.window];
// register for keyboard notifications
selector:@selector(keyboardWillHide:)
name:UIKeyboardWillHideNotification
object:self.view.window];
}
// Called when UIKeyboardWillShowNotification is sent

- (void)keyboardWillShow:(NSNotification*)notification
{
// if we have no view or are not visible in any window, we don't care
if (!self.isViewLoaded || !self.view.window) {
return;
}
NSDictionary *userInfo = [notification userInfo];
CGRect keyboardFrameInWindow;
[[userInfo objectForKey:UIKeyboardFrameEndUserInfoKey] getValue:&keyboardFrameInWindow];
// the keyboard frame is specified in window-level coordinates. this calculates the frame
as if it were a subview of our view, making it a sibling of the scroll view
CGRect keyboardFrameInView = [self.view convertRect:keyboardFrameInWindow fromView:nil];
CGRect scrollViewKeyboardIntersection = CGRectIntersection(_scrollView.frame,

keyboardFrameInView);
UIEdgeInsets newContentInsets = UIEdgeInsetsMake(0, 0,
scrollViewKeyboardIntersection.size.height, 0);
// this is an old animation method, but the only one that retains compaitiblity between
parameters (duration, curve) and the values contained in the userInfo-Dictionary.
[UIView beginAnimations:nil context:NULL];
[UIView setAnimationDuration:[[userInfo
objectForKey:UIKeyboardAnimationDurationUserInfoKey] doubleValue]];
[UIView setAnimationCurve:[[userInfo objectForKey:UIKeyboardAnimationCurveUserInfoKey]
intValue]];
_scrollView.contentInset = newContentInsets;
_scrollView.scrollIndicatorInsets = newContentInsets;
/*
* Depending on visual layout, _focusedControl should either be the input field
(UITextField,..) or another element
* that should be visible, e.g. a purchase button below an amount text field
* it makes sense to set _focusedControl in delegates like -textFieldShouldBeginEditing:
if you have multiple input fields
*/
if (_focusedControl) {
CGRect controlFrameInScrollView = [_scrollView convertRect:_focusedControl.bounds
fromView:_focusedControl]; // if the control is a deep in the hierarchy below the scroll view,
this will calculate the frame as if it were a direct subview
controlFrameInScrollView = CGRectInset(controlFrameInScrollView, 0, -10); // replace
10 with any nice visual offset between control and keyboard or control and top of the scroll
view.
CGFloat controlVisualOffsetToTopOfScrollview = controlFrameInScrollView.origin.y -

_scrollView.contentOffset.y;
CGFloat controlVisualBottom = controlVisualOffsetToTopOfScrollview +
controlFrameInScrollView.size.height;
// this is the visible part of the scroll view that is not hidden by the keyboard
CGFloat scrollViewVisibleHeight = _scrollView.frame.size.height -
scrollViewKeyboardIntersection.size.height;
if (controlVisualBottom > scrollViewVisibleHeight) { // check if the keyboard will

hide the control in question
// scroll up until the control is in place
CGPoint newContentOffset = _scrollView.contentOffset;
newContentOffset.y += (controlVisualBottom - scrollViewVisibleHeight);
// make sure we don't set an impossible offset caused by the "nice visual offset"
// if a control is at the bottom of the scroll view, it will end up just above the
keyboard to eliminate scrolling inconsistencies
newContentOffset.y = MIN(newContentOffset.y, _scrollView.contentSize.height -
scrollViewVisibleHeight);
[_scrollView setContentOffset:newContentOffset animated:NO]; // animated:NO

because we have created our own animation context around this code
} else if (controlFrameInScrollView.origin.y < _scrollView.contentOffset.y) {
// if the control is not fully visible, make it so (useful if the user taps on a
partially visible input field
CGPoint newContentOffset = _scrollView.contentOffset;
newContentOffset.y = controlFrameInScrollView.origin.y;
[_scrollView setContentOffset:newContentOffset animated:NO]; // animated:NO

because we have created our own animation context around this code
}
}
[UIView commitAnimations];
}
// Called when the UIKeyboardWillHideNotification is sent

- (void)keyboardWillHide:(NSNotification*)notification
{
// if we have no view or are not visible in any window, we don't care
if (!self.isViewLoaded || !self.view.window) {
return;
}
[UIView beginAnimations:nil context:NULL];

[UIView setAnimationDuration:[[userInfo
valueForKey:UIKeyboardAnimationDurationUserInfoKey] doubleValue]];
[UIView setAnimationCurve:[[userInfo valueForKey:UIKeyboardAnimationCurveUserInfoKey]
intValue]];
// undo all that keyboardWillShow-magic

// the scroll view will adjust its contentOffset apropriately
_scrollView.contentInset = UIEdgeInsetsZero;
_scrollView.scrollIndicatorInsets = UIEdgeInsetsZero;
[UIView commitAnimations];
}
Get Keyboard Focus and Hide Keyboard
Get Focus
Swift
textField.becomeFirstResponder()
Objective-C
[textField becomeFirstResponder];
Resign
Swift
Objective-C
Replace keyboard with UIPickerView
In some cases, you want to show your users a UIPickerView with predefined contents for a
UITextField instead of a keyboard.
Create a custom UIPickerView
At first, you need a custom wrapper-class for UIPickerView conforming to the protocols
UIPickerViewDataSource and UIPickerViewDelegate.
class MyPickerView: UIPickerView, UIPickerViewDataSource, UIPickerViewDelegate
You need to implement the following methods for the DataSource and Delegate:
public func pickerView(_ pickerView: UIPickerView, numberOfRowsInComponent component: Int) ->

Int {
if data != nil {
return data!.count
} else {
return 0
}
}
public func numberOfComponents(in pickerView: UIPickerView) -> Int {

return 1
}
public func pickerView(_ pickerView: UIPickerView, titleForRow row: Int, forComponent
component: Int) -> String? {
if data != nil {
return data![row]
} else {
return ""
}
}
To handle the data, MyPickerView needs the properties data, selectedValue and textFieldBeingEdited
:
/**
The data for the ÙIPickerViewDelegate`
Always needs to be an array of `String`! The ÙIPickerView` can ONLY display Strings
*/
public var data: [String]? {
didSet {
super.delegate = self
super.dataSource = self
self.reloadAllComponents()
}
}
/**
Stores the UITextField that is being edited at the moment
*/
public var textFieldBeingEdited: UITextField?
/**
Get the selected Value of the picker
*/
public var selectedValue: String {
get {
if data != nil {
return data![selectedRow(inComponent: 0)]
} else {
return ""
}
}
}
Prepare your ViewController
The ViewController that contains your textField, needs to have a property for your custom
UIPickerView. (Assuming, that you already have another property or @IBOutlet containing your
textField)
/**
The picker view to present as keyboard
*/
var picker: MyPickerView?
In your viewDidLoad(), you need to initialize picker and configure it a bit:
picker = MyPickerView()
picker?.autoresizingMask = [.flexibleHeight, .flexibleWidth]
picker?.backgroundColor = UIColor.white()
picker?.data = ["One", "Two", "Three", "Four", "Five"] //The data shown in the picker
Now, you can add the MyPicker as inputView of your UITextField:
textField.inputView = picker
Dismissing the picker-keyboard
Now, you have replaced the keyboard by an UIPickerView, but there is no possibility to dismiss it.
This can be done with a custom .inputAccessoryView:
Add the property pickerAccessory to your ViewController.
/**
A toolbar to add to the keyboard when the `picker` is presented.
*/
var pickerAccessory: UIToolbar?
In viewDidLoad(), you need to create an UIToolbar for the inputAccessoryView:
pickerAccessory = UIToolbar()
pickerAccessory?.autoresizingMask = .flexibleHeight
//this customization is optional

pickerAccessory?.barStyle = .default
pickerAccessory?.barTintColor = UIColor.red()
pickerAccessory?.backgroundColor = UIColor.red()
pickerAccessory?.isTranslucent = false
You should set the frame of your toolbar. To fit in the design of iOS, it's recommended to use a
height of 44.0:
var frame = pickerAccessory?.frame

frame?.size.height = 44.0
pickerAccessory?.frame = frame!
For a good user experience, you should add two buttons ("Done" and "Cancel"), but it would also
work with only one that dismisses the keyboard.
let cancelButton = UIBarButtonItem(barButtonSystemItem: .cancel, target: self, action:

#selector(ViewController.cancelBtnClicked(_:)))
cancelButton.tintColor = UIColor.white()
let flexSpace = UIBarButtonItem(barButtonSystemItem: .flexibleSpace, target: nil, action: nil)
//a flexible space between the two buttons
let doneButton = UIBarButtonItem(barButtonSystemItem: .done, target: self, action:
#selector(ViewController.doneBtnClicked(_:)))
doneButton.tintColor = UIColor.white()
//Add the items to the toolbar
pickerAccessory?.items = [cancelButton, flexSpace, doneButton]
Now you can add the toolbar as inputAccessoryView
textField.inputAccessoryView = pickerAccessory
Before you can build your project, you need to implement the methods, the buttons are calling:
/**
Called when the cancel button of the `pickerAccessory` was clicked. Dismsses the picker
*/
func cancelBtnClicked(_ button: UIBarButtonItem?) {
textField?.resignFirstResponder()
}
/**
Called when the done button of the `pickerAccessory` was clicked. Dismisses the picker and
puts the selected value into the textField
*/
func doneBtnClicked(_ button: UIBarButtonItem?) {
textField?.resignFirstResponder()
textField.text = picker?.selectedValue
}
Run your project, tap the textField and you should see a picker like this instead of the keyboard:
Select a value programmatically (optional)
If you don't want to have the first row selected automatically, you can set the selected row as in
UIPickerView:
picker?.selectRow(3, inComponent: 0, animated: false) //Will select the row at index 3
Read UITextField online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1630/uitextfield
Chapter 199: UITextField Delegate
Examples
UITextField - Restrict textfield to certain characters
If you want to perform a user input validation of your textfield use the following code snippet:
// MARK: - UITextFieldDelegate
let allowedCharacters =
CharacterSet(charactersIn:"0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvxyz").inverted
func textField(_ textField: UITextField, shouldChangeCharactersIn range: NSRange,

replacementString string: String) -> Bool {
let components = string.components(separatedBy: allowedCharacters)

let filtered = components.joined(separator: "")
if string == filtered {
return true
} else {
return false
}
}
Objective-C
#define ACCEPTABLE_CHARACTERS @"0123456789

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
- (BOOL)textField:(UITextField *)textField shouldChangeCharactersInRange:(NSRange)range

replacementString:(NSString *)string
{
NSCharacterSet *cs = [[NSCharacterSet
characterSetWithCharactersInString:ACCEPTABLE_CHARACTERS] invertedSet];
NSString *filtered = [[string componentsSeparatedByCharactersInSet:cs]

componentsJoinedByString:@""];
return [string isEqualToString:filtered];

}
In addition you can also use character sets provided by apple to perform validation:
Take a look at https://developer.apple.com/reference/foundation/nscharacterset
let allowedCharacters = CharacterSet.alphanumerics.inverted

let allowedCharacters = CharacterSet.capitalizedLetters.inverted
Actions when a user has started/ended interacting with a textfield
For Swift 3.1:
In the first example one can see how you would intercept the user interacting with a textfield while
writing. Similarly, there are methods in the UITextFieldDelegate that are called when a user has
started and ended his interaction with a TextField.
To be able to access these methods, you need to conform to the UITextFieldDelegate protocol,
and for each textfield you want to be notified about, assign the parent class as the delegate:
class SomeClass: UITextFieldDelegate {
@IBOutlet var textField: UITextField!

super.viewDidLoad()
}
Now you will be able to implement all the UITextFieldDelegate methods.
To be notified when a user has started editing a textfield, you can implement
textFieldDidBeginEditing(_:) method like so:
func textFieldDidBeginEditing(_ textField: UITextField) {

// now you can perform some action
// if you have multiple textfields in a class,
// you can compare them here to handle each one separately
if textField == emailTextField {
// e.g. validate email
}
else if textField == passwordTextField {
// e.g. validate password
}
}
Similarly, being notified if a user has ended interaction with a textfield, you can use the
textFieldDidEndEditing(_:) method like so:
func textFieldDidEndEditing(_ textField: UITextField) {

// now you can perform some action
// if you have multiple textfields in a class,
// you can compare them here to handle each one separately
if textField == emailTextField {
// e.g. validate email
}
else if textField == passwordTextField {
// e.g. validate password
}
}
If you want to have control over whether a TextField should begin/end editing, the
textFieldShouldBeginEditing(_:) and textFieldShouldEndEditing(_:) methods can be used by return
true/false based on your needed logic.
Find Next Tag & Manage Keyboard
The text field calls different delegate methods (only if delegates are set)One of delegate method
called by textfield is *- (BOOL)textFieldShouldReturn:(UITextField )textField
This method is called whenever users taps the return button.By using this method, we can
implement any custom behaviour.
For Example,
In the below example ,next responder will be find out on the basis of tag and manage
the keyboard. Here 20 is the constant,As tag assigned to textfield are like this 50,70,90
etc.
Here on finding a new textfield object as responder,it will make current text field as new
responder and open keyboard accordingly.
- (BOOL)textFieldShouldReturn:(UITextField *)textField {
NSInteger nextTag = textField.tag+20;

// Try to find next responder
UIResponder *nextResponder = [textField.superview viewWithTag:nextTag];
if (nextResponder)
{
// Found next responder, so set it.
[nextResponder becomeFirstResponder];
}
else
{
// Not found, so remove keyboard.
}
return YES;
}
Read UITextField Delegate online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/7185/uitextfield-delegate
Chapter 200: UITextView
Examples
Change text
Swift
textView.text = "Hello, world!"
Objective-C:
textView.text = @"Hello, world!";
Set attributed text
// Modify some of the attributes of the attributed string.

let attributedText = NSMutableAttributedString(attributedString: textView.attributedText!)
// Use NSString so the result of rangeOfString is an NSRange.

let text = textView.text! as NSString
// Find the range of each element to modify.

let tintedRange = text.range(of: NSLocalizedString("tinted", comment: ""))
let highlightedRange = text.range(of: NSLocalizedString("highlighted", comment: ""))
// Add tint.
attributedText.addAttribute(NSForegroundColorAttributeName, value: UIColor.blue, range:
tintedRange)
// Add highlight.
attributedText.addAttribute(NSBackgroundColorAttributeName, value: UIColor.yellow, range:
highlightedRange)
textView.attributedText = attributedText
Change text alignment
Swift
textView.textAlignment = .left
Objective-C
textView.textAlignment = NSTextAlignmentLeft;
UITextViewDelegate methods
Responding to Editing Notifications
• textViewShouldBeginEditing(_:)
• textViewDidBeginEditing(_:)
• textViewShouldEndEditing(_:)
• textViewDidEndEditing(_:)
Responding to Text Changes
• textView(_:shouldChangeTextIn:replacementText:)
• textViewDidChange(_:)
Responding to URL
• textView(_: UITextView, shouldInteractWithURL: NSURL, inRange: NSRange) -> Bool
Change font
Swift
//System Font
textView.font = UIFont.systemFont(ofSize: 12)
//Font of your choosing

textView.font = UIFont(name: "Font Name", size: 12)
Objective-C
//System Font
textView.font = [UIFont systemFontOfSize:12];
//Font of your choosing

textView.font = [UIFont fontWithName:@"Font Name" size:12];
Change text color
Swift
textView.textColor = UIColor.red
Objective-C
textView.textColor = [UIColor redColor];
Check to see if empty or nil
Swift
if let text = self.textView.text where !text.isEmpty {

// Do stuff for text
} else {
// Do stuff for nil text or empty string
}
Objective-C
if (self.textView.text.length > 0){

// Do stuff for text
} else {
// Do stuff for nil text or empty string
}
Auto Detect Links, Addresses, Dates, and more
UITextViewhas built in support to auto detect a variety of data. The data that is able to be auto-
detected currently includes:
enum {
UIDataDetectorTypePhoneNumber = 1 << 0,
UIDataDetectorTypeLink = 1 << 1,
UIDataDetectorTypeAddress = 1 << 2,
UIDataDetectorTypeCalendarEvent = 1 << 3,
UIDataDetectorTypeNone = 0,
UIDataDetectorTypeAll = NSUIntegerMax
};
Enabling auto-detection
// you may add as many as you like by using the `|` operator between options
textView.dataDetectorTypes = (UIDataDetectorTypeLink | UIDataDetectorTypePhoneNumber);
If enabled, the text will appear as a hyperlink on the UITextView
Clickable data
To allow the link to be clicked (which will result in different actions depending on the data type) you
must ensure that the UITextView is selectable but not editable and that user interaction is enabled
textView.editable = NO;
textView.selectable = YES;
textView.userInteractionEnabled = YES; // YES by default
UITextView with HTML text
NSString *htmlString = @"<p> This is an <b>HTML</b> text</p>";

NSAttributedString *attributedString = [[NSMutableAttributedString alloc]
initWithData: [htmlString
dataUsingEncoding:NSUnicodeStringEncoding]
options: @{
NSDocumentTypeDocumentAttribute: NSHTMLTextDocumentType }
documentAttributes: nil
error: nil
];
_yourTextView.attributedText = attributedString;
// If you want to modify the font
field.font = [UIFont fontWithName:@"Raleway-Regular" size:15];
Remove extra paddings to fit to a precisely measured text.
has extra paddings by default. Sometimes it's annoying especially if you want to
UITextView
measure some text without view instance and place them at some area precisely.
Do this to remove such paddings.
messageTextView.textContainerInset = UIEdgeInsetsZero
messageTextView.textContainer.lineFragmentPadding = 0
Now you can measure text size using NSAttributedString.boundingRectWithSize(...), and resize a
UITextView just to fit it to the text.
let budget = getSomeCGSizeBudget()

let text = getSomeAttributedString()
let textSize = text.boundingRectWithSize(budget, options: [.UsesLineFragmentOrigin,
.UsesFontLeading], context: nil).size
messageTextView.frame.size = textSize // Just fits.
Getting and Setting the Cursor Postition
Useful information
The very beginning of the text field text:
let startPosition: UITextPosition = textView.beginningOfDocument
The very end of the text field text:
let endPosition: UITextPosition = textView.endOfDocument
The currently selected range:
let selectedRange: UITextRange? = textView.selectedTextRange
Get cursor position

if let selectedRange = textView.selectedTextRange {
let cursorPosition = textView.offsetFromPosition(textView.beginningOfDocument, toPosition:
selectedRange.start)
print("\(cursorPosition)")
}
Set cursor position

In order to set the position, all of these methods are actually setting a range with the same start
and end values.
To the beginning
let newPosition = textView.beginningOfDocument

textView.selectedTextRange = textView.textRangeFromPosition(newPosition, toPosition:
newPosition)
To the end
let newPosition = textView.endOfDocument

newPosition)
To one position to the left of the current cursor position
// only if there is a currently selected range

if let selectedRange = textView.selectedTextRange {
// and only if the new position is valid

if let newPosition = textView.positionFromPosition(selectedRange.start, inDirection:
UITextLayoutDirection.Left, offset: 1) {
// set the new position

newPosition)
}
}
To an arbitrary position
Start at the beginning and move 5 characters to the right.
let arbitraryValue: Int = 5

if let newPosition = textView.positionFromPosition(textView.beginningOfDocument, inDirection:
UITextLayoutDirection.Right, offset: arbitraryValue) {

newPosition)
}
Related
Select all text
textView.selectedTextRange = textView.textRangeFromPosition(textView.beginningOfDocument,
toPosition: textView.endOfDocument)
Select a range of text
// Range: 3 to 7
let startPosition = textView.positionFromPosition(textView.beginningOfDocument, inDirection:
let endPosition = textView.positionFromPosition(textView.beginningOfDocument, inDirection:
if startPosition != nil && endPosition != nil {

textView.selectedTextRange = textView.textRangeFromPosition(startPosition!, toPosition:
endPosition!)
}
Insert text at the current cursor position
textView.insertText("Hello")
Notes
• This example originally comes from an adaptation of this Stack Overflow answer.
• This answer uses a text field, but the same concepts apply to UITextView.
• Use textView.becomeFirstResponder() to give focus to the text field and make the keyboard
appear.
• See this answer for how to get the text at some range.
Related
• How to Create a Range in Swift (Deals indirectly with the issue of why we have to use
selectedTextRange here rather than just selectedRange)
Read UITextView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1043/uitextview
Chapter 201: UIView
Syntax
1. // Objective-C
2. [UIView new] // Get a view object allocated and initialized
3. [[UIView alloc] initWithFrame:(Pass CGRect)] // Get the view allocated and initialized with a
frame
4. [[UIView alloc] init] // Get a view object allocated and initialized
5. // Swift
6. UIView() // Creates an UIView instance with CGRect.zero frame
7. UIView(frame: CGRect) // Creates an UIView instance specifying the frame
8. UIView.addSubview(UIView) // add an another UIView instance as subview
9. UIView.hidden // Get or set the visibility of the view
10. UIView.alpha // Get or set the view's opacity
11. UIView.setNeedsLayout() // Forces the view to update its layout
Remarks
The UIView class defines a rectangular area on the screen and the interfaces for managing the
content in that area. At runtime, a view object handles the rendering of any content in its area and
also handles any interactions with that content.
Examples
Animating a UIView
let view = UIView(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 100, height: 100))

view.backgroundColor = UIColor.orange
self.view.addSubview(view)
UIView.animate(withDuration: 0.75, delay: 0.5, options: .curveEaseIn, animations: {
//This will cause view to go from (0,0) to
// (self.view.frame.origin.x,self.view.frame.origin.y)
view.frame.origin.x = self.view.frame.origin.x
view.frame.origin.y = self.view.frame.origin.y
}) { (finished) in
view.backgroundColor = UIColor.blueColor()
}
Create a UIView
Objective-C
CGRect myFrame = CGRectMake(0, 0, 320, 35)

UIView *view = [[UIView alloc] initWithFrame:myFrame];
//Alternative way of defining the frame

UIView *view = [[UIView alloc] init];
CGRect myFrame = view.frame;
myFrame.size.width = 320;
myFrame.size.height = 35;
myFrame.origin.x = 0;
myFrame.origin.y = 0;
view.frame = myFrame;
Swift
let myFrame = CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 320, height: 35)

let view = UIView(frame: myFrame)
Make the view rounded
To make a rounded UIView, specify a cornerRadius for the view's layer.
This also applies any class which inherits from UIView, such as UIImageView.
Programmatically
Swift Code
someImageView.layoutIfNeeded()
someImageView.clipsToBounds = true
someImageView.layer.cornerRadius = 10
Objective-C Code
[someImageView layoutIfNeeded];
someImageView.clipsToBounds = YES;
someImageView.layer.cornerRadius = 10;
Example
//Swift code
topImageView.layoutIfNeeded()
bottomImageView.layoutIfNeeded()
topImageView.clipsToBounds = true
topImageView.layer.cornerRadius = 10
bottomImageView.clipsToBounds = true
bottomImageView.layer.cornerRadius = bottomImageView.frame.width / 2
//Objective-C code
[topImageView layoutIfNeeded]
[bottomImageView layoutIfNeeded];
topImageView.clipsToBounds = YES;
topImageView.layer.cornerRadius = 10;
bottomImageView.clipsToBounds = YES;
bottomImageView.cornerRadius = CGRectGetWidth(bottomImageView.frame) / 2;
Here is the result, showing the rounded view effect using the specified corner radius:
Note
To do this you need to include the QuartzCore framework.
Storyboard Configuration
A rounded view effect can also be achieved non-programmatically by setting the corresponding
properties in Storyboard.
Since layer properties aren't exposed in Storyboard, you have to modify the cornerRadius attribute
via the User Defined Runtime Attributes section.
Swift Extension
You can use this handy extension to apply rounded view as long as it has same width and height.
extension UIView {
@discardableResult
public func setAsCircle() -> Self {
self.clipsToBounds = true
let frameSize = self.frame.size
self.layer.cornerRadius = min(frameSize.width, frameSize.height) / 2.0
return self
}
}
To use it:
yourView.setAsCircle()
Taking a snapshot
You can take a snapshot from a UIView like this:
Swift
let snapshot = view.snapshotView(afterScreenUpdates: true)
Objective-C
UIView *snapshot = [view snapshotViewAfterScreenUpdates: YES];
Using IBInspectable and IBDesignable
One (or two) of the coolest new features in recent Xcode releases are the IBInspectable properties
and IBDesignable UIViews. These have nothing to do with the functionality of your application but
instead impact the developer experience in Xcode. The goal is to be able to visually inspect
custom views in your iOS application without running it. So assume that you have a custom view
creatively named CustomView that inherits from UIView. In this custom view, it will display a string of
text with a designated color. You can also choose not to display any text. We'll need three
properties:
var textColor: UIColor = UIColor.blackColor()

var text: String?
var showText: Bool = true
We can then override the drawRect function in the class:
if showText {
if let text = text {
let s = NSString(string: text)
s.drawInRect(rect,
withAttributes: [
NSForegroundColorAttributeName: textColor,
NSFontAttributeName: UIFont(name: "Helvetica Neue", size: 18)!
])
}
}
Assuming that the text property is set, this will draw a string in the upper left hand corner of the
view when the application is run. The problem is we won't know what it looks like without running
the application. This is where IBInspectable and IBDesignable come in. IBInspectable allows us to
visually set property values of the view in Xcode, just like with the built in controls. IBDesignable will
show us a visual preview in the storyboard. Here is how the class should look:
@IBDesignable
class CustomView: UIView {
@IBInspectable var textColor: UIColor = UIColor.blackColor()
@IBInspectable var text: String?
@IBInspectable var showText: Bool = true
override func drawRect(rect: CGRect) {

// ...
}
}
Or in Objective C:
IB_DESIGNABLE
@interface CustomView: UIView
@property (nonatomic, strong) IBInspectable UIColor* textColor;

@property (nonatomic, strong) IBInspectable NSString* text;
@property (nonatomic, assign) IBInspectable BOOL showText;
@end
@implementation CustomView
- (instancetype)init {
if(self = [super init]) {
self.textColor = [UIColor blackColor];
self.showText = YES;
}
return self;
}
//...
}
@end
The next screenshots show what happens in Xcode. The first one is what happens after adding
the revised class. Notice that there are three new UI elements for the three properties. The Text
Color will display a color picker, Text is just an input box and Show Text will give us the options for
Off and On which are false and true respectively.
The next is after changing the Text Color to red using the color picker. Also, some text has been
provided to make the drawRect function display it. Notice that the view in Interface Builder has been
updated as well.
Finally, setting Show Text to Off in the property inspector makes the text display in Interface
Builder disappear.
However, We all come up situation when we need to create rounded UIView at multiple views in
your Storyboard.Instead of declaring IBDesignable to every views of Storyboard, its better to create
an Extension of UIView and get a user interface built just for your every UIView through out the
project to create rounded view by setting corner radius.A configurable border radius on any
UIView you create in storyboard.
extension UIView {
@IBInspectable var cornerRadius:CGFloat {

set {
layer.cornerRadius = newValue
clipsToBounds = newValue > 0
}
get {
return layer.cornerRadius
}
}
Utilizing Intrinsic Content Size
When creating a UIView subclass, intrinsic content size helps to avoid setting hardcoded height
and width constraints
a basic glimpse into how a class can utilize this
class ImageView: UIView {

var image: UIImage {
didSet {
invalidateIntrinsicContentSize()
}
}
// omitting initializers
// convenience init(image: UIImage)
override func intrinsicContentSize() -> CGSize {

return CGSize(width: image.size.width, height: image.size.height)
}
}
If you only want to provide one size intrinsically, you can provide the value UIViewNoIntrinsicMetric
for the value that you wish to ignore.
override func intrinsicContentSize() -> CGSize {

return CGSize(width: UIViewNoIntrinsicMetric, height: image.size.width)
}
Benefits when using with AutoLayout and Interface Builder
One could take this ImageView (or UIImageView) and set the horizontal alignment to superview
center X and the vertical alignment to superview center Y.
Interface builder will complain to you at this point giving the following warning:
This is where Placeholder Intrinsic Size comes in.
Going into the Size inspector panel, and down to the Intrinsic Size dropdown, you can switch this
value from Default to Placeholder.
and now interface builder will remove the previous warnings and you can use this size to have
dynamically sized views laid out in interface builder.
Create UIView using Autolayout
UIView *view = [[UIView alloc] init];
[self.view addSubview:view];
//Use the function if you want to use height as constraint

[self addView:view onParentView:self.view withHeight:200.f];
//Use this function if you want to add view with respect to parent and should resize with it
[self addFullResizeConstraintForSubview:view addedOnParentView:self.view];
Functions
Function to add view with fixed height using autolayout constraints
-(void)addView:(UIView*)subView onParentView:(UIView*)parentView withHeight:(CGFloat)height{
subView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
NSLayoutConstraint *trailing =[NSLayoutConstraint

constraintWithItem:subView
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeTrailing
relatedBy:NSLayoutRelationEqual
toItem:parent
multiplier:1.0
constant:10.f];
NSLayoutConstraint *top = [NSLayoutConstraint

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeTop
toItem:parent
multiplier:1.0
constant:10.f];
NSLayoutConstraint *leading = [NSLayoutConstraint

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeLeading
toItem:parent
multiplier:1.0
constant:10.f];
[parent addConstraint:trailing];
[parent addConstraint:top];
[parent addConstraint:leading];
NSLayoutConstraint *heightConstraint =[NSLayoutConstraint

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeHeight
toItem:nil
attribute:0
multiplier:0.0
constant:height];
[subView addConstraint:heightConstraint];
Function add full resize constraint for created UIView.
-(void)addFullResizeConstraintForSubview:(UIView*)subView
addedOnParentView:(UIView*)parentView{
subView.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = NO;
NSLayoutConstraint *trailing =[NSLayoutConstraint

toItem:parent
multiplier:1.0
constant:10.f];
NSLayoutConstraint *top = [NSLayoutConstraint

toItem:parent
multiplier:1.0
constant:10.f];
NSLayoutConstraint *leading = [NSLayoutConstraint

toItem:parent
multiplier:1.0
constant:10.f];
NSLayoutConstraint *bottom =[NSLayoutConstraint

attribute:NSLayoutAttributeBottom
toItem:parent
attribute:NSLayoutAttributeBottom
multiplier:1.0
constant:0.f];
[parent addConstraint:trailing];
[parent addConstraint:top];
[parent addConstraint:leading];
[parent addConstraint:bottom];
}
Programmatically manage UIView insertion and deletion into and from

another UIView
Suppose you have a parentView into which you want to insert a new subView programmatically (eg.
when you want to insert an UIImageView into a UIViewController's view), than you can do it as below.
Objective-C
[parentView addSubview:subView];
Swift
parentView.addSubview(subView)
You can also add the subView below another subView2, which is already a sub view of parentView
using the following code:
Objective-C
[parentView insertSubview:subView belowSubview:subView2];
Swift
parentView.insertSubview(subView, belowSubview: subView2)
If you want to insert it above subView2 you can do it this way:
Objective-C
[parentView insertSubview:subView aboveSubview:subView2];
Swift
parentView.insertSubview(subView, aboveSubview: subView2)
If somewhere in your code you need to bring a certain subView to front, so above all the others
parentView's subviews, you can do it like this:
Objective-C
[parentView bringSubviewToFront:subView];
Swift
parentView.bringSubviewToFront(subView)
Finally, if you want to remove subView from parentView, you can do as below:
Objective-C
[subView removeFromSuperview];
Swift
subView.removeFromSuperview()
UIView extension for size and frame attributes
If we want to get the x-cordinate of origin of the view, then we need to write like:
view.frame.origin.x
For width, we need to write:
view.frame.size.width
But if we add a simple extension to an UIView, we can get all the attributes very simply, like:
view.x
view.y
view.width
view.height
It will also help setting these attributes like:
view.x = 10
view.y = 10
view.width = 100
view.height = 200
And the simple extension would be:
extension UIView {
var x: CGFloat {
get {
return self.frame.origin.x
}
set {
self.frame = CGRect(x: newValue, y: self.frame.origin.y, width:
self.frame.size.width, height: self.frame.size.height)
}
}
var y: CGFloat {
get {
return self.frame.origin.y
}
set {
self.frame = CGRect(x: self.frame.origin.x, y: newValue, width:
self.frame.size.width, height: self.frame.size.height)
}
}
var width: CGFloat {

get {
return self.frame.size.width
}
set {
self.frame = CGRect(x: self.frame.origin.x, y: self.frame.origin.y, width:
newValue, height: self.frame.size.height)
}
}
var height: CGFloat {

get {
return self.frame.height
}
set {
self.frame = CGRect(x: self.frame.origin.x, y: self.frame.origin.y, width:
self.frame.size.width, height: newValue)
}
}
}
We need to add this class file in a project and it'll be available to use throughout the project!
Shake a View
extension UIView {
func shake() {
let animation = CAKeyframeAnimation(keyPath: "transform.translation.x")
animation.timingFunction = CAMediaTimingFunction(name: kCAMediaTimingFunctionLinear)
animation.values = [-10.0, 10.0, -7.0, 7.0, -5.0, 5.0, 0.0 ]
layer.add(animation, forKey: "shake")
}
}
This function can be used to draw attention to a specific view by shaking it a bit.
Read UIView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/858/uiview
Chapter 202: UIViewController
Examples
Set the view programmatically
Swift
class FooViewController: UIViewController {
override func loadView() {

view = FooView()
}
Create an instance
Swift
let viewController = UIViewController()
Objective-C
UIViewController *viewController = [UIViewController new];
Subclassing
Subclassing UIControl gives us access to the following methods:
• beginTrackingWithTouch is called when the finger first touches down within the control's
bounds.
• continueTrackingWithTouchis called repeatedly as the finger slides across the control and
even outside of the control's bounds.
• endTrackingWithTouch is called when the finger lifts off the screen.
MyCustomControl.swift
import UIKit
// These are out self-defined rules for how we will communicate with other classes
protocol ViewControllerCommunicationDelegate: class {
func myTrackingBegan()
func myTrackingContinuing(location: CGPoint)
func myTrackingEnded()
}
class MyCustomControl: UIControl {
// whichever class wants to be notified of the touch events must set the delegate to
itself
weak var delegate: ViewControllerCommunicationDelegate?
override func beginTrackingWithTouch(touch: UITouch, withEvent event: UIEvent?) -> Bool {
// notify the delegate (i.e. the view controller)

delegate?.myTrackingBegan()
// returning true means that future events (like continueTrackingWithTouch and

endTrackingWithTouch) will continue to be fired
return true
}
override func continueTrackingWithTouch(touch: UITouch, withEvent event: UIEvent?) -> Bool

{
// get the touch location in our custom control's own coordinate system
let point = touch.locationInView(self)
// Update the delegate (i.e. the view controller) with the new coordinate point
delegate?.myTrackingContinuing(point)
// returning true means that future events will continue to be fired

return true
}
override func endTrackingWithTouch(touch: UITouch?, withEvent event: UIEvent?) {
// notify the delegate (i.e. the view controller)

delegate?.myTrackingEnded()
}
}
ViewController.swift
This is how the view controller is set up to be the delegate and respond to touch events from our
custom control.
import UIKit
class ViewController: UIViewController, ViewControllerCommunicationDelegate {
@IBOutlet weak var myCustomControl: MyCustomControl!

@IBOutlet weak var trackingBeganLabel: UILabel!
@IBOutlet weak var trackingEndedLabel: UILabel!
@IBOutlet weak var xLabel: UILabel!
@IBOutlet weak var yLabel: UILabel!

super.viewDidLoad()
myCustomControl.delegate = self
}
func myTrackingBegan() {
trackingBeganLabel.text = "Tracking began"
}
func myTrackingContinuing(location: CGPoint) {

xLabel.text = "x: \(location.x)"
yLabel.text = "y: \(location.y)"
}
func myTrackingEnded() {
trackingEndedLabel.text = "Tracking ended"
}
}
Notes
• Alternate methods of achieving the same result without subclassing include adding a target
or using a gesture recognizer.
• It is not necessary to use a delegate with these methods if they are only being used within
the custom control itself. We could have just added a print statement to show how the
events are being called. In that case, the code would be simplified to
import UIKit
class MyCustomControl: UIControl {
override func beginTrackingWithTouch(touch: UITouch, withEvent event: UIEvent?) ->

Bool {
print("Began tracking")
return true
}
override func continueTrackingWithTouch(touch: UITouch, withEvent event: UIEvent?)

-> Bool {
let point = touch.locationInView(self)
print("x: \(point.x), y: \(point.y)")
return true
}
override func endTrackingWithTouch(touch: UITouch?, withEvent event: UIEvent?) {

print("Ended tracking")
}
}
Instantiate from a Storyboard
UIStoryboard *storyboard = [UIStoryboard storyboardWithName:@"Main" bundle:nil];
With an Identifier:
Give the scene a Storyboard ID within the identity inspector of the storyboard.
Instantiate in code:
UIViewController *controller = [storyboard

instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier:@"myIdentifier"];
Instantiate an initial viewcontroller:
Within the storyboard select the view controller, then select the attribute inspector, check the "Is
Initial View Controller" box.
UIStoryboard *storyboard = [UIStoryboard storyboardWithName:@"Main" bundle:nil];

UIViewController *controller = [storyboard instantiateInitialViewController];
Access the container view controller
When the view controller is presented within a tab bar controller, you can access the tab bar
controller like this:
Swift
let tabBarController = viewController.tabBarController
Objective-C
UITabBarController *tabBarController = self.tabBarController;
When the view controller is part on an navigation stack, you can access the navigation controller
like this:
Swift
let navigationController = viewController.navigationController
Objective-C
UINavigationController *navigationController = self.navigationController;
Adding/removing a child view controller
To add a child view controller:
- (void)displayContentController:(UIViewController *)vc {
[self addChildViewController:vc];
vc.view.frame = self.view.frame;
[self.view addSubview:vc.view];
[vc didMoveToParentViewController:self];
}
To remove a child view controller:
- (void)hideContentController:(UIViewController *)vc {
[vc willMoveToParentViewController:nil];
[vc.view removeFromSuperview];
[vc removeFromParentViewController];
}
Read UIViewController online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1956/uiviewcontroller
Chapter 203: UIWebView
Remarks
UIWebView Delegate functions:-
Objective-C Declerations
- (BOOL)webView:(UIWebView *)webView
shouldStartLoadWithRequest:(NSURLRequest *)request
navigationType:(UIWebViewNavigationType)navigationType;
- (void)webView:(UIWebView *)webView
didFailLoadWithError:(NSError *)error;
- (void)webViewDidFinishLoad:(UIWebView *)webView;
- (void)webViewDidStartLoad:(UIWebView *)webView;
Examples
Load JavaScript
We can run custom JavaScript on a UIWebView using the method

stringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString().This method returns the result of running the JavaScript
script passed in the script parameter, or nil if the script fails.
Swift
Load script from String
webview.stringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString("alert('This is JavaScript!');")
Load script from Local file
//Suppose you have javascript file named "JavaScript.js" in project.

let filePath = NSBundle.mainBundle().pathForResource("JavaScript", ofType: "js")
do {
let jsContent = try String.init(contentsOfFile: filePath!, encoding:
NSUTF8StringEncoding)
webview.stringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString(jsContent)
}
catch let error as NSError{
print(error.debugDescription)
}
Objective-C
Load script from String
[webview stringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString:@"alert('This is JavaScript!');"];
Load script from Local file
//Suppose you have javascript file named "JavaScript.js" in project.

NSString *filePath = [[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForResource:@"JavaScript" ofType:@"js"];
NSString *jsContent = [NSString stringWithContentsOfFile:filePath
encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding error:nil];
[webview stringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString:jsContent];
Note The stringByEvaluatingJavaScriptFromString: method waits synchronously for JavaScript

evaluation to complete. If you load web content whose JavaScript code you have not vetted,
invoking this method could hang your app. Best practice is to adopt the WKWebView class and use its
evaluateJavaScript:completionHandler: method instead. But WKWebView is available from iOS 8.0 and
later.
Load Document files like .pdf, .txt, .doc etc.
Instead of web pages, we can also load the document files into iOS WebView like .pdf, .txt, .doc
etc.. loadData method is used to load NSData into webview.
Swift
//Assuming there is a text file in the project named "home.txt".

let localFilePath = NSBundle.mainBundle().pathForResource("home", ofType:"txt");
let data = NSFileManager.defaultManager().contentsAtPath(localFilePath!);
webview.loadData(data!, MIMEType: "application/txt", textEncodingName:"UTF-8" , baseURL:
NSURL())
Objective-C
//Assuming there is a text file in the project named "home.txt".

NSString *localFilePath = [[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForResource:@"home" ofType:@"txt"];
NSData *data = [[NSFileManager defaultManager] contentsAtPath:localFilePath];
[webview loadData:data MIMEType:@"application/txt" textEncodingName:@"UTF-8" baseURL:[NSURL
new]];
Load HTML string
Web views are useful to load locally generated HTML strings.
NSString *html = @"<!DOCTYPE html><html><body>Hello World</body></html>";

[webView loadHTMLString:html baseURL:nil];
Swift
let htmlString = "<h1>My First Heading</h1><p>My first paragraph.</p>"

webView.loadHTMLString(htmlString, baseURL: nil)
A local base URL may be specified. This is useful to reference images, stylesheets or scripts from
the app bundle:
NSString *html = @"<!DOCTYPE html><html><head><link href='style.css' rel='stylesheet'

type='text/css'></head><body>Hello World</body></html>";
[self loadHTMLString:html baseURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:[[NSBundle mainBundle]
resourcePath]]];
In this case, style.css is loaded locally from the app's resource directory. Of course it's also
possible to specify a remote URL.
Make links That inside UIWebview clickable
In vc.h
@interface vc : UIViewController<UIWebViewDelegate>
in vc.m
- (BOOL)webView:(UIWebView *)webView shouldStartLoadWithRequest:(NSURLRequest *)request

navigationType:(UIWebViewNavigationType)navigationType{
if (navigationType == UIWebViewNavigationTypeLinkClicked){
//open it on browser if you want to open it in same web view remove return NO;
NSURL *url = request.URL;
if ([[UIApplication sharedApplication] canOpenURL:url]) {
}
return NO;
return YES;
Load local HTML file in webView
First, add the HTML File to your Project (If you are asked to choose options for adding the file,
select Copy items if needed)
The following line of code loads the content of the HTML file into the webView
webView.loadRequest(NSURLRequest(URL: NSURL(fileURLWithPath:
NSBundle.mainBundle().pathForResource("YOUR HTML FILE", ofType: "html")!})
• If your HTML file is called index.html replace YOUR HTML FILE with index
• You can use this code either in viewDidLoad() or viewDidAppear() or any other function
Determining content size
In many cases, for instance when using web views in table view cells, it's important to determine
the content size of the rendered HTML page. After loading the page, this can be calculated in the
UIWebViewDelegate delegate method:
- (void) webViewDidFinishLoad:(UIWebView *) aWebView {

CGRect frame = aWebView.frame;
frame.size.height = 1;
aWebView.frame = frame;
CGSize fittingSize = [aWebView sizeThatFits:CGSizeZero];
frame.size = fittingSize;
aWebView.frame = frame;
NSLog(@"size: %f, %f", fittingSize.width, fittingSize.height);

}
The code employs an additional trick of shortly setting the height of the web view to 1 prior to
measuring the fitting size. Otherwise it would simply report the current frame size. After measuring
we immediately set the height to the actual content height.
Source
Stop Loading Web Content
Method stopLoading() stops the current loading process of the webview.
Swift
webview.stopLoading()
Objective-C
[webview stopLoading];
Reload Current Web Content
Swift
webview.reload()
Objective-C
[webview reload];
Create a UIWebView instance
Swift
let webview = UIWebView(frame: CGRect(x: 0, y: 0, width: 320, height: 480))
Objective-C
UIWebView *webview = [[UIWebView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 320, 480)];
//Alternative way of defining frame for UIWebView

UIWebView *webview = [[UIWebView alloc] init];
CGRect webviewFrame = webview.frame;
webviewFrame.size.width = 320;
webviewFrame.size.height = 480;
webviewFrame.origin.x = 0;
webviewFrame.origin.y = 0;
webview.frame = webviewFrame;
Making a URL request
Load content in webview from the url
Swift
webview.loadRequest(NSURLRequest(URL: NSURL(string: "http://www.google.com")!))
Objective-C
[webview loadRequest:[NSURLRequest requestWithURL:[NSURL

URLWithString:@"http://www.google.com"]]];
Read UIWebView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/1452/uiwebview
Chapter 204: Universal Links
Remarks
1. When you support universal links, iOS 9 users can tap a link to your website and get
seamlessly redirected to your installed app without going through Safari. If your app isn’t
installed, tapping a link to your website opens your website in Safari.
2. Generally, any supported link clicked in Safari, or in instances of UIWebView/WKWebView should
open the app.
3. For iOS 9.2 and less, this will only work on a device. iOS 9.3 also supports the simulator.
4. iOS remembers the user’s choice when opening Universal Links. If they tap the top-right
breadcrumb to open the link in Safari, all further clicks will take them to Safari, and not the
app. They can switch back to opening the app by default by choosing Open in the app
banner on the website.
Examples
Setup Server
You need to having a server running online. To securely associate your iOS app with a server,
Apple requires that you make available a configuration file, called apple-app-site-association. This
is a JSON file which describes the domain and supported routes.
The apple-app-site-association file needs to be accessible via HTTPS, without any redirects, at
https://{domain}/apple-app-site-association.
The file looks like this:
{
"applinks": {
"apps": [ ],
"details": [
{
"appID": "{app_prefix}.{app_identifier}",
"paths": [ "/path/to/content", "/path/to/other/*", "NOT /path/to/exclude" ]
},
{
"appID": "TeamID.BundleID2",
"paths": [ "*" ]
}
]
}
}
NOTE - Don’t append .json to the apple-app-site-association filename.
The keys are as follows:

apps: Should have an empty array as its value, and it must be present. This is how Apple wants it.
details
: Is an array of dictionaries, one for each iOS app supported by the website. Each dictionary
contains information about the app, the team and bundle IDs.
There are 3 ways to define paths:

Static: The entire supported path is hardcoded to identify a specific link, e.g. /static/terms
Wildcards: A * can be used to match dynamic paths, e.g. /books/* can matches the path to any
author’s page. ? inside specific path components, e.g. books/1? can be used to match any books
whose ID starts with 1.
Exclusions: Prepending a path with NOT excludes that path from being matched.
The order in which the paths are mentioned in the array is important. Earlier indices have higher
priority. Once a path matches, the evaluation stops, and other paths ignored. Each path is case-
sensitive.
#Website Code
The website code can be found gh-pages branch on https://github.com/vineetchoudhary/iOS-

Universal-Links/tree/gh-pages
Supporting Multiple Domains
Each domain supported in the app needs to make available its own apple-app-site-association file.
If the content served by each domain is different, then the contents of the file will also change to
support the respective paths. Otherwise, the same file can be used, but it needs to be accessible
at every supported domain.
Signing the App-Site-Association File
Note: You can skip this part if your server uses HTTPS to serve content and jump to Application
Setup guide.
If your app targets iOS 9 and your server uses HTTPS to serve content, you don’t need to sign the
file. If not (e.g. when supporting Handoff on iOS 8), it has to be signed using a SSL certificate from
a recognized certificate authority.
Note: This is not the certificate provided by Apple to submit your app to the App Store. It should be
provided by a third-party, and it’s recommended to use the same certificate you use for your HTTPS
server (although it’s not required).
To sign the file, first create and save a simple .txt version of it. Next, in the terminal, run the
following command:
cat <unsigned_file>.txt | openssl smime -sign -inkey example.com.key -signer example.com.pem -

certfile intermediate.pem -noattr -nodetach -outform DER > apple-app-site-association
This will output the signed file in the current directory. The example.com.key, example.com.pem, and
intermediate.pem are the files that would made available to you by your Certifying Authority.
Note: If the file is unsigned, it should have a Content-Type of application/json. Otherwise, it should
be application/pkcs7-mime.
Validate your Server with Apple App search validation tool

Test your webpage for iOS 9 Search APIs. Enter a URL and Applebot will crawl your webpage and
show how you can optimize for best results https://search.developer.apple.com/appsearch-
validation-tool/
Setup iOS Application (Enabling Universal Links)
The setup on the app side requires two things:
1. Configuring the app’s entitlement, and enabling the universal links by turning on the
Associated Domains capability in the project.
2. Handling Incoming Links in your AppDelegate.
1. Configuring the app’s entitlement, and enabling universal links.
The first step in configuring your app’s entitlements is to enable it for your App ID. Do this in the
Apple Developer Member Center. Click on Certificates, Identifiers & Profiles and then Identifiers.
Select your App ID (create it first if required), click Edit and enable the Associated Domains
entitlement.
Next, get the App ID prefix and suffix by clicking on the respective App ID.
The App ID prefix and suffix should match the one in the apple-app-site-association file.
Next in Xcode, select your App’s target, click Capabilities and toggle Associated Domains to On.
Add an entry for each domain that your app supports, prefixed with app links:
For example applinks:YourCustomDomainName.com
Which looks like this for the sample app:
Note: Ensure you have selected the same team and entered the same Bundle ID as the registered
App ID on the Member Center. Also ensure that the entitlements file is included by Xcode by
selecting the file and in the File Inspector, ensure that your target is checked.
2. Handling Incoming Links in your AppDelegate
All redirects from Safari to the app for universal links go via the below method in the Application's
AppDelegate class. You parse this URL to determine the right action in the app.
[UIApplicationDelegate application: continueUserActivity: restorationHandler:]
Objective-C
-(BOOL)application:(UIApplication *)application continueUserActivity:(NSUserActivity

*)userActivity restorationHandler:(void (^)(NSArray * _Nullable))restorationHandler{
///Checking whether the activity was from a web page redirect to the app.
if ([userActivity.activityType isEqualToString: NSUserActivityTypeBrowsingWeb]) {
///Getting the URL from the UserActivty Object.
NSURL *url = userActivity.webpageURL;
UIStoryboard *storyBoard = [UIStoryboard storyboardWithName:@"Main" bundle:nil];
UINavigationController *navigationController = (UINavigationController
*)_window.rootViewController;
if ([url.pathComponents containsObject:@"home"]) {
[navigationController pushViewController:[storyBoard
instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier:@"HomeScreenId"] animated:YES];
}else if ([url.pathComponents containsObject:@"about"]){
[navigationController pushViewController:[storyBoard
instantiateViewControllerWithIdentifier:@"AboutScreenId"] animated:YES];
}
}
return YES;
}
Swift :
func application(application: UIApplication, continueUserActivity userActivity:

NSUserActivity, restorationHandler: ([AnyObject]?) -> Void) -> Bool {
if userActivity.activityType == NSUserActivityTypeBrowsingWeb {
let url = userActivity.webpageURL!
//handle url
}
return true
}
iOS Application Code

The app code can be found master branch here.
Read Universal Links online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/2362/universal-links
Chapter 205: Using Image Aseets
Introduction
Image assets are used to manage and organize different types of image assets in our iOS app
using Xcode.
These assets can be App Icons, Launch Images, images used throughout the app, full size
images, random sized images etc.
Examples
App Icon using Image Assets
Whenever we create a new project in Xcode for our new app, it gives us various in-built classes,
targets, tests, plist file, etc. Similarly it also gives us as Assets.xcassets file, which manages all the
image assets in our project.
This is how this file looks like in file navigator:
If we click it, it'll look like this:
We just have to drag and drop respective image on each empty square block. Each black will tell
us what size that image should be, it's written just below it.
After dragging and dropping all the images in all the squares, it'll look like this:
2x launch images by scaling
2 12.9" iPad Pro: there is no square for this iPad because this iPad will also use 2x iPad images
by scaling them
3 Retina HD 5.5": iPads should have 1920x1080px for portrait and 1080x1920px for landscape but
Xcode will give waring and launch image will not be shown on those devices
4 SplitView: as we are using LaunchImage Asset instead of LaunchScreen XIB, our app will not
support SplitView on iPads and landscape 5.5" iPhones
5 Reinstall: if our app is already installed on device and we try to run with these newly added
launch image assets, then sometimes device will not show launch images while launching app. In
this case just delete app from device, clean+build project and run it, it'll show new launch images
Read Using Image Aseets online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/10087/using-image-aseets
Chapter 206: UUID (Universally Unique
Identifier)
Remarks
To save the UUID we can use SSKeychainUtility. Example can be found on Github page
Examples
Generating UUID
Random UUID
Swift
func randomUUID() -> NSString{

return NSUUID.UUID().UUIDString()
}
Objective-C
+ (NSString *)randomUUID {
if(NSClassFromString(@"NSUUID")) { // only available in iOS >= 6.0
return [[NSUUID UUID] UUIDString];
}
CFUUIDRef uuidRef = CFUUIDCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault);
CFStringRef cfuuid = CFUUIDCreateString(kCFAllocatorDefault, uuidRef);
CFRelease(uuidRef);
NSString *uuid = [((__bridge NSString *) cfuuid) copy];
CFRelease(cfuuid);
return uuid;
}
Identifier for vendor
iOS 6
Within a single line, we can get an UUID like below:
Swift
let UDIDString = UIDevice.currentDevice().identifierForVendor?.UUIDString
Objective-C
NSString *UDIDString = [[[UIDevice currentDevice] identifierForVendor] UUIDString];
The identifierForVendor is an unique identifier that stays the same for every app of a single vendor
on a single device, unless all of the vendor's apps are deleted from this device. See Apple's
documentation about when this UUID changes.
Apple's IFA vs. IFV (Apple Identifier for Advertisers vs. Identifier for Vendors)
• You can use the IFA for measuring ad clicks and the IFV for measuring app installs.
• IFA has built-in privacy mechanisms that make it perfect for advertising. In contrast, the IFV
is for developers to use internally to measure users who install their apps.
IFA
• ASIdentifierManager class provides
○ advertisingIdentifier: UUID: An alphanumeric string unique to each device, used only

for serving advertisements.
○ isAdvertisingTrackingEnabled: A Boolean value that indicates whether the user has

limited ad tracking.
IFV
• ASIdentifierManager class provides

○identifierForVendor: UUID: An alphanumeric string that uniquely identifies a device to
the app’s vendor.
Find your device IFA and IFV here.
Create UUID String for iOS devices
Here we can create UUID String with in one line.
Represents UUID strings, which can be used to uniquely identify types, interfaces, and other
items.
Swift 3.0
print(UUID().uuidString)
It is very useful for identify multiple devices with unique id.
Read UUID (Universally Unique Identifier) online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3629/uuid--
universally-unique-identifier-
Chapter 207: WCSessionDelegate
Introduction
WCSessionDelegateworks with watch OS2 + using WatchConnectivity. var watchSession :
WCSession? func startWatchSession(){ if(WCSession.isSupported()){ watchSession =
WCSession.default() watchSession!.delegate = self watchSession!.activate() } } Implement the
required method:- didReceiveApplicationContext
Examples
Watch kit controller (WKInterfaceController)
import WatchConnectivity
var watchSession : WCSession?
override func awake(withContext context: Any?) {

super.awake(withContext: context)
// Configure interface objects here.
startWatchSession()
}
func startWatchSession(){
if(WCSession.isSupported()){
watchSession = WCSession.default()
watchSession!.delegate = self
watchSession!.activate()
}
}
//Callback in below delegate method when iOS app triggers event

func session(_ session: WCSession, didReceiveApplicationContext applicationContext: [String :
Any]) {
print("did ReceiveApplicationContext at watch")
}
Read WCSessionDelegate online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/8289/wcsessiondelegate
Chapter 208: WKWebView
Introduction
WKWebView is the centerpiece of the modern WebKit API introduced in iOS 8 & OS X Yosemite.
It replaces UIWebView in UIKit and WebView in AppKit, offering a consistent API across the two
platforms.
Boasting responsive 60fps scrolling, built-in gestures, streamlined communication between app
and webpage, and the same JavaScript engine as Safari, WKWebView is one of the most
significant announcements to come out of WWDC 2014.
Examples
Creating a Simple WebBrowser
import UIKit
import WebKit
class ViewController: UIViewController, UISearchBarDelegate, WKNavigationDelegate,

WKUIDelegate {
var searchbar: UISearchBar! //All web-browsers have a search-bar.

var webView: WKWebView! //The WKWebView we'll use.
var toolbar: UIToolbar! //Toolbar at the bottom just like in Safari.
var activityIndicator: UIActivityIndicatorView! //Activity indicator to let the user know
the page is loading.

super.viewDidLoad()
self.initControls()
self.setTheme()
self.doLayout()
}

}
func initControls() {
self.searchbar = UISearchBar()
//WKUserContentController allows us to add Javascript scripts to our webView that will

run either at the beginning of a page load OR at the end of a page load.
let configuration = WKWebViewConfiguration()

let contentController = WKUserContentController()
configuration.userContentController = contentController
//create the webView with the custom configuration.
self.webView = WKWebView(frame: .zero, configuration: configuration)
self.toolbar = UIToolbar()
self.layoutToolbar()
self.activityIndicator = UIActivityIndicatorView(activityIndicatorStyle: .gray)

self.activityIndicator.hidesWhenStopped = true
}
func setTheme() {
self.edgesForExtendedLayout = UIRectEdge(rawValue: 0)
self.navigationController?.navigationBar.barTintColor = UIColor.white()
//Theme the keyboard and searchBar. Setup delegates.

self.searchbar.delegate = self
self.searchbar.returnKeyType = .go
self.searchbar.searchBarStyle = .prominent
self.searchbar.placeholder = "Search or enter website name"
self.searchbar.autocapitalizationType = .none
self.searchbar.autocorrectionType = .no
//Set the WebView's delegate.

self.webView.navigationDelegate = self //Delegate that handles page navigation
self.webView.uiDelegate = self //Delegate that handles new tabs, windows, popups,
layout, etc..
self.activityIndicator.transform = CGAffineTransform(scaleX: 1.5, y: 1.5)

}
func layoutToolbar() {
//Browsers typically have a back button, forward button, refresh button, and
newTab/newWindow button.
var items = Array<UIBarButtonItem>()
let space = UIBarButtonItem(barButtonSystemItem: .flexibleSpace, target: nil, action:

nil)
items.append(UIBarButtonItem(title: "<", style: .plain, target: self, action:

#selector(onBackButtonPressed)))
items.append(space)
items.append(UIBarButtonItem(title: ">", style: .plain, target: self, action:
#selector(onForwardButtonPressed)))
items.append(space)
items.append(UIBarButtonItem(barButtonSystemItem: .refresh, target: self, action:
#selector(onRefreshPressed)))
items.append(space)
items.append(UIBarButtonItem(barButtonSystemItem: .organize, target: self, action:
#selector(onTabPressed)))
self.toolbar.items = items
}
func doLayout() {
//Add the searchBar to the navigationBar.
self.navigationItem.titleView = self.searchbar
//Add all other subViews to self.view.

self.view.addSubview(self.webView)
self.view.addSubview(self.toolbar)
self.view.addSubview(self.activityIndicator)
//Setup which views will be constrained.
let views: [String: AnyObject] = ["webView": self.webView, "toolbar": self.toolbar,

"activityIndicator": self.activityIndicator];
var constraints = Array<String>();
constraints.append("H:|-0-[webView]-0-|")
constraints.append("H:|-0-[toolbar]-0-|")
constraints.append("V:|-0-[webView]-0-[toolbar(50)]-0-|")
//constrain the subviews using the above visual constraints.

constraint, options: NSLayoutFormatOptions(rawValue: 0), metrics: nil, views: views))
}
for view in self.view.subviews {

view.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
}
//constraint the activity indicator to the center of the view.

self.view.addConstraint(NSLayoutConstraint(item: self.activityIndicator, attribute:
.centerX, relatedBy: .equal, toItem: self.view, attribute: .centerX, multiplier: 1.0,
constant: 0.0))
self.view.addConstraint(NSLayoutConstraint(item: self.activityIndicator, attribute:
.centerY, relatedBy: .equal, toItem: self.view, attribute: .centerY, multiplier: 1.0,
constant: 0.0))
}
//Searchbar Delegates
func searchBarSearchButtonClicked(_ searchBar: UISearchBar) {

self.searchbar.resignFirstResponder()
if let searchText = self.searchbar.text, url = URL(string: searchText) {

//Get the URL from the search bar. Create a new NSURLRequest with it and tell the
webView to navigate to that URL/Page. Also specify a timeout for if the page takes too long.
Also handles cookie/caching policy.
let request = URLRequest(url: url, cachePolicy: .useProtocolCachePolicy,

timeoutInterval: 30)
self.webView.load(request)
}
}
//Toolbar Delegates
func onBackButtonPressed(button: UIBarButtonItem) {

if (self.webView.canGoBack) { //allow the user to go back to the previous page.
self.webView.goBack()
}
}
func onForwardButtonPressed(button: UIBarButtonItem) {

if (self.webView.canGoForward) { //allow the user to go forward to the next page.
self.webView.goForward()
}
}
func onRefreshPressed(button: UIBarButtonItem) {

self.webView.reload() //reload the current page.
}
func onTabPressed(button: UIBarButtonItem) {

//TODO: Open a new tab or web-page.
}
//WebView Delegates
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, decidePolicyFor navigationAction: WKNavigationAction,

decisionHandler: (WKNavigationActionPolicy) -> Void) {
decisionHandler(.allow) //allow the user to navigate to the requested page.

}
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, decidePolicyFor navigationResponse:

WKNavigationResponse, decisionHandler: (WKNavigationResponsePolicy) -> Void) {
decisionHandler(.allow) //allow the webView to process the response.

}
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, didStartProvisionalNavigation navigation:

WKNavigation!) {
self.activityIndicator.startAnimating()
}
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, didFailProvisionalNavigation navigation: WKNavigation!,

withError error: NSError) {
self.activityIndicator.stopAnimating()
//Handle the error. Display an alert to the user telling them what happened.
let alert = UIAlertController(title: "Error", message: error.localizedDescription,

preferredStyle: .alert)
let action = UIAlertAction(title: "OK", style: .default) { (action) in
alert.dismiss(animated: true, completion: nil)
}
alert.addAction(action)
self.present(alert, animated: true, completion: nil)
}
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, didFinish navigation: WKNavigation!) {

self.activityIndicator.stopAnimating()
//Update our search bar with the webPage's final endpoint-URL.

if let url = self.webView.url {
self.searchbar.text = url.absoluteString ?? self.searchbar.text
}
}
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, didReceiveServerRedirectForProvisionalNavigation

navigation: WKNavigation!) {
//When the webview receives a "Redirect" to a different page or endpoint, this is
called.
}
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, didCommit navigation: WKNavigation!) {
//When the content for the webpage starts arriving, this is called.
}
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, didFail navigation: WKNavigation!, withError error:

NSError) {
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, didReceive challenge: URLAuthenticationChallenge,

completionHandler: (URLSession.AuthChallengeDisposition, URLCredential?) -> Void) {
completionHandler(.performDefaultHandling, .none) //Handle SSL connections by default.

We aren't doing SSL pinning or custom certificate handling.
//WebView's UINavigation Delegates
//This is called when a webView or existing loaded page wants to open a new window/tab.
func webView(_ webView: WKWebView, createWebViewWith configuration:
WKWebViewConfiguration, for navigationAction: WKNavigationAction, windowFeatures:
WKWindowFeatures) -> WKWebView? {
//The view that represents the new tab/window. This view will have an X button at the
top left corner + a webView.
let container = UIView()
//New tabs need an exit button.

let XButton = UIButton()
XButton.addTarget(self, action: #selector(onWebViewExit), for: .touchUpInside)
XButton.layer.cornerRadius = 22.0
//Create the new webView window.

let webView = WKWebView(frame: .zero, configuration: configuration)
webView.navigationDelegate = self
webView.uiDelegate = self
//Layout the tab.

container.addSubview(XButton)
container.addSubview(webView)
let views: [String: AnyObject] = ["XButton": XButton, "webView": webView];

constraints.append("H:|-(-22)-[XButton(44)]")
constraints.append("H:|-0-[webView]-0-|")
constraints.append("V:|-(-22)-[XButton(44)]-0-[webView]-0-|")
//constrain the subviews.

container.addConstraints(NSLayoutConstraint.constraints(withVisualFormat:
constraint, options: NSLayoutFormatOptions(rawValue: 0), metrics: nil, views: views))
}
for view in container.subviews {

view.translatesAutoresizingMaskIntoConstraints = false
}
//TODO: Add the containerView to self.view or present it with a new controller. Keep
track of tabs..
return webView
}
func onWebViewExit(button: UIButton) {

//TODO: Destroy the tab. Remove the new tab from the current window or controller.
}
}
Showing the custom GO button in the keyboard:
more than once, results in NSInvalidArgumentExceptionexception.
Read WKWebView online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/3602/wkwebview
Chapter 209: Xcode Build & Archive From
Command Line
Syntax
• xcodebuild [-project name.xcodeproj] -scheme schemename [[-destination
destinationspecifier] ...] [-destination-timeout value] [-configuration configurationname]
[-sdk [sdkfullpath | sdkname]] [action ...] [buildsetting=value ...] [-userdefault=value
...]
Parameters
Option Description
-project Build the project name.xcodeproj.
-scheme Required if building a workspace.
-destination Use the destination device
-configuration Use the build configuration
-sdk specified SDK
Remarks
Run xcodebuild from the directory containing your project to build an Xcode project. To build an
Xcode workspace, you must pass both the -workspace and -scheme options to define the build.
The parameters of the scheme will control which targets are built and how they are built, although
you may pass other options to xcodebuild to override some parameters of the scheme.
Examples
Build & Archive
Build:
xcodebuild -exportArchive -exportFormat ipa \

-archivePath "/Users/username/Desktop/MyiOSApp.xcarchive" \
-exportPath "/Users/username/Desktop/MyiOSApp.ipa" \
-exportProvisioningProfile "MyCompany Distribution Profile"
Archive:
xcodebuild -project <ProjectName.xcodeproj>
-scheme <ProjectName>
-sdk iphonesimulator
-configuration Debug
-destination "platform=iOS Simulator,name=<Device>,OS=9.3"
clean build
Read Xcode Build & Archive From Command Line online:

http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5027/xcode-build---archive-from-command-line
Chapter 210: XCTest framework - Unit Testing
Examples
Writing a test class
import XCTest
@testable import PersonApp
class PersonTests: XCTestCase {

func test_completeName() {
let person = Person(firstName: "Josh", lastName: "Brown")
XCTAssertEqual(person.completeName(), "Josh Brown")
}
}
Now let's discuss what's going on here. The import XCTest line will allow us to extend XCTestCase
and use XCTAssertEqual (among other assertions). Extending XCTestCase and prefixing our test
name with test will ensure that Xcode automatically runs this test when running the tests in the
project (U or Product > Test). The @testable import PersonApp line will import our PersonApp target
so we can test and use classes from it, such as the Person in our example above. And finally, our
XCTAssertEqual will ensure that person.completeName() is equal to the string "Josh Brown".
Adding Test Files to Xcode Project
When creating the project

You should check "Include Unit Tests" in the project creation dialog.
After creating the project

If you missed checking that item while creating your project, you could always add test files later.
To do so:
1- Go to your project settings in Xcode
2- Go to "Targets"
3- Click "Add Target"
4- Under "Other", select "Cocoa Touch Unit Test Testing Bundle"
At the end, you should have a file named [Your app name]Tests.swift. In Objective-C, you should
have two files named [Your app name]Tests.h and [Your app name]Tests.m instead.
[Your app name]Tests.swift or .m file will include by default :
• A XCTest module import

• A [Your app name]Tests class which extends XCTestCase
• setUp, tearDown, testExample, testPerformanceExample methods
Swift
import XCTest
class MyProjectTests: XCTestCase {

super.setUp()
// Put setup code here. This method is called before the invocation of each test method in
the class.
}
override func tearDown() {

// Put teardown code here. This method is called after the invocation of each test method
in the class.
super.tearDown()
}
func testExample() {
// This is an example of a functional test case.
// Use XCTAssert and related functions to verify your tests produce the correct results.
func testPerformanceExample() {
// This is an example of a performance test case.
self.measure {
// Put the code you want to measure the time of here.
}
}
Objective-C
#import <XCTest/XCTest.h>
@interface MyProjectTests : XCTestCase
@end
@implementation MyProjectTests
- (void)setUp {
[super setUp];
// Put setup code here. This method is called before the invocation of each test method in the
class.
}
- (void)tearDown {
// Put teardown code here. This method is called after the invocation of each test method in
the class.
[super tearDown];
}
- (void)testExample {
// This is an example of a functional test case.
// Use XCTAssert and related functions to verify your tests produce the correct results.
}
- (void)testPerformanceExample {
// This is an example of a performance test case.
[self measureBlock:^{
// Put the code you want to measure the time of here.
}];
}
@end
Adding Storyboard and View Controller as instances to test file
To get started with unit testing, which will be done in the tests file and will be testing the View
Controller and Storyboard, we should introduce these two files to the test file.
Defining the View Controller

Swift
var viewController : ViewController!
Introducing the Storyboard and initializing

the View Controller
Add this code to the setUp() method:
Swift

viewController = storyboard.instantiateInitialViewController() as! ViewController
Objective-C
UIStoryboard *storyboard = [UIStoryboard storyboardWithName:"Main" bundle:nil];

viewController = (ViewController *) [storyboard instantiateInitialViewController];
This way, you could write test methods, and they will know where to check for errors. In this case,
there are View Controller and the Storyboard.
Adding test methods
According to Apple:
Test Methods
A test method is an instance method of a test class that begins with the prefix test,
takes no parameters, and returns void, for example, (void)testColorIsRed(). A test
method exercises code in your project and, if that code does not produce the expected
result, reports failures using a set of assertion APIs. For example, a function’s return
value might be compared against an expected value or your test might assert that
improper use of a method in one of your classes throws an exception.
So we add a test method using "test" as the prefix of the method, like:
Swift
func testSomething() {
Objective-C
- (void)testSomething {
To actually test the results, we use XCTAssert() method, which takes a boolean expression, and if
true, marks the test as succeeded, else it will mark it as failed.
Let's say we have a method in View Controller class called sum() which calculates sum of two
numbers. To test it, we use this method:
Swift
func testSum(){
let result = viewController.sum(4, and: 5)
XCTAssertEqual(result, 9)
}
Objective-C
- (void)testSum {
int result = [viewController sum:4 and:5];
XCTAssertEqual(result, 9);
}
Note
By default, you can't access label, text box or other UI items of the View Controller
class from test class if they are first made in Storyboard file. This is because they are
initialized in loadView() method of the View Controller class, and this will not be called
when testing. The best way to call loadView() and all other required methods is
accessing the view property of our viewController property. You should add this line
before testing UI elements:
XCTAssertNotNil(viewController.view)
Start Testing
Testing a specific method

To test a specific method, click the square next to the method definition.
Testing all methods

To test all methods, click the square next to the class definition.
See the testing result

If there is a green check next to the definition, the test has succeeded.
If there is a red cross next to the definition, the test has failed.
Running all tests
Product -> Test OR Cmd + U
It will run all the tests from all the test targets!
Import a module that it can be tested
Classes, structs, enums and all their methods are internal by default. This means they can be
only accessed from the same module. The test cases are in a different target an this means they
are in a different module. To be able to access the method you want to test, you need to import
the module to be tested using the @testable keyword.
Let's say we have a main module called ToDo and we want to write tests for it. We would import
that module like this:
@testable import ToDo
All test methods in the file with this import statement can now access all internal classes, structs,
enums and all their internal methods of the ToDo module.
You should never add the files with the elements you want to test to the test target because that
can lead to hard to debug errors.
Trigger view loading and appearance
View loading
In a test for a view controller you want sometimes to trigger the execution of loadView() or
viewDidLoad(). This can be done by accessing the view. Let's say you have view controller instance
in your test called sut (system under test), then the code would look like this:
XCTAssertNotNil(sut.view)
View appearance
You can also trigger the methods viewWillAppear(_:) and viewDidAppear(_:) by adding the following
code:
sut.beginAppearanceTransition(true, animated: true)
sut.endAppearanceTransition()
Read XCTest framework - Unit Testing online: http://www.riptutorial.com/ios/topic/5075/xctest-

framework---unit-testing
Credits
S.
Chapters Contributors
No
Ali Beadle, Allan Burleson, Anand Nimje, Anatoliy,

Ashutosh Dave, Bhadresh Kathiriya, bjtitus, Blachshma,
bmike, Charlie H, Cin316, Community, Dair, dan, deyanm
, Efraim Weiss, Erik Godard, FelixSFD, Fogmeister,
Hudson Taylor, Irfan, J F, Jack Ngai, James, Josh Brown,
jrf, Kampai, Kevin, Losiowaty, M. Galban, Maddyヅヅ,
1 Getting started with iOS
Matthew Cawley, Md. Ibrahim Hassan, Midhun MP,
Miguel Cabezas, Muhammad Zohaib Ehsan, Pro Q, PSN,
RamenChef, Sam Fischer, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei, shim,
Skeleton Bow, Stephen Leppik, Steve Moser, Suragch,
SuzGupta, The_Curry_Man, ThrowingSpoon, Undo,
user3480295, user6939352, Vignan
4444, Harshal Bhavsar, LinusGeffarth, Md. Ibrahim

2 3D Touch
Hassan, Onur Tuna, Stephen Leppik, tobeiosdeveloper
Harshal Bhavsar, Justin, Ruby, Stephen Leppik, Zev

3 Accessibility
Eisenberg
ADDING A SWIFT
4 yogesh wadhwa
BRIDGING HEADER
5 AFNetworking 4444, Mayank Patel, OhadM, Ruby
6 AirDrop FelixSFD, Md. Ibrahim Hassan
7 AirPrint tutorial in iOS Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Alex Koshy, Josh Caswell, Sour LeangChhean, yogesh

8 Alamofire
wadhwa
9 App Submission Process Nermin Sehic
App Transport Security breakingobstacles, D4ttatraya, esthepiking, FelixSFD,

10
(ATS) Mehul Chuahan, nathan
11 App wide operations midori
12 AppDelegate CodeChanger, Oleh Zayats, Saumil Shah
Application rating/review
13 Abhijit
request
ARC (Automatic
14 4444, Irfan, John Militer, Ketan P, Tricertops
Reference Counting)
15 attributedText in UILabel vp2698
alaphao, amar, Anuj Joshi, Bean, Bhumit Mehta,

BlackDeveraux, dasdom, Dennis, Dima Deplov, Dinesh
Raja, Đông An, Harshal Bhavsar, Hasintha Janka, Irfan,
16 Auto Layout
Jano, juanjo, keithbhunter, Mahesh, Mert Buran, Mr.
Xcoder, NSNoob, ozgur, Pärserk, Rajesh, Sally, Sandy,
Stephen Leppik, Suragch, Undo, user3480295, Vignan
AVPlayer and Bonnie, Chirag Desai, Gazi Alankus, Harshal Bhavsar,

17
AVPlayerViewController Konda Yadav, Stephen Leppik
Ali Beadle, Bhumit Mehta, Harshal Bhavsar, Midhun MP,

18 AVSpeechSynthesizer
Stephen Leppik
19 AWS SDK OhadM
20 Background Modes Seyyed Parsa Neshaei
Background Modes and

21 Ashish Kakkad
Events
22 Basic text file I/O Idan
4444, animuson, Joshua, Mehul Chuahan, Ruby,

23 Block
Tamarous, user459460
Bhavin Ramani, James P, Mr. Xcoder, Narendra Pandey,

24 CAAnimation
Rahul, Rob, Undo
25 Cache online images Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Bhavin Ramani, Harshal Bhavsar, Sam Fischer, Stephen

26 CAGradientLayer
Leppik, Undo
Alistra, Dunja Lalic, HariKrishnan.P, Harshal Bhavsar,

ignotusverum, iOS BadBoy, Kamil Harasimowicz, Luiz
27 CALayer
Henrique Guimaraes, Stephen Leppik, Suragch, Viktor
Simkó, william205
28 Carthage iOS Setup Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Filip Radelic, HariKrishnan.P, Harshal Bhavsar, Narendra

29 CAShapeLayer
Pandey, Stephen Leppik
30 Categories Faran Ghani, simple_code
31 CGContext Reference 4444, Narendra Pandey
Chain Blocks in a Queue

32 StackUnderflow
(with MKBlockQueue)
Alex Rouse, danshevluk, Harshal Bhavsar, Mr. Xcoder,

33 Change Status Bar Color
shim, Stephen Leppik, Steve Moser, william205, WMios
Checking for Network ajmccall, breakingobstacles, Mick MacCallum, pableiros,

34
Connectivity sushant jagtap
Bhavin Ramani, byJeevan, James P, Joshua, njuri,

35 Checking iOS version
Samuel Teferra, Sandy
amar, Duly Kinsky, FelixSFD, Siddharth Sunil, Sujania,

36 CLLocation
That lazy iOS Guy , void, Zee
37 CloudKit Seyyed Parsa Neshaei
38 Codable Ashish Kakkad
39 Code signing HaemEternal
40 Concurrency Doc, Fonix, Juan Campa, Kevin DiTraglia, Tien
Configure Beacons with

41 Beto Caldas
CoreBluetooth
42 Contacts Framework Md. Ibrahim Hassan, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei
Content Hugging/Content
43 Mehul Chuahan
Compression in Autolayout
Convert HTML to
44 NSAttributed string and Md. Ibrahim Hassan
vice verse
Convert
45 NSAttributedString to Md. Ibrahim Hassan
UIImage
46 Core Data Ankit chauhan, Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Dunja Lalic, Josh Caswell, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei, Sunil

47 Core Graphics
Sharma, Unheilig
Harshal Bhavsar, Mayuri R Talaviya, Mehul Chuahan,

48 Core Location mtso, quant24, Stephen Leppik, sushant jagtap,
william205
49 Core Motion Md. Ibrahim Hassan, RamenChef
50 Core SpotLight in iOS Md. Ibrahim Hassan
51 CoreImage Filters Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Create .ipa File to upload

52 on appstore with Anuj Joshi
Applicationloader
Create a Custom
53 Saeed-rz
framework in iOS
Create a video from

54 Tiko
images
55 Creating an App ID yogesh wadhwa
56 CTCallCenter MANI, Md. Ibrahim Hassan, OhadM
Alexi, Dima Deplov, Harshal Bhavsar, Maddyヅヅ, njuri,

57 Custom fonts
Stephen Leppik, Tommie C.
58 Custom Keyboard Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Custom methods of
59 selection of Kamil Harasimowicz
UITableViewCells
60 Custom UITextField D4ttatraya
Custom UIViews from XIB backslash-f, Code.Warrior, Harshal Bhavsar, idocode,

61
files Nirav Bhatt, Sharpkits Innovations, Stephen Leppik
62 Cut a UIImage into a circle Md. Ibrahim Hassan
63 CydiaSubstrate tweak gkpln3
64 Debugging Crashes NobodyNada
65 Deep Linking in iOS bryanjclark, Dunja Lalic, FelixSFD, sanman
66 DispatchGroup Brandon, Fonix
Alvin Abia, H. M. Madrone, Harshal Bhavsar, James P,

67 Dynamic Type
Stephen Leppik
Dynamically updating a
68 Harshal Bhavsar, Rahul, Stephen Leppik
UIStackView
69 EventKit Seyyed Parsa Neshaei
70 Extension for rich Push Oleh Zayats
Notification - iOS 10.
Face Detection Using

71 Md. Ibrahim Hassan
CoreImage/OpenCV
Brian, Harshal Bhavsar, Irfan, Mehul Chuahan, OhadM,

72 FacebookSDK
Ravi Prakash Verma, Stephen Leppik
73 Fastlane J F, KrauseFx, SM18, tharkay
74 FCM Messaging in Swift Saeed-rz
75 FileHandle Nikhlesh Bagdiya
GameCenter
76 4444, Cyril Ivar Garcia, Harshal Bhavsar, Stephen Leppik
Leaderboards
77 GameplayKit BennX, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei
GCD (Grand Central Andrea Antonioni, DS Dharma, Fonix, Md. Ibrahim

78
Dispatch) Hassan, skyline75489
79 Graph (Coreplot) MarmiK, Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Guideline to choose best

80 Phani Sai
iOS Architecture Patterns
Handle Multiple
81 Tien
Environment using Macro
azimov, Brian, Dunja Lalic, Harshal Bhavsar, James P,

82 Handling URL Schemes
Stephen Leppik
83 Healthkit Md. Ibrahim Hassan
84 iBeacon amar, Arefly, Harshal Bhavsar, Stephen Leppik
85 IBOutlets Fabio, SharkbaitWhohaha
86 In-App Purchase Cyril Ivar Garcia, Martin, rigdonmr, WMios
87 Initialization idioms Jano
iOS - Implementation of
88 XMPP with Robbie Saheb Roy
Hanson framework
iOS 10 Speech
89 rohit90, Stephen Leppik
Recognition API
90 iOS Google Places API Cyril Ivar Garcia, Vignan
91 iOS TTS Ali Abbas, Stephen Leppik
D4ttatraya, Harshal Bhavsar, Mehul Chuahan, Mihriban

Key Value Coding-Key
92 Minaz, Mithrandir, Muhammad Zohaib Ehsan, Pärserk,
Value Observation
sanman
93 Keychain abjurato, avojak, Matthew Seaman, Mehul Chuahan
94 Load images async J.Paravicini
95 Localization 4444, animuson, Joshua, Ruby, WMios
Make selective UIView

96 Md. Ibrahim Hassan
corners rounded
Alexander Tkachenko, Greg, Harshal Bhavsar, Mr.

97 Managing the Keyboard Xcoder, Richard Ash, Shog9, slxl, Stephen Leppik, Steve
Moser, Suragch, V1P3R, william205, WMios
Harshal Bhavsar, Md. Ibrahim Hassan, Stephen Leppik,

98 MKDistanceFormatter
Undo
Arnon Rodrigues, Brian, FelixSFD, Harshal Bhavsar,

99 MKMapView Kosuke Ogawa, Mahesh, Mehul Thakkar, Ortwin Gentz,
Reinier Melian, Stephen Leppik
100 ModelPresentationStyles Dishant Kapadiya
101 MPMediaPickerDelegate FelixSFD, George Lee
102 MPVolumeView lostAtSeaJoshua
103 Multicast Delegates Rahul
104 MVP Architecture Oleh Zayats
105 MVVM JPetric
106 MyLayout
107 Navigation Bar Md. Ibrahim Hassan, Mehul Chuahan
108 NSArray Krunal, user5553647
Bhavin Ramani, Harshal Bhavsar, Jinhuan Li, Kirit Modi,

109 NSAttributedString Luiz Henrique Guimaraes, Mansi Panchal, Stephen
Leppik, Tim, Tim Ebenezer, Undo
110 NSBundle wdywayne
111 NSData Felipe Cypriano, maxkonovalov, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei
Bonnie, Charles, dasdom, Dunja Lalic, ERbittuu,
FelixSFD, Harshal Bhavsar, Jon Snow, Josh Caswell,
lostAtSeaJoshua, maxkonovalov, Mehul Thakkar,
112 NSDate
NSNoob, Nykholas, OhadM, Sally, Samuel Teferra,
Sandy, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei, Stephen Leppik, tharkay,
tobeiosdeveloper
113 NSHTTPCookieStorage balagurubaran
114 NSInvocation Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Alex Kallam, Alex Koshy, Anand Nimje, Bence Pattogato,

115 NSNotificationCenter Bright Future, Ichthyocentaurs, Jacopo Penzo, James P,
Kirit Modi, Tarun Seera
116 NSPredicate Brendon Roberto, Joshua, Mehul Chuahan
AJ9, James P, Maddyヅヅ, Samuel Teferra, tfrank377,

117 NSTimer
That lazy iOS Guy , Undo, william205
118 NSURL Adnan Aftab, ApolloSoftware, tharkay
119 NSURLConnection byJeevan
bluey31, dasdom, dgatwood, Duly Kinsky, Harshal

120 NSURLSession Bhavsar, Narendra Pandey, Otávio, R P, sage444,
Stephen Leppik
121 NSUserActivity Samuel Spencer
Anand Nimje, Emptyless, Harshal Bhavsar, Husein

Behboodi Rad, J F, James P, Josh Caswell, Kirit Modi,
122 NSUserDefaults
Mr. Xcoder, Roland Keesom, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei,
user3760892, william205
Objective-C Associated
123 Noam
Objects
124 OpenGL Fonix
Arulkumar, Ashish Kakkad, BorisE, Bright Future, Dima

Deplov, dispute, FelixSFD, Honey, ignotusverum, Irfan,
Jake Runzer, juanjo, Kasun Randika, Kendall Lister, Kyle
Passing Data between
125 KIM, Luca D'Alberti, muazhud, OhadM, RamenChef,
View Controllers
rustproofFish, salabaha, StackUnderflow, Steve Moser,
Suragch, Tamarous, timbroder, Undo, WMios, Yagnesh
Dobariya
Passing Data between

126 StackUnderflow
View Controllers (with
MessageBox-Concept)
127 PDF Creation in iOS Mansi Panchal, Narendra Pandey
128 plist iOS SNarula
129 Profile with Instruments Vinod Kumar
Amanpreet, Anh Pham, Ashish Kakkad, Bhadresh

Kathiriya, BloodWoork, Bonnie, Honey, Hossam Ghareeb
130 Push Notifications
, iOS BadBoy, J F, Patrick Beard, Pavel Gurov, sanman,
Seyyed Parsa Neshaei, tilo
131 QR Code Scanner Bluewings, Efraim Weiss
132 Realm subv3rsion
133 Resizing UIImage Rahul
134 Rich Notifications Koushik
135 Runtime in Objective-C halil_g
Arnon Rodrigues, Harshal Bhavsar, Kilian Koeltzsch, Md.

136 Safari Services
Ibrahim Hassan, Stephen Leppik
137 Security D4ttatraya
138 Segues Daniel Ormeño
Adriana Carelli, Andreas, Bhadresh Kathiriya, Harshal

139 Set View Background
Bhavsar, Md. Ibrahim Hassan, user459460
Simulating Location Using

140 Uma
GPX files iOS
141 Simulator Seyyed Parsa Neshaei
142 Simulator Builds Durai Amuthan.H
143 SiriKit Seyyed Parsa Neshaei
Size Classes and

144 Tim
Adaptivity
145 SLComposeViewController Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Bright Future, Darshit Shah, Md. Ibrahim Hassan,

146 Snapshot of UIView
SpaceDog
147 SqlCipher integration Nirav
148 StoreKit askielboe
Harshal Bhavsar, Kirit Vaghela, Stephen Leppik, Tommie

149 Storyboard
C.
Swift and Objective-C

150 Harshal Bhavsar, njuri, Stephen Leppik
interoperability
Swift: Changing the

rootViewController in
151 AppDelegate to present cleverbit
main or login/onboarding
flow
152 SWRevealViewController Reinier Melian, tharkay
153 UI Testing P. Pawluś
Amandeep, Harshal Bhavsar, Stephen Leppik, Vivek

154 UIActivityViewController
Molkar
Andrii Chernenko, Arefly, Bhavin Ramani, FelixSFD,

Harshal Bhavsar, Irfan, juliand665, Kirit Modi, Muhammad
155 UIAlertController Zohaib Ehsan, Narendra Pandey, Nikita Kurtin, NSNoob,
pableiros, Senseful, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei, shim,
Stephen Leppik, Sunil Sharma, Suragch, user3480295
156 UIAppearance azimov, Harshal Bhavsar, Stephen Leppik, Undo
Ahmed Khalaf, Dunja Lalic, hgwhittle, Suragch,

157 UIBarButtonItem
william205
158 UIBezierPath Bean, Igor Bidiniuc, Suragch, Teja Nandamuri
Aleksei Minaev, Arefly, dasdom, ddb, Fabio Berger,

FelixSFD, fredpi, James, James P, Jojodmo, Joshua,
159 UIButton mattblessed, Mr. Xcoder, mtso, Nate Lee, NSNoob, P.
Pawluś, Quantm, RamenChef, Roland Keesom, Sachin S
P, tharkay, Viktor Simkó, william205, WMios
Adam Eberbach, AJ9, Alex Koshy, Anand Nimje, Anh

Pham, Bhavin Ramani, Bhumit Mehta, Brian, Dalija
160 UICollectionView Prasnikar, ddb, Dima Deplov, Harshal Bhavsar, Kevin
DiTraglia, Koushik, Mark, Rodrigo de Santiago, Stephen
Leppik, Suragch, Undo
Amanpreet, Anh Pham, Avineet Gupta, Brett Ponder,

161 UIColor Cin316, Community, dasdom, DeyaEldeen, Douglas Hill,
Elias Datler, Fabio Berger, FelixSFD, Gary Riches,
Harshal Bhavsar, Honey, ing0, iphonic, Irfan, JAL, Jaleel
Nazir, Jojodmo, Luca D'Alberti, maxkonovalov, mtso,
nielsbot, NSNoob, pableiros, Reinier Melian, Rex, Sally,
Samer Murad, Sandy, shim, The_Curry_Man, Tommie C.,
Viktor Simkó, WMios, Yagnesh Dobariya
UIControl - Event Handling

162 Brandon
with Blocks
163 UIDatePicker Pavel Gatilov
Bhavin Ramani, FelixSFD, Md. Ibrahim Hassan, Mehul

164 UIDevice
Chuahan, Nef10, pableiros, Ramkumar chintala
165 UIFeedbackGenerator beyowulf
166 UIFont Mr. Xcoder
Adam Preble, dannyzlo, Dunja Lalic, Harshal Bhavsar,

167 UIGestureRecognizer John Leonardo, Josh Caswell, Md. Ibrahim Hassan, Ruby
, Stephen Leppik, Sujania, Suragch, Undo
Adrian Schönig, Alexander Tkachenko, Bean, Bhavin

Ramani, Dipen Panchasara, Dunja Lalic, Emptyless,
FelixSFD, Harshal Bhavsar, Heberti Almeida, Jimmy
James, Mahmoud Adam, maxkonovalov, Md. Ibrahim
168 UIImage
Hassan, Muhammad Zeeshan, RamenChef, Reinier
Melian, Rex, rob180, Ronak Chaniyara, sage444, Sandy,
Seyyed Parsa Neshaei, Sujania, Sunil Sharma,
The_Curry_Man, user3480295, Vineet Choudhary
169 UIImagePickerController Brian, stonybrooklyn, william205
Adam Eberbach, Anh Pham, Bean, Caleb Kleveter,

DeyaEldeen, Dunja Lalic, FelixSFD, il Malvagio Dottor
170 UIImageView Prosciutto, Irfan, Joshua, mattblessed, Md. Ibrahim
Hassan, njuri, Quantm, Reinier Melian, Rex, Rob, Samuel
Spencer, Sunil Sharma, Suragch, william205
171 UIKit Dynamics beyowulf, Mark Stewart, Md. Ibrahim Hassan
UIKit Dynamics with

172 beyowulf
UICollectionView
4oby, Akilan Arasu, Alex Koshy, alvarolopez, Andres

Canella, Andrii Chernenko, Anh Pham, Ashwin
173 UILabel Ramaswami, AstroCB, Barlow Tucker, bentford, Bhumit
Mehta, Brian, byJeevan, Caleb Kleveter, Chathuranga
Silva, Chris Brandsma, Cin316, Code.Warrior,
Community, Daniel Bocksteger, Daniel Stradowski,
danshevluk, dasdom, ddb, DeyaEldeen, Dunja Lalic, Eric,
Erwin, esthepiking, Fabio Berger, Fahim Parkar, Felix,
FelixSFD, Franck Dernoncourt, gadu, ggrana,
GingerHead, gvuksic, HaemEternal, hankide, Hans
Sjunnesson, Harshal Bhavsar, Hossam Ghareeb, idobn,
Imanou Petit, iOS BadBoy, iphonic, Irfan, J F, Jacky,
Jacobanks, johnpenning, Jojodmo, Josh Brown, Joshua,
Joshua J. McKinnon, jtbandes, juanjo, kabiroberai, Kai
Engelhardt, KANGKANG, Khanh Nguyen, Kireyin, leni,
Luca D'Alberti, lufritz, Lukas, Luke Patterson, Lumialxk,
Mad Burea, Mahmoud Adam, Md. Ibrahim Hassan,
Moshe, Nadzeya, Narendra Pandey, Nathan Levitt, Nirav
D, njuri, noelicus, NSNoob, Ollie, Quantm, Radagast the
Brown, Rahul Vyas, RamenChef, ramsserio, rfarry,
sage444, Scotow, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei, Shahabuddin
Vansiwala, solidcell, Sravan, stackptr, Sunil Sharma,
Suragch, sushant jagtap, TDM, tharkay, The_Curry_Man,
Tibor Molnár, Tyler, Undo, user3480295, vasili111,
Vignan, Viktor Simkó, william205, WMios, Yagnesh
Dobariya
174 UILabel text underlining Md. Ibrahim Hassan
Bhumit Mehta, Brian, Byte1518, D4ttatraya, David,

ElonChan, Harshal Bhavsar, hgwhittle, kamwysoc,
175 UILocalNotification
KrishnaCA, rajesh sukumaran, Rex, Samuel Spencer,
themathsrobot, tktsubota, william205, Wolverine, Xenon
dasdom, Oleh Zayats, sage444, Suragch, william205,

176 UINavigationController
WMios
azimov, Bright Future, Harshal Bhavsar, Mayuri R

177 UIPageViewController
Talaviya, Stephen Leppik, stonybrooklyn, Victor M
UIPheonix - easy, flexible,

178 dynamic & highly scalable StackUnderflow
UI framework
FelixSFD, Hasintha Janka, MCMatan, Md. Ibrahim

179 UIPickerView
Hassan, Moritz, NinjaDeveloper
UIRefreshControl
180 Md. Ibrahim Hassan, Mohammad Rana
TableView
Bhavin Ramani, LinusGeffarth, maxkonovalov, Rex,

181 UIScrollView sanman, Sujania, Sunil Sharma, Suragch, tharkay,
torinpitchers
182 UIScrollView AutoLayout Aaron, Brandon, Shrikant K
UIScrollView with
183 mourodrigo
StackView child
Harshal Bhavsar, Mehul Chuahan, mtso, Stephen Leppik,

184 UISearchController
Tarvo Mäesepp
185 UISegmentedControl Kamil Harasimowicz
186 UISlider Andreas, Md. Ibrahim Hassan
187 UISplitViewController Cerbrus, Koushik
Anuj Joshi, danshevluk, Harshal Bhavsar, Kof, Lior Pollak

188 UIStackView
, Sally, sasquatch, Stephen Leppik, william205
189 UIStoryboard Adriana Carelli, Mr. Xcoder, Vignan
Bhavin Ramani, FelixSFD, Md. Ibrahim Hassan, Mr.

190 UISwitch
Xcoder, RamenChef, Sujay
Alexi, Anand Nimje, Cristina, Mehul Chuahan, Quantm,

191 UITabBarController
Srinija
AJ9, Alex Koshy, Andres Kievsky, Anh Pham, animuson,

Bean, Brendon Roberto, Brian, dasdom, DeyaEldeen,
Dima Deplov, Dunja Lalic, Erik Godard, Glorfindel,
Harshal Bhavsar, Jojodmo, Kof, Luca D'Alberti, Luis,
192 UITableView
Meng Zhang, Nathan, Nirav Bhatt, Nirav D, RamenChef,
Rex, RodolfoAntonici, Ruby, Samuel Spencer, Seslyn,
simple_code, Srinija, Steve Moser, Sujania, Sujay,
Suragch, Tamarous, user3480295
193 UITableViewCell Rahul
194 UITableViewController Aju
Alex Koshy, Ali Elsokary, Ashvinkumar, Duly Kinsky,

Fabio Berger, FelixSFD, J F, Joshua, Kof, Luiz Henrique
195 UITextField Guimaraes, Maddyヅヅ, P. Pawluś, RamenChef, Reinier
Melian, Ruby, samwize, sasquatch, shim, SourabhV,
Suragch, sushant jagtap, tharkay, william205, WMios
196 UITextField Delegate Andreas, animuson, Md. Ibrahim Hassan, midori, Ruby
Anh Pham, animuson, Bole Tzar, Bright Future, Cris ,

Dunja Lalic, Eonil, gadu, Harshal Bhavsar, Hejazi, Md.
197 UITextView
Ibrahim Hassan, njuri, Roland Keesom, Ruby, Suragch,
sushant jagtap, william205, WMios
Adam Preble, alaphao, Anh Pham, Caleb Kleveter,
Community, Cory Wilhite, D4ttatraya, ddb, DeyaEldeen,
Douglas Starnes, hgwhittle, iphonic, Irfan, James,
Jojodmo, Jota, Kotha Sai Ram, Luca D'Alberti,
198 UIView maxkonovalov, Md. Ibrahim Hassan, muazhud, Narendra
Pandey, Nikhil Manapure, NSNoob, pableiros, pckill,
Peter DeWeese, Rahul Vyas, sasquatch, shallowThought
, Sunil Sharma, That lazy iOS Guy , The_Curry_Man,
Viktor Simkó, william205
199 UIViewController dasdom, Dunja Lalic, shim, Suragch, tassinari, william205
Allan Burleson, dchar4life80X, iOS BadBoy, J F,

Julian135, KANGKANG, Kevin DiTraglia, maxkonovalov,
200 UIWebView
Md. Ibrahim Hassan, Ortwin Gentz, Ramkumar chintala,
Sunil Sharma
Harshal Bhavsar, Irfan, satheeshwaran, Stephen Leppik,

201 Universal Links
Vineet Choudhary
202 Using Image Aseets D4ttatraya
Anand Nimje, FelixSFD, Harshal Bhavsar, James P,

UUID (Universally Unique
203 Mehul Chuahan, Rahul Vyas, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei,
Identifier)
shim, Stephen Leppik, sushant jagtap
204 WCSessionDelegate pkc456
205 WKWebView Brandon, byJeevan, Mahmoud Adam, Yevhen Dubinin
Xcode Build & Archive

206 Kyle Decot, Shardul
From Command Line
XCTest framework - Unit D4ttatraya, dasdom, Jan ATAC, Josh Brown, msohng,
207
Testing Raphael Silva, Seyyed Parsa Neshaei, Tarun Seera

0903 Learning Ios

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

0903 Learning Ios

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

0903 Learning Ios

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

iOS

Chapter 1: Getting started with iOS 2

Related Stack Overflow tags 2

Creating a default Single View Application 3

Starting a new project 11

Running the app in the simulator 16

Resources and Elements in Utilities Area 22

Manage Tasks with the Workspace Toolbar 25

Create your first program in Swift 3 26

Create your first program 26

3D Touch with Swift 32

3 D Touch Objective-C Example 33

Make a View Accessible 35

Chapter 4: ADDING A SWIFT BRIDGING HEADER 39

How to create a Swift Bridging Header Manually 39

Xcode create automatically 39

Dispatching completion block on a custom thread 41

Chapter 7: AirPrint tutorial in iOS 43

AirPrint printing Banner Text 43

Chained Response Handlers 46

Chapter 9: App Submission Process 47

Setup provisioning profiles 47

Archive the code 47

Export IPA file 48

Upload IPA file using Application Loader 50

Chapter 10: App Transport Security (ATS) 52

Endpoints require SSL 53

Load all HTTP content 54

Selectively load HTTP content 54

Chapter 11: App wide operations 56

Get the top most UIViewController 56

Intercept System Events 56

Chapter 12: AppDelegate 57

All States of Application through AppDelegate methods 57

Opening a URL-Specified Resource 58

Handling Local and Remote Notifications 58

Chapter 13: Application rating/review request 61

Rate/Review iOS Application 61

Chapter 14: ARC (Automatic Reference Counting) 62

Enable/Disable ARC on a file 62

Chapter 15: attributedText in UILabel 64

HTML text in UILabel 64

Set different property to text in single UILabel 64

Chapter 16: Auto Layout 66

UILabel & Parentview size According to Text in UILabel 66

Visual Format Language Basics: Constraints in Code! 73

NSLayoutConstraint: Contraints in code! 75

Mixed usage of Auto Layout with non-Auto Layout 77

Resolve UILabel Priority Conflict 78

How to animate with Auto Layout 81

Setting constraints programmatically 83

Width and Height 83

How to use Auto Layout 85

UILabel Intrinsic Size 88

Space Views Evenly 99

Chapter 17: AVPlayer and AVPlayerViewController 102

Playing Media Using AVPlayerViewController 102

Playing Media using AVPlayer and AVPlayerLayer 102

AVPlayer Example 103

Chapter 18: AVSpeechSynthesizer 104